# Chinese simplified translation of denemo.
# Copyright (C) 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the denemo package.
# Tianze Wang <zwpwjwtz@126.com>, 2016, 2017, 2019, 2021.
# Anthony Fok <foka@debian.org>, 2022.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: denemo-2.6-rc2\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: denemo-devel@gnu.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-12-08 10:57+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-06-19 06:19-0600\n"
"Last-Translator: Anthony Fok <foka@debian.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese (simplified) <i18n-zh@googlegroups.com>\n"
"Language: zh_CN\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Bugs: Report translation errors to the Language-Team address.\n"
"X-Generator: Poedit 2.2.1\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
"X-Poedit-Bookmarks: -1,2644,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1\n"

#. GtkFileFilter *filter;
#: ../src/audio/fluid.c:217
msgid "Choose SoundFont File"
msgstr "选择 SoundFont 文件"

#. GTK_WINDOW(gtk_text_view_get_window(GTK_TEXT_VIEW(Denemo.script_view), GTK_TEXT_WINDOW_WIDGET))
#: ../src/audio/fluid.c:217 ../src/audio/playback.c:106
#: ../src/command/changenotehead.c:107 ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2958
#: ../src/core/utils.c:2563 ../src/core/utils.c:2690 ../src/core/utils.c:2785
#: ../src/core/utils.c:2893 ../src/export/file.c:179 ../src/export/file.c:966
#: ../src/export/file.c:1026 ../src/export/file.c:1264
#: ../src/export/print.c:752 ../src/printview/printview.c:1249
#: ../src/printview/svgview.c:751 ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:4937
#: ../src/source/sourceaudio.c:335 ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:140
#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:483 ../src/ui/keysigdialog.c:384
#: ../src/ui/playbackprops.c:57 ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:461
#: ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:140 ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:390
#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:192 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:205
#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:265 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:326
#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:583 ../src/ui/timedialog.c:236
#: ../src/ui/tomeasuredialog.c:48 ../src/ui/tupletdialog.c:16
msgid "_Cancel"
msgstr "取消(_C)"

#: ../src/audio/fluid.c:217 ../src/core/utils.c:2563 ../src/export/file.c:966
#: ../src/export/file.c:1028 ../src/source/sourceaudio.c:336
#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:327
msgid "_Open"
msgstr "打开(_O)"

#: ../src/audio/midirecord.c:336
msgid "Cannot mix audio and MIDI recordings"
msgstr "无法对音频和 MIDI 录音进行混成"

#: ../src/audio/midirecord.c:342
msgid "Cannot mix MIDI recordings with imported MIDI - delete imported MIDI first"
msgstr "无法对 MIDI 录音和导入的 MIDI 进行混成 - 请先删除导入的 MIDI"

#: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1432
msgid "Set the musical temperament (tuning) to be used for playback."
msgstr "设置用于回放的音调。"

#: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1525
msgid "Overlay Pitches"
msgstr "叠加音高"

#: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1535 ../src/core/entries.h:347
msgid "Clear Overlay"
msgstr "清除叠加音高"

#: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1541 ../src/export/print.h:13
msgid "Continuous"
msgstr "实时排版"

#: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1550
msgid "Click Volume"
msgstr "点击音量"

#. spinners to select silence, threshold, smoothing
#: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1586
msgid "Pitch Recognition Parameters"
msgstr "音高识别参数"

#: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1594
msgid "Silence"
msgstr "静音"

#: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1604
msgid "Threshold"
msgstr "阈值"

#: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1614
msgid "Smoothing"
msgstr "平滑"

#: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1621
msgid "Onset"
msgstr "起始"

#. spinners to constrain the note values
#: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1633
msgid "Note validation criteria"
msgstr "音符有效性条件"

#: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1641
msgid "Lowest Pitch"
msgstr "最低音"

#: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1651
msgid "Highest Pitch"
msgstr "最高音"

#: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1661
msgid "Greatest Interval"
msgstr "最大间隔"

#: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1673
msgid "Input handling"
msgstr "输入处理"

#: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1680
msgid "Disable repeated notes"
msgstr "禁用重复音符"

#: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1690
msgid "Delay"
msgstr "延迟"

#: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1697
msgid "Frequency Measurement"
msgstr "频率测量"

#: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1702
msgid "Frequency smoothing"
msgstr "平滑频率"

#: ../src/audio/playback.c:106
msgid "Play range in seconds:"
msgstr "播放范围（秒）："

#. parent window
#. FIXME I think there is a function to do this already.
#. GTK_WINDOW(gtk_text_view_get_window(GTK_TEXT_VIEW(Denemo.script_view), GTK_TEXT_WINDOW_WIDGET))
#. parent window
#: ../src/audio/playback.c:106 ../src/command/changenotehead.c:107
#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2356 ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2957
#: ../src/core/utils.c:2690 ../src/core/utils.c:2785 ../src/core/utils.c:2892
#: ../src/export/print.c:752 ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:4936
#: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:140 ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:482
#: ../src/ui/keysigdialog.c:384 ../src/ui/playbackprops.c:57
#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:461 ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:140
#: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:390 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:205
#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:583 ../src/ui/timedialog.c:236
#: ../src/ui/tomeasuredialog.c:48 ../src/ui/tupletdialog.c:16
msgid "_OK"
msgstr "好(_O)"

#. g_list_length (((DenemoStaff *) (gui->movement->thescore->data))->measures);
#: ../src/audio/playback.c:117
msgid "Play from time"
msgstr "从"

#: ../src/audio/playback.c:124 ../src/export/print.c:768
msgid "to"
msgstr "到"

#. *
#. * Array of different Notehead types
#.
#: ../src/command/changenotehead.c:22 ../src/command/changenotehead.c:34
#: ../actions/denemo.scm:279 ../actions/denemo.scm:340
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:18
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertHighlightedLyricSyllable.scm:11
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertStanzaNumber.scm:11
msgid "Normal"
msgstr "普通"

#: ../src/command/changenotehead.c:22 ../src/command/changenotehead.c:36
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsCross.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:13
msgid "Cross"
msgstr "交叉"

#: ../src/command/changenotehead.c:22 ../src/command/changenotehead.c:38
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsDiamond.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:12
msgid "Diamond"
msgstr "钻石形"

#: ../src/command/changenotehead.c:23 ../src/command/changenotehead.c:40
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsHarmonic.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:9
msgid "Harmonic"
msgstr "和声"

#: ../src/command/changenotehead.c:107
msgid "Change Notehead"
msgstr "改变符头"

#: ../src/command/changenotehead.c:111
msgid "Select Notehead Type"
msgstr "设置符头类型"

#: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:463
#, c-format
msgid "This movement is now number %d in the score"
msgstr "此小节现在为乐谱中的第 %d 小节"

#: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:470
msgid "There is no previous movement to swap with"
msgstr "没有可以交换的前一个小节"

#. give info about removing matching context
#: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:490 ../src/command/staff.c:427
msgid "A context is set on this staff"
msgstr "在此谱表中设置了上下文"

#: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:490
msgid "You will need to alter the staff → properties → context of this and the previous staff; Proceed?"
msgstr "你将需要在 谱表→属性→上下文 中改变此谱表和前一个谱表；继续吗？"

#: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:510
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use Voice to Staff command first on all the voices attached to this staff, swap them individually then use Staff to Voice to finish."
msgstr "请先对该谱表中的所有声部使用“声部到谱表”命令，然后逐个调整交换它们的顺序，最后再使用“谱表到声部”命令将它们合并。"

#: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:518
msgid "There is no previous staff to swap with"
msgstr "没有可以交换的前一个谱表"

#: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:540
msgid "There is no voice below this one on this staff"
msgstr "此谱表中没有在其之后的声部"

#: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:549
msgid "There is no voice below this one to split from"
msgstr "此谱表中没有在其之后的声部可以分割"

#: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:576
msgid "There is no staff above to move this staff into"
msgstr "此谱表前没有其他谱表可以移入"

#. is interactive
#: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:612
msgid "This is the first voice"
msgstr "这是第一个声部"

#. is interactive
#: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:658
msgid "This is the first staff"
msgstr "这是第一个谱表"

#. is interactive
#: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:699
msgid "This is the last voice"
msgstr "这是最后一个声部"

#. is interactive
#: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:777
msgid "This is the last staff"
msgstr "这是最后一个谱表"

#: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:3073
msgid "INTERNAL ERROR: trying to auto save before score initialized - please report on bug tracker!"
msgstr "内部错误：在初始化乐谱之前执行了自动保存命令 - 请把这个问题报告给 denemo 项目组！"

#: ../src/command/fakechord.c:148
msgid "There is no object here to attach a fakechord to."
msgstr "没有可以附加伪和弦的对象。"

#: ../src/command/fakechord.c:157
msgid "Chord Symbol Deletion"
msgstr "删除和弦符号"

#: ../src/command/fakechord.c:157
msgid "Delete all Chord Symbols from this staff?"
msgstr "从此谱表中删除所有的和弦记号吗？"

#: ../src/command/fakechord.c:207
msgid "Insert/Edit Chord Symbol"
msgstr "插入/编辑和弦符号"

#: ../src/command/fakechord.c:207
msgid ""
"Give Chord(s) in LilyPond Notation\n"
"E.g. c:m7 aes:aug7\n"
"(Separate chord changes with spaces)"
msgstr ""
"用 LilyPond 记号显示和弦\n"
"例如：c:m7 aes:aug7\n"
"（使用空格来分隔不同和弦）"

#: ../src/command/figure.c:123
msgid "No current object to attach a figure to"
msgstr "没有可以附加音型的对象"

#: ../src/command/keyresponses.c:32
msgid "Recursive key capture not possible!"
msgstr "无法进行递归键捕获！"

#. some menu items should be insensitive if the Scheme window is not visible
#. if upbeat is present
#: ../src/command/keyresponses.c:190 ../src/command/object.c:1660
#: ../src/command/object.c:2185 ../src/command/object.c:2460
#: ../src/core/entries.h:213 ../src/core/menusystem.c:804
#: ../src/core/view.c:3391 ../src/core/view.c:3486
#: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1269 ../src/source/proof.c:354
#: ../src/source/proof.c:439 ../src/source/source.c:280 ../src/ui/markup.c:685
#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:345 ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:106
#: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:155 ../actions/denemo.scm:1552
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/EndVolta.scm:4
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/EndVolta.scm:8
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:67
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/StartTrillSpan.scm:8
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:27
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.scm:46
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.scm:50
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:59
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:63
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ArtificialHarmonic.scm:5
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.scm:98
msgid "Help"
msgstr "帮助"

#: ../src/command/keyresponses.c:190 ../src/core/menusystem.c:804
msgid "(use Fn12 to Repeat)"
msgstr "（使用 F12 键来重复）"

#: ../src/command/keyresponses.c:303
msgid ", or "
msgstr "，或者 "

#: ../src/command/keyresponses.c:304
#, fuzzy, c-format
msgid "Prefix Key %s, waiting for key %sother to abort"
msgstr "修饰键 %s，等待按键 %s 按 Esc 可退出"

#: ../src/command/keyresponses.c:353
msgid "<span foreground=\"green\">Fn12</span>: Repeated Last Command"
msgstr "<span foreground=\"green\">F12</span>：重复上一命令"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:101
msgid "Different number of directives"
msgstr "设置记号数量"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:277 ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:285
msgid "You must put the cursor on a chord to attach LilyPond"
msgstr "你必须将光标移动到音符上来附加 LilyPond"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:293
msgid "You must put the cursor on a note to attach LilyPond to the note"
msgstr "你必须将光标移动到音符上来将 LilyPond 附加到音符"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:346
msgid "Error in attach type"
msgstr "附加类型错误"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:359 ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:361
msgid "Attach LilyPond"
msgstr "附加 LilyPond"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:359
msgid "Give text to place before the note"
msgstr "添加文本到音符前"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:360
msgid "Attach LilyPond to Note"
msgstr "附加 LilyPond 到音符"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:360
msgid "Attach LilyPond to Chord"
msgstr "附加 LilyPond 到和弦"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:360
msgid "Give LilyPond text to postfix to note of chord"
msgstr "添加 LilyPond 文本到音符或和弦后"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:360
msgid "Give LilyPond text to postfix to chord"
msgstr "添加 LilyPond 文本到和弦后"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:361 ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:474
msgid "Give Display text if required"
msgstr "添加显示文本（如果需要的话）"

#. FIXME how is this supposed to be done?
#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:471 ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:474
#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:990
msgid "Insert LilyPond"
msgstr "插入 LilyPond"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:471
msgid "Give LilyPond text to insert"
msgstr "插入 LilyPond 文本"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:1648
msgid ""
"Repeat the command?\n"
"(Hold Shift for advanced edit)"
msgstr ""
"重复命令吗？\n"
"（按住 Shift 键进行高级编辑）"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:1701
msgid "Denemo Editor:Newline to update, Esc for Advanced Edit"
msgstr "Denemo 编辑器：按回车键更新，Esc 键高级编辑"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:1785 ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3241
msgid "Cannot delete via this mechanism, use appropriate Object Editor"
msgstr "抱歉，无法通过这种方式删除，请使用合适的对象编辑器来操作它"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:1876
#, c-format
msgid ""
"Command: %s.\n"
"(%s)\n"
"Left click to run the command or right click for further options"
msgstr ""
"命令：%s。\n"
"（%s）\n"
"单击鼠标左键来运行命令，或者右键来获取更多选项"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:1878
#, c-format
msgid "This button was created for the Denemo Directive whose tag is %s. Usually you click on it to alter the setting made or perform the action it is labelled with"
msgstr "此按钮为标签为 %s  的 Denemo 记号创建。一般可以通过点击它来改变设置，或者执行相应的动作"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2353 ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2563
msgid "Select Directive"
msgstr "选择记号"

#. DeleteCurrentStaff
#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2359 ../src/core/utils.c:2171
#: ../src/core/utils.c:2533 ../src/printview/printview.c:1781
#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1361
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/ReloadScore.scm:9
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/DenemoLink.scm:4
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:107
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/DeleteCurrentVerse.scm:4
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:6
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteCurrentStaff.scm:2
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteFromCursorToEnd.scm:4
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteMeasuresBeforeCursor.scm:4
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/BraceEnd.scm:15
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:126
#: ../actions/Simple.scm:9
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "取消"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2408
msgid ""
"Select a directive attached to the chord\n"
"Shift-click for Advanced Edit"
msgstr ""
"选择附加到和弦的记号\n"
"如果要启用高级编辑，请按住Shift键并单击"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2425
msgid ""
"Select a directive attached to the note\n"
"Shift-click for Advanced Edit"
msgstr ""
"选择附加到音符的记号\n"
"如果要启用高级编辑，请按住Shift键并单击"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2457
msgid "Select a directive attached to the tuplet start object"
msgstr "选择附加到连音起始对象的记号"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2458
msgid "Select a directive attached to the tuplet end object"
msgstr "选择附加到连音终止对象的记号"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2468
msgid "Select a directive attached to the stem control object"
msgstr "选择附加到符干控制对象的记号"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2482
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a directive attached to the clef change object"
msgstr "选择附加到连音终止对象的记号"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2495
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a directive attached to the time signature object"
msgstr "选择附加到连音起始对象的记号"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2508
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a directive attached to the key change object"
msgstr "选择附加到符干控制对象的记号"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2529 ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2550
#, c-format
msgid ""
"Select a directive attached to the note \"%s\"\n"
"Shift-click for Advanced Edit"
msgstr ""
"选择附加到音符“%s”的记号\n"
"如果要启用高级编辑，请按住Shift键并单击"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2561
#, c-format
msgid "Select the directive %s on note \"%s\"?"
msgstr "选择音符“%s”的记号 %s 吗？"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2625
msgid "Editing Object"
msgstr "编辑对象"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2625 ../src/core/entries.h:311
msgid "Run Object Editor"
msgstr "运行对象编辑器"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2625 ../src/command/object.c:1983
msgid "Add/alter object from menu"
msgstr "使用菜单命令添加/修改对象"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2637 ../src/command/object.c:1801
msgid "No object here to edit"
msgstr "没有可以编辑的对象"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2699
msgid "Edit Chord (cursor not on a note)"
msgstr "编辑和弦（光标不在对象上）"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2700
msgid "Edit Directives attached to chord"
msgstr "编辑附加到和弦的记号"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2701
msgid "Look for Directives attached to nearest note?"
msgstr "是否要查找附加到最近音符的记号？"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2701
msgid "Edit chord itself"
msgstr "编辑和弦本身"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2747
msgid "Nothing to edit on this stem direction control object - use controls in Staffs → Voices menu"
msgstr "此符干方向控制对象没有可以编辑的属性 - 请使用 谱表→声部菜单 中的选项"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2755
msgid "This marks the end of a tuplet (that is triplets etc) - it should come in the same measure as the tuplet start marker."
msgstr "这标志着连音的终止位置（三连音等） - 它应当与连音起始记号位于同一小节。"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2758
msgid "No method for editing this type of object"
msgstr "没有用于此类对象的编辑方式"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2892
#, c-format
msgid "Could not get contents of %s"
msgstr "无法获取 %s 的内容"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2905
msgid "There is already an edit script for this tag"
msgstr "此标签已有编辑脚本"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2905 ../src/core/menusystem.c:225
#: ../src/export/file.c:1397
msgid "Do you want to replace it?"
msgstr "你希望替换它吗？"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2915
msgid "Wrote edit script file to ~/.denemo/editscripts"
msgstr "写入编辑脚本文件至 ~/.denemo/editscripts"

#. for reset
#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2954
msgid "Low Level Denemo Directive Edit"
msgstr "高级 Denemo 记号编辑"

#. gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), _("Denemo Object Editor"));
#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2962
msgid "Delete Directive"
msgstr "删除记号"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2963
msgid "Create Script"
msgstr "创建脚本"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3013
msgid " x:"
msgstr " x："

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3020
msgid " y:"
msgstr " y："

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3028
msgid "Postfix"
msgstr "后缀"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3029
msgid "Prefix"
msgstr "前缀"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3030
msgid "Display text"
msgstr "显示文本"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3031
msgid "Text Position"
msgstr "文本位置"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3032
msgid "Graphic"
msgstr "图形"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3033
msgid "Graphic Position"
msgstr "图形位置"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3034
msgid "Tag"
msgstr "标签"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3035
msgid "LilyPond Grob Name"
msgstr "LilyPond Grob 名称"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3036
msgid "Scheme Data"
msgstr "方案数据"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3037
msgid "MidiBytes"
msgstr "MidiBytes"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3038
msgid "Override Mask"
msgstr "覆盖遮罩"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3039
msgid "Horizontal Display Space"
msgstr "水平显示间隔（+/-）"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3044
#, fuzzy
msgid "Applies to all layouts/Inclusion criteria"
msgstr "应用到所有布局/排除条件"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3046
#, fuzzy
msgid "This directive is honored by all layouts/Inclusion criteria. Use the Score/Movement/Staff/Voice/Object Editor to make it conditional on the Current Layout, the Default Layout or the Default Layout for the current part, or on an Inclusion criterion set in the Print View."
msgstr "该记号被所有布局/忽略条件所共享。请使用 乐谱/乐章/谱表/声部/对象编辑器 将其设置为当前布局（或者默认布局，或者当前片段的默认布局，或者打印视图的忽略条件）中的条件记号。"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3057
msgid "Blocked by not having Inclusion Criterion: "
msgstr ""

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3063
#, fuzzy
msgid "Applies only to certain layouts or inclusion criteria, excluding the current ones."
msgstr "仅应用到不包含当前布局的特定布局中。"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3064
msgid "Applies only to certain layouts, including the current one."
msgstr "仅应用到包含当前布局的特定布局中。"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3066
#, fuzzy
msgid "This directive is honored only by certain layouts or inclusion criteria. Use the Score/Movement/Staff/Voice/Object Editor to alter this behavior."
msgstr "该记号被所有布局共享。请使用 乐谱/乐章/谱表/声部/对象编辑器 来改变其属性。"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3071
msgid "Excludes the current layout."
msgstr "排除当前布局。"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3071
#, fuzzy
msgid "Excludes the current layout or requires an Inclusion Criterion."
msgstr "排除当前布局。"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3073
#, fuzzy
msgid "Excludes certain layouts/Inclusion Criteria, but applies to the current one."
msgstr "排除特定布局/忽略条件，同时应用到当前布局。"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3074
#, fuzzy
msgid "Excludes certain layouts, but applies to the current one."
msgstr "排除特定布局/忽略条件，同时应用到当前布局。"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3076
#, fuzzy
msgid "This directive is disregarded by certain layouts or when certain Inclusion criteria are set. Use the Score/Movement/Staff/Voice/Object Editor to alter this behavior."
msgstr "该记号在特定布局中（或当设置了忽略条件时）不起作用。请使用 乐谱/乐章/谱表/声部/对象编辑器 来改变其属性。"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3082
msgid "Locked Directive"
msgstr "锁定记号"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3084
msgid "This directive is locked - usually to offer options other than just delete. If needed you can get rid of the directive by selecting it and using Edit->Cut."
msgstr "该记号被锁定，但不会被删除—以便您可以稍后恢复它。如果需要的话，您可以通过选中它然后使用“编辑->剪切”命令来移除它。"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3091
msgid "Get Edit Script"
msgstr "获取编辑脚本"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3094
msgid "Put Edit Script"
msgstr "设置编辑脚本"

#. disabled until website can take uploading again
#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3099
msgid "Upload Edit Script"
msgstr "上传编辑脚本"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3104
msgid "Show Current Script"
msgstr "显示当前脚本"

#. Vibrato
#. here  ) to match the string paren open
#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3272 ../src/command/object.c:1025
#: ../src/command/object.c:1118 ../src/export/print.c:671
#: ../src/export/print.c:703 ../src/ui/palettes.c:232
#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:63 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:248
#: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:30
#: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:42
#: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:346
#: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:371
#: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:399
#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:403
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/DeleteDirective.scm:19
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/EditLilyPondSyntax.scm:40
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/MakeDirectiveConditional.scm:9
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/ExportScoreAsAudio.scm:16
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/NonPrintingStaffs.scm:56
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/DenemoLink.scm:7
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/SetMarkedMidiFromEnd.scm:11
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForChordType.scm:16
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForChordType.scm:17
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:25
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:157
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:181
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/DeleteCurrentVerse.scm:8
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:54
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/DisplayEffects/DisplayMeasureNumber.scm:7
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DisplayEffects/ChooseMinimumStaffSpacing.scm:6
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DuplicateOrMergeMovements.scm:35
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Playback/MuteStaffs.scm:22
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Playback/TransposeOnPlayback.scm:21
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/InsertSpaceBeforeMovement.scm:20
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/BlankPage.scm:27
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/Tongue.scm:31
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/Tongue.scm:32
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:28
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:128
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/AttachedText.scm:35
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TextAbove.scm:23
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.scm:2
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.scm:134
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ShiftDot.scm:9
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/AvoidSlurAccidentalCollision.scm:16
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TupletPosition.scm:9
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScoreSkipping.scm:23
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Playback/TransposeScoreOnPlayback.scm:12
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.scm:40
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:138
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:179
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:188
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteCurrentStaff.scm:5
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteFromCursorToEnd.scm:20
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteMeasuresBeforeCursor.scm:16
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/AddInstrumentStaff.scm:16
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/CreateClickStaffForMidi.scm:90
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/LoadMidiTrack.scm:24
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/AssignInstrument.scm:17
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:130
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:143
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SetStaffLines.scm:9
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/TransposeStaffPrint.scm:17
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/TransposeVoices.scm:21
msgid "Cancelled"
msgstr "已取消"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3274
msgid "Use the ObjectMenu to modify this object - there are no directives here"
msgstr "使用对象菜单来编辑此对象 - 此处没有记号"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3308
msgid "No directives here"
msgstr "此处没有记号"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3313
msgid "No directive selected"
msgstr "未选择记号"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3318
msgid "Directive Delete"
msgstr "记号删除"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3318
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the directive?"
msgstr "你真的要删除记号？"

#. (TweakRelativeOffset tag (car amount) (cdr amount))
#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3321 ../src/core/menusystem.c:316
#: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:79
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/RehearsalMark.scm:25
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/RehearsalMark.scm:31
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.scm:49
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:62
msgid "Operation cancelled"
msgstr "操作已取消"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3346
msgid ""
"Select a score or movement directive for advanced (low-level) edit.\n"
"Note: these directives can be edited normally using Score/Movement Properties Editor from the Score or Movement menus."
msgstr ""
"选择一个乐谱或乐章记号来进行高级（基础层次）编辑。\n"
"注意：这些记号可以通过乐章或乐谱菜单中的乐谱/乐章属性编辑器来编辑。"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3393
msgid "Select a score directive - use Shift for advanced edit"
msgstr "选择一个乐谱记号 - 按 Shift 进行高级编辑"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3400
msgid "Select a score header block directive - use Shift for advanced edit"
msgstr "选择一个乐谱头部块记号 - 按 Shift 进行高级编辑"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3408
msgid "Select a score paper block directive - use Shift for advanced edit"
msgstr "选择一个乐谱正文块记号 - 按 Shift 进行高级编辑"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3417
msgid "Select a movement header block directive - use Shift for advanced edit"
msgstr "选择一个乐章头部块记号 - 按 Shift 进行高级编辑"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3425
msgid "Select a movement layout block directive - use Shift for advanced edit"
msgstr "选择一个乐章布局块记号 - 按 Shift 进行高级编辑"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3433
msgid "Select a movement control directive - use Shift for advanced edit"
msgstr "选择一个乐章控制记号 - 按 Shift 进行高级编辑"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3442
msgid "Select a clef directive - use Shift for advanced edit"
msgstr "选择一个谱号记号 - 按 Shift 进行高级编辑"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3451
msgid "Select a key signature directive - use Shift for advanced edit"
msgstr "选择一个调号记号 - 按 Shift 进行高级编辑"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3460 ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3469
#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3478
msgid "Select a time signature directive - use Shift for advanced edit"
msgstr "选择一个时值记号 - 按 Shift 进行高级编辑"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3490
msgid "Select a staff directive - use Shift for advanced edit"
msgstr "选择一个谱表记号 - 按 Shift 进行高级编辑"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3501
msgid "Select a voice directive - use Shift for advanced edit"
msgstr "选择一个声部记号 - 按 Shift 进行高级编辑"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3644
msgid "ScoreDirectives"
msgstr "乐谱记号"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3645
msgid "Score Header Block Directives"
msgstr "乐谱头部块记号"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3646
msgid "Score Paper Block Directives"
msgstr "乐谱正文块记号"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3647 ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3712
msgid "Movement Header Block Directives"
msgstr "乐章头部块记号"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3648
msgid "Layout Block Directives"
msgstr "布局块记号"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3710
msgid "Layout Directives"
msgstr "布局记号"

#: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3711
msgid "Movement Directives"
msgstr "乐章记号"

#: ../src/command/lyric.c:223
msgid ""
"The text of a verse can be typed or pasted here. Press Esc to return to editing notes.\n"
"Separate syllables with space double hyphen space, -- , if they should have their own note(s).\n"
"New lines and extra spaces have no special significance. Slurs on notes make them take only one syllable. Use the underscore _ for blank syllables."
msgstr ""
"可以在此处输入或粘贴歌词文本。按 Esc 返回音符编辑。\n"
"可以使用双连字符 -- 来分隔音节，如果需要将它们与音符一一对应的话。\n"
"程序不区分换行符和额外的空格。含有连音符的音符只能对应一个音节。可以用下划线 _ 表示空白音节。"

#: ../src/command/lyric.c:525
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertStanzaNumber.scm:16
msgid "Stanza Number"
msgstr "小节数"

#: ../src/command/lyric.c:525
msgid "Give text to appear before lyrics"
msgstr "添加文本到歌词前"

#: ../src/command/lyric.c:525
msgid "1. "
msgstr "1. "

#: ../src/command/lyric.c:550
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertStanzaNumber.xml.h:1
msgid "Insert Stanza Number"
msgstr "插入小节数"

#: ../src/command/lyric.c:550
msgid "Insert a stanza number using the LilyPond syntax"
msgstr "使用 LilyPond 语法插入小节数"

#: ../src/command/lyric.c:588
#, c-format
msgid "Verse %d"
msgstr "歌词 %d"

#: ../src/command/measure.c:258
msgid "removemeasures: received request to delete more measures                   than exist.  Junking request."
msgstr "removemeasures：收到删除请求的小节数超过现存小节数。视为无效请求。"

#: ../src/command/object.c:108
#, c-format
msgid "Mismatch (extra object) at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d"
msgstr "第 %d 乐章第 %d 谱表第 %d 小节中的对象 %d 匹配了错误的对象"

#: ../src/command/object.c:113
#, c-format
msgid "Mismatch (missing object) at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d"
msgstr "第 %d 乐章第 %d 谱表第 %d 小节中的对象 %d 缺少匹配对象"

#: ../src/command/object.c:128
#, c-format
msgid "%sat Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d"
msgstr "%s 位于第 %d 乐章第 %d 谱表第 %d 小节中的对象 %d 上"

#: ../src/command/object.c:135
#, c-format
msgid "Mismatch Directive at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d"
msgstr "第 %d 乐章第 %d 谱表第 %d 小节中的对象 %d 匹配了错误的记号"

#: ../src/command/object.c:146
#, c-format
msgid "Mismatch note at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d"
msgstr "第 %d 乐章第 %d 谱表第 %d 小节中的对象 %d 匹配了错误的音符"

#: ../src/command/object.c:151
#, c-format
msgid "Mismatch dynamic at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d"
msgstr "第 %d 乐章第 %d 谱表第 %d 小节中的对象 %d 匹配了错误的力度"

#: ../src/command/object.c:169
msgid "No figure"
msgstr "没有记号"

#: ../src/command/object.c:174
#, c-format
msgid "Mismatch chord symbol at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d"
msgstr "第 %d 乐章第 %d 谱表第 %d 小节中的对象 %d 匹配了错误的和弦"

#: ../src/command/object.c:178
#, c-format
msgid "Mismatch chord Directive at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d"
msgstr "第 %d 乐章第 %d 谱表第 %d 小节中的对象 %d 匹配了错误的和弦记号"

#: ../src/command/object.c:187
#, c-format
msgid "Mismatch tuplet Directive at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d"
msgstr "第 %d 乐章第 %d 谱表第 %d 小节中的对象 %d 匹配了错误的三连音记号"

#: ../src/command/object.c:197
#, c-format
msgid "Mismatch clef Directive at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d"
msgstr "第 %d 乐章第 %d 谱表第 %d 小节中的对象 %d 匹配了错误的谱号"

#: ../src/command/object.c:207
#, c-format
msgid "Mismatch time signature Directive at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d"
msgstr "第 %d 乐章第 %d 谱表第 %d 小节中的对象 %d 匹配了错误的时值记号"

#: ../src/command/object.c:218
#, c-format
msgid "Mismatch key signature Directive at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d"
msgstr "第 %d 乐章第 %d 谱表第 %d 小节中的对象 %d 匹配了错误的调号"

#: ../src/command/object.c:225
#, c-format
msgid "Mismatch Stem Control Directive at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d"
msgstr "第 %d 乐章第 %d 谱表第 %d 小节中的对象 %d 匹配了错误的符干控制记号"

#: ../src/command/object.c:232
#, c-format
msgid "Mismatch standalone Directive at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d"
msgstr "第 %d 乐章第 %d 谱表第 %d 小节中的对象 %d 匹配了错误的独立记号"

#: ../src/command/object.c:241
#, c-format
msgid "Mismatch objects at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d"
msgstr "第 %d 乐章第 %d 谱表第 %d 小节中的对象 %d 匹配了错误的对象"

#: ../src/command/object.c:355 ../src/command/object.c:797
#: ../src/command/object.c:1668 ../src/command/object.c:2194
#: ../src/command/object.c:2471
msgid "No tooltip"
msgstr "没有工具提示"

#: ../src/command/object.c:366
#, c-format
msgid "Directive for command: <span weight=\"bold\">\"%s\"</span>\n"
msgstr "命令记号：<span weight=\"bold\">\"%s\"</span>\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:368
#, c-format
msgid "Directive tagged: <span foreground=\"red\"weight=\"bold\">\"%s\"</span>\n"
msgstr "标签记号：<span foreground=\"red\"weight=\"bold\">\"%s\"</span>\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:373 ../src/command/object.c:815
#, c-format
msgid "Menu location for this command: <span style=\"italic\" weight=\"bold\">\"%s\"</span>\n"
msgstr "此命令的菜单位置：<span style=\"italic\" weight=\"bold\">\"%s\"</span>\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:379
#, c-format
msgid ""
"The help for the command that created this directive is:\n"
"<big>\"%s\"</big>\n"
msgstr ""
"用于创建此记号的命令帮助：\n"
"<big>\"%s\"</big>\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:385
#, c-format
msgid "LilyPond inserted in prefix to this object is <tt>\"%s\"</tt>\n"
msgstr "此对象前插入的 LilyPond 为<tt>“%s”</tt>\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:391
#, c-format
msgid "LilyPond inserted in postfix to this object is <tt>\"%s\"</tt>\n"
msgstr "此对象后插入的 LilyPond 为<tt>“%s”</tt>\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:395
msgid ""
"<span foreground=\"red\"weight=\"bold\">THIS DIRECTIVE IS IGNORED FOR SOME LAYOUTS\n"
"</span>"
msgstr ""
"<span foreground=\"red\"weight=\"bold\">此记号在部分布局中被忽略\n"
"</span>"

#: ../src/command/object.c:397
msgid ""
"<span foreground=\"red\"weight=\"bold\">THIS DIRECTIVE ONLY FOR SOME LAYOUTS\n"
"</span>"
msgstr ""
"<span foreground=\"red\"weight=\"bold\">此记号仅被用于特定布局\n"
"</span>"

#: ../src/command/object.c:413
#, c-format
msgid "The LilyPond syntax generated is: <tt>\"%s\"</tt>\n"
msgstr "生成的 LilyPond 语法为<tt>“%s”</tt>\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:415
#, c-format
msgid "This object does not affect the music typesetting, (no LilyPond syntax is generated)\n"
msgstr "此对象不影响音乐排版（不生成 LilyPond 语法）\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:461
msgid "Preceding measures are empty"
msgstr "前一小节为空"

#: ../src/command/object.c:478
msgid "Subsequent measures are empty"
msgstr "后一小节为空"

#: ../src/command/object.c:532
msgid "Denemo Object Inspector"
msgstr "Denemo 对象检查器"

#: ../src/command/object.c:561
msgid "Inspect next note in chord"
msgstr "检查和弦中的下一个音符"

#: ../src/command/object.c:561
msgid "Inspect the note"
msgstr "检查此音符"

#: ../src/command/object.c:574
msgid "Alternate note at cursor"
msgstr "调整光标处的音符"

#: ../src/command/object.c:584
msgid "Run the Object Editor"
msgstr "运行对象编辑器"

#: ../src/command/object.c:591 ../src/command/object.c:1679
#: ../src/command/object.c:2204 ../src/command/object.c:2500
msgid "Create Button for Clone"
msgstr "创建克隆按钮"

#: ../src/command/object.c:596
msgid "The cursor is in the appending position after "
msgstr "插入光标位于 "

#: ../src/command/object.c:596
msgid "The cursor is on "
msgstr "光标位于 "

#: ../src/command/object.c:607
msgid "chord"
msgstr "和弦"

#: ../src/command/object.c:608
msgid "a chord.\n"
msgstr "一个和弦。\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:612
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.scm:103
msgid "note"
msgstr "音符"

#: ../src/command/object.c:613
msgid "a one-note chord.\n"
msgstr "单音符和弦。\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:616
msgid ""
"A slur starts from here.\n"
"There should be a matching end slur later.\n"
msgstr ""
"连音符起始于此。\n"
"后面应当有相应的终止处。\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:618
msgid ""
"A slur ends here\n"
"There should be a matching start slur earlier.\n"
msgstr ""
"连音符终止于此。\n"
"前面应当有相应的起始处。\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:620
msgid ""
"This is tied to the following note or chord.\n"
"The following note or chord should have the same pitch\n"
msgstr ""
"它与后面的音符或和弦相关联。\n"
"后面的音符或和弦应当具有相同的音调\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:622
msgid "This note begins a crescendo. Use the Right Click → Dynamics menu to control this.\n"
msgstr "此音符位于渐强开始处。可以单击 右键→力度菜单 来控制。\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:624
msgid "This note ends a crescendo. Use the Right Click → Dynamics menu to control this.\n"
msgstr "此音符位于渐强结束处。可以单击 右键→力度菜单 来控制。\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:626
msgid "This note begins a diminuendo. Use the Right Click → Dynamics menu to control this.\n"
msgstr "此音符位于渐弱开始处。可以单击 右键→力度菜单 来控制。\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:628
msgid "This note ends a diminuendo. Use the Right Click → Dynamics menu to control this.\n"
msgstr "此音符位于渐弱结束处。可以单击 右键→力度菜单 来控制。\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:631
msgid "This is an acciaccatura note\n"
msgstr "这是一个短倚音符\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:634
msgid "This is an appoggiatura note\n"
msgstr "这是一个倚音符\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:636
msgid "This note denotes a rhythm - use a MIDI keyboard to add pitches by playing.\n"
msgstr "此符号表示一段节奏 - 可以使用  MIDI 键盘演奏来添加音高\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:638
#, c-format
msgid "A Chord Symbol \"%s\" is attached to this note.\n"
msgstr "将和弦符号“%s”附加到此音符。\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:641
#, c-format
msgid "A Bass Figure \"%s\" is attached to this note.\n"
msgstr "将贝司符号“%s”附加到此音符。\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:649
#, c-format
msgid "<b>Within the chord the cursor is on the note %s </b>\n"
msgstr "<b>光标在和弦中的音符 %s 上</b>\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:652
msgid "Attached to this note:"
msgstr "附加到此音符："

#: ../src/command/object.c:657
msgid "This rhythm has extra notes added to it, delete them and use the foot-pedal or Alt key to enter chords with the MIDI controller.\n"
msgstr "此节奏附加了额外的音符，请删除它们，然后使用脚踏板或 Alt 键通过 MIDI 控制器输入和弦。\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:662
msgid "rest"
msgstr "休止符"

#: ../src/command/object.c:663
msgid "a rest.\n"
msgstr "一个休止符。\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:665
msgid "This rest has a slur start on it, use the Right Click  → Slurs menu to remove it\n"
msgstr "此休止符位于连音符起始处，请单击 右键→连音符菜单来移除它\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:667
msgid "This rest has a slur end on it, use the Right Click → Slurs menu to remove it\n"
msgstr "此休止符位于连音符终止处，请单击 右键→连音符菜单来移除它\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:669
msgid "This rest has a tie starting on it, use the Right Click  → Tied Note to remove it\n"
msgstr "此休止符位于延音符起始处，请单击 右键→延音符来移除它\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:673
msgid "This rest will not print, just act as a spacer.\n"
msgstr "此休止符仅作为间隔，将不会显示。\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:675
msgid "This rest has the grace attribute set: these objects are usually inserted automatically to match real grace notes in other parts, this helps the music typesetter place the grace note correctly in the Print View.\n"
msgstr "此休止符被设置了装饰音属性：这些对象通常是自动插入的，以便匹配其他片段中的装饰音，以及在打印预览中对装饰音进行正确的排版。\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:680 ../src/command/object.c:1867
msgid "Attached to the chord:"
msgstr "附加到和弦："

#: ../src/command/object.c:688
#, c-format
msgid "This %s starts %d 𝅘𝅥  's into the measure and lasts %d 𝅘𝅥 's.\n"
msgstr "此 %s 起始于小节中的第 %d 个𝅘𝅥 并持续 %d 个𝅘𝅥。\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:690
#, c-format
msgid "This %s starts %d 𝅘𝅥  's into the measure and lasts %d/%d 𝅘𝅥 's.\n"
msgstr "此 %s 起始于小节中的第 %d 个𝅘𝅥 并持续 %d/%d 个𝅘𝅥。\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:695
#, c-format
msgid "This %s starts %d/%d 𝅘𝅥  's into the measure and lasts %d 𝅘𝅥 's.\n"
msgstr "此 %s 起始于小节中的第 %d/%d 个𝅘𝅥 并持续 %d 个𝅘𝅥。\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:697
#, c-format
msgid "This %s starts %d/%d 𝅘𝅥  's into the measure and lasts %d/%d 𝅘𝅥 's.\n"
msgstr "此 %s 起始于小节中的第 %d/%d 个𝅘𝅥 并持续 %d/%d 个𝅘𝅥。\n"

#. type = _("start tuplet marker");
#: ../src/command/object.c:706
#, c-format
msgid ""
" a Start Tuplet object\n"
"Meaning %d notes will take the time of %d notes\n"
"until an End Tuplet object.\n"
"See the Notes/Rests → Tuplets for control over how tuplets print\n"
msgstr ""
" 一个连音起始对象\n"
"意味着 %d 音符将会持续 %d 音符的时间\n"
"直到遇到连音终止对象。\n"
"请参见 音符/休止→连音 来控制连音的显示\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:709
msgid "Attached to the Start Tuplet:"
msgstr "附加到连音起始："

#. type = _("end tuplet marker");
#: ../src/command/object.c:719
#, c-format
msgid ""
"an End Tuplet object\n"
"Note: the Start Tuplet must be in the same measure.\n"
msgstr ""
"一个连音终止对象\n"
"注意：必须与相应的连音起始对象位于同一小节内。\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:722
msgid "Attached to the End Tuplet:"
msgstr "附加到连音终止："

#. type = _("clef change object");
#: ../src/command/object.c:732
#, c-format
msgid "a Clef Change object.\n"
msgstr "一个谱号变更对象。\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:735
msgid "Attached to the Clef Change:"
msgstr "附加到谱号变更："

#: ../src/command/object.c:739
msgid "This clef change is non-printing, it just affects the display.\n"
msgstr "此谱号变更对象不会被打印，仅影响显示。\n"

#. type = _("time signature change object");
#: ../src/command/object.c:748
#, c-format
msgid "a Time Signature Change object.\n"
msgstr "一个时值变更对象。\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:751
msgid "Attached to the Time Signature Change:"
msgstr "附加到时值变更："

#: ../src/command/object.c:756
#, c-format
msgid ""
"A Time Signature Change should be the first object in a measure\n"
"unless you are trying to do something unusual"
msgstr ""
"时值变更对象应当是每小节的第一个对象\n"
"除非你希望进行一些特殊的操作"

#. type = _("key signature change object");
#: ../src/command/object.c:764
#, c-format
msgid "a Key Signature Change object.\n"
msgstr "一个调号变更对象。\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:767
msgid "Attached to the Key Signature Change:"
msgstr "附加到调号变更："

#. type = _("stem direction change object");
#: ../src/command/object.c:777
#, c-format
msgid "a Stem Direction Control Object. The notes after the cursor %s"
msgstr "一个符干方向控制对象。光标后的音符 %s"

#: ../src/command/object.c:777
msgid "will have stems downwards."
msgstr "的符干将会朝下。"

#: ../src/command/object.c:777
msgid "will have stems upwards."
msgstr "的符干将会朝上。"

#: ../src/command/object.c:777
msgid "will have stems up or down as needed."
msgstr "的符干方向将会视情况而定。"

#: ../src/command/object.c:780
msgid ""
"\n"
"Attached to the Stemming Change:"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"附加到符干变更："

#: ../src/command/object.c:800
#, c-format
msgid "a Denemo Directive: <span weight=\"bold\">%s</span>\n"
msgstr "一个 Denemo 记号：<span weight=\"bold\">%s</span>\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:802
#, c-format
msgid "a Denemo Directive tagged: <span foreground=\"red\"weight=\"bold\">%s</span>\n"
msgstr "一个 Denemo 标签记号：<span foreground=\"red\"weight=\"bold\">%s</span>\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:807
#, c-format
msgid ""
"\n"
"The help for the command that created this directive is\n"
"<big>\"%s\"</big>"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"用于创建此记号的命令帮助：\n"
"<big>\"%s\"</big>"

#: ../src/command/object.c:811
#, c-format
msgid "%s"
msgstr "%s"

#: ../src/command/object.c:811
msgid ""
"\n"
"Not for some layouts\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"未应用到全部布局\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:811
msgid ""
"\n"
"Only for some Layout(s)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"仅应用到部分布局\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:828
#, c-format
msgid "The LilyPond text inserted is <tt>%s%s</tt>\n"
msgstr "插入的 LilyPond 文本为 <tt>%s%s</tt>\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:833
#, c-format
msgid "This object does not affect the printed output (no LilyPond syntax is generated for the typesetter)\n"
msgstr "此对象不影响打印输出（排版时不生成 LilyPond 语法）\n"

#: ../src/command/object.c:836
msgid ""
"<span foreground=\"red\"weight=\"bold\">THIS DIRECTIVE IS CONDITIONAL ON THE LAYOUT\n"
"</span>"
msgstr ""
"<span foreground=\"red\"weight=\"bold\">此记号在布局中为条件记号\n"
"</span>"

#: ../src/command/object.c:839
msgid ""
"This Directive is at the end of the music\n"
"You may need a closing double bar line -\n"
"see Directives → Markings → Inserting Barlines"
msgstr ""
"此记号位于音乐末尾\n"
"你可能需要双小节线 -\n"
"见 记号→标记→插入小节线"

#: ../src/command/object.c:844
msgid "The cursor is on an unknown object type. Please report how this happened!"
msgstr "光标位于未知类型的对象上。请报告这一错误！"

#: ../src/command/object.c:855
#, c-format
msgid "Playback timing: %d minutes %1.2f seconds"
msgstr "回放计时：%d 分 %1.2f 秒"

#: ../src/command/object.c:861
msgid "<span font-desc=\"30\">Warning</span> "
msgstr "<span font-desc=\"30\">警告</span> "

#: ../src/command/object.c:1017
#, c-format
msgid "Clone %s"
msgstr "克隆 %s"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1018 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:56
msgid "Palette Button Creation"
msgstr "创建面板按钮"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1018 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:56
msgid "Give a (unique) name for the button"
msgstr "为按钮指定（唯一）名称"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1021 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:96
msgid "Creates a cloned Denemo Directive"
msgstr "创建一个克隆的 Denemo 记号"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1022 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:60
msgid "Could not create a button of that name in that palette"
msgstr "无法在面板中创建此名称的按钮"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1049
msgid "The Scheme Window is now open, but you must dismiss the Score Properties Editor to access it."
msgstr ""

#: ../src/command/object.c:1098
msgid "Duplicate Directive"
msgstr "复制记号"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1098
msgid "Give name identifying purpose of this duplicate "
msgstr "请设置一个名称，用于标明复制该记号的原因 "

#: ../src/command/object.c:1098
msgid "Transposed Version"
msgstr "转调后的版本"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1103
#, fuzzy
msgid "Duplicate: "
msgstr "复制"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1108
#, fuzzy
msgid "The duplicate directive will appear after the directive cloned, so it will override the original. Use the Conditional button to choose which directive is active for an omission criterion or for specific layouts."
msgstr "复制记号将会出现在记号末尾，因此将覆盖原有记号。在特定布局中，或者在设置忽略条件时，可以使用“条件记号”按钮来选择要启用的记号。"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1256
msgid "To add or remove built-in attributes right click on the object in the display window"
msgstr "要添加或删除内置属性，请在显示窗口中右击对象"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1381
msgid "You have custom score layout(s). Making this directive conditional will not affect them until you Reload Score-wide Settings in the Score Layout view."
msgstr "你自定义了乐谱布局。将此记号设为条件记号并不会影响到乐谱布局，除非你在乐谱布局视图中重新载入乐谱设置。"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1397 ../src/command/object.c:1419
msgid "Omission Criterion: "
msgstr "忽略条件："

#: ../src/command/object.c:1397 ../src/command/object.c:1419
msgid " is set on this Directive"
msgstr " 被设置在此记号上"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1398 ../src/command/object.c:1420
msgid "Remove: "
msgstr "移除："

#: ../src/command/object.c:1398 ../src/command/object.c:1420
msgid " from this Directive"
msgstr " 自此记号"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1431 ../src/command/object.c:1624
#: ../src/command/object.c:2173
msgid "Conditional"
msgstr "条件"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1519 ../src/command/object.c:2139
#: ../src/command/object.c:2416
msgid "Run the Edit Script for "
msgstr "运行编辑脚本于 "

#: ../src/command/object.c:1528 ../src/command/object.c:2148
#: ../src/command/object.c:2425
msgid "Execute command: "
msgstr "执行命令："

#. gtk_widget_override_color (inner_box, GTK_STATE_FLAG_NORMAL, &color);
#: ../src/command/object.c:1569 ../src/command/object.c:2160
#: ../src/command/object.c:2444 ../src/command/scorelayout.c:513
#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:553 ../src/core/entries.h:408
#: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:34
#: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:109
#: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:155 ../actions/denemo.scm:164
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:38
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:45
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:62
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:69
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:87
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:94
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:291
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:298
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:317
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:324
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:341
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:348
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:365
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:372
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/DenemoLink.scm:4
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/NoBarline.scm:6
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/EndVolta.scm:4
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/EndVolta.scm:6
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeCoda.scm:6
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeFermata.scm:6
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeSegno.scm:6
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/RehearsalMark.scm:8
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/StartTrillSpan.scm:8
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/Caesura.scm:6
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:75
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.scm:46
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.scm:55
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:59
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:68
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:16
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:15
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/BlankPage.scm:17
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/CrescendoTextSpanner.scm:5
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DecrescendoTextSpanner.scm:5
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:18
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:50
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleCustomOrnament.scm:29
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/DeleteDynamic.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Glissando.scm:5
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Spanning/TextSpanStart.scm:5
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.scm:6
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ArtificialHarmonic.scm:5
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ParenthesizeNote.scm:8
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.scm:9
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentary.scm:8
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:17
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.scm:67
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/SingleDigitTimeSig.scm:5
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "删除"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1614 ../src/command/object.c:2167
msgid "Next ➡"
msgstr "后一个 ➡"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1645 ../src/core/entries.h:263
msgid "Copy"
msgstr "复制"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1672 ../src/command/object.c:2198
#: ../src/command/object.c:2484
msgid "Create Button for Command"
msgstr "为命令创建按钮"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1673 ../src/command/object.c:2485
msgid "Make a palette button for running the command that created this attribute."
msgstr "为创建属性的命令设置一个面板按钮。"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1680
msgid "Make a palette button for installing this attribute elsewhere."
msgstr "为设置此属性设置一个面板按钮。"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1685 ../src/command/object.c:2210
#: ../src/command/object.c:2512 ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:36
#: ../actions/denemo.scm:156
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:42
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:47
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:66
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:71
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:91
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:96
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:295
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:300
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:321
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:326
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:345
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:350
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:369
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:374
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Directives/InsertChordDirective.scm:14
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/InsertStandaloneDirective.scm:8
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/EndVolta.scm:4
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/RehearsalMark.scm:10
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:27
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.scm:46
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.scm:57
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:59
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:70
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:17
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:16
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/InsertNoteDirective.scm:14
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/CrescendoTextSpanner.scm:5
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DecrescendoTextSpanner.scm:5
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:19
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleCustomOrnament.scm:29
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Glissando.scm:6
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Spanning/TextSpanStart.scm:5
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/TieShape.scm:7
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentary.scm:7
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:18
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr "高级"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1686
msgid "Examine/Edit this directive at a low-level"
msgstr "检查/在基础层次上编辑此记号"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1697
msgid "Built-in Chord Attributes"
msgstr "内置和弦属性"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1717
msgid "Remove slur start"
msgstr "移除连音起始"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1723
msgid "Remove slur end"
msgstr "移除连音终止"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1729
msgid "Remove tie"
msgstr "移除连结线"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1735
msgid "Remove Start cresc. marking"
msgstr "移除渐强开始标记"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1741
msgid "Remove End cresc. marking"
msgstr "移除渐强结束记号"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1747
msgid "Remove Start dim. marking"
msgstr "移除渐弱开始标记"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1753
msgid "Remove End dim. marking"
msgstr "移除渐弱结束记号"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1760
msgid "Un-grace the note"
msgstr "取消装饰音"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1825
msgid "Denemo Object Editor"
msgstr "Denemo 对象编辑器"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1830 ../src/command/object.c:2556
#: ../src/command/object.c:2773
msgid "Close"
msgstr "关闭"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1838
msgid "⬅ Previous Object"
msgstr "⬅ 前一个对象"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1845
msgid "Next note in chord"
msgstr "和弦中的下一个音符"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1849
msgid "Alternate note"
msgstr "改变音符"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1853
msgid "Next Object ➡"
msgstr "后一个对象 ➡"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1867
msgid "Attached to the rest:"
msgstr "附加到休止："

#. only one note
#: ../src/command/object.c:1888
msgid "Edit the note"
msgstr "编辑音符"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1915
#, c-format
msgid "Attached to Note %s"
msgstr "附加到音符 %s"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1933
#, c-format
msgid "Nothing attached to Note %s"
msgstr "没有可以附加到音符 %s"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1949
msgid "Assign Pitch to Rhythm"
msgstr "将音高赋予节奏"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1962
msgid "Edit Chord Symbol"
msgstr "编辑和弦符号"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1969
msgid "Edit Bass Figure"
msgstr "编辑贝司音型"

#. type = _("start tuplet marker");
#: ../src/command/object.c:1994
msgid "Alter Tuplet Type"
msgstr "更改连音类型"

#: ../src/command/object.c:1999
msgid "Attached to the tuplet start:"
msgstr "附加到连音起始："

#: ../src/command/object.c:2018
msgid "Attached to the tuplet end:"
msgstr "附加到连音终止："

#: ../src/command/object.c:2039
msgid "Attached to the clef change object:"
msgstr "附加到谱号变更对象："

#: ../src/command/object.c:2052
msgid "Transform to printing clef"
msgstr "转换为可见谱号"

#: ../src/command/object.c:2065
msgid "Attached to the time signature change object:"
msgstr "附加到时值变更对象："

#: ../src/command/object.c:2085
msgid "Attached to the key signature change object:"
msgstr "附加到调号变更对象："

#: ../src/command/object.c:2106
msgid "Attached to the stemming change object:"
msgstr "附加到符干变更对象："

#: ../src/command/object.c:2129
msgid "Standalone Denemo Directive:"
msgstr "独立 Denemo 记号："

#: ../src/command/object.c:2199
msgid "Make a palette button for running the command that created/inserted this object."
msgstr "为创建/插入此对象的命令设置一个面板按钮。"

#: ../src/command/object.c:2205
msgid "Make a palette button for inserting a clone of this object elsewhere."
msgstr "为插入对象副本设置一个面板按钮。"

#: ../src/command/object.c:2340
msgid "Score "
msgstr "乐谱 "

#: ../src/command/object.c:2342
msgid "Movement "
msgstr "乐章 "

#: ../src/command/object.c:2344
msgid "Score Header "
msgstr "乐谱头部 "

#: ../src/command/object.c:2346
msgid "Paper "
msgstr "纸张 "

#: ../src/command/object.c:2348
msgid "Movement Header "
msgstr "乐章头部 "

#: ../src/command/object.c:2350
msgid "Movement Layout "
msgstr "乐章布局 "

#: ../src/command/object.c:2352
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:11
msgid "Key Signature"
msgstr "调号变更记号"

#: ../src/command/object.c:2354
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:13
msgid "Time Signature"
msgstr "时值记号"

#: ../src/command/object.c:2356 ../src/command/scorelayout.c:729
#: ../src/core/entries.h:291
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:7
msgid "Clef"
msgstr "谱号"

#: ../src/command/object.c:2358 ../src/core/entries.h:373
msgid "Staff"
msgstr "谱表"

#: ../src/command/object.c:2360 ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1591
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:9
msgid "Voice"
msgstr "声部"

#: ../src/command/object.c:2364 ../src/core/entries.h:367
msgid "Directives"
msgstr "记号"

#: ../src/command/object.c:2390
#, c-format
msgid "%sDenemo %s Directive tagged: %s %c%s%c"
msgstr "%sDenemo %s 标签记号：%s %c%s%c"

#: ../src/command/object.c:2390 ../src/command/object.c:2392
msgid "(Conditional) "
msgstr "(条件记号) "

#: ../src/command/object.c:2392
#, c-format
msgid "%sDenemo %s Directive: %s %c%s%c"
msgstr "%sDenemo %s 记号：%s %c%s%c"

#: ../src/command/object.c:2473
msgid "Create Duplicate"
msgstr "创建副本"

#: ../src/command/object.c:2474
#, fuzzy
msgid "Duplicate this directive with a new name. Usually only makes sense when the two directives are conditional - different inclusion criteria or different layouts."
msgstr "复制此记号，并指定新名称。一般仅用于应用到不同布局中（或不同的忽略条件中）的两个条件记号。"

#: ../src/command/object.c:2491
msgid "Open Command Center"
msgstr "打开命令中心"

#: ../src/command/object.c:2492
msgid "Opens the Command Center on this command. Here you can find the location of the command in the menu system, set shortcuts etc."
msgstr "打开命令中心，以便查看菜单中各个命令的位置、设置快捷键等。"

#: ../src/command/object.c:2501
msgid "Make a palette button for installing a clone of this attribute elsewhere."
msgstr "为克隆此属性设置一个面板按钮。"

#: ../src/command/object.c:2506 ../src/core/menusystem.c:881
#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:377
msgid "Get Script into Scheme Window"
msgstr "将脚本载入方案窗口"

#: ../src/command/object.c:2507
msgid "Place a script to create this Directive (if absent) into the Scheme Window. Use this after loading the initialization script into the Scheme window - once saved this Directive will be installed on new scores at startup."
msgstr ""

#: ../src/command/object.c:2548
msgid "Score and Movement Properties Editor"
msgstr "乐谱和乐章属性编辑器"

#: ../src/command/object.c:2571 ../src/core/entries.h:268
msgid "Score Properties"
msgstr "乐谱属性"

#: ../src/command/object.c:2588
msgid "Edit Built-in Score Properties"
msgstr "编辑内置乐谱属性"

#: ../src/command/object.c:2596 ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1975
#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:2324 ../src/core/utils.c:2415
#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2723
msgid "Movement"
msgstr "乐章"

#: ../src/command/object.c:2596
msgid "Properties"
msgstr "属性"

#: ../src/command/object.c:2617 ../actions/denemo.scm:1553
#, fuzzy
msgid "Movement Tempo"
msgstr "乐章 "

#: ../src/command/object.c:2621
msgid "⬅ Previous Movement"
msgstr "⬅ 上一乐章"

#: ../src/command/object.c:2628
msgid "Next Movement ➡"
msgstr "下一乐章 ➡"

#: ../src/command/object.c:2681
msgid ""
"The clef here only affects the display as this voice is typeset on the staff above.\n"
"Normally you will want it set the same as the staff the notes will appear on.\n"
"Dismiss this warning and make any needed changes via the popup dialog coming next."
msgstr ""
"此处的谱号仅影响显示，此声部将会被排版在谱表上方。\n"
"一般将其设置为所属谱表中的谱号。\n"
"可以忽略此警告，并在之后弹出的对话框中进行所需更改。"

#: ../src/command/object.c:2691
msgid "This voice should have the same key signature as the staff it appears on. Use the key signature menu commands to correct it if needed."
msgstr "此声部的调号与其所属谱表相同。若需要，可以使用调号菜单来改变它。"

#: ../src/command/object.c:2695
msgid "Change the keysignature by clicking on it, or via the Key Signatures menu (after closing this editor)."
msgstr "通过点击，或通过调号菜单（需要先关闭此编辑器）来改变时值记号。"

#: ../src/command/object.c:2705
msgid "This voice should have the same time signature as the staff it appears on. Use the time signature menu commands to correct it if needed."
msgstr "此声部的时值记号与其所属谱表相同。若需要，可以使用时值记号菜单来改变它。"

#: ../src/command/object.c:2765
msgid "Staff and Voice Properties Editor"
msgstr "谱表和声部属性编辑器"

#: ../src/command/object.c:2791 ../src/core/entries.h:209
#: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:390
msgid "Staff Properties"
msgstr "谱表属性"

#: ../src/command/object.c:2810
msgid "Staff Above"
msgstr "以上谱表"

#: ../src/command/object.c:2817
msgid "Staff Below"
msgstr "以下谱表"

#: ../src/command/object.c:2826
msgid "<b>This voice will be typeset on the staff above</b>"
msgstr "<b>当前声部将会显示在上一个谱表上方</b>"

#: ../src/command/object.c:2833
msgid "Edit Built-in Staff Properties"
msgstr "编辑内置谱表属性"

#: ../src/command/object.c:2839
msgid "Clef: "
msgstr "谱号："

#: ../src/command/object.c:2845
#, c-format
msgid "Time: %d/%d"
msgstr "时值：%d/%d"

#: ../src/command/object.c:2851
#, c-format
msgid "Key: %s"
msgstr "调号：%s"

#: ../src/command/object.c:2878
msgid "Voice Properties"
msgstr "声部属性"

#: ../src/command/score.c:132
#, c-format
msgid ""
"This is the current movement number %d\n"
"Click on another button to change movements"
msgstr ""
"当前乐章编号 %d\n"
"点击其他按钮来切换乐章"

#: ../src/command/score.c:146
#, c-format
msgid "Click to switch to movement number %d"
msgstr "点击以便切换乐章编号 %d"

#: ../src/command/score.c:307
msgid "This is the only movement"
msgstr "这是唯一一个乐章"

#: ../src/command/score.c:308
msgid "Delete it and start over?"
msgstr "删除它并重新开始吗？"

#: ../src/command/score.c:321
#, c-format
msgid "This is movement #%d"
msgstr "这是第 %d 乐章"

#: ../src/command/score.c:322
msgid "Delete entire movement?"
msgstr "删除整个乐章吗？"

#: ../src/command/score.c:364
msgid "No such movement"
msgstr "没有这一乐章"

#: ../src/command/score.c:384
msgid "No such voice"
msgstr "没有这一声部"

#: ../src/command/score.c:392
msgid "No such measure"
msgstr "没有这一小节"

#: ../src/command/score.c:515
msgid "This is the last movement"
msgstr "这是最后一个乐章"

#: ../src/command/score.c:570
msgid "This is the first movement"
msgstr "这是第一个乐章"

#: ../src/command/score.c:674
msgid ""
"A button bar that can be populated by Movement titles and other user generated buttons.\n"
"Generally by clicking the button you can edit the title or value or execute the action of the button"
msgstr ""
"按钮条中可以放置乐章标题和其他用户定义按钮。\n"
"只需点击按钮，就可以编辑按钮的标题、值或其所对应的动作"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:34
msgid "LilyPond text editor"
msgstr "LilyPond 文本编辑器"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:35
msgid "Default Score Layout"
msgstr "默认乐谱布局"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:113 ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1031
#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1101
msgid "This button is for changing the score itself, it will not affect this custom layout"
msgstr "此按钮仅改变乐谱自身，而不会影响自定义布局"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:258
msgid "New Score Layout"
msgstr "新乐谱布局"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:258
msgid "Give a name for this new score layout"
msgstr "为新乐谱布局指定名称"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:258
msgid "Custom Layout"
msgstr "自定义布局"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:458
msgid "Customize Layout"
msgstr "自定义布局"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:458
msgid "Replace Standard Layout?"
msgstr "替换标准布局吗？"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:463
msgid ""
"This layout will be used in place of the standard one, unless you delete it.\n"
"Any new staffs added to the score will not appear in it unless you edit it."
msgstr ""
"此布局将会替换标准布局，除非你手动删除它。\n"
"除非进行手动编辑，否则任何添加到乐谱中的新谱表将不会按此布局显示。"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:480
msgid "Actions for this Layout"
msgstr "此布局的动作"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:484 ../src/printview/printview.c:2716
msgid "Typeset"
msgstr "排版"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:485
msgid "Typeset the score using this layout to determine which movements, parts, titles, page breaks etc should be used"
msgstr "使用此布局排版乐谱，确定小节、片段、标题、换页符应当如何显示"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:494
msgid "Edit LilyPond Text of Layout"
msgstr "编辑布局中的 LilyPond 文本"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:495
msgid "Opens the LilyPond window for further editing."
msgstr "打开 LilyPond 窗口来做进一步编辑。"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:498
msgid "Duplicate"
msgstr "复制"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:499
msgid "Create a duplicate of this layout."
msgstr "创建此布局的副本。"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:507
msgid "Convert to LilyPond Text"
msgstr "转换为 LilyPond 文本"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:508
msgid "Converts this layout to LilyPond text for further editing."
msgstr "转换此布局为 LilyPond 文本以便进一步编辑。"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:514
msgid "Discard this customized score layout."
msgstr "舍弃此自定义乐谱布局。"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:518 ../src/command/scorelayout.c:548
msgid "Create Default Score Layout"
msgstr "创建默认乐谱布局"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:519 ../src/command/scorelayout.c:549
msgid "Creates the Default Score Layout"
msgstr "创建默认的乐谱布局"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:525
msgid "Append Current Movement"
msgstr "附加当前乐章"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:526
msgid "Appends the current movement at the end of this layout. Select the movement you wish to append to the layout in the Denemo Display first. The same movement can be placed multiple times in the layout, with individual edits as needed."
msgstr "附加当前乐章至此布局的末尾。请线在 Denemo 显示窗口中选择要附加的乐章。可以在布局中放置多个相同乐章，并分别对其进行编辑。"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:530
msgid "Re-order Movement"
msgstr "重新排列乐章"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:531
msgid ""
"Moves the first expanded movement in this layout to the end.\n"
"This does not alter the score, just this layout. To re-order the actual movements of the score see the Movements menu."
msgstr ""
"将第一个展开的乐章移至此布局末尾。\n"
"该操作不改变乐谱，仅改变布局。要真正重排乐章，请见乐章菜单。"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:538 ../src/printview/printview.c:2733
msgid "Refresh"
msgstr "刷新"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:539
msgid "Re-calculate this layout to incorporate changes made to the score structure."
msgstr "重新计算布局以便符合乐谱结构的改变。"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:543
msgid "Customize"
msgstr "自定义"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:544
msgid "Create a layout from this standard layout that you can then modify."
msgstr "从此标准布局创建一个可以编辑的布局。"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:554
msgid "Discard this standard score layout."
msgstr "舍弃此自定义乐谱布局。"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:697
#, c-format
msgid "The music for this staff has been replaced by the music from the current staff, i.e. staff where the cursor is, Movement %d, Staff %d."
msgstr "此谱表中的音乐已被当前谱表（第 %d 乐章的第 %d 谱表）替换。"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:709 ../src/command/scorelayout.c:908
#: ../src/core/entries.h:205 ../src/core/entries.h:371
#: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:155 ../actions/denemo.scm:165
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:39
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:44
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:68
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:214
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:218
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:234
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:238
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:273
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:277
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:292
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:297
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:318
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:323
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:342
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:347
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:366
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:371
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:27
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:15
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:14
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/CrescendoTextSpanner.scm:5
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DecrescendoTextSpanner.scm:5
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:17
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:50
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleCustomOrnament.scm:29
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Spanning/TextSpanStart.scm:5
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.scm:7
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:16
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/MeasuresPerLine.scm:4
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "编辑"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:710
msgid "Edit the voice directives for this layout"
msgstr "编辑此布局中的声部记号"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:715
msgid ""
"Delete this voice from the score layout\n"
"Note that if it is the first voice the clef time and keysignatures will be deleted too."
msgstr ""
"从乐谱布局中删除此声部\n"
"注意，如果这是第一个声部，那么谱号、时值和调号也会被删除。"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:720
msgid "Initial Signatures"
msgstr "起始记号"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:724
msgid "Click here to view and edit the clef, key and time signatures of this staff"
msgstr "点击此处来查看和编辑此谱表的谱号、调号和时值记号"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:730
msgid "Edit the LilyPond definition of the clef. The editing affects only this layout."
msgstr "编辑 LilyPond 格式的谱号。编辑只影响此布局。"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:735
msgid "Key"
msgstr "调号"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:736
msgid "Edit the LilyPond definition of the key signature. The editing affects only this layout."
msgstr "编辑 LilyPond 格式的调号。编辑只影响此布局。"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:741
msgid "Time"
msgstr "时值"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:742
msgid "Edit the LilyPond definition of the time signature. The editing affects only this layout."
msgstr "编辑 LilyPond 格式的时值记号。编辑只影响此布局。"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:752
msgid "The clef, time and key signatures attached to other voices are ignored, only the primary one has effect"
msgstr "忽略附加到其他声部的谱号、时值和调号，只有第一个会被改变"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:755
msgid "Music for "
msgstr "音乐 "

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:757
msgid ""
"Click here to move the Denemo cursor to the start of this music.\n"
"The actual notes live here. You can only edit these in the main Denemo display.\n"
"However you can place conditional directives that are to be used only when using this layout. For example page breaks just for this layout can be placed at points in the music.\n"
msgstr ""
"点击此处将 Denemo 光标移至音乐开头。\n"
"显示实际的音符。你只能在 Denemo 显示窗口中编辑它们。\n"
"不过你也可以使用仅作用于此布局的条件记号。例如，可以在音乐中插入换页符，它仅影响当前布局。\n"
"点击此处来将 Denemo 光标移动到音乐起始处。\n"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:763
msgid "Substitute"
msgstr "替换"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:764
msgid ""
"Substitute the music of this staff/voice with the music of the current staff/voice.\n"
"You can click the \"Music for ...\" button to move the cursor in the Denemo Display onto the staff/voice whose music you want to use before clicking this button to substitute the music. The editing affects only this layout."
msgstr ""
"用其他谱表中的谱表/声部替换此谱表/声部。\n"
"可以点击“Music for...”按钮来移动 Denemo 显示窗口中的光标至要编辑的谱表/声部上，然后点击此按钮来替换音乐。编辑只影响此布局。"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:777
msgid "Drop this lyric part from the score layout"
msgstr "在乐谱布局中舍弃此歌词部分"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:785
msgid "Move this lyric part above the staff for this score layout"
msgstr "将乐谱布局中的歌词部分移到谱表之上"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:789
msgid "Move this lyric part below the staff for this score layout"
msgstr "将乐谱布局中的歌词部分移到谱表之下"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:866
#: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:35
msgid "Edit LilyPond"
msgstr "编辑 LilyPond"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:866
msgid ""
"Edit this using LilyPond syntax\n"
"The editing applies just to this score layout"
msgstr ""
"使用 LilyPond 语法进行编辑\n"
"编辑只影响此乐谱布局"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:909
msgid "Edit this element for this layout"
msgstr "编辑此布局中的元素"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:913
msgid "Move this element upwards for this score layout"
msgstr "将乐谱布局中的元素向上移动"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:917
msgid "Move this element downwards for this score layout"
msgstr "将乐谱布局中的元素向下移动"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:921
msgid "Remove this element from this layout"
msgstr "从布局中移除此元素"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:943 ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:557
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/PageBreak.xml.h:1
msgid "Page Break"
msgstr "换页"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:944
msgid "This forces a new page, useful for avoiding page turns\n"
msgstr "强制换页，用于避免不合理的分页方式\n"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:955
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/BlankPage.scm:11
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/BlankPage.scm:20
msgid "Blank Page"
msgstr "空白页"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:956
msgid "This prints a page intentionally left blank, useful for avoiding page turns\n"
msgstr "插入左空白页，用于避免不合理的分页方式\n"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:968
msgid ""
"This lets you insert your own titles etc just for this layout.\n"
"For book titles use \\titledPiece \\markup \"myname\"\n"
"Simple titles are not placed here, but appear in a header block at the end of the movement.\n"
"For other possible uses, see LilyPond manual."
msgstr ""
"可以用于在此布局中插入自定义标题。\n"
"若要插入目录标题，请使用  \\titledPiece \\markup \"标题名\"\n"
"简单的标题不应出现在这里，而应位于乐章结尾的头部块中。\n"
"有关其他的用法，请参见 LilyPond 手册。"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:980
msgid "Create Page Break"
msgstr "创建换页"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:981
msgid ""
"This inserts a page break, useful for avoiding page turns\n"
"Move it before the title (using the up arrow) once created!"
msgstr ""
"插入一个换页符，用于避免不合理的分页方式\n"
"请在创建之后将其移动到标题前面（使用上箭头）！"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:985
msgid "Create Blank Page"
msgstr "创建空白页"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:986
msgid "This inserts a page intentionally left blank, useful for avoiding page turns when printing on both sides of the paper"
msgstr "插入左空白页，用于在双页打印时避免不合理的分页方式"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:991
msgid "This creates a LilyPond comment which you can then edit to give titles etc for this movment, applying just to this layout."
msgstr "创建一条可以编辑的 LilyPond 注释，用于为乐章添加标题等；仅应用到此布局。"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1042
msgid "Movement Titles, Page Breaks etc"
msgstr "乐章标题、换页符等"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1043
msgid "In here are settings for the movement title, page breaks before the movement etc"
msgstr "这里是有关乐章标题、（乐章前）换页符等的设置"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1056
msgid "Create Titles for Movement"
msgstr "创建乐章标题"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1058
msgid "Set book titles for this movement in the score"
msgstr "设置乐谱中此乐章的目录标题"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1064
msgid "Create for Custom Layout"
msgstr "创建自定义布局"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1065
msgid "Create page breaks, blank pages ...for this layout"
msgstr "在此布局中创建换页、空白页等"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1347
msgid "This brace connects together several staffs - you can delete it for a customized layout."
msgstr "此括号与数个谱表相关联 - 你可以删除它来自定义布局。"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1365
msgid "Remove this staff brace from these staffs for a customized layout."
msgstr "从谱表中删除谱表括号来进行自定义布局。"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1477
msgid ""
"This shows the clef in the Denemo score - the actual clef printed may be modified by Directives attached to it.\n"
"You can edit the clef for a custom layout - do this on the first voice on the staff."
msgstr ""
"在 Denemo 乐谱中显示谱表 - 实际的谱号可能受到附加记号的影响。\n"
"你可以编辑谱表的自定义布局 - 请在谱表中的第一个声部中进行操作。"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1481
msgid "Move this staff (with all its voices) above the preceding staff."
msgstr "将此谱表（以及所有声部）移动到前一个谱表之前。"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1485
msgid "Move this staff (with all its voices) after the following staff."
msgstr "将此谱表（以及所有声部）移动到后一个谱表之后。"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1490
msgid "Remove this staff (with all its voices) for customized layout."
msgstr "移除此谱表（以及所有声部）以便自定义布局。"

#. the reason these are outside the staff frame is it makes them appear above the staff
#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1514 ../src/display/draw.c:1102
msgid "Chord Symbols"
msgstr "和弦记号"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1523
msgid "Staff Start"
msgstr "谱表起始"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1523
#, c-format
msgid "Staff %d Start"
msgstr "谱表 %d 起始"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1531
msgid ""
"Click for a menu to position the Denemo cursor on this staff\n"
"or to alter this staff for a customized layout"
msgstr ""
"点击菜单来定位 Denemo 光标在谱表中的位置\n"
"或者自定义此谱表的布局"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1535
msgid "Move Denemo Cursor to this staff"
msgstr "将 Denemo 光标移动到此谱表"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1536
msgid "This will move the Denemo Cursor to the start of this staff in this movement"
msgstr "移动 Denemo 光标到乐章中此谱表的起始位置"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1542
msgid "Edit Staff Opening Syntax"
msgstr "编辑谱表起始记号的语法"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1543
msgid ""
"Edit the syntax creating this staff to customize this layout\n"
"Take care only alter the obvious bits, such as instrument name etc\n"
"Injudicious deletion of the LilyPond typesetting characters {<<# etc can make the layout unreadable by the LilyPond typesetter. Just delete the layout if you get stuck."
msgstr ""
"编辑谱表起始记号的语法，以便自定义布局\n"
"请只修改那些浅显易懂的内容，例如乐器名称\n"
"错误地删除 LilyPond 布局字符（如 {<<#）可能导致 LilyPond 布局器无法识别乐谱。如果出现问题，只需删除布局即可。"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1553
msgid "Set Staff Group Start/End"
msgstr "设置谱表组起始/结束"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1556
msgid ""
"The braces { and [ binding staffs together can be set here. Set the start on one staff and the end on a later staff.\n"
"This is editing the score, not just customizing a layout.\n"
"Refresh the layout view (see under Options for this Layout button at the top) once you have made the changes."
msgstr ""
"可以在这里设置用于关联谱表的括号 { 和 [。请在第一个谱表前设置开始记号，在最后一个谱表后设置结束记号。\n"
"此操作是对乐谱的编辑，而非自定义布局。\n"
"在做出改变之后，请刷新布局视图（见 刷新 布局按钮下的选项）。"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1591 ../src/core/entries.h:211
msgid "Voices"
msgstr "声部"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1593
msgid "This holds the voice(s) of the staff - the clef, time signature, key signature and music are all here"
msgstr "包括谱表中的声部 - 谱号、时值、调号和音乐"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1612
msgid "Staff End"
msgstr "谱表终止"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1612
#, c-format
msgid "Staff %d End"
msgstr "谱表 %d 终止"

#. things like transpose whole score etc
#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1677
msgid "The Staff"
msgstr "谱表"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1677
msgid "The Staffs"
msgstr "谱表"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1679
msgid "This holds the staffs below which are the voices with the music."
msgstr "包含音乐音色的谱表。"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1684
msgid "Append Current Staff"
msgstr "附加当前谱表"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1685
msgid "Appends the current staff (the one where the cursor is in the Denemo Display) to this layout. The same staff can be placed at multiple positions in the layout with individual edits in each."
msgstr "将当前谱表（Denemo 显示窗口中光标所在位置）附加至此布局。可以在布局中多次放置同一个谱表，并分别对其进行编辑。"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1770
#, c-format
msgid "Movement %d"
msgstr "乐章 %d"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1800
msgid "paper size"
msgstr "纸张大小"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1802
msgid "Global staff size"
msgstr "全局谱表大小"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1803
msgid "Paper Block"
msgstr "正文块"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1804
msgid "Settings for whole score: includes overall staff size, paper size ...\n"
msgstr "整个乐谱的设置：包括全局谱表大小、纸张大小……\n"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1810
msgid "the paper block contents"
msgstr "正文块内容"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1820 ../actions/denemo.scm:1246
#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1250 ../actions/denemo.scm:1308
msgid "Score Titles"
msgstr "乐谱标题"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1823
msgid ""
"Titles, layout settings, preferences etc for the whole score.\n"
"Includes main title, composer, date, instrumentation, tagline"
msgstr ""
"整个乐谱的标题、布局设置、首选项等。\n"
"包括主标题、作曲者、时间、配器、标语"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1831
msgid "Default tagline"
msgstr "默认标语"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1857
msgid "Score Directives"
msgstr "乐谱记号"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1858
msgid "Includes the indent before first measure, LilyPond include files ..."
msgstr "包含第一个乐章的缩进、LilyPond 包含文件……"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1886
#, fuzzy
msgid "Alt Score Directives"
msgstr "乐谱记号"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1887
msgid "Includes the global font size ..."
msgstr ""

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1913
msgid "Score-wide Settings."
msgstr "乐谱范围内的设置。"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1914
msgid "Setting the score title, composer, headers and footers for this layout"
msgstr "设置此布局中的乐谱标题、作曲者、头部和底部"

#. having buttons that affect the score itself is confusing
#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1922
msgid "Create Book Titles"
msgstr "创建目录标题"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1924
msgid "Set book titles for the score"
msgstr "设置此乐谱的目录标题"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1938
msgid "Reload Score-Wide Settings"
msgstr "重新加载乐谱范围内的设置"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1939
msgid ""
"Reload the score wide settings for this layout from the current values in the score.\n"
"Do this if you have made changes to the score titles etc which you wish to be used for this layout."
msgstr ""
"从当前乐谱中重新加载乐谱范围内的设置至此布局。\n"
"用于在改变乐谱标题等操作后将更改其应用到此布局。"

#. if(sb)g_print ("Typesetting for id = %d\n\n\n\n", sb->id); else g_print ("No score layout\n\n");
#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1975
#, c-format
msgid "<b>Movement %d</b>"
msgstr "<b>乐章 %d</b>"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1978
msgid "This contains the layout of the movement- the movement title, and the actual music itself"
msgstr "包括乐章的布局 - 乐章标题和乐曲内容"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1989
msgid "Remove this movement from the score layout"
msgstr "从乐谱布局中删除此乐章"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:2012
msgid "Header block"
msgstr "头部块"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:2034
msgid "Layout block"
msgstr "布局块"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:2057
msgid "Movement Block"
msgstr "乐章块"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:2081
msgid "Movement Epilog"
msgstr "乐章结语"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:2137
msgid "The currently expanded movement is already at the end"
msgstr "已位于当前展开的乐章末尾"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:2144
msgid "No movement is expanded - don't know which movement to move"
msgstr "没有展开的乐章 - 无法移动乐章"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:2324
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintScoreAndParts.scm:8
msgid "Full Score"
msgstr "全乐谱"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:2622
msgid ""
"This is a score layout - the buttons mostly customize the layout\n"
"You can have several layouts and use them to print different versions of your score.\n"
"Once customized e.g. by adding page breaks, deleting certain parts etc the layout will be saved with your score and can be used for printing from even though you may have made corrections to the music.\n"
"Standard layouts are created by invoking the standard print commands - print, print part, print movement etc.\n"
"These standard layouts provide a convenient starting point for your customized layouts.<b>Note 1</b>Custom layouts are not saved for further graphical editing, only the typesetting commands are saved, so, unless you are familiar with LilyPond do all your work on the layout in one session.<b>Note 2</b>The first comment in the LilyPond text of the layout holds the name of the layout. If you change it any conditional directives that are for the layout will need refreshing"
msgstr ""
"乐谱布局 - 用于自定义布局的按钮\n"
"你可以创建多种布局，并使用它们输出乐谱的不同版本。\n"
"一旦进行了自定义，例如添加换页符、删除特定片段，这一布局将会被保存至乐谱并可用于打印，即便之后又对音乐做了更改。\n"
"通过调用标准输出命令 - 打印、部分打印、打印乐章等来创建标准布局。\n"
"这些标准布局可以方便地作为你自定义布局的模板。< b>注意事项 1</b>自定义布局无法保存以供下一次图形化编辑，只有排版命令会被保存。除非你懂得 LilyPond 语法，否则请在一次会话中完成所有的工作。< b>注意事项 2</b>布局的 LilyPond 文本中，第一个注释用于布局的名称。如果你改变了它，那么所有与之相关的条件记号也需要同时改变"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:3125
msgid ""
"The LilyPond text for this layout can be edited in the LilyPond view window.\n"
"You can safely delete this layout if you no longer need it\n"
"(for example if you have made structural changes to the score\n"
"not reflected in this layout)."
msgstr ""
"可以在 LilyPond 查看窗口中编辑此布局的 LilyPond。\n"
"如果你不需要此布局，可以安全地删除它\n"
"（例如当你改变了乐谱的结构，且无法适用于此布局时）"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:3134
msgid ""
"This is a customized layout, which has been transformed into instructions for the LilyPond music typesetter.\n"
"This is the form in which customized layouts are stored in a Denemo score on disk - the graphical interface is no longer available. You can, however still edit the layout with care (and some understanding of LilyPond).\n"
"Use the View → LilyPond window to do this.\n"
"Otherwise you can delete it and create a new one from a standard layout."
msgstr ""
"这是一个自定义的布局，已被转换为 LilyPond 音乐排版指令。\n"
"在将自定义布局存储到磁盘上的 Denemo 乐谱中时，会使用这种格式。这种情况下，无法使用图形化界面进行编辑。但你仍然可以（使用 LilyPond 语法）来编辑布局。\n"
"请使用 视图→LilyPond 窗口来进行此操作。\n"
"你也可以删除它，然后创建新的标准布局。"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:3159
msgid "Custom Scoreblock"
msgstr "自定义乐谱块"

#: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:3269
msgid "Typesets this layout"
msgstr "对此布局进行排版"

#: ../src/command/staff.c:39
msgid "Clefs differ"
msgstr "谱号不相同"

#: ../src/command/staff.c:45
msgid "Time Signatures differ"
msgstr "时值记号不相同"

#: ../src/command/staff.c:52
msgid "Key Signatures differ"
msgstr "调号不相同"

#: ../src/command/staff.c:315
msgid "Part 1"
msgstr "第 1 部分"

#: ../src/command/staff.c:317
#, c-format
msgid "Part %d"
msgstr "第 %d 部分"

#: ../src/command/staff.c:423
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot delete last staff"
msgstr "这是最后一个谱表"

#: ../src/command/staff.c:427
msgid "You will need to alter/delete the matching staff; Proceed?"
msgstr "你将需要改变/删除匹配的谱表；继续吗？"

#: ../src/command/staff.c:493
msgid ""
"The staff deleted had a start/end context; if you still have the staff with the matching end/start context\n"
" then you should remove it (or its context) now.\n"
"See Staff->properties->context\n"
"You will not be able to print with miss-matched contexts."
msgstr ""
"删除的谱表含有起始/结束上下文；如果还有其他谱表中含有相应的结束/起始上下文，你应当将其（或其上下文）删除。\n"
"见 谱表->属性->上下文\n"
"上下文不匹配时无法进行打印。"

#. ******* built-in commands
#: ../src/core/entries.h:3
msgid "Selection Cursor Left"
msgstr "左移选择光标"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:3
msgid "Moves the cursor one object left, altering the selection if any"
msgstr "将光标向左移动一个对象，并相应地更新所选区域"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:4
msgid "Move Cursor Left"
msgstr "右移选择光标"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:4
msgid "Moves the cursor one object left, without altering the selection"
msgstr "将光标向左移动一个对象，但不改变所选区域"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:5
msgid "Cursor Down"
msgstr "下移光标"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:5
msgid "Moves the cursor one scale step down"
msgstr "将光标向下移动一度"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:6
msgid "Cursor Up"
msgstr "上移光标"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:6
msgid "Moves the cursor one scale step up"
msgstr "将光标向上移动一度"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:7
msgid "Selection Cursor Right"
msgstr "右移选择光标"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:7
msgid "Moves the cursor one object right, altering the selection if any"
msgstr "将光标向右移动一个对象，并相应地更新所选区域"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:8
msgid "Move Cursor Right"
msgstr "右移光标"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:8
msgid "Moves the cursor one object right, without altering the selection"
msgstr "将光标向右移动一个对象，但不改变所选区域"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:9
msgid "To Mark"
msgstr "至标记"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:9
msgid "Moves the cursor to the Mark without altering the selection"
msgstr "将光标移至标记处，并相应地更新所选区域"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:10
msgid "Swap Ends of Selection"
msgstr "交换选区末尾"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:10
msgid "Swaps the active end of the selection"
msgstr "交换选区的有效结尾位置"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:11
msgid "To Selection Start"
msgstr "至选区起始"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:11
msgid "Moves the cursor to the first object in the selection without altering the selection. returns #f if no selection"
msgstr "将光标移至选区的第一个对象处，但不改变所选区域。若没有选区，则返回 #f"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:12
msgid "Push Position"
msgstr "位置压栈"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:12
msgid "Pushes the current cursor position onto a stack"
msgstr "将当前光标位置压入栈"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:13
msgid "Pop Position"
msgstr "位置弹栈"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:13
msgid "Pops a position from the stack of cursor positions, moving the cursor there"
msgstr "从光标位置栈中弹出一个位置信息，并将光标移动至此"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:14
msgid "Pop and Push Position"
msgstr "位置弹栈/压栈"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:14
msgid "Pops a position from the stack of cursor positions, pushes the current position, then moves the cursor to the popped position"
msgstr "从光标位置栈中弹出一个位置信息，然后将当前光标位置压入栈，并将光标移动到弹出的位置"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:15
msgid "Hide/Show Menus"
msgstr "隐藏/显示菜单"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:15
msgid "Hides/Shows menus, panes etc. The ones shown are those checked in the view menu."
msgstr "隐藏/显示菜单、窗格等。只有在视图菜单中被勾选的菜单才会显示。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:16
msgid "Selection Staff Up"
msgstr "上移谱表选区"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:16
msgid "Moves the cursor to the staff above, extending selection if any"
msgstr "将光标移动至谱表之上，并相应地扩展所选区域"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:17
msgid "Selection Staff Down"
msgstr "下移谱表选区"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:17
msgid "Moves the cursor to the staff below, extending selection if any"
msgstr "将光标移动至谱表之下，并相应地扩展所选区域"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:18
msgid "Move to Staff Up"
msgstr "移动至谱表上方"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:18
msgid "Moves the cursor to the staff above without altering selection. On the top staff it adds space above the staffs."
msgstr "将光标移动至谱表之上，但不改变所选区域。若已位于最顶层的谱表，则将在此谱表上方增加空间。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:19
msgid "Move to Staff Down"
msgstr "移动至谱表下方"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:19
msgid "Moves the cursor to the staff below without altering selection"
msgstr "将光标移动至谱表之下，但不改变所选区域"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:20
msgid "Measure Left"
msgstr "小节左侧"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:20
msgid "Moves the cursor to the first object in the next measure, extending selection if any"
msgstr "将光标移动至后一小节的第一个对象，并相应地扩展所选区域"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:21
msgid "Measure Right"
msgstr "小节右侧"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:21
msgid "Moves the cursor to the first object in the previous measure, extending selection if any"
msgstr "将光标移动至前一小节的第一个对象，并相应地扩展所选区域"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:22
msgid "Move to Measure Left"
msgstr "移动至小节左侧"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:22
msgid "Moves the cursor to the first object in the next measure leaving selection, if any, unchanged"
msgstr "将光标移动至后一小节的第一个对象，但不改变所选区域"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:23
msgid "Move to Measure Right"
msgstr "移动至小节右侧"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:23
msgid "Moves the cursor to the first object in the previous measure leaving selection, if any, unchanged"
msgstr "将光标移动至前一小节的第一个对象，但不改变所选区域"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:24
msgid "Change/Append A"
msgstr "改变/附加 A"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:24
msgid ""
"Changes the note the cursor is on to the note A.\n"
"If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration."
msgstr ""
"将光标所在音符设置为音符 A。\n"
"若光标位于附加位置，则将一个具有预设时值的音符附加至此处。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:25
msgid "Change/Append B"
msgstr "改变/附加 B"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:25
msgid ""
"Changes the note the cursor is on to the note B.\n"
"If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration."
msgstr ""
"将光标所在音符设置为音符 B。\n"
"若光标位于附加位置，则将一个具有预设时值的音符附加至此处。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:26
msgid "Change/Append C"
msgstr "改变/附加 C"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:26
msgid ""
"Changes the note the cursor is on to the note C.\n"
"If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration."
msgstr ""
"将光标所在音符设置为音符 C。\n"
"若光标位于附加位置，则将一个具有预设时值的音符附加至此处。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:27
msgid "Change/Append D"
msgstr "改变/附加 D"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:27
msgid ""
"Changes the note the cursor is on to the note D.\n"
"If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration."
msgstr ""
"将光标所在音符设置为音符 D。\n"
"若光标位于附加位置，则将一个具有预设时值的音符附加至此处。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:28
msgid "Change/Append E"
msgstr "改变/附加 E"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:28
msgid ""
"Changes the note the cursor is on to the note E.\n"
"If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration."
msgstr ""
"将光标所在音符设置为音符 E。\n"
"若光标位于附加位置，则将一个具有预设时值的音符附加至此处。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:29
msgid "Change/Append F"
msgstr "改变/附加 F"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:29
msgid ""
"Changes the note the cursor is on to the note F.\n"
"If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration."
msgstr ""
"将光标所在音符设置为音符 F。\n"
"若光标位于附加位置，则将一个具有预设时值的音符附加至此处。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:30
msgid "Change/Append G"
msgstr "改变/附加 G"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:30
msgid ""
"Changes the note the cursor is on to the note G.\n"
"If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration."
msgstr ""
"将光标所在音符设置为音符 G。\n"
"若光标位于附加位置，则将一个具有预设时值的音符附加至此处。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:31
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/JumpUpOctave.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealOctaveUp.xml.h:1
msgid "Octave Up"
msgstr "升八度"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:31 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:69
msgid "Changes the note at the cursor to an octave higher"
msgstr "将当前光标处的音符升高一个八度音程"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:32
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/JumpDownOctave.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealOctaveDown.xml.h:1
msgid "Octave Down"
msgstr "降八度"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:32 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:70
msgid "Changes the note at the cursor to an octave lower"
msgstr "将当前光标处的音符降低一个八度音程"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:33
msgid "WholeNote"
msgstr "全音符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:33
msgid "Insert 𝅝"
msgstr "插入 𝅝"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:34
msgid "HalfNote"
msgstr "二分音符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:34
msgid "Insert 𝅗𝅥"
msgstr "插入 𝅗𝅥"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:35
msgid "QuarterNote"
msgstr "四分音符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:35
msgid "Insert 𝅘𝅥"
msgstr "插入 𝅘𝅥"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:36
msgid "EighthNote"
msgstr "八分音符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:36
msgid "Insert 𝅘𝅥𝅮"
msgstr "插入 𝅘𝅥𝅮"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:37
msgid "SixteenthNote"
msgstr "十六分音符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:37
msgid "Insert 𝅘𝅥𝅯"
msgstr "插入 𝅘𝅥𝅯"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:38
msgid "ThirtysecondNote"
msgstr "三十二分音符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:38
msgid "Insert 𝅘𝅥𝅰"
msgstr "插入 𝅘𝅥𝅰"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:39
msgid "SixtyfourthNote"
msgstr "六十四分音符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:39
msgid "Insert 𝅘𝅥𝅱"
msgstr "插入 𝅘𝅥𝅱"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:40
msgid "OneHundredTwentyEighthNote"
msgstr "一百二十八分音符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:40
msgid "Insert 𝅘𝅥𝅲"
msgstr "插入 𝅘𝅥𝅲"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:41
msgid "TwoHundredFiftySixthNote"
msgstr "二百五十六分音符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:41
msgid "Insert 𝅥"
msgstr "插入 𝅥"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:42
msgid "Insert a 𝄻"
msgstr "插入一个 𝄻"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:42
msgid "Insert 𝄻 rest"
msgstr "插入一个 𝄻 休止符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:43
msgid "Insert a 𝄼"
msgstr "插入一个 𝄼"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:43
msgid "Insert 𝄼 rest"
msgstr "插入一个 𝄼 休止符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:44
msgid "Insert a 𝄽"
msgstr "插入一个 𝄽"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:44
msgid "Insert 𝄽 rest"
msgstr "插入一个 𝄽 休止符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:45
msgid "Insert a 𝄾"
msgstr "插入一个 𝄾"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:45
msgid "Insert 𝄾 rest"
msgstr "插入一个 𝄾 休止符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:46
msgid "Insert a 𝄿"
msgstr "插入一个 𝄿"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:46
msgid "Insert 𝄿 rest"
msgstr "插入一个 𝄿 休止符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:47
msgid "Insert a 𝅀"
msgstr "插入一个 𝅀"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:47
msgid "Insert 𝅀 rest"
msgstr "插入一个 𝅀 休止符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:48
msgid "Insert a 𝅁"
msgstr "插入一个 𝅁"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:48
msgid "Insert 𝅁 rest"
msgstr "插入一个 𝅁 休止符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:49
msgid "Insert a 𝄻 Spacer"
msgstr "插入一个 𝄻 间隔"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:49
msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝄻 rest"
msgstr "插入一个不打印的 𝄻 休止符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:50
msgid "Insert a 𝄼 Spacer"
msgstr "插入一个 𝄼 间隔"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:50
msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝄼 rest"
msgstr "插入一个不打印的 𝄼 休止符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:51
msgid "Insert a 𝄽 Spacer"
msgstr "插入一个 𝄽 间隔"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:51
msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝄽 rest"
msgstr "插入一个不打印的 𝄽 休止符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:52
msgid "Insert a 𝄾 Spacer"
msgstr "插入一个 𝄾 间隔"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:52
msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝄾 rest"
msgstr "插入一个不打印的 𝄾 休止符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:53
msgid "Insert a 𝄿 Spacer"
msgstr "插入一个 𝄿 间隔"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:53
msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝄿 rest"
msgstr "插入一个不打印的 𝄿 休止符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:54
msgid "Insert a 𝅀 Spacer"
msgstr "插入一个 𝅀 间隔"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:54
msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝅀 rest"
msgstr "插入一个不打印的 𝅀 休止符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:55
msgid "Insert a 𝅁 Spacer"
msgstr "插入一个 𝅁 间隔"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:55
msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝅁 rest"
msgstr "插入一个不打印的 𝅁 休止符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:56
msgid "Insert a 𝅂 Spacer"
msgstr "插入一个 𝅂 间隔"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:56
msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝅂 rest"
msgstr "插入一个不打印的 𝅂 休止符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:57
msgid "Insert a 𝅃 Spacer"
msgstr "插入一个 . 间隔"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:57
msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝅃 rest"
msgstr "插入一个不打印的 . 休止符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:58
msgid "Insert Duplet"
msgstr "插入二连音"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:58 ../src/core/entries.h:62 ../src/core/entries.h:63
#: ../src/core/entries.h:64 ../src/core/entries.h:65 ../src/core/entries.h:87
#: ../src/core/entries.h:88 ../src/core/entries.h:89 ../src/core/entries.h:90
#: ../src/core/entries.h:91 ../src/core/entries.h:92 ../src/core/entries.h:93
#: ../src/core/entries.h:94 ../src/core/entries.h:95 ../src/core/entries.h:96
#: ../src/core/entries.h:97 ../src/core/entries.h:98 ../src/core/entries.h:99
#: ../src/core/entries.h:100 ../src/core/entries.h:101
#: ../src/core/entries.h:102 ../src/core/entries.h:103
#: ../src/core/entries.h:104 ../src/core/entries.h:105
#: ../src/core/entries.h:106 ../src/core/entries.h:107
#: ../src/core/entries.h:108 ../src/core/entries.h:109
#: ../src/core/entries.h:110 ../src/core/entries.h:111
#: ../src/core/entries.h:112 ../src/core/entries.h:113
#: ../src/core/entries.h:114 ../src/core/entries.h:115
#: ../src/core/entries.h:116 ../src/core/entries.h:117
#: ../src/core/entries.h:118 ../src/core/entries.h:119
#: ../src/core/entries.h:120 ../src/core/entries.h:121
#: ../src/core/entries.h:122 ../src/core/entries.h:123
#: ../src/core/entries.h:124 ../src/core/entries.h:125
#: ../src/core/entries.h:126 ../src/core/entries.h:127
#: ../src/core/entries.h:128 ../src/core/entries.h:129
#: ../src/core/entries.h:130 ../src/core/entries.h:131
#: ../src/core/entries.h:132 ../src/core/entries.h:133
#: ../src/core/entries.h:134 ../src/core/entries.h:135
#: ../src/core/entries.h:136 ../src/core/entries.h:137
#: ../src/core/entries.h:138 ../src/core/entries.h:139
#: ../src/core/entries.h:140 ../src/core/entries.h:141
#: ../src/core/entries.h:142 ../src/core/entries.h:143
#: ../src/core/entries.h:144 ../src/core/entries.h:145
#: ../src/core/entries.h:146 ../src/core/entries.h:147
#: ../src/core/entries.h:148 ../src/core/entries.h:149
#: ../src/core/entries.h:150 ../src/core/entries.h:151
#: ../src/core/entries.h:152 ../src/core/entries.h:153
#: ../src/core/entries.h:154 ../src/core/entries.h:155
#: ../src/core/entries.h:156 ../src/core/entries.h:157
#: ../src/core/entries.h:158 ../src/core/entries.h:159
#: ../src/core/entries.h:160 ../src/core/entries.h:161
#: ../src/core/entries.h:162 ../src/core/entries.h:163
#: ../src/core/entries.h:164 ../src/core/entries.h:165
#: ../src/core/entries.h:166 ../src/core/entries.h:167
#: ../src/core/entries.h:168 ../src/core/entries.h:169
#: ../src/core/entries.h:170 ../src/core/entries.h:171
#: ../src/core/entries.h:172 ../src/core/entries.h:173
#: ../src/core/entries.h:174 ../src/core/entries.h:175
#: ../src/core/entries.h:176 ../src/core/entries.h:177
#: ../src/core/entries.h:178 ../src/core/entries.h:179
#: ../src/core/entries.h:180 ../src/core/entries.h:181
#: ../src/core/entries.h:182 ../src/core/entries.h:183
#: ../src/core/entries.h:184
msgid "No Tooltip yet"
msgstr "没有工具提示"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:59
msgid "Insert Triplet"
msgstr "插入三连音"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:59
msgid "Inserts a Start Triplet object and an End Tuplet object and places the cursor between these two"
msgstr "插入三连音起始对象和三连音终止对象，并将光标置于二者之间"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:60
msgid "Start Triplet"
msgstr "三连音起始"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:60
msgid "Inserts an Start Triplet object, which makes the notes following take 2/3 of their written duration. Later in this measure there should be an End Tuplet object."
msgstr "插入三连音起始对象，使得其后的音符持续 2/3 的时间（相比于谱面记号）。其后在同一小节中应当有匹配的三连音终止对象。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:61
msgid "End Tuplet"
msgstr "连音终止"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:61
msgid "Inserts an End Tuplet object, which terminates a tuplet started earlier in this measure."
msgstr "插入连音终止对象，与之前此小节中的连音起始相匹配。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:62
msgid "Insert Quadruplet"
msgstr "插入四连音"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:63
msgid "Insert Quintuplet"
msgstr "插入五连音"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:64
msgid "Insert Sextuplet"
msgstr "插入六连音"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:65
msgid "Insert Septuplet"
msgstr "插入七连音"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:66
msgid "Add note"
msgstr "添加音符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:66
msgid ""
"Add a note to the current chord\n"
"The cursor position determines which note to add"
msgstr ""
"向当前和弦中添加一个音符\n"
"光标位置将决定添加何种音符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:67
msgid "Remove note"
msgstr "移除音符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:67
msgid "Remove a note from the current chord, based on the cursor position"
msgstr "从当前和弦中根据光标位置移除一个音符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:68
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:252
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:257
msgid "Sharpen"
msgstr "升调"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:68
msgid "Sharpen the note at the cursor"
msgstr "将当前光标处的音符升高半度"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:69
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:253
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:258
msgid "Flatten"
msgstr "降调"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:69
msgid "Flatten the note at the cursor"
msgstr "将当前光标处的音符降低半度"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:70
msgid "Sharpen Next Note"
msgstr "升高下一个音符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:70
msgid "Increases the sharpness of the next entered note. The status bar shows the current state."
msgstr "将下一个输入的音符升高半度。状态栏中将显示当前状态。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:71
msgid "Flatten Next Note"
msgstr "降低下一个音符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:71
msgid "Increases the flatness of the next entered note. The status bar shows the current state."
msgstr "将下一个输入的音符降低半度。状态栏中将显示当前状态。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:72
msgid "StemUp"
msgstr "符干向上"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:72
msgid "Alters a StemNeutral object to stem up."
msgstr "设置中性符干对象的符干方向向上。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:73
msgid "StemDown"
msgstr "符干向下"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:73
msgid "Alters a StemNeutral object to stem down."
msgstr "设置中性符干对象的符干方向向下。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:74
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/AddDotSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Dot"
msgstr "添加附点"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:74
msgid "Lengthen the chord, note or rest at the cursor by dotting it."
msgstr "使用附点来加长光标处的和弦、音符或休止符。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:75
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/RemoveDotSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1
msgid "Remove Dot"
msgstr "移除附点"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:75
msgid "Reduce the dotting of the chord note or rest at the cursor."
msgstr "移除光标处和弦、音符或休止符的附点。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:76
msgid "Tied note"
msgstr "延音符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:76
msgid "Inserts a duplicate of the current note, tied"
msgstr "插入当前音符的延音"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:77
msgid "Tie (Off/On)"
msgstr "延音（关闭/开启）"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:77
msgid "Ties/unties the note at the cursor. The following note should be the same pitch."
msgstr "添加/删除光标处音符的延音。其后的音符应当具有相同音高。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:78
msgid "Delete Object"
msgstr "删除对象"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:78
msgid "Delete the object at the cursor"
msgstr "删除光标处的对象"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:79
msgid "Delete Previous Object"
msgstr "删除前一个对象"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:79
msgid "Delete to the left of the cursor."
msgstr "删除光标左边的对象。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:80
msgid "Insert Measure Before"
msgstr "在前面插入小节"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:80
msgid "Insert a blank measure before the current one (in all staffs)"
msgstr "在当前小节前面插入一个空的小节（于所有谱表中）"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:81
msgid "Insert Measure After"
msgstr "在后面插入小节"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:81
msgid "Insert a blank measure after the current one (in all staffs)"
msgstr "在当前小节后面插入一个空的小节（于所有谱表中）"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:82
msgid "Staff Insert Measure Before"
msgstr "在前面插入小节（当前谱表）"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:82
msgid "Insert a blank measure before the current one (in current staff)"
msgstr "在当前小节前面插入一个空的小节（仅影响当前谱表）"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:83
msgid "Staff Insert Measure After"
msgstr "在后面插入小节（当前谱表）"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:83
msgid "Insert a blank measure in current staff after the current measure"
msgstr "在当前小节后面插入一个空的小节（仅影响当前谱表）"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:84
msgid "Staff Append Measure"
msgstr "附加小节到谱表"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:84
msgid "Append an empty measure at the end of the current staff"
msgstr "在当前谱表末尾处插入一个空的小节"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:85
msgid "Staff Delete Measure"
msgstr "从谱表删除小节"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:85
msgid "Delete the current measure in this staff, leaving the staff short"
msgstr "从当前谱表中删除当前小节"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:86
msgid "Delete Measure All Staffs"
msgstr "从所有谱表删除小节"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:86
msgid "Delete the current measure in all staffs"
msgstr "从所有谱表中删除当前小节"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:87
#, fuzzy
msgid "Shrink Measures"
msgstr "收缩小节"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:88
msgid "Widen Measures"
msgstr "扩展小节"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:89
msgid "Shorter Staffs"
msgstr "减低谱表"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:90
msgid "Taller Staffs"
msgstr "加高谱表"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:91
msgid "New Treble Clef"
msgstr "新高音谱号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:92
msgid "New Bass Clef"
msgstr "新低音谱号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:93
msgid "New G8 Clef"
msgstr "新 G8 谱号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:94
msgid "New Alto Clef"
msgstr "新中音谱号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:95
msgid "New Tenor Clef"
msgstr "新次中音谱号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:96
msgid "New Soprano Clef"
msgstr "新次高音谱号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:97
msgid "Set Treble Clef"
msgstr "设置高音谱号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:98
msgid "Set Bass Clef"
msgstr "设置低音谱号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:99
msgid "Set G8 Clef"
msgstr "设置 G8 谱号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:100
msgid "Set Alto Clef"
msgstr "设置中音谱号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:101
msgid "Set Tenor Clef"
msgstr "设置次中音谱号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:102
msgid "Set Soprano Clef"
msgstr "设置次高音谱号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:103
msgid "Insert 2/2 Time"
msgstr "插入 2/2 时值"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:104
msgid "Insert 3/2 Time"
msgstr "插入 3/2 时值"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:105
msgid "Insert 4/2 Time"
msgstr "插入 4/2 时值"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:106
msgid "Insert 4/4 Time"
msgstr "插入 4/4 时值"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:107
msgid "Insert 3/4 Time"
msgstr "插入 3/4 时值"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:108
msgid "Insert 2/4 Time"
msgstr "插入 2/4 时值"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:109
msgid "Insert 6/4 Time"
msgstr "插入 6/4 时值"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:110
msgid "Insert 3/8 Time"
msgstr "插入 3/8 时值"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:111
msgid "Insert 6/8 Time"
msgstr "插入 6/8 时值"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:112
msgid "Insert 12/8 Time"
msgstr "插入 12/8 时值"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:113
msgid "Insert 9/8 Time"
msgstr "插入 9/8 时值"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:114
msgid "Set 2/2 Time"
msgstr "设置 2/2 时值"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:115
msgid "Set 3/2 Time"
msgstr "设置 3/2 时值"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:116
msgid "Set 4/2 Time"
msgstr "设置 4/2 时值"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:117
msgid "Set 4/4 Time"
msgstr "设置 4/4 时值"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:118
msgid "Set 3/4 Time"
msgstr "设置 3/4 时值"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:119
msgid "Set 2/4 Time"
msgstr "设置 2/4 时值"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:120
msgid "Set 6/4 Time"
msgstr "插入 6/4 时值"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:121
msgid "Set 3/8 Time"
msgstr "设置 3/8 时值"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:122
msgid "Set 6/8 Time"
msgstr "设置 6/8 时值"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:123
msgid "Set 12/8 Time"
msgstr "设置 12/8 时值"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:124
msgid "Set 9/8 Time"
msgstr "设置 9/8 时值"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:125
msgid "Insert Cmaj"
msgstr "插入 Cmaj"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:126
msgid "Insert Gmaj"
msgstr "插入 Gmaj"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:127
msgid "Insert Dmaj"
msgstr "插入 Dmaj"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:128
msgid "Insert Amaj"
msgstr "插入 Amaj"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:129
msgid "Insert Emaj"
msgstr "插入 Emaj"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:130
msgid "Insert Bmaj"
msgstr "插入 Bmaj"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:131
msgid "Insert F# Major"
msgstr "插入 F# Major"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:132
msgid "Insert C# Major"
msgstr "插入 C# Major"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:133
msgid "Insert F Major"
msgstr "插入 F Major"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:134
msgid "Insert Bb Major"
msgstr "插入 Bb Major"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:135
msgid "Insert Eb Major"
msgstr "插入 Eb Major"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:136
msgid "Insert Ab Major"
msgstr "插入 Ab Major"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:137
msgid "Insert Db Major"
msgstr "插入 Db Major"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:138
msgid "Insert Gb Major"
msgstr "插入 Gb Major"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:139
msgid "Insert Cb Major"
msgstr "插入 Cb Major"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:140
msgid "Insert A Minor"
msgstr "插入 A Minor"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:141
msgid "Insert E Minor"
msgstr "插入 E Minor"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:142
msgid "Insert B Minor"
msgstr "插入 B Minor"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:143
msgid "Insert F# Minor"
msgstr "插入 F# Minor"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:144
msgid "Insert C# Minor"
msgstr "插入 C# Minor"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:145
msgid "Insert G# Minor"
msgstr "插入 G# Minor"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:146
msgid "Insert D# Minor"
msgstr "插入 D# Minor"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:147
msgid "Insert A# Minor"
msgstr "插入 A# Minor"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:148
msgid "Insert D Minor"
msgstr "插入 D Minor"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:149
msgid "Insert G Minor"
msgstr "插入 G Minor"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:150
msgid "Insert C Minor"
msgstr "插入 C Minor"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:151
msgid "Insert F Minor"
msgstr "插入 F Minor"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:152
msgid "Insert Bb Minor"
msgstr "插入 Bb Minor"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:153
msgid "Insert Eb Minor"
msgstr "插入 Eb Minor"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:154
msgid "Insert Ab Minor"
msgstr "插入 Ab Minor"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:155
msgid "Set Initial Keysig to C Major"
msgstr "将起始调号设为 C 大调"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:156
msgid "Set Initial Keysig to G Major"
msgstr "将起始调号设为 G 大调"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:157
msgid "Set D Major as Initial Keysig"
msgstr "将起始调号设为 D 大调"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:158
msgid "Set A Major as Initial Keysig"
msgstr "将起始调号设为 A 大调"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:159
msgid "Set E Major as Initial Keysig"
msgstr "将起始调号设为 E 大调"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:160
msgid "Set B Major as Initial Keysig"
msgstr "将起始调号设为 B 大调"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:161
msgid "Set F# Major as Initial Keysig"
msgstr "将起始调号设为 F# 大调"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:162
msgid "Set C# Major as Initial Keysig"
msgstr "将起始调号设为 C# 大调"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:163
msgid "Set F Major as Initial Keysig"
msgstr "将起始调号设为 F 大调"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:164
msgid "Set Bb Major as Initial Keysig"
msgstr "将起始调号设为 Bb 大调"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:165
msgid "Set Eb Major as Initial Keysig"
msgstr "将起始调号设为 Eb 大调"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:166
msgid "Set Ab Major as Initial Keysig"
msgstr "将起始调号设为 Ab 大调"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:167
msgid "Set Db Major as Initial Keysig"
msgstr "将起始调号设为 Db 大调"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:168
msgid "Set Gb Major as Initial Keysig"
msgstr "将起始调号设为 Gb 大调"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:169
msgid "Set Cb Major as Initial Keysig"
msgstr "将起始调号设为 Cb 大调"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:170
msgid "Set A Minor as Initial Keysig"
msgstr "将起始调号设为 A 小调"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:171
msgid "Set E Minor as Initial Keysig"
msgstr "将起始调号设为 E 小调"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:172
msgid "Set B Minor as Initial Keysig"
msgstr "将起始调号设为 B 小调"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:173
msgid "Set F# Minor as Initial Keysig"
msgstr "将起始调号设为 F# 小调"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:174
msgid "Set C# Minor as Initial Keysig"
msgstr "将起始调号设为 C# 小调"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:175
msgid "Set G# Minor as Initial Keysig"
msgstr "将起始调号设为 G# 小调"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:176
msgid "Set D# Minor as Initial Keysig"
msgstr "将起始调号设为 D# 小调"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:177
msgid "Set A# Minor as Initial Keysig"
msgstr "将起始调号设为 A# 小调"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:178
msgid "Set D Minor as Initial Keysig"
msgstr "将起始调号设为 D 小调"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:179
msgid "Set G Minor as Initial Keysig"
msgstr "将起始调号设为 G 小调"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:180
msgid "Set C Minor as Initial Keysig"
msgstr "将起始调号设为 C 小调"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:181
msgid "Set F Minor as Initial Keysig"
msgstr "将起始调号设为 F 小调"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:182
msgid "Set Bb Minor as Initial Keysig"
msgstr "将起始调号设为 Bb 小调"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:183
msgid "Set Eb Minor as Initial Keysig"
msgstr "将起始调号设为 Eb 小调"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:184
msgid "Set Ab Minor as Initial Keysig"
msgstr "将起始调号设为 Ab 小调"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:185
msgid "Set Selection Start"
msgstr "设置选区起始位置"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:185
msgid "Sets the start and end point of the selection to the object at the cursor."
msgstr "将选区起始和结束位置设为光标下的对象。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:186
msgid "Drop the Selection"
msgstr "放弃选择"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:186
msgid "Gets rid of the selection."
msgstr "取消选择。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:187
msgid "Extend Selection to Cursor"
msgstr "扩展选择至光标处"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:187
msgid "Extends and existing selection to the current cursor position  (selection start must have been set)"
msgstr "将选区扩展至当前光标所在位置（必须先设置选区起始位置）"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:188
msgid "Begin Slur (Off/On)"
msgstr "连音起始（关闭/开启）"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:188
msgid "Insert/delete begin slur on this note"
msgstr "在此音符上插入/删除连音起始"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:189
msgid "End Slur (Off/On)"
msgstr "连音终止（关闭/开启）"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:189
msgid "Insert/delete end slur on this note"
msgstr "在此音符上插入/删除连音终止"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:190
msgid "Start Crescendo (Off/On)"
msgstr "渐强开始（关闭/开启）"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:190
msgid "Marks/Unmarks the chord or note at the cursor as the start of a crescendo."
msgstr "设置/取消光标所在的和弦或音符的渐强开始标记。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:191
msgid "End Crescendo (Off/On)"
msgstr "渐强结束（关闭/开启）"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:191
msgid "Marks/Unmarks the chord or note at the cursor as the end of a crescendo."
msgstr "设置/取消光标所在的和弦或音符的渐强结束记号。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:192
msgid "Start Diminuendo (Off/On)"
msgstr "渐弱开始（关闭/开启）"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:192
msgid "Marks/Unmarks the chord or note at the cursor as the start of a diminuendo."
msgstr "设置/取消光标所在的和弦或音符的渐弱开始标记。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:193
msgid "End Diminuendo (Off/On)"
msgstr "渐弱结束（关闭/开启）"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:193
msgid "Marks/Unmarks the chord or note at the cursor as the end of a diminuendo."
msgstr "设置/取消光标所在的和弦或音符的渐弱结束记号。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:194
msgid "Grace Note Off/On"
msgstr "装饰音符关闭/开启"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:194
msgid "Makes the note at the cursor an appoggiatura grace note, if it is one, makes it normal"
msgstr "将光标所在的音符设为短倚音符，或将装饰音符设为正常音符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:195
msgid "Acciaccatura Off/On"
msgstr "短倚音符关闭/开启"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:195
msgid "Makes the note at the cursor an acciaccatura grace note, if it is one, makes it normal"
msgstr "将光标所在的音符设为短倚音符，或将短倚音符设为正常音符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:196
msgid "Force Cautionary Accidental"
msgstr "强制变音提示"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:196
msgid "Give a cautionary accidental to the note at the cursor"
msgstr "对光标所在音符显示变音提示"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:197
msgid "Change Pitch"
msgstr "改变音高"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:197
msgid "Changes the pitch of the note at the cursor to the cursor height"
msgstr "将光标所在的音符设置为光标位置对应的音高"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:198
msgid "Insert Snippet"
msgstr "插入片段"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:198
msgid "Inserts the current music snippet, or if none is selected prompts for a number 1,2... for the snippet to insert."
msgstr "插入当前音乐片段；若未选择片段，则提示输入要插入的片段编号（1,2...）。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:199 ../src/ui/markup.c:664
msgid "Next Snippet"
msgstr "下一片段"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:199
msgid ""
"Make next snippet\n"
"the current snippet.\n"
"Notes entered will follow the rhythmic pattern of this snippet"
msgstr ""
"将下移片段设为\n"
"当前片段。\n"
"输入的音符将会与此片段具有相同的节奏型"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:200
msgid "Append Measure All Staffs"
msgstr "附加小节到所有谱表"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:200
msgid "Appends a blank measure to every staff in this movement"
msgstr "在所有谱表末尾处插入一个空的小节"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:201
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:40
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:46
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:64
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:70
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:89
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:95
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:113
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:117
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:130
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:134
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:148
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:152
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:167
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:171
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:184
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:187
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:199
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:202
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:215
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:219
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:235
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:239
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:254
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:259
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:274
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:278
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:293
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:299
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:319
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:325
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:343
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:349
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:367
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:373
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchMusic.scm:63
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchPattern.scm:67
msgid "Execute Scheme"
msgstr "执行方案"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:201
msgid "Execute the scheme code from the scripting window"
msgstr "于脚本窗口中执行方案代码"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:202 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:514
msgid "File"
msgstr "文件"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:202
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Creating, saving, loading, exporting, importing, typesetting and printing musical scores"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"创建，保存，打开，导出，导入，排版和打印乐谱"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:203
msgid "Bookmarks"
msgstr "书签"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:203
msgid "Creating, saving places in musical scores"
msgstr "创建和保存乐谱的位置"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:204
msgid "Mode"
msgstr "模式"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:204
msgid "Different keyboard and MIDI entry modes"
msgstr "改变键盘和 MIDI 输入模式"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:205
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"General editing commands"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"通用编辑命令"

#.
#. * Note entry settings
#.
#: ../src/core/entries.h:206 ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:580
msgid "View"
msgstr "视图"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:206
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Control which tools are to be shown"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"控制需要显示的工具"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:207 ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1956
msgid "Hidden"
msgstr "隐藏"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:207
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Hidden Items"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"隐藏方案"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:208
msgid "Staffs/Voices"
msgstr "谱表/音色"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:208
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands that manipulate Staffs and voices on staffs.\n"
"Commands that apply to the current staff."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"操纵谱表和谱表中音色的命令。\n"
"命令只影响当前谱表。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:209
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands for properties of the current staff."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"当铺谱表的属性。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:210
msgid "Movement Properties"
msgstr "乐章属性"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:210
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands for properties of the current movement."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"当前乐章的属性。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:211
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Things that manipulate Voices, that is separately stemmed and beamed parts that will be typeset on the same staff.\n"
"Keep them displayed on separate staffs for editing purposes at least.\n"
"The typesetter will amalgamate them for you.\n"
"See also commands for hiding rests and moving notes and rests to avoid collisions in the Notes/Rests menu"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"在同一谱表中进行排版的、用于操作音色的、拥有不同符干以及通过符尾相连接的对象。\n"
"若编辑需要，可以将它们分开显示于不同谱表中，\n"
"排版器可以将它们合并。\n"
"请参见隐藏休止符和移动音符/休止符的命令，以免音符/休止符菜单中出现冲突"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:212
msgid "Movements"
msgstr "乐章"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:212
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands that apply to the current movement in your score.\n"
"Movements in a score could be songs in a song book etc\n"
"Any piece of continuous music."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"命令只影响到乐谱中当前乐章。\n"
"乐章可以是歌曲集中的歌曲或\n"
"任意一段连续的音乐。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:213
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Information and help for Denemo"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"Denemo 相关的信息和帮助"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:214
msgid "Input"
msgstr "输入"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:214
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Choose whether to get input audio (e.g. microphone) or MIDI controller (e.g. MIDI keyboard)\n"
"or just from the pc keyboard."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"选择输入方式：音频输入（如话筒）或 MIDI 控制器（如 MIDI 键盘）\n"
"或电脑键盘。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:215
msgid "Shift Accidentals Sharpwise"
msgstr "变音升半度"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:215
msgid "Shifts the set of accidentals one step sharper"
msgstr "在变音范围内升半度"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:216
msgid "Shift Accidentals Flatwise"
msgstr "变音降半度"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:216
msgid "Shifts the set of accidentals one step flatter"
msgstr "在变音范围内降半度"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:217
#, fuzzy
msgid "Playback/Record"
msgstr "回放"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:217
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Music playback and recording. Music is played between the playback start (green bar) and playback end (red bar).\n"
"There are playback controls (See View->Playback Controls) which make it easy to set and re-set these and also to loop-play, choose the temperament to play in etc. Or use items in this menu to play the whole piece from the cursor to the end."
msgstr ""
"音乐回放。将在回放起始（绿色条）和回放终止（红色条）范围内进行播放音乐。\n"
"回放控制（见 视图->回放控制）可以用于方便地设置和重置回放选项，亦可用于循环播放和设置播放音律。或者使用此菜单中的命令来从光标处播放至结尾。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:218
msgid "Empty Score"
msgstr "空乐谱"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:218
msgid "Start a new musical score"
msgstr "创建一个新乐谱"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:219 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1549
#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:475
msgid "New"
msgstr "新键"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:219 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1551
msgid "Start a new musical score for a named instrument/voice."
msgstr "用一种乐器/音色新建一个乐谱。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:220 ../src/core/entries.h:221
#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1558 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:481
msgid "Open"
msgstr "打开"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:220
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Open a previously edited score, or a source file for transcription"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"打开之前编辑的乐谱，或用于改编的源文件"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:221 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1560
msgid "Open a file containing a music score for editing"
msgstr "打开包含乐谱的文件用于编辑"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:222
msgid "Import Lilypond"
msgstr "导入 LilyPond"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:222
msgid "Import a Lilypond file"
msgstr "导入 LilyPond 文件"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:223
msgid "Import Midi"
msgstr "导入 MIDI"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:223
msgid "Import a Midi file"
msgstr "导入 MIDI 文件"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:224
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-MusicXml.xml.h:1
msgid "Import MusicXml"
msgstr "导入 MusicXML"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:224
msgid "Import a MusicXml file"
msgstr "导入 MusicXML 文件"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:225
msgid "Add Staffs"
msgstr "添加谱表"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:225
msgid "Add staffs from a Denemo file"
msgstr "从 Denemo 文件添加谱表"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:226
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/InsertMovement/AddMovement.scm:39
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/InsertMovement/AddMovement.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Movement"
msgstr "添加乐章"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:226
msgid "Add movements from a Denemo file"
msgstr "从 Denemo 文件添加乐章"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:227
msgid "Change Properties"
msgstr "改变属性"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:227
msgid "Change properties of this movement"
msgstr "改变此乐章的属性"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:228
msgid "Open In New"
msgstr "在新工作区中打开"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:228
msgid "Open a file containing a music score for editing in a separate working area (tab)"
msgstr "在单独的工作区（标签页）中打开乐谱文件进行编辑"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:229 ../src/core/entries.h:240
#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1567 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:493
msgid "Save"
msgstr "保存"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:229 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1569
msgid "Save the score. The score is saved to disk in XML format."
msgstr "保存乐谱。乐谱将以 XML 格式被保存至磁盘上。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:230 ../src/export/file.c:1312
msgid "Save As"
msgstr "另存为"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:230
msgid "Save the score under a new name"
msgstr "用新文件名保存乐谱"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:231
msgid "Create Copy"
msgstr "创建副本"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:231
msgid "Save a copy of the score"
msgstr "将乐谱保存为副本"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:232
msgid "Open Standard Template"
msgstr "打开标准模板"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:232
msgid "Start a new score from a built-in template file"
msgstr "从内置模板文件创建新乐谱"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:233
msgid "Open Example"
msgstr "打开示例"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:233
msgid "Start a new score from a built-in example"
msgstr "从内置模板文件创建新乐谱"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:234
msgid "Open Custom Template"
msgstr "打开自定义模板"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:234
msgid "Start a new score from one of your own template files"
msgstr "从自定义模板文件创建新乐谱"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:235
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SaveAsTemplate.xml.h:1
msgid "Save Template"
msgstr "保存模板"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:235
msgid "Save the score as a template for re-use as a starting point for new scores"
msgstr "将乐谱保存为模板，以便将其用于其他乐谱创作"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:236
msgid "New Tab"
msgstr "新标签页"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:236
msgid "Create working area (tab with an empty score in it)"
msgstr "创建新工作区（包含新乐谱的标签页）"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:237
msgid "Insert Movement Before"
msgstr "在前面插入乐章"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:237
msgid "Insert a new movement before the current one"
msgstr "在当前乐章前面插入一个新的乐章"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:238
msgid "Insert Movement After"
msgstr "在后面插入乐章"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:238
msgid "Insert a new movement after the current one"
msgstr "在当前乐章后面插入一个新的乐章"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:239
msgid "New Movement"
msgstr "新乐章"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:239
msgid "Create a new movement, using any default template"
msgstr "使用默认模板创建一个新的乐章"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:240
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Save the score\n"
"Besides saving for later you can save the score for use as a template for future works, or save under a new name etc\n"
"The score is saved to disk in XML format."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"保存乐谱\n"
"除了稍后保存外，你可以将乐谱保存以便用于以后的创作，或用其他名称将其保存\n"
"乐谱将以 XML 保存于磁盘。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:241
msgid "Save Parts"
msgstr "保存片段"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:241
msgid "Save Parts: each staff becomes a file in lilypond format"
msgstr "保存片段：以 lilypond 格式分别保存每个谱表"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:242
msgid "Export Lilypond"
msgstr "导出为 Lilypond"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:242
msgid "Export the score as a lilypond file"
msgstr "将乐谱导出为 Lilypond 文件"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:243
msgid "Export MusicXML"
msgstr "导出 MusicXML"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:243
msgid "Export the score as a MusicXML file"
msgstr "将乐谱导出为 MusicXML 文件"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:244
msgid "Export PDF"
msgstr "导出为 PDF"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:244
msgid "Export the score as a PDF document file"
msgstr "将乐谱导出为 PDF 文件"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:245
msgid "Export Score as PNG"
msgstr "导出乐谱为 PNG"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:245
msgid "Export the score as a PNG image file"
msgstr "将乐谱导出为 PNG 图像文件"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:246
msgid "Export MIDI"
msgstr "导出为 MIDI"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:246
#, fuzzy
msgid "Export the current score as a MIDI file"
msgstr "将乐谱导出为 MIDI 文件"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:247 ../src/core/entries.h:252
#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1574 ../src/printview/printview.c:2706
msgid "Print"
msgstr "打印"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:247
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands for typesetting and then printing the music.\n"
"A part, movement, full score or various reduced scores can be typeset.\n"
" See also the Score Layout view for further options."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"用于排版和打印音乐的命令。\n"
"可以对乐章、整个乐谱或乐谱的一部分进行排版。\n"
"请参见乐谱布局视图中的更多选项。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:248
msgid "Print Preview"
msgstr "打印预览"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:248 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1585
msgid ""
"Typesets the score\n"
"If you have a score layout selected it will use that\n"
"otherwise all movements staffs and lyrics are typeset by default.\n"
"Be patient! It takes time to create a beautifully laid out score.\n"
"Once complete you can view and then send to your printer or to a file as a .pdf document."
msgstr ""
"对乐谱进行排版\n"
"如果选择了乐谱布局，则将应用这一布局，\n"
"否则所有乐章中的谱表和歌词将以默认布局进行排版。\n"
"请耐心等待！准确排版乐谱可能需要较长时间。\n"
"一旦排版完成，你可以进行预览，并将其发送至打印机或导出为 .pdf 文档。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:249
msgid "Print Selection"
msgstr "打印选择"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:249
msgid "Displays selected music from score in your pdf viewer"
msgstr "在 PDF 预览器中查看乐谱中所选的音乐"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:250
msgid "Export Selection as PNG"
msgstr "导出选区为 PNG"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:250
msgid "Displays a musical excerpt in your image viewer"
msgstr "在图像查看器中显示音乐片段"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:251
msgid "Print Movement"
msgstr "打印乐章"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:251
msgid "Typesets the current movement and opens a print dialog"
msgstr "对当前乐章进行排版并打开打印对话框"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:252 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1576
msgid "Typesets the score using LilyPond and opens a print dialog"
msgstr "使用 LilyPond 排版乐谱并打开打印对话框"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:253
#, fuzzy
msgid "History of Printing"
msgstr "打印时隐藏"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:253
msgid "Shows the history of print outs for this score. Only saved documents have their printing recorded"
msgstr "显示此乐谱的打印历史。只有保存过的文档才有打印历史"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:254
msgid "Print Part"
msgstr "打印片段"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:254
msgid "Typesets the current part (the one containing the cursor)."
msgstr "对当前（被光标选中的）片段进行排版。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:255
msgid "Indexing"
msgstr "索引"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:255
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands to Index directories of Denemo Scores."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"用于索引 Denemo 乐谱的命令。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:256
msgid "Close Score"
msgstr "关闭乐谱"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:256
msgid "Close the current score. Other scores (tabs) will stay open"
msgstr "关闭当前乐谱。其他乐谱（标签页）不会被关闭"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:257
msgid "Quit"
msgstr "退出"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:257
msgid "Quit the Denemo program - closes tabs one at a time."
msgstr "退出 Denemo 程序，并依次关闭所有标签页。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:258
msgid "Undo"
msgstr "撤销"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:258
msgid "Undoes one (more) step of your edits to the music in the Display Window. Does not work for titles, settings etc - repeat the command for those."
msgstr "撤销您在显示窗口中对乐谱所做的一步（或多步）修改。该命令对标题和参数设定无效——您需要重新执行相应的命令来恢复这些参数。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:259
msgid "Redo"
msgstr "重做"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:259
msgid "Redoes the next of the steps you have Undone"
msgstr "重做被撤销的下一步"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:260
msgid "Select"
msgstr "选择"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:260
msgid "Selecting stretches of notes"
msgstr "选择延长音符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:261
#, fuzzy
msgid "Object At Cursor"
msgstr "对象编辑器"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:261
#, fuzzy
msgid "Editing the object at the cursor"
msgstr "删除光标处的对象"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:262
msgid "Create and Extend Selection"
msgstr "创建并扩展选区"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:262
msgid "Create/Extend the selection."
msgstr "创建并扩展选区。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:263
msgid "Copy the music selected to the Denemo clipboard"
msgstr "复制所选音乐至 Denemo 剪贴板"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:264
msgid "Cut"
msgstr "剪切"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:264
msgid "Cut the music selected to the Denemo clipboard"
msgstr "剪切所选音乐至 Denemo 剪贴板"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:265
msgid "Paste"
msgstr "粘贴"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:265
msgid "Paste the Denemo clipboard into the score where the cursor is positioned"
msgstr "从 Denemo 剪贴板粘贴音乐至光标所在处"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:266 ../src/export/file.c:1432
msgid "Paste LilyPond notes"
msgstr "粘贴 LilyPond 音符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:266
msgid ""
"Paste LilyPond notes from the text clipboard\n"
"This will import music written as LilyPond syntax\n"
"You open the LilyPond file in a texteditor, copy the stretch of notes (control-c command in your texteditor usually) and then use this command."
msgstr ""
"从文本剪贴板粘贴 LilyPond 音符\n"
"将会导入以 LilyPond 语法表示的音乐\n"
"你可以用文本编辑器打开 LilyPond 文件，复制（一般使用 Ctrl-C 命令）其中的一组音符，然后使用此命令进行粘贴。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:267
msgid "Paste a Comment"
msgstr "粘贴注释"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:267
msgid "Paste the text clipboard as a comment inserted at the cursor."
msgstr "从文本剪贴板复制文本，并将其作为注释插入到光标处。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:268
msgid "Change built-in properties of the current score. This will start up a dialog window"
msgstr "改变当前乐谱的内置属性。将会打开一个对话窗口进行操作"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:269
msgid "Change Preferences"
msgstr "改变首选项"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:269
msgid ""
"Set and save your preferences for how Denemo operates on startup.\n"
"Advanced users can edit .denemo-XXXX/denemorc for missing ones"
msgstr ""
"设置并保存 Denemo 启动时加载的首选项。\n"
"高级用户可以直接编辑 .denemo-XXXX/denemorc 来添加所需项"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:270
msgid "Customize Commands, Shortcuts ..."
msgstr "自定义命令，快捷键……"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:270
msgid "Set actions to take in response to keypresses"
msgstr "设置按键时应执行动作"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:271 ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1625
#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:841
msgid "Save Command Set"
msgstr "保存命令集"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:271
msgid "Save the current commands and keyboard shortcuts as the default"
msgstr "保存当前命令和键盘快捷键为默认值"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:272
msgid "Manage Command Set"
msgstr "管理命令集"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:272
msgid "View help, change and save keyboard shortcuts"
msgstr "查看帮助，改变和保存键盘快捷键"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:273
msgid "Swap Staffs"
msgstr "交换谱表"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:273
msgid ""
"Swap this staff with the one higher up.\n"
"Be aware that if you have inserted directives to move a voice to another staff\n"
"these may need re-making."
msgstr ""
"将此谱表与其上面的谱表进行交换。\n"
"请注意，如果插入了将声部移动到其他谱表的记号，\n"
"可能需要重新进行这一操作。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:274
msgid "Split Voices"
msgstr "分割声部"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:274
msgid "Split off the next voice as a separate staff"
msgstr "将下一个声部分割为独立的谱表"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:275
msgid "Join Voices"
msgstr "组合声部"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:275
msgid "Merge this staff as a voice on the previous staff"
msgstr "将此谱表作为声部与前一个谱表进行合并"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:276
msgid "Swap Movements"
msgstr "交换乐章"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:276
msgid "Swap this movement with the one before"
msgstr "将此乐章与前一个乐章进行交换"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:277
msgid "Selection Voice Up"
msgstr "上移声部选区"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:277
msgid "Go to the higher numbered voice on staff, extending selection if any"
msgstr "移动到谱表中的上一个声部，并相应地扩展选区"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:278
msgid "Selection Voice Down"
msgstr "下移声部选区"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:278
msgid "Go to the lower numbered voice on this staff, extending selection if any"
msgstr "移动到谱表中的下一个声部，并相应地扩展选区"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:279
msgid "Move to Voice Up"
msgstr "上移一个声部"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:279
msgid "Go to the higher numbered voice on staff without altering selection"
msgstr "移动到谱表中的上一个声部，但不改变选区"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:280
msgid "Move to Voice Down"
msgstr "下移一个声部"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:280
msgid "Go to the lower numbered voice on this staff without altering selection"
msgstr "移动到谱表中的下一个声部，但不改变选区"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:281
msgid "Add Staff Before"
msgstr "在前面插入谱表"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:281
msgid "Inserts a new staff before the current staff"
msgstr "在当前谱表前插入一个新谱表"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:282
msgid "Add Staff After"
msgstr "在后面插入谱表"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:282
msgid "Inserts/Adds a new staff after the current staff"
msgstr "在当前谱表前插入/添加一个新谱表"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:283
msgid "Add Initial Staff"
msgstr "插入谱表至开头"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:283
msgid "Inserts a new staff at the top of the score"
msgstr "在乐谱顶部插入一个新谱表"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:284
msgid "Add Last Staff"
msgstr "插入谱表至结尾"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:284
msgid "Inserts a new staff at the end of the score"
msgstr "在乐谱底部插入一个新谱表"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:285
msgid "Delete Staff Before"
msgstr "删除前一谱表"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:285
msgid "Deletes the staff before the current staff"
msgstr "删除当前谱表前面的一个谱表"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:286
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteCurrentStaff.scm:2
msgid "Delete Current Staff"
msgstr "删除当前谱表"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:286
msgid "Deletes the current staff"
msgstr "删除当前谱表"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:287
msgid "Delete Staff After"
msgstr "删除后一谱表"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:287
msgid "Deletes the staff after the current staff"
msgstr "删除当前谱表后面的一个谱表"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:288
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/NewVoice.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Voice"
msgstr "添加声部"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:288
msgid "Adds a new voice (part), to the current staff. It is tricky to switch between the voices. Suggest to use merge staffs"
msgstr "在当前谱表在添加一个新声部。在不同声部间切换可能会比较麻烦。建议使用合并谱表功能"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:289 ../actions/denemo.scm:1542
msgid "Built-in Staff Properties"
msgstr "内置谱表属性"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:289
msgid "Change the built-in properties of the current staff"
msgstr "编辑当前谱表的内置谱表属性"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:290
msgid "InsertMenu"
msgstr "插入菜单"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:290 ../src/core/entries.h:352
#: ../src/core/entries.h:387 ../src/ui/markup.c:659
msgid "Insert"
msgstr "插入"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:291
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Clef"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"谱号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:292
msgid "Initial Clef"
msgstr "起始谱号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:292
msgid "Change the initial clef of the current staff"
msgstr "改变当前谱表的起始谱号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:293
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.scm:73
msgid "Clef Change"
msgstr "谱号变更"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:293
msgid "Insert/Edit a change of clef at the cursor"
msgstr "在光标处插入/编辑谱号变更记号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:294
msgid "Keys"
msgstr "调号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:294
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Set the key signature or insert a change of key signature\n"
"Sharpen or flatten a key signature or\n"
"hide it on printing"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"设置或插入调号\n"
"可以设置升号、降号，或者打印时将调号隐藏"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:295
msgid "Initial Key"
msgstr "起始调号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:295
msgid "Set the initial key signature of the current staff"
msgstr "设置当前谱表的起始调号"

#. GUI setup
#: ../src/core/entries.h:296 ../src/ui/keysigdialog.c:384
msgid "Key Signature Change"
msgstr "调号变更"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:296 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:11
msgid "Insert/Edit a key change at the cursor position"
msgstr "在光标处插入/编辑调号变更记号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:297
msgid "Time Signatures"
msgstr "时值记号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:297
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Set the time signature, insert or edit a change of timesignature,\n"
"hide a time signature on printing.\n"
"Control whether to use numerical or traditional styles."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"设置时值，插入或编辑时值变更记号，\n"
"在打印时隐藏时值记号。\n"
"控制记号以数值形式或传统形式显示。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:298
msgid "Inital Time Signature"
msgstr "起始时值"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:298
msgid "Set the initial time signature of the current staff"
msgstr "设置当前谱表的起始时值"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:299
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.scm:69
msgid "Time Signature Change"
msgstr "时值变更"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:299 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:12
msgid "Edit/Insert a time signature change for the current measure"
msgstr "在当前光标处编辑/插入时值变更记号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:300
msgid "Set Notehead"
msgstr "设置符头"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:300
msgid "Change the type of notehead for the current note"
msgstr "改变当前音符的符头类型"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:301
msgid "Auto Stemming"
msgstr "自动符干"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:301
msgid "Inserts a stem neutral object. After this automatic stem directions are active. You can click on this tag and use Sharpen/StemUp etc commands to change stem direction"
msgstr "插入一个中性符干对象。此后所有的符干将会自动选择方向。可以点击此标签并使用升调/符干向上等命令来改变符干方向"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:302
msgid "Add Lyric Verse"
msgstr "添加歌词"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:302
msgid "Add a verse of lyrics"
msgstr "添加一句歌词"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:303
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/DeleteCurrentVerse.xml.h:1
msgid "Delete Verse"
msgstr "删除歌词"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:303
msgid "Deletes current verse of lyrics from current voice"
msgstr "从当前声部中删除当前歌词"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:304
msgid "Insert/Edit Figured Bass"
msgstr "插入/编辑数字低音"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:304
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add a bass figure to the current note. Use | sign to split the duration of a note so as to have multiple figures on one note. Directly insert the LilyPond syntax for the current note by enclosing it with $ signs. See Lilypond docs for other notation"
msgstr "向当前音符添加一个低音记号。使用 | 记号来分割音符的时长，以便在同一音符中应用不同的低音记号。参见 LilyPond 文档中的其他记号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:305
msgid "Delete Figures"
msgstr "删除低音记号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:305 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:166
msgid "Delete the figured bass on the current staff"
msgstr "从当前谱表中删除数字低音"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:306
msgid "Delete Chord Symbols"
msgstr "删除和弦记号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:306
msgid "Delete the chord symbols on the current staff"
msgstr "从当前谱表中删除和弦记号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:307
msgid "Hide Figures (Print)"
msgstr "隐藏记号（用于打印）"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:307 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:164
msgid "Hide the figured bass on the current staff on printing"
msgstr "在打印时隐藏当前谱表中的数字低音记号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:308
msgid "Show Figures (Print)"
msgstr "显示记号（用于打印）"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:308 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:165
msgid "Show the figured bass on the current staff on printing"
msgstr "在打印时显示当前谱表中的数字低音记号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:309
msgid "Edit Chord Symbols"
msgstr "编辑和弦记号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:309
msgid "Allows chord symbols to be added to the current note. E.G.cis:dim7 for c-sharp diminished 7th. See Lilypond docs for notation"
msgstr "允许向当前音符添加和弦记号。例如：cis:dim7 表示升C 减 7 和弦。参见 LilyPond 文档中的有关记号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:310
msgid "Edit at Cursor"
msgstr "在光标处编辑"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:310
msgid "Edit in the context of the object at the cursor."
msgstr "以光标处的对象为上下文进行编辑。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:311
msgid "Opens a dialog to edit the object at the cursor."
msgstr "打开对话框来编辑光标处的对象。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:312
msgid "Score Properties Editor"
msgstr "乐谱属性编辑器"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:312
msgid "Opens a dialog to edit the score properties."
msgstr "打开对话框来编辑乐谱属性。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:313
msgid "Movement Properties Editor"
msgstr "乐章属性编辑器"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:313
msgid "Opens a dialog to edit the movement properties."
msgstr "打开对话框来编辑乐章属性。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:314
msgid "Staff Properties Editor"
msgstr "谱表属性编辑器"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:314
msgid "Opens a dialog to edit the current staff properties."
msgstr "打开对话框来编辑谱表属性。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:315
msgid "Voice Properties Editor"
msgstr "属性编辑器"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:315
msgid "Opens a dialog to edit the voice properties of the current staff."
msgstr "打开对话框来编辑谱表中的声部属性。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:316
msgid "Edit Directives"
msgstr "编辑记号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:316
msgid "Edit any directives attached to chord/note at cursor."
msgstr "编辑附加到光标处和弦/音符的记号。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:317
msgid "Edit Staff Directives"
msgstr "编辑谱表记号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:317
msgid "Edit any directives attached to staff."
msgstr "编辑附加到谱表的记号。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:318
msgid "Edit Voice Directives"
msgstr "编辑声部记号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:318
msgid "Edit any directives attached to voice."
msgstr "编辑附加到声部的记号。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:319
msgid "Edit Score Directives"
msgstr "编辑乐谱记号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:319
msgid "Edit any directives attached to score."
msgstr "编辑附加到乐谱的记号。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:320
msgid "Edit Movement Directives"
msgstr "编辑乐章记号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:320
msgid "Edit any directives attached to movement."
msgstr "编辑附加到乐章的记号。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:321
msgid "Edit Clef Directives"
msgstr "编辑谱号记号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:321
msgid "Edit any directives attached to clef."
msgstr "编辑附加到谱号的记号。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:322
msgid "Edit Time Signature Directives"
msgstr "编辑时值记号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:322
msgid "Edit any directives attached to time signature."
msgstr "编辑附加到时值的记号。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:323
msgid "Edit Key Signature Directives"
msgstr "编辑调号记号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:323
msgid "Edit any directives attached to key signature."
msgstr "编辑附加到调号的记号。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:324 ../src/core/entries.h:368
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/GoToTypesetMeasureNumber.scm:5
msgid "Navigation"
msgstr "导航"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:324
msgid "Moving the cursor within the current movement, setting bookmarks, seeking things in the score"
msgstr "在当前乐章中移动光标，在乐谱中设置书签、查找对象"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:325
msgid "Go to Measure"
msgstr "转到小节"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:325
msgid "Opens a dialog for going to a numbered measure"
msgstr "打开用于小节跳转的对话框"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:326
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select to Beginning"
msgstr "转到开头"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:326
msgid "Cursor to start of staff/voice, extending selection if any"
msgstr "将光标移至谱表/声部开头，并相应地扩展选区"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:327
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select to End"
msgstr "选区"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:327
msgid "Cursor to end of staff/voice, extending selection if any"
msgstr "将光标移至谱表/声部结尾，并相应地扩展选区"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:328 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1592
msgid "Move to Staff/Voice Beginning"
msgstr "移动到谱表/声部开头"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:328 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1599
msgid "Cursor to start of staff/voice, without extending selection if any"
msgstr "将光标移至谱表/声部开头，但不改变选区"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:329 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1604
msgid "Move to Staff/Voice End"
msgstr "移动到谱表/声部结尾"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:329 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1612
msgid "Cursor to end of staff/voice, without extending selection if any"
msgstr "将光标移至谱表/声部结尾，但不改变选区"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:330
msgid "Next Movement"
msgstr "下一乐章"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:330
msgid "Go to the next movement"
msgstr "转到下一乐章"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:331
msgid "Previous Movement"
msgstr "上一乐章"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:331
msgid "Go to the previous movement"
msgstr "转到上一乐章"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:332
msgid "Delete Movement"
msgstr "删除乐章"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:332
msgid "Delete the current movement"
msgstr "删除当前乐章"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:333
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/AudioPlay.xml.h:1
msgid "Play"
msgstr "播放"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:333
#, fuzzy
msgid "Playback from start marker to end marker (Set these markers in the playback controls). Pause playback if already playing."
msgstr "从起始标记处回放至结束标记处（见回放控制中有关标记的控制）"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:334
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:41
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:65
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:90
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:114
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:131
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:149
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:168
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:185
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:200
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:216
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:236
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:255
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:275
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:294
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:320
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:344
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:368
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:652
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchMusic.scm:64
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchMusic.scm:74
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchPattern.scm:68
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchPattern.scm:81
msgid "Stop"
msgstr "停止"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:334 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:225
msgid "Stop Playback"
msgstr "停止回放"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:335
msgid "Playback Properties"
msgstr "回放属性"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:335
msgid "Allows you to specify properties used in playing back (midi)"
msgstr "指定用于回放（MIDI）的属性"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:336
msgid "Browse Manual"
msgstr "浏览手册"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:336
msgid "Opens a browser on the user manual"
msgstr "在浏览器中打开用户手册"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:337
msgid "About"
msgstr "关于"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:337
msgid "Gives the version number etc of this program"
msgstr "显示此程序的版本信息等"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:338 ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:2180
msgid "Shortcuts"
msgstr "快捷键"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:338
msgid "Gives a list of shortcuts currently available. Explains how to set them too."
msgstr "显示当前可用的快捷键列表，以及使用方法。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:339
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.scm:12
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.scm:16
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.scm:42
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.scm:51
msgid "More"
msgstr "更多"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:339
msgid "Allows choosing extra commands/menu items from disk"
msgstr "从磁盘上选择附加命令/菜单项"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:340
msgid "More Commands"
msgstr "更多命令"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:340
msgid "Allows choosing standard extra commands/menu items"
msgstr "选择附加命令/菜单项"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:341
msgid "My Commands"
msgstr "我的命令"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:341
msgid "Allows choosing extra commands/menu items from your own collection of extras"
msgstr "从自定义位置选择附加命令/菜单项"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:342
msgid "Update Commands from Internet"
msgstr "从互联网更新命令"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:342
msgid ""
"Refreshes the set of commands available from Denemo.org.\n"
"Use More Commands after this has finished"
msgstr ""
"从 Denemo.org 上获取可用的命令。\n"
"请在此操作完成后使用 更多命令 来查看获取的命令"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:343
msgid "Open Recent"
msgstr "打开最近文件"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:343
msgid "Open previously used files"
msgstr "打开最近使用过的文件"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:344
msgid "Import File"
msgstr "导入文件"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:344
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Import the supported file formats"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"导入支持的文件格式"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:345
msgid "Export As"
msgstr "导出为"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:345
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Export the music to another file format.\n"
"These file formats will not support all the features of the score."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"将音乐导出为其他文件格式\n"
"这些文件格式可能无法支持乐谱中的全部特性。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:347
msgid "Clear the list of pitches that overlay the notes"
msgstr "清除音符重叠的音高"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:348 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1625
msgid "Create Snippet"
msgstr "创建片段"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:348 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1627
msgid "Copy selection as music snippet or rhythm pattern for notes to follow as they are entered"
msgstr "将选区复制为音乐片段或音符的节奏样式，以便在后续编辑中再次插入"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:349 ../src/core/view.c:1561
msgid "Delete Snippet"
msgstr "删除代码片段"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:349
msgid "Delete the selected music snippet/rhythm pattern"
msgstr "删除选中的音乐片段/节奏样式"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:350
msgid "Classic Mode"
msgstr "经典模式"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:350
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Moving the cursor and inserting notes or rests there"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"移动光标并插入音符或休止符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:351 ../src/core/utils.c:2135
msgid "Select Note"
msgstr "选择音符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:351
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Moving the cursor to the nearest ..."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"将光标移动到最近的……"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:352
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands for notes: inserting, deleting, etc."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"用于音符的命令：插入、删除等。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:353
msgid "Stem Direction"
msgstr "符干方向"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:353
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands to control the stem up/down"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"控制符干方向的命令"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:354
msgid "Notehead Types"
msgstr "符头类型"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:354
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Different types of notehead"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"不同的符头类型"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:355
msgid "Tied Notes"
msgstr "延音符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:355
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Creating Tied Notes\n"
"Do not confuse with slurs!!"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"创建延音符\n"
"请注意它与连音符的区别！！"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:356
msgid "Display Effects"
msgstr "显示效果"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:356
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Effects that are only for the Denemo display,\n"
"not affecting the printed page."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"用于 Denemo 显示窗口、但不影响打印的效果。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:357 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:117
msgid "Articulations"
msgstr "发音"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:357
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Articulations"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"发音"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:358
msgid "Slurs"
msgstr "连音"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:358
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Slurs\n"
"Do not confuse with ties which in print can look the same\n"
"Slurs have little ticks at the end in the Denemo display."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"连音\n"
"请勿与延音相混淆，因为二者的印刷效果可能相同\n"
"在Denemo 显示窗口中，连音的末尾有一个小刻度线。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:359
msgid "Grace Notes"
msgstr "装饰音符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:359
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Grace Notes"
msgstr ""
"菜单:\n"
"装饰音符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:360 ../src/core/menusystem.c:749
msgid "Score"
msgstr "乐谱"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:360
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands that affect the entire piece of music across all movements."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"用于操作整个乐章中音乐的命令。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:361
msgid "Instruments"
msgstr "乐器"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:361
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Instruments"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"乐器"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:362
msgid "Markings"
msgstr "标记"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:362
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Markings to be applied to the note at the cursor.\n"
"Includes articulations, string numbers, chord symbols, arbitrary text ..."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"应用到光标处音符的标记。\n"
"包括发音、弦号、和弦记号、任意文本……"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:363
msgid "Text/Symbol"
msgstr "文本/记号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:363
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Text and symbol Markings"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"文本和记号标注"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:364
msgid "Fingerings etc for Instruments"
msgstr "用于乐器的指法等"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:364
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Markings on scores for Instruments"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"用于乐器的乐谱标记"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:365
msgid "Note Insertion"
msgstr "插入音符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:365
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Inserting the note ..."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"插入音符……"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:366
msgid "Lyrics"
msgstr "歌词"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:366
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Lyrics consist of syllables which are placed under or above the notes of the voice they are attached to\n"
"You can use the hyphen - and underscore _ to affect the placement\n"
"as well as slurs placed over notes. Spaces, tabs or new lines can serve to separate the syllables, it makes no difference which."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"关联并显示于音符/声部上方（或下方）的歌词，由音节组成。\n"
"你可以使用连字符 - 和下划线 _ 来控制布局\n"
"以及音符上的连音。可以用空格、制表符或换行符来分隔音节。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:367
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Directives tell Denemo to do something special with the object they are attached to\n"
"or at the point in the music they are placed\n"
"This can be directing the typesetter to do something special\n"
"or issuing MIDI instructions to alter the playback\n"
"or even take an action, such as linking to source manuscript when clicked"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"控制 Denemo 操作关联对象或所处音乐的指令\n"
"它们可以用于控制排版器进行特殊操作\n"
"或处理 MIDI 指令以调整回放行为，\n"
"甚至可以在点击时打开原稿链接"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:368
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Moving the Denemo cursor around the piece"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"在音乐中移动 Denemo 光标"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:369
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration/InsertOneNote.xml.h:1
msgid "Insert Note"
msgstr "插入音符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:369
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Entering notes"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"插入音符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:370
msgid "Articulation"
msgstr "发音"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:370
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Marks placed on notes and chords"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"用于音符和和弦的标记"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:371
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Editing"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"编辑"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:372
msgid "Measure"
msgstr "小节"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:372
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Manipulating measures\n"
"Commands that apply to the current measure"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"控制小节\n"
"仅影响当前小节"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:373
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands for staffs"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"用于谱表的命令"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:374 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:222
msgid "Playback"
msgstr "回放"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:374
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Playing the music via the computer's soundcard.\n"
"All or part of the piece can be played controlled by the green and red markers (start and stop playing)\n"
"Use the Playback Controls (from the View menu) to set/reset these and to loop play while editing the score"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"使用电脑声卡播放音乐。\n"
"可以通过绿色和红色标记（播放起始和终止处）来控制播放整曲或其中的一部分"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:375 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:1
msgid "Select Duration"
msgstr "选择时长"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:375
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Changing the prevailing duration or rhythm pattern"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"改变预设时值或节奏样式"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:376
msgid "Append/Edit"
msgstr "附加/编辑"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:376
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Appending, Changing, and deleting notes"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"附加、改变和删除音符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:377
msgid "Append/Edit Note"
msgstr "附加/编辑音符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:377
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Appending or Editing notes"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"附加或编辑音符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:378
msgid "Append/Insert Duration"
msgstr "附加/插入时长"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:378
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Appending or Editing durations"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"附加或编辑时长"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:379
msgid "Cursor"
msgstr "光标"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:379
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Moving the cursor"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"移动光标"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:380
msgid "Cursor to Note"
msgstr "移动光标至音符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:380
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Moving the cursor to note positions"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"将光标移动到音符所在位置"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:381
msgid "Clefs"
msgstr "谱号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:381
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Insert/change clef, set initial clef, hide a clef on printing,\n"
"or display in a different clef"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"插入/修改谱号，设置起始谱号，在打印时隐藏谱号，\n"
"或以不同的谱号显示"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:382
msgid "Chords"
msgstr "和弦"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:382
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands for creating chords. Note that chord symbols and figured bass are under markings on notes.\n"
"See Notes/Rests menu"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"用于创建和弦的命令。注意和弦记号和数字低音位于音符下方。\n"
"见 音符/休止符 菜单"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:383
msgid "Add Note"
msgstr "添加音符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:383
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Adding notes to a note or chord at the cursor to make chords"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"向光标处的音符/和弦添加音符来生成和弦"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:384
msgid "Chords Symbols"
msgstr "和弦记号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:384
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Adding Chord Symbols over music"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"在音乐中添加和弦记号"

#. KEY_MARGIN
#: ../src/core/entries.h:385 ../src/display/draw.c:1103
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:159
msgid "Figured Bass"
msgstr "数字低音"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:385
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Adding Figured Bass Figures"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"添加数字低音记号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:386
msgid "Measures"
msgstr "小节"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:386
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Measures: adding, deleting, navigating etc"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"小节：添加、删除、导航等"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:387
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Inserting notes, measures, staffs, keysignatures etc"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"插入音符、小节、谱表、调号等"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:388
msgid "Add Staff"
msgstr "添加谱表"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:388
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Insert a new staff postioned relative to current staff"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"根据当前谱表的位置插入新谱表"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:389
msgid "Insert Movement"
msgstr "插入小节"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:389
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Insert a new movement positioned relative to current movement"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"根据当前小节的位置插入新小节"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:390
msgid "Insert at Cursor"
msgstr "插入至光标处"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:390
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Inserting notes of a given duration at cursor note height"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"在光标所在音高处插入指定时长的音符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:391
msgid "Change"
msgstr "更改"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:391
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Changing properties of notes, measures, staffs, keysigs etc"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"更改音符、小节、谱表、调号等的信息"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:392
msgid "Notes/Durations"
msgstr "音符/时长"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:392
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Modeless actions on notes/rests"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"用于音符/休止符的无模式动作"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:393
msgid "Notes/Rests"
msgstr "音符/休止符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:393
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands for notes/rests"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"用于音符/休止符的命令"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:394
msgid "Rest Insertion"
msgstr "插入休止符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:394
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Modeless entry of rests"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"插入无模式休止符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:395
msgid "Educational"
msgstr "教育"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:395
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Educational Games"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"教育游戏"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:396
msgid "Edit Directive(s)"
msgstr "编辑记号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:396
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Editing directives"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"编辑记号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:397
msgid "Change Note"
msgstr "改变音符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:397
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Changing the note at the cursor to the nearest ..."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"将光标处的音符改变为最近的……"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:398 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:52
msgid "Edit Duration"
msgstr "编辑时长"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:398
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Changes the duration of the current note"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"改变当前音符的时长"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:399
msgid "Change Rest"
msgstr "改变休止符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:399
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Changes the duration of the current rest"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"改变当前休止符的时长"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:400
msgid "Expression Marks"
msgstr "表情记号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:400
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Dynamics, staccato, slurs, ties and other expressive marks"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"力度、断奏、连音、延音及其他表情记号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:401
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:25
msgid "Dynamics"
msgstr "力度"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:401
msgid "Dynamic markings"
msgstr "力度标记"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:402 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:75
msgid "Ornaments"
msgstr "装饰音"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:402
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"grace notes etc"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"装饰音符等"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:403
msgid "Other"
msgstr "其他"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:403
msgid "Lyrics, chord symbols, figured basses etc"
msgstr "歌词、和弦记号、数字低音等"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:404
msgid "Others"
msgstr "其他"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:404
msgid "Less used actions"
msgstr "不常用动作"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:405
msgid "Favorites"
msgstr "收藏"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:405
msgid "Customized LilyPond inserts. Store often-used inserts here labelled with what they do"
msgstr "自定义 LilyPond 插入段。常用的插入段将会被存放于此，并以其行为作为标签"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:406
msgid "Add Favorite"
msgstr "添加到收藏"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:406
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Add a custom LilyPond insert to favorites menu"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"添加自定义 LilyPond 插入段到收藏菜单"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:407
msgid "Tuplets"
msgstr "连音"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:407
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Entering triplets and other tuplets"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"输入三连音和其他连音"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:408
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Deleting notes, measures, staffs, key signatures as well as meta-objects such as imported MIDI or audio recordings."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"时长音符、小节、谱表、调号，以及导入 MIDI 、音频录音等元对象。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:409 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:142
msgid "Beaming"
msgstr "符尾"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:409
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Beaming - controlling which notes are beamed together"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"符尾：控制音符之间的相互组合"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:410
msgid "Conditional Directives"
msgstr "条件记号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:410
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"For making directives apply only to one score layout or be omitted from one score layout"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"创建仅用于一种乐谱布局、或不用于某种乐谱布局的记号"

#. MIDI tab
#: ../src/core/entries.h:411 ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:766
#: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:495
msgid "MIDI"
msgstr "MIDI"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:411
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"For issuing MIDI instructions during playback at the time indicated by the current cursor position."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"处理回放时当前指针处的 MIDI 指令。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:412 ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:692
msgid "Audio"
msgstr "音频"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:412
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"For commands related to audio as opposed to MIDI."
msgstr ""

#: ../src/core/entries.h:413
msgid "PC Keyboard"
msgstr "电脑键盘"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:413
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Choose between different ways of entering notes from the computer keyboard."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"选择使用电脑键盘输入音符的方式。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:414 ../src/core/utils.c:3310
msgid "Mouse"
msgstr "鼠标"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:414
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Choose between different ways of using the mouse."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"选择使用失败的方式。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:415
msgid "Print Transposed"
msgstr "转调打印"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:415
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Transposing the score when typesetting."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"在排版时对乐谱进行转调。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:416
msgid "Start/Stop Transposing"
msgstr "开始/停止转调"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:416
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Inserting markers to start/stop transposition when typesetting. The markers affect only the music in the staff/voice they are placed in."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"在排版时插入转调开始/停止记号。这些记号仅影响它们所属的谱表/声部。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:417
msgid "Inserting Barlines"
msgstr "插入小节线"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:417
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Different sorts of barline (repeat barlines, double bars, end of movement ...)."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"各种类型的小节线（反复小节线、双小节线、乐章终止……）。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:418
msgid "Seek"
msgstr "定位"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:418
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Moving the Denemo cursor forwards/backwards to find useful places in the score."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"向前/向后移动 Denemo 光标至乐谱中的适当位置。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:419
msgid "Titles"
msgstr "标题"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:419
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Various titling schemes, (main title, movement titles, composer etc) and adding table of contents, critical commentary."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"添加不同类型的标题（主标题、乐章标题、作曲者等）、目录、评论注释。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:420
msgid "Print Layout"
msgstr "打印布局"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:420
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands to affect the layout of the typeset score."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"设置乐谱排版中布局的命令。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:421
msgid "Vertical Spacing"
msgstr "垂直间距"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:421
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands to affect the vertical spacing of the typeset score."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"用于调整乐谱排版中垂直间距的命令。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:422
msgid "Capture Score"
msgstr "捕获乐谱"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:422
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands to embed images taken from original manuscripts etc into the score (one for each measure)."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"将原稿中图像嵌入乐谱（每小节一个）的命令。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:423
msgid "Ossia"
msgstr "选奏"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:423
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Creating an Ossia staff, which appears with alternative interpretations for a bar or two on typesetting."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"创建一个选奏谱表，用于在排版中表示原曲某一片段的可选奏法。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:424
msgid "Bar and Page Numbering"
msgstr "小节和页面计数"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:424
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands for setting how often bar numbers appear in the typeset version of this staff."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"设置在排版此谱表时小节编号的显示间隔。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:425
msgid "Staff Groupings (Braces)"
msgstr "谱表编组（乐组）"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:425
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Various sorts of brace linking the staffs together. These may be nested, see the Score Layout view for a display of the staff groups created."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"用于关联谱表的各类连谱号。可以使用嵌套连谱号，请见乐谱排版视图来查看创建的谱表组。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:426
msgid "Add Note Above Base of Chord"
msgstr "添加音符至和弦根音"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:426
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Adding notes to the chord at the cursor at various intervals above base note."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"在光标处和弦的根音上方添加音符。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:427
msgid "Add Note Below Top of Chord"
msgstr "添加音符至和弦最高音"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:427
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Adding notes to the chord at the cursor at various intervals below the top-most note."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"在光标处和弦的最高音下方添加音符。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:428
msgid "Change Duration of Note"
msgstr "改变音符时长"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:428
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands to include other durations in a chord (instead of polyphony - this is specialized stuff!) The note at the cursor height is altered."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"用于在和弦中添加其他时长的命令（不是复音！）。位于光标所在音高处的音符将被改变。"

#. 0 - Open String
#: ../src/core/entries.h:429
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/FingeringsDoublestroke.xml.h:1
msgid "Fingerings"
msgstr "指法"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:429
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Fingerings (numbers) to typeset near to notes."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"需要排版的音符旁边的指法（数字）。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:430
msgid "Transpose Music"
msgstr "音乐转调"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:430
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Alters the note/chord at the cursor or the selection transposing it by the interval chosen. This alters the music in the score - see other transpose options for transposing the printed output, leaving the music untouched."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"根据所选间隔对光标处或所选区域的音符/和弦进行转调。此操作将改变乐谱中的音乐 - 参见其他转调选项以便仅对打印的乐谱进行转调（而不更改音乐本身）。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:431
msgid "Make a Directive Conditional"
msgstr "转变为条件记号"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:431
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Mark the directive at the cursor as applying to just the current score layout, or to exclude the current layout. Use this for example to exclude redundant first and second time markings in parts which don't need them."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"将光标处的记号设置为仅影响当前乐谱布局，或不影响当前布局。\n"
"可以使用此操作来排除不需要的第一次和第二次出现的记号。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:432
msgid "Single Random Note"
msgstr "单随机音符"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:432
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"To insert random notes at cursor."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"在光标处插入随机音符。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:433
msgid "Generate Rhythm from String"
msgstr "从字符串生成节奏"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:433
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Creating rhythms from a sequence of characters."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"从一个字符序列创建节奏。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:434
msgid "Notation Magick"
msgstr "音符魔法"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:434
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Methods of generating music of guided randomness."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"使用随机方法生成音乐。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:435
msgid "Display Zoom"
msgstr "显示焦距"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:435
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Zooming the Denemo display. Usually Control and mouse wheel are used for this."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"改变 Denemo 显示窗口的焦距。请使用 Ctrl 和鼠标滚轮来进行调整。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:436
msgid "Aural Training"
msgstr "听力训练"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:436
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Games for testing your musical ear."
msgstr ""
"菜单:\n"
"用于测试耳朵听力的游戏。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:437
msgid "Note Reading"
msgstr "音符识别"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:437
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Games for testing your music reading ability. Notice there is (elsewhere) the Checking Pitches feature which lets you test your ability to play via Midi Controller."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"用于测试识谱能力的游戏。核对音高的功能可以用来测试你通过 Midi 控制器播放的能力。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:438
msgid "Simple Titling"
msgstr "简单标题"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:438
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands to place titles etc at the start of the music (and each movement if needed). Do not mix with Book Titles."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"用于在音乐开始（以及乐章开始）处放置标题等。请不要与目录混淆。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:439
msgid "Book Titling"
msgstr "目录"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:439
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands to create a title page, table of contents, commentaries, appendices etc."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"用于创建封面、目录、注释、附录等的命令。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:440
msgid "Palettes"
msgstr "面板"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:440
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands to manipulate the palettes of commands."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"用于操纵命令面板的命令。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:441
msgid "Spanning"
msgstr "段落"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:441
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands to tell the typesetter to start or stop a particular effect. Use these around passages that are to be treated differently, or over which a marking should be placed."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"用于设置排版器开启或停止特定效果。可以对不同的通道应用不同的设置，或针对要放置的记号进行设置。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:442
msgid "Alternative Bars"
msgstr "其他小节线"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:442
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands for creating first/second/nth time bars."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"用于创建一次/二次/多次反复小节线。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:443 ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:174
msgid "Typesetter"
msgstr "排版"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:443
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Instructions for the typesetter to do something at the cursor position."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"控制排版器需要在光标处进行的操作。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:444
msgid "Part-Combining"
msgstr "片段组合"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:444
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Instructions for the typesetter to combine two voices in various ways."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"控制排版器按不同方式对两个声部进行组合。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:445 ../src/core/menusystem.c:736
#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1215
msgid "Object Menu"
msgstr "对象菜单"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:445
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands for working with the musical object hierarchy."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"按音乐对象层次来进行操作的命令。"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:446 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1211
msgid "Main Menu"
msgstr "主菜单"

#: ../src/core/entries.h:446
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"The top level commands for operating Denemo."
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"Denemo 顶层命令菜单。"

#: ../src/core/external.c:71
#, c-format
msgid "Could not parse command line: %s"
msgstr "无法解析命令行：%s"

#: ../src/core/graphicseditor.c:48
msgid "Graphics File"
msgstr "图形文件"

#: ../src/core/importxml.c:1670 ../src/core/importxml.c:1682
msgid "This score was last successfully typeset with LilyPond version "
msgstr "此乐谱上次由 Lilypond 成功排版，所用 Lilypond 版本 "

#: ../src/core/importxml.c:1671 ../src/core/importxml.c:1683
msgid ""
"\n"
"You have your Denemo Preferences -> Externals -> lilypond set to "
msgstr ""
"\n"
"您在“首选项”菜单 - > 外部 -> Lilypond 一栏中填写的路径为 "

#: ../src/core/importxml.c:1672
msgid " This will likely be fine, but you may need to update to using the newer version of LilyPond."
msgstr " 这样的配置也许可行，不过您最好更新 Lilypond，然后使用新版程序排版。"

#: ../src/core/importxml.c:1684
msgid " This will likely be fine, but you may need to adjust any custom LilyPond syntax to the older version, or change your preferences to point to the newer version of LilyPond."
msgstr " 这样的配置也许可行；不过您可能需要调整自定义 Lilypond 语法以兼容旧版程序，或者在首选项中设置 Lilypond、将其指向新版 Lilypond 程序。"

#: ../src/core/importxml.c:2563 ../src/core/importxml.c:2567
msgid "Obsolete form, use earlier Denemo version to convert"
msgstr "该形式已过时，请使用更早的 Denemo 版本进行转换"

#: ../src/core/importxml.c:3116
msgid "Custom prolog is no longer supported. Use score directive prefix instead"
msgstr "自定义前言已不被支持。请改用乐谱记号前缀"

#: ../src/core/importxml.c:3196
msgid "Erroneous call"
msgstr "调用错误"

#: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:106
msgid "No name"
msgstr "无名称"

#: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:107
msgid "No label"
msgstr "无标签"

#: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:108
msgid "No indication what this done beyond the name and label"
msgstr "除名称和标签以外没有更多的提示信息"

#: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:672
msgid "This should not happen..."
msgstr "这种情况不应当出现……"

#: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:749
msgid ""
"List of all current command shortcuts\n"
"The name of the shortcut key is given first \n"
"E.g. \"0\" is the shortcut name of the number key for the number zero.\n"
"(a \",\" separates the two names if is a two-key shortcut)\n"
"Then the label as it appears in the menu\n"
"and finally the tooltip.\n"
"You can search the tooltip in the Command Center to locate the command. See View->Command Center.\n"
"This list is in alphabetical order by name.\n"
"----------------\n"
msgstr ""
"显示当前素有的命令快捷键\n"
"首先显示快捷键的名称\n"
"例如，“0”是 0 这一数字快捷键的名称。\n"
"（若为双键快捷键，则用“,”分隔）\n"
"然后显示菜单中对应的标签\n"
"最后是工具提示。\n"
"你可以在命令中心中搜索工具提示来查找命令。见 视图->命令中心。\n"
"此列表按照字母表顺序排列名称。\n"
"----------------\n"

#: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:756
msgid "Shortcut key name: "
msgstr "快捷键名称："

#: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:760
msgid ""
"\n"
"End of shortcuts\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"快捷键结束\n"

#: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1198
#, c-format
msgid "The Command %s Responds to the Shortcut %s"
msgstr "命令 %s 对应快捷键 %s"

#: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1199 ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:461
#, c-format
msgid "Lose the shortcut %s for this?"
msgstr "取消它的快捷键 %s？"

#: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1214
#, c-format
msgid ""
"The key %s is the first keypress of some two key shortcuts.\n"
"If you wish to re-assign it you will need to remove those first.\n"
"Open the View->Command Center to find and remove the shortcuts."
msgstr ""
"键 %s 是某些双键快捷键的首键。\n"
"如果你希望重新指派它，请先移除之前的设置。\n"
"请在 视图->命令中心 中查找并移除这一快捷键。"

#: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1327 ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:72
msgid "Fn12 is hard-wired to repeat the last command"
msgstr "F12 按键专门用于重复上一命令"

#: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1451
msgid "Could not create .denemo/actions for your customized commands"
msgstr "无法为自定义命令创建 .denemo/actions"

#: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1499
msgid "Key Map Loading"
msgstr "加载键映射"

#: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1499
msgid "Load Shortcuts only?"
msgstr "仅加载快捷键？"

#: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1523
msgid "Cannot access your local .denemo"
msgstr "无法访问本地 .denemo 文件夹"

#: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1535
msgid "Installation error"
msgstr "配置错误"

#: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1854
msgid ""
"NO COMMAND SELECTED.\n"
"Press -> to search again\n"
"_________________________________\n"
"Last selected command was:\n"
msgstr ""
"尚未选择命令。\n"
"点击 -> 来重新搜索\n"
"_________________________________\n"
"上一次搜索的命令为：\n"

#: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1938
msgid "Command"
msgstr "命令"

#: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1948
msgid "Commands"
msgstr "命令"

#: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1967
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/Tongue.scm:23
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/CrescendoTextSpanner.scm:27
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DecrescendoTextSpanner.scm:27
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.scm:10
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/TocTitle.scm:25
msgid "Deleted"
msgstr "删除"

#: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:2002
msgid "Search"
msgstr "搜索"

#: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:2008
msgid "Fuzzy Search"
msgstr "模糊搜索"

#: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:2009
msgid "Allow one non-matching word in the search."
msgstr "允许搜索结果中有一个词不匹配。"

#: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:2053 ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:2150
msgid "Not in menu system. You can create a palette button for it using the Add to Palette button."
msgstr "不在菜单系统中。你可以使用“添加到面板”按钮命令为其创建一个面板按钮。"

#: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:2152
#, c-format
msgid ""
"%sCommand: %s\n"
"%s\n"
"Location: %s\n"
"Internal Name: %s"
msgstr ""
"%s命令：%s\n"
"%s\n"
"位置：%s\n"
"内部名称：%s"

#: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:2152
msgid ""
"WARNING!!:\n"
"This command is hidden.\n"
"Most likely you want to continue your search for a better command.\n"
"Hidden commands are either for LilyPond users or low-level interfaces for more user-friendly versions.\n"
msgstr ""
"警告！！\n"
"此命令已被隐藏。\n"
"你可能需要继续查找其他更匹配的命令。\n"
"隐藏的命令仅用于 LilyPond 用户，或基础层次的编辑界面。\n"

#: ../src/core/keymapio.c:420
msgid "There is no support for loading whole folders of commands yet, sorry"
msgstr "抱歉，尚无法加载整个文件夹中的命令"

#: ../src/core/keymapio.c:545
msgid "Return"
msgstr "返回"

#: ../src/core/keymapio.c:770
#, c-format
msgid "Unable to locate the script %s"
msgstr "无法定位脚本 %s"

#: ../src/core/keymapio.c:782
#, c-format
msgid "Unable to load the script %s"
msgstr "无法加载脚本 %s"

#: ../src/core/main.c:75
#, c-format
msgid "Parent: child exited, pid = %d, exit status = %d\n"
msgstr "父进程：子进程已退出，pid = %d，退出状态码 = %d\n"

#: ../src/core/main.c:81
#, c-format
msgid "Parent: child terminated by signal %d, pid = %d\n"
msgstr "父进程：子进程收到信号 %d 终止，pid = %d\n"

#: ../src/core/main.c:87
#, c-format
msgid "Parent: child stopped by signal %d, pid = %d\n"
msgstr "父进程：子进程收到信号 %d 停止，pid = %d\n"

#: ../src/core/main.c:91
#, c-format
msgid "Parent: child exited magically, pid = %d\n"
msgstr "父进程：子进程意外退出，pid = %d\n"

#: ../src/core/main.c:140
msgid "Process scheme commands in pathtofile on file open"
msgstr "打开文件时处理指定路径中的方案命令"

#: ../src/core/main.c:140
msgid "path"
msgstr "路径"

#: ../src/core/main.c:141
msgid "Process scheme commands from system file on file open"
msgstr "打开文件时处理系统文件中的方案命令"

#: ../src/core/main.c:141
msgid "file"
msgstr "文件"

#: ../src/core/main.c:142
msgid "Process the scheme on startup"
msgstr "启动时处理方案"

#: ../src/core/main.c:142
msgid "scheme"
msgstr "方案"

#: ../src/core/main.c:143
msgid "Abort on scheme errors"
msgstr "方案错误时退出"

#: ../src/core/main.c:144
msgid "Don't log any message"
msgstr "不记录任何消息"

#: ../src/core/main.c:145
msgid "Display every messages"
msgstr "显示所有消息"

#: ../src/core/main.c:146
msgid "Launch Denemo without GUI"
msgstr "不使用 GUI 启动 Denemo"

#: ../src/core/main.c:147
msgid "Print version information and exit"
msgstr "显示版本信息，然后退出"

#: ../src/core/main.c:148
msgid "Audio driver options"
msgstr "音频驱动选项"

#: ../src/core/main.c:148 ../src/core/main.c:149
msgid "options"
msgstr "选项"

#: ../src/core/main.c:149
msgid "Midi driver options"
msgstr "Midi 驱动选项"

#: ../src/core/main.c:150
msgid "[FILE]..."
msgstr "[文件]..."

#: ../src/core/main.c:153
msgid " "
msgstr " "

#: ../src/core/main.c:154 ../src/core/main.c:174
msgid "GNU Denemo version"
msgstr "GNU Denemo 版本"

#: ../src/core/main.c:155
msgid ""
"Denemo is a graphical music notation editor.\n"
"It uses GNU Lilypond for music typesetting.\n"
"Denemo is part of the GNU project."
msgstr ""
"Denemo 是图形化的乐谱编辑器。\n"
"它使用 GNU Lilypond 进行音乐排版。\n"
"Denemo 是 GNU 计划的一部分。"

#: ../src/core/main.c:158
msgid ""
"Report bugs to http://www.denemo.org\n"
"GNU Denemo, a free and open music notation editor"
msgstr ""
"请将软件缺陷报告至 http://www.denemo.org\n"
"GNU Denemo，一个自由、开源的乐谱编辑器"

#: ../src/core/main.c:175
msgid "Gtk versions"
msgstr "Gtk 版本"

#: ../src/core/main.c:176
msgid "© 1999-2005, 2009 Matthew Hiller, Adam Tee, and others, 2010-2015 Richard Shann, Jeremiah Benham, Nils Gey and others.\n"
msgstr "© 1999-2005，2009 Matthew Hiller、Adam Tee 等，2010-2015 Richard Shann、Jeremiah Benham、Nils Gey。\n"

#: ../src/core/main.c:177
msgid "This program is provided with absolutely NO WARRANTY; see the file COPYING for details.\n"
msgstr "本程序不提供任何单步；请参见文件 COPYING 以获取更多信息。\n"

#: ../src/core/main.c:178
msgid "This software may be redistributed and modified under the terms of the GNU General Public License; again, see the file COPYING for details.\n"
msgstr "本软件可以在 GNU 通用公共许可证下进行再分发和修改；同样地，请参见文件 COPYING 以获取更多信息。\n"

#: ../src/core/main.c:225
msgid "You may need to set GUILE_LOAD_PATH to the directory where you have ice9 installed\n"
msgstr "你可能需要设置 GUILE_LOAD_PATH 来指定 ice9 所在目录\n"

#: ../src/core/main.c:439
msgid "Could not start graphical interface."
msgstr "无法启动图形界面。"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:98
msgid "Rhythms will be entered as notes at the cursor height"
msgstr "将光标所在的音高处插入节拍"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:111
msgid "Could not start Audio input"
msgstr "无法启动音频输出"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:123
msgid "Rhythms will be entered as (brown) notes without pitch"
msgstr "插入不含音高的节拍（以棕色音符表示）"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:127
msgid "No MIDI in device was found on startup- re-start Denemo with the device plugged in, select the device in the MIDI tab of the preferences dialog and re-start Denemo again."
msgstr "启动时未检测到 MIDI 输入设备。请将设备插入，然后重启 Denemo，并在首选项 -> MIDI 选项卡中选择该设备，然后再次重启 Denemo。"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:207
msgid "Save Script"
msgstr "保存脚本"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:207
msgid "Over-write previous version of the script for "
msgstr "将之前版本的脚本覆盖为 "

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:207
msgid " ?"
msgstr " 吗？"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:217
msgid "No script saved"
msgstr "未保存脚本"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:225
msgid "There is already an initialization script here"
msgstr "初始化脚本已存在"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:235
msgid "Wrote init.scm"
msgstr "已写入 init.scm"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:235
msgid "Shall I execute it now?"
msgstr "是否现在执行？"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:240
msgid ""
"Could not create init.scm;\n"
"you must create your scripted menu item in the menu\n"
"before you create the initialization script for it, sorry."
msgstr ""
"无法创建 init.scm；\n"
"抱歉，你必须在创建初始化脚本前\n"
"先在菜单中创建脚本菜单项。"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:277 ../src/core/menusystem.c:281
#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:284 ../src/core/menusystem.c:286
msgid "Create a new menu item"
msgstr "创建新菜单项"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:277
msgid "Give menu label: "
msgstr "设置菜单标签："

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:277
msgid "My Label"
msgstr "我的标签"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:281
msgid "Give explanation of what it does: "
msgstr "为该操作添加注释："

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:281
msgid "Prints my special effect"
msgstr "显示我的特性"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:284
msgid "Do you want the new menu item in a submenu?"
msgstr "你希望将新建菜单项设置为子菜单吗？"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:286
msgid "Give a label for the Sub-Menu"
msgstr "设置子菜单标签"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:286
msgid "Sub Menu Label"
msgstr "子菜单标签"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:302
msgid "Duplicate Name"
msgstr "名称重复"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:302
msgid "A command of this name is already available in your custom menus; Overwrite?"
msgstr "自定义菜单中已有相同名称的命令；覆盖吗？"

#. g_print ("Loading from %s\n", xml_path);
#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:312
msgid "New Command Added"
msgstr "新命令已添加"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:312
msgid "Do you want to save this with your default commands?"
msgstr "你希望将它保存为默认命令吗？"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:696
msgid "Typeset Music"
msgstr "音乐排版"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:696
msgid ""
"Shows the Print View\n"
"with the music typeset by the LilyPond Music Typesetter."
msgstr "在打印视图中显示由 LilyPond 音乐排版器的排版效果。"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:702 ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:667
msgid "Command Center"
msgstr "命令中心"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:702
msgid "Shows a searchable list of all commands, enables setting of keyboard short-cuts, etc."
msgstr "显示用于搜索命令的列表，启用键盘快捷键设置等。"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:708
msgid "Score Layout"
msgstr "乐谱布局"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:708
msgid "Shows an overview of the score where various elements can be rearranged, deleted etc. to form a customized layout"
msgstr "在乐谱中显示预览，以便根据自定义布局来重新安排或删除元素"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:714
msgid "Snippets"
msgstr "片段"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:714
msgid ""
"Show/hide a toolbar which allows\n"
"you to store and enter snippets of music and to enter notes using rhythm pattern of a snippet"
msgstr ""
"显示/隐藏用于存储和输入音乐片段，\n"
"以及根据片段的节奏样式插入音符的工具栏"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:719
msgid "Tools"
msgstr "工具"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:719
msgid "Show/hide a toolbar for general operations on music files"
msgstr "显示/隐藏音乐文件通用操作的工具栏"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:722 ../src/core/view.c:3320
msgid "Playback Control"
msgstr "回放控制"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:722
msgid "Show/hide playback controls"
msgstr "显示/隐藏回放控制"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:725 ../src/core/view.c:3456
msgid "Midi In Control"
msgstr "Midi 输入控制"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:725
msgid "Show/hide Midi Input controls"
msgstr "显示/隐藏 Midi 输入控制"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:728
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlaybackView.xml.h:1
msgid "Playback View"
msgstr "回放视图"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:728
msgid "Shows the PlayBack View from which a more sophisticated playback of the music is possible"
msgstr "在回放视图中显示完整的音乐回放控制界面"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:732
msgid "Titles, Buttons etc"
msgstr "标题和按钮等"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:732
msgid "Shows a bar holding the title etc of the music and buttons for selecting a movement to make currrent."
msgstr "显示包含标题等信息的工具栏，以及用于选择当前乐章的按钮。"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:736
msgid ""
"Show/hide a menu which is arranged by objects\n"
"The actions available for note objects change with the mode"
msgstr ""
"显示/隐藏按对象排列的菜单\n"
"此操作可用于随模式而变的音符对象"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:739
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:12
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:11
msgid "LilyPond"
msgstr "LilyPond"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:739
msgid "Show/hide the LilyPond music typesetting language window. Any errors in typesetting are shown here."
msgstr "显示/隐藏 LilyPond 音乐排版语法窗口。排版时出现的错误也会显示在这里。"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:742
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:115
msgid "Scheme Script"
msgstr "方案脚本"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:742
msgid ""
"Show Scheme script window. Sequences of commands can be recorded here\n"
"and then executed or turned into new commaneds."
msgstr "显示方案脚本窗口。可以在此处录制并执行一系列命令，或将命令转换为新的命令。"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:749
msgid "Shows/hides the music in the Denemo Display"
msgstr "在 Denemo 显示窗口中显示/隐藏当前谱表"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:758
msgid "No External Input"
msgstr "无外部输出"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:758
msgid ""
"Entry of notes via computer keyboard only\n"
"Ignores connected MIDI or microphone devices."
msgstr ""
"仅通过键盘输入音符\n"
"忽略连接的 MIDI 或话筒设备。"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:760
msgid "Midi Input"
msgstr "Midi 输入"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:760
msgid ""
"Input from a MIDI source. Set up the source first using Edit → Change Preferences → Audio/Midi\n"
"Use View → MIDI In Control to control what the input does.\n"
msgstr ""
"从 MIDI 源输入。请先在 编辑→改变首选项→音频/Midi 中设置源\n"
"使用 视图→MIDI 控制来控制输入行为。\n"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:762
msgid "Audio Input"
msgstr "音频输入"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:762
msgid "Enable pitch entry from microphone"
msgstr "启用来自话筒的音高输入"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:821
msgid "Place Command in a Palette"
msgstr "将命令置于面板中"

#. item = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Create Mouse Shortcut"));
#. gtk_menu_shell_append (GTK_MENU_SHELL (menu), item);
#. g_signal_connect_swapped (G_OBJECT (item), "activate", G_CALLBACK (createMouseShortcut), action);
#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:838
msgid ""
"Open Command Center\n"
"on this command"
msgstr ""
"打开命令中心中\n"
"有关此命令的内容"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:887 ../src/ui/palettes.c:382
msgid "Save Script from Scheme Window"
msgstr "保存方案窗口中的脚本"

#. item = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Save Graphic"));
#. GtkSettings* settings = gtk_settings_get_default();
#. gtk_settings_set_long_property  (settings,"gtk-menu-images",(glong)TRUE, "XProperty");
#. item = gtk_image_menu_item_new_from_stock("Save Graphic", gtk_accel_group_new());
#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:899
msgid "Save Graphic"
msgstr "保存图形"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:906
msgid "Upload this Script to denemo.org"
msgstr "上传此脚本到 denemo.org"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:912
msgid "Save Script as New Menu Item"
msgstr "将脚本保存为新菜单项"

#. options for getting/putting init.scm
#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:923
msgid "Get Initialization Script for this Menu"
msgstr "获取此菜单的初始化脚本"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:929
msgid "Put Script as Initialization Script for this Menu"
msgstr "将脚本用于此菜单的初始化脚本"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1016
msgid "Menu:"
msgstr "菜单："

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1017
msgid "Click here then hover over the menu items to find out what they will do"
msgstr "点击此处然后悬停鼠标指针，可以查看该项的动作说明"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1019
msgid ""
"Left click to execute the command, press a key to assign a keyboard shortcut to the command,\n"
"Right click to get a menu from which you can\n"
"Create a button for this command, or a two-key keyboard shortcut or more options still"
msgstr ""
"左键单击来执行命令，按键盘上的键来为命令分配键盘快捷键。\n"
"右键单击来为此命令创建按钮、双键键盘快捷键，或获取更多选项"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1182
msgid "This menu holds no commands"
msgstr "此菜单中不包含命令"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1217
msgid "Tool Bar"
msgstr "工具栏"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1255
msgid "Tear off this menu as a palette"
msgstr "将此菜单作为面板显示"

#. check item is out of sync/Print View ignore delete signal
#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1583
msgid "PrintView"
msgstr "打印视图"

#. g_print("Menu %s has no action\n", name);
#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1677
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"named \""
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"名为”"

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1677
msgid "\" located at "
msgstr "“ 位于 "

#: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1677
msgid " in the menu system"
msgstr " 于菜单中"

#: ../src/core/prefops.c:57
msgid "Denemo Upgrade"
msgstr "Denemo 升级"

#: ../src/core/prefops.c:57
#, fuzzy
msgid "Re-use your old preferences, palettes and shortcuts?"
msgstr "使用上次退出时的首选项、面板和快捷键设置吗？"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:191
msgid "Could not create .denemo for you personal settings"
msgstr "无法为个人设置创建 .denemo 文件夹"

#. FIXME this is only a hint; perhaps we should embed the progress bar in the status line...
#: ../src/core/utils.c:489
msgid "Progress"
msgstr "进度"

#. FIXME eventually we may want to pass a tooltip in to this function.
#: ../src/core/utils.c:491
msgid ""
"This indicates the the LilyPond typesetter is still working on setting the Denemo score. This can take a long time, particularly for polyphony where voices must not collide. You can continue editing while the typesetting is taking place.\n"
"Kill this window if you want to re-start the typesetting e.g. after fixing a mistake you just spotted."
msgstr ""
"指示 LilyPond 排版器正在处理 Denemo 乐谱。这可能花费较长时间，尤其是处理复音（要求各声部间不能冲突）时。你可以在排版的同时继续编辑。\n"
"如果希望重新进行排版（比如在做了修改之后），请关闭此窗口。"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:1836 ../src/export/file.c:220
msgid "(Untitled)"
msgstr "(无标题)"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:1879
msgid "Error"
msgstr "错误"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:2135
msgid "Select Notes"
msgstr "选择音符"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:2170 ../src/export/print.c:444
#: ../src/printview/printview.c:594
msgid "Done"
msgstr "已完成"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:2177 ../src/core/utils.c:2187
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/BassInversionSequence.scm:17
msgid "Note Name"
msgstr "音符名"

#. buttons for accidental
#: ../src/core/utils.c:2223
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:5
msgid "Accidental"
msgstr "临时记号"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:2245
msgid "Octave"
msgstr "八度"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:2351
msgid "Chord "
msgstr "和弦 "

#: ../src/core/utils.c:2351
msgid "Note "
msgstr "音符 "

#: ../src/core/utils.c:2351
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/WholeMeasureRest.scm:12
msgid "Rest "
msgstr "休止符 "

#: ../src/core/utils.c:2351
msgid ", begin slur"
msgstr "，连音起始"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:2351
msgid ", end slur"
msgstr "，连音终止"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:2351
msgid ", tied"
msgstr "，延音"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:2351
msgid ", begin cresc."
msgstr "，渐强起始。"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:2351
msgid ", end cresc."
msgstr "，渐强终止。"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:2351
msgid ", begin dim."
msgstr "，渐弱起始。"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:2351
msgid ", end dim."
msgstr "，渐弱终止。"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:2352
msgid ", grace note"
msgstr "，装饰音符"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:2376
#, c-format
msgid "Tuplet %d/%d"
msgstr "%d/%d 连音"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:2379
#, c-format
msgid "End tuplet"
msgstr "连音终止"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:2382
#, c-format
msgid "Clef change"
msgstr "谱号变更"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:2385
#, c-format
msgid "Time signature change"
msgstr "时值变更"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:2388
#, c-format
msgid "Key signature change"
msgstr "调号变更"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:2391
#, c-format
msgid "Stem directive: %s"
msgstr "符干记号：%s"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:2391
msgid "stem down"
msgstr "符干向下"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:2391
msgid "stem up"
msgstr "符干向上"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:2391
msgid "normal stemming"
msgstr "普通符干"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:2394
#, c-format
msgid "Dynamic: %s"
msgstr "动态：%s"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:2400
#, c-format
msgid "Directive:(%.20s) %.20s%.20s"
msgstr "指令：(%.20s) %.20s%.20s"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:2400
msgid "Unknown Tag"
msgstr "未知标签"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:2400
msgid "Not all layouts"
msgstr "并非所有布局"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:2404
#, c-format
msgid "Cursor on an unknown object"
msgstr "光标位于未知对象上"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:2413
#, c-format
msgid "Cursor not on any object"
msgstr "光标不在对象上"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:2455
#, c-format
msgid "start %.2f end %.2f"
msgstr "开始于 %.2f 结束于 %.2f"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:2457
#, c-format
msgid " Staff %d Measure %d Position %d %s"
msgstr " 谱表 %d 小节 %d 位置 %d %s"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:2457
msgid "Appending"
msgstr "附加"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:2457
msgid "Not Appending"
msgstr "未附加"

#.
#: ../src/core/utils.c:2888 ../actions/denemo.scm:1087
msgid "Select from List (or Cancel)"
msgstr "从列表中选择（或取消）"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:2922 ../src/core/utils.c:2956
msgid "More..."
msgstr "更多..."

#: ../src/core/utils.c:3137
msgid "No Tooltip"
msgstr "没有工具提示"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:3253
#, fuzzy, c-format
msgid "Mouse shortcut <span font_desc=\"24\" foreground=\"blue\">%s</span> invokes command <span font_desc=\"24\" foreground=\"dark red\">%s</span>"
msgstr "鼠标快捷操作 <span font_desc=\"24\" foreground=\"blue\">%s</span> 可以调用命令 <span font_desc=\"24\" foreground=\"dark red\">%s</span>"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:3255
msgid "Mouse Shortcut"
msgstr "鼠标快捷操作"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:3283
#, fuzzy, c-format
msgid "Key Press <span font_desc=\"24\" foreground=\"blue\">%s</span> invokes command <span font_desc=\"24\" foreground=\"dark red\">%s</span>"
msgstr "按键 <span font_desc=\"24\" foreground=\"blue\">%s</span> 可以调用命令 <span font_desc=\"24\" foreground=\"dark red\">%s</span>"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:3288
#, fuzzy, c-format
msgid "Key Presses <span font_desc=\"24\" foreground=\"blue\">%s</span> invoke command <span font_desc=\"24\" foreground=\"dark red\">%s</span>"
msgstr "按键组合 <span font_desc=\"24\" foreground=\"blue\">%s</span> 可以调用命令 <span font_desc=\"24\" foreground=\"dark red\">%s</span>"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:3290
msgid "Single Key Press"
msgstr "单键"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:3290
msgid "Two Key Presses"
msgstr "双键"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:3300
msgid "Key Press"
msgstr "按键"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:3302
#, fuzzy, c-format
msgid ""
"Key Press <span font_desc=\"24\" foreground=\"blue\">%s</span> Is not a shortcut.\n"
"%s"
msgstr ""
"按键 <span font_desc=\"24\" foreground=\"blue\">%s</span> 不是快捷键。\n"
"%s"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:3302
msgid "(The menus are now restored in case you are lost.)"
msgstr "（为了方便操作，菜单已恢复。）"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:3305
msgid "First Key Press"
msgstr "第一个按键"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:3307
#, fuzzy, c-format
msgid "Key Press <span font_desc=\"24\" foreground=\"blue\">%s</span> Awaiting continuation"
msgstr "按键 <span font_desc=\"24\" foreground=\"blue\">%s</span> 正等待下一个按键操作"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:3311
#, fuzzy, c-format
msgid "Mouse <span font_desc=\"24\" foreground=\"blue\">%s</span>"
msgstr "鼠标 <span font_desc=\"24\" foreground=\"blue\">%s</span>"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:3314
msgid "Key + Mouse"
msgstr "按键 + 鼠标"

#: ../src/core/utils.c:3315
#, fuzzy, c-format
msgid "Key Press <span font_desc=\"24\" foreground=\"blue\">%s</span>"
msgstr "按键 <span font_desc=\"24\" foreground=\"blue\">%s</span>"

#: ../src/core/view.c:541 ../src/core/view.c:544
msgid "Denemo was terminated abnormally"
msgstr "Denemo 异常终止"

#: ../src/core/view.c:541
msgid "Open auto-saved file"
msgstr "打开自动保存文件"

#: ../src/core/view.c:541
msgid "Delete auto-saved file"
msgstr "删除自动保存文件"

#: ../src/core/view.c:544
msgid "Compare auto-saved file with last saved file"
msgstr "对比自动保存文件与手动保存的版本"

#: ../src/core/view.c:544
msgid "Just open auto-saved file"
msgstr "打开自动保存文件"

#: ../src/core/view.c:668
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.scm:30
msgid "Unnamed"
msgstr "未命名"

#: ../src/core/view.c:732 ../src/export/file.c:1426 ../src/export/file.c:1509
msgid "No selection text available"
msgstr "没有可用的选择文本"

#: ../src/core/view.c:893
msgid "Ask me about each"
msgstr "提问关于"

#: ../src/core/view.c:893
msgid "Close all without saving"
msgstr "关闭所有而不保存"

#: ../src/core/view.c:894
#, c-format
msgid "You have %d score(s) unsaved"
msgstr "有 %d 个乐谱尚未保存"

#: ../src/core/view.c:941
#, c-format
msgid "Could not make folder %s for the downloaded commands"
msgstr "无法为下载的命令创建文件夹 %s"

#: ../src/core/view.c:1050
msgid "You have made changes to the commands you have"
msgstr "你已对现有命令进行了修改"

#: ../src/core/view.c:1050
msgid "Do you want to save the changes?"
msgstr "你希望保存更改吗？"

#: ../src/core/view.c:1080
msgid "MIDI Controller Active?"
msgstr "启用 MIDI 控制器？"

#: ../src/core/view.c:1080
msgid ""
"Please turn off your MIDI keyboard\n"
"if you have not already done so"
msgstr ""
"请关闭 MDI 键盘，\n"
"如果你还没有进行此操作"

#: ../src/core/view.c:1315
msgid "Recording + Play Along"
msgstr "录音 + 共同演奏"

#: ../src/core/view.c:1317
#, fuzzy
msgid "Recording (Off/On)"
msgstr "波音（关闭/开启）"

#: ../src/core/view.c:1319
msgid "Play Along"
msgstr "共同演奏"

#: ../src/core/view.c:1321 ../src/core/view.c:1352
msgid "Checking Pitches"
msgstr "检查音高"

#: ../src/core/view.c:1323 ../src/core/view.c:1356
msgid "Listening to Pitches"
msgstr "试听音高"

#: ../src/core/view.c:1325
msgid "Editing a Chord"
msgstr "编辑和弦"

#: ../src/core/view.c:1327
msgid "Starting a Chord"
msgstr "开始和弦"

#: ../src/core/view.c:1329 ../src/core/view.c:1360 ../src/core/view.c:3475
msgid "Appending/Editing Pitches"
msgstr "附加/编辑音高"

#: ../src/core/view.c:1364 ../src/display/draw.c:1869
msgid "Recording"
msgstr "录音"

#: ../src/core/view.c:1378
msgid "Mouse Conductor ON"
msgstr "开启鼠标指挥"

#: ../src/core/view.c:1380
msgid "Mouse Conductor OFF"
msgstr "关闭鼠标指挥"

#: ../src/core/view.c:1390
msgid "Switch to Normal Playback"
msgstr "切换到普通回放模式"

#: ../src/core/view.c:1392 ../src/core/view.c:3482
msgid "Switch to Play Along Playback"
msgstr "切换到回放时演奏模式"

#: ../src/core/view.c:1419
msgid ""
"The preference set for recording time is 0 - nothing can be recorded.\n"
"See Edit → Change Preferences Audio/Midi Tab"
msgstr ""
"首选项中的录音时间的为 0 - 即不进行录制。\n"
"见 编辑→改变首选项 中的音频/Midi 选项卡"

#: ../src/core/view.c:1546
msgid "Select and Reset Snippet"
msgstr "选择和重置片段"

#: ../src/core/view.c:1550
msgid "Insert Snippet at Cursor"
msgstr "在光标处插入片段"

#: ../src/core/view.c:1553
msgid "Re-label Snippet"
msgstr "更改片段标签"

#: ../src/core/view.c:1557
msgid "Insert and Select"
msgstr "插入和选择"

#: ../src/core/view.c:1982
msgid "Rename Music Snippet"
msgstr "重命名音乐片段"

#: ../src/core/view.c:1982
msgid "Give new label for snippet"
msgstr "为片段指定新标签"

#: ../src/core/view.c:2049
msgid ""
"No selection to create a music snippet from\n"
"See Edit → Select menu for selecting music to snip"
msgstr ""
"尚未选择用于创建音乐片段的内容\n"
"见 编辑→选择 菜单来选择音乐片段"

#: ../src/core/view.c:2237
#, c-format
msgid ""
"Command: %s\n"
"\n"
"Information:\n"
"%s"
msgstr ""
"命令：%s\n"
"\n"
"信息：\n"
"%s"

#: ../src/core/view.c:2259
msgid "Could not create button"
msgstr "无法创建按钮"

#: ../src/core/view.c:2374
msgid "Could not create .denemo/actions/bitmaps for your graphics for customized commands"
msgstr "无法为图形中的自定义命令创建 .denemo/actions/bitmaps"

#: ../src/core/view.c:2393
msgid "Could not create .denemo-xxx/actions/graphics for your graphics for customized commands"
msgstr "无法为图形中的自定义命令创建 .denemo-xxx/actions/graphics"

#. FIXME allow fileselector here to change the name
#: ../src/core/view.c:2740
#, c-format
msgid "Saving a graphic for use in the %s script"
msgstr "将图形保存于 %s 脚本"

#: ../src/core/view.c:2741
msgid "Replace current graphic?"
msgstr "替换当前图形吗？"

#: ../src/core/view.c:3242
msgid "Denemo Main Window"
msgstr "Denemo 主窗口"

#: ../src/core/view.c:3295
msgid "This is the Main Menu bar, where menus for the mostly non-musical aspects (saving, printing, setting up input sources etc) are placed. See the Object Menu bar for the commands that edit music"
msgstr "主菜单栏，用于放置与音乐无关的菜单（如保存、打印、设置输入源等）。见 对象菜单 以使用命令来编辑音乐"

#: ../src/core/view.c:3300
msgid "This is the Object Menu bar, where menus for the commands that edit music live. They are arranged in a hierarchy Score, Movement, Staff (which contains Voices) and then the things that go on a staff, notes, clefs etc. Directives covers everything else that you can put in amongst the notes to change the behavior from that point in the music."
msgstr "对象菜单栏，用于放置实时编辑音乐的命令菜单。其中内容按照乐谱、乐章、谱表（包含声部）、音符、谱号的层次排列。记号中包含了所有可以插入到当前位置的对象，用以改变音乐的演奏行为。"

#: ../src/core/view.c:3304
msgid ""
"You can populate this bar with buttons holding a snippet of music. The highlighted snippet is the <i>prevailing duration</i>, that is the next note entered will follow the rhythmic pattern of this snippet.\n"
"You can enter the whole snippet by clicking on it, or using the command under ObjectMenu → Notes/Rests → Append/InsertDuration → Insert Snippet. You can also select the <i>prevailing snippet</i> using  ObjectMenu → Notes/Rests → Select Duration → Next Snippet.\n"
"You can hide this bar (to make more room on the screen) using the View menu. You can make it your preference to hide it using MainMenu → Edit → Change Preferences → Display Note/Rest entry toolbar"
msgstr "你可以在此工具栏中放置与音乐片段相关联的按钮。高亮的片段具有<i>预设时值</i>，即之后输入的音符将会与此片段具有相同节奏样式。你可以点击它来插入整个片段，或者使用 对象菜单→音符/休止符→附加/插入时长→插入片段 中的命令。你也可以用 对象菜单→音符/休止符→选择时长→下一个片段 来选择<i>预设时值</i>片段"

#: ../src/core/view.c:3309
msgid "This tool bar contains a few conventional commands. You can hide it (to make more room on the screen) using the View menu. You can make it your preference to hide it using MainMenu → Edit → Change Preferences → Display general toolbar"
msgstr "此工具栏包含一些传统命令。你可以使用视图菜单隐藏它（来节约屏幕空间）。可以在 主菜单→ 编辑→改变首选项→显示通用工具栏 中设置首选项来默认隐藏它"

#. create_playbutton(inner, NULL, pb_first, GTK_STOCK_GOTO_FIRST);
#. create_playbutton(inner,NULL, pb_rewind, GTK_STOCK_MEDIA_REWIND);
#. create_playbutton (inner, "<span foreground=\"orange\"><b>◀--</b></span>", pb_go_back,
#. _("Moves the playback start point (which shows as a green bar) earlier in time\nThe red and green bars do not get drawn until you have started play, or at least created the time base."));
#: ../src/core/view.c:3346
msgid ""
"Sets the playback start point (green bar) to the note at the cursor.\n"
"The red and green bars do not get drawn until you have started play, or at least created the time base."
msgstr ""
"将回放起始点（绿色条）设置为光标所在音符处。\n"
"在开始播放或创建时间轴之前，红色和绿色条不会显示。"

#. create_playbutton (inner, "<span foreground=\"orange\"><b>--▶</b></span>", pb_next,
#. _("Moves the playback start point (which shows as a green bar) later in time\nThe red and green bars do not get drawn until you have started play, or at least created the time base."));
#: ../src/core/view.c:3351
msgid "Stops the playback. On pressing play after this playback will start where the green bar is, not where you stopped. Use the Play/Pause button for that."
msgstr "停止回放。之后点击播放按钮将会从绿色条处开始回放，而非从停止处开始。若要从停止处开始回放，请使用 播放/暂停 按钮。"

#: ../src/core/view.c:3355
msgid ""
"Starts playing back from the playback start (green bar) until the playback end (red bar).\n"
"When playing it pauses the play, and continues when pressed again."
msgstr ""
"从回放起始点（绿色条）开始回放，直到回放终止点（红色条）。\n"
"可以在回放时点击播放按钮暂停，再次点击播放按钮可以继续回放。"

#: ../src/core/view.c:3360
msgid ""
"Starts/Stops recording the audio output from Denemo.\n"
"Records live performance and/or playback,\n"
"save to disk to avoid overwriting previous recordings."
msgstr ""
"开始/停止录制 Denemo 的音频输出。\n"
"录制实时演奏和/或回放，\n"
"并保存到磁盘（不覆盖之前的录音）。"

#: ../src/core/view.c:3361
msgid "Exports the audio recorded to disk"
msgstr "导出录制音频到磁盘"

#. create_playbutton (inner, "<span foreground=\"orange\"><b>◀--</b></span>", pb_previous,
#. _("Moves the playback end point (which shows as a red bar) earlier in time\nThe red and green bars do not get drawn until you have started play, or at least created the time base."));
#: ../src/core/view.c:3365
msgid ""
"Sets the playback end point (red bar) to the note at the cursor.\n"
"The red and green bars do not get drawn until you have started play, or at least created the time base."
msgstr ""
"将回放终止点（绿色条）设置为光标所在音符处。\n"
"在开始播放或创建时间轴之前，红色和绿色条不会显示。"

#. create_playbutton (inner, "<span foreground=\"orange\"><b>--▶</b></span>", pb_go_forward,
#. _("Moves the playback end point (which shows as a red bar) later in time\nThe red and green bars do not get drawn until you have started play, or at least created the time base."));
#: ../src/core/view.c:3372
msgid "Loop"
msgstr "循环"

#: ../src/core/view.c:3372
msgid ""
"The music between the red and green bars is played in a loop.\n"
"You can edit the music while it is playing\n"
"(so that you can continuously listen as you try alternatives)."
msgstr ""
"循环播放红色条和绿色条之间的音乐。\n"
"你可以在播放的同时进行编辑\n"
"（以便根据输出效果进行动态编辑）"

#: ../src/core/view.c:3376
msgid "Panic"
msgstr "重置信号"

#: ../src/core/view.c:3378
msgid "Reset"
msgstr "重置"

#: ../src/core/view.c:3380
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resets the synthesizer and audio output, on JACK it sends a JACK panic."
msgstr "重置合成器；若使用了插口，则向插口发送重置信号。"

#: ../src/core/view.c:3383
msgid "Play Selection"
msgstr "播放选区"

#: ../src/core/view.c:3383
msgid "Plays the current selection or from the cursor to the end if no selection present."
msgstr "播放当前选区，或从光标处播放至结尾。"

#: ../src/core/view.c:3384
msgid "Playback Range"
msgstr "回放范围"

#: ../src/core/view.c:3384
msgid "Pops up a dialog to get timings for start and end of playback."
msgstr "弹出获取回放起始和终止时间的对话框."

#: ../src/core/view.c:3389
msgid ""
"Controls for playback.\n"
"The arrows on either side of the PLAY and STOP buttons move the playback start\n"
"and playback end markers.\n"
"Loop plays in a loop - you can edit while it plays.\n"
"You can also record the output and save it as .ogg or .wav file.\n"
"The temperament used for playing back can be set here."
msgstr ""
"回放控制。\n"
"播放和停止按钮两侧的箭头用于移动回放开始和回放终止标记。\n"
"循环按钮用于循环播放 - 你可以在播放的同时进行编辑。\n"
"你也可以录制输出，并将其保存为 .ogg 或 .wav 文件。\n"
"用于回放音律的可以在此处设置。"

#: ../src/core/view.c:3406 ../actions/denemo.scm:1554
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Playback/MuteStaffs.xml.h:1
msgid "Mute Staffs"
msgstr "谱表静音"

#: ../src/core/view.c:3406
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Playback/MuteStaffs.xml.h:2
msgid "Select which staffs should be muted during playback."
msgstr "选择在回放时需要静音的谱表。"

#. Volume
#: ../src/core/view.c:3409
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeVolume.xml.h:1
msgid "Volume"
msgstr "音量"

#. GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS(label, GTK_CAN_FOCUS);
#: ../src/core/view.c:3411
msgid "Set the (initial) volume of the movement"
msgstr "设置乐章的（起始）音量"

#: ../src/core/view.c:3425
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ignore Dynamics"
msgstr "力度"

#. Speed
#: ../src/core/view.c:3434
msgid "Slowdown:"
msgstr "减慢："

#: ../src/core/view.c:3444
msgid "Slow down the audio output maintaining the pitch"
msgstr "减慢音频输出，以维持音高"

#: ../src/core/view.c:3477
msgid "This tells you what will happen to a MIDI in event from your controller. Click here or use the Control Shift or ALT keys, or caps lock to affect what will happen. Moving the cursor into the display will revert to editing notes."
msgstr "显示控制器即将产生的 MIDI 输入事件。点击此处或使用 Ctrl、Shift、Alt、大写锁定键来做出改变。将光标移动到显示窗口将返回音符编辑。"

#: ../src/core/view.c:3483
msgid ""
"When in playalong mode, on clicking Play, the music plays until it reaches the Denemo cursor\n"
"From then on you must play the notes at the cursor to progress the playback.\n"
"So if you set the cursor on the first note of the part you want to play, then once you have pressed play you can play along with Denemo, with Denemo filling in the other parts and waiting if you play a wrong note."
msgstr ""
"共同演奏模式下，点击播放按钮时将会播放音乐至 Denemo 光标所在处\n"
"之后你需要演奏音符来进行回放。\n"
"所以如果将光标置于你希望演奏第一个音符处，则点击播放按钮后你可以与 Denemo 共同演奏，Denemo 负责填充其他部分，且当你演奏错误时会停下来等待。"

#: ../src/core/view.c:3484
#, fuzzy
msgid "Record Commands"
msgstr "更多命令"

#: ../src/core/view.c:3484
#, fuzzy
msgid "Menu of commands for recording MIDI-in"
msgstr ""
"菜单：\n"
"Denemo 顶层命令菜单。"

#: ../src/core/view.c:3485
msgid ""
"Controls for managing input from a MIDI controller (e.g. keyboard) attached to the computer.\n"
"You may need to select your MIDI device first using MainMenu → Edit → Change Preferences → MIDI\n"
"looking for MIDI in devices (turn your device on first).\n"
"When you have a MIDI controller durations are inserted without any pitch (they appear in brown)\n"
" playing on the controller puts the pitches onto the durations.\n"
"The Shift and Control and ALT keys can also be used for listening without entering notes,\n"
"checking pitches entered and entering chords.\n"
"The foot pedal can also be used for chords. Release the ALT key and re-press to start a new chord\n"
"- timing is unimportant, play the chord fast or slow.\n"
"Or use Input → MIDI → Chord Entry Without Pedal to enter chords based on playing the notes simultaneously"
msgstr ""
"管理连接到电脑的 MIDI 控制器的控件。\n"
"你可能需要先选择在主菜单→编辑→改变首选项→MIDI 中选择 MIDI设备（请确保设备已打开）。\n"
"使用 MIDI 控制器插入的时长不包含音高信息（显示为棕色），\n"
"只有当控制器播放时才会将具体音高赋予这些时长。\n"
"可以使用 Shift、Ctrl 和 Alt 键来试听而不输入音符，以便检验所输入的音符和和弦的音高。\n"
"也可以使用脚踏板控制和弦。松开然后再次按下 Alt 键可以插入一个新和弦-——\n"
"这一操作的时间控制并不会影响和弦的快慢。\n"
"也可以使用 输入→MIDI→直接输入和弦 来输入和弦（同时弹奏音符）"

#: ../src/core/view.c:3536
msgid ""
"This is the Denemo Display for the music you have entered. See the print view window for the typeset appearance.  The blue lozenge is the Denemo Cursor - it turns red when when the bar is full or green if you are inserting in a bar. Overfull/Underfull bars are colored red/blue, use the Upbeat (Anacrusis, Pickup) command if that is intentional.\n"
"You can switch to a menu-less view or a page-view using the Esc key. For the paged view you drag the red bar up the page to set how many systems you want showing.For the paged view you will probably want a smaller zoom - use Control+scroll-wheel on your mouse to zoom the display.\n"
"Many commands operate on the object at the Denemo cursor. Right-click on an object to get a short menu of actions or set the mouse input mode.\n"
"Shift-Right-click for more objects to insert."
msgstr ""
"用于显示所输入音乐的 Denemo 显示窗口。请在打印预览窗口中查看有关排版外观的设置。蓝色菱形为 Denemo 光标 - 当小节已满时会变为蓝色，当插入到小节时会变为绿色。时值超额和时值不足的小节会显示为红色和蓝色，如果确实需要这样，请使用 弱起（弱拍）命令。\n"
"你可以使用 Esc 键在简单菜单和页面视图模式间切换。对于分页视图，你可以将红色栏拖到页面上方来设置所需显示的谱表组数。这种情况下，你可能希望缩小焦距 - 请使用 Ctrl + 鼠标滚轮来调整显示焦距。\n"
"多数命令的操作对象是 Denemo 光标所在的对象。右键点击对象可以获取相关操作的简短菜单，或者设置鼠标的输入模式。\n"
"Shift + 右键单击可以插入更多的对象。"

#: ../src/core/view.c:3608
msgid ""
"This bar shows:\n"
"Pending ♯ or ♭ sign (if the next note entered will be sharpened or flattened)\n"
"The movement number\n"
"Description of the object at the Denemo cursor\n"
"Position and status (appending or inserting) of the cursor.\n"
"If the Playback Controls are visible then the timing of the object at the cursor is shown.\n"
"If MIDI in controls are visible the current enharmonic range is shown.\n"
"When the first key of a two-key shortcut is pressed the possible continuations are shown here."
msgstr ""
"此工具栏中显示：\n"
"附加的 ♯ 或 ♭ 符号（其后的音符将升半调或降半调）\n"
"小节数\n"
"Denemo 光标所在处的对象的秒数\n"
"位置和光标状态（附加或插入）。\n"
"如果回放控制可见，则显示光标处的对象时值。\n"
"若 MIDI 输入控制可见，则显示当前的等音范围。\n"
"当按下了双键快捷键的第一个键时，将显示可能的第二个键。"

#: ../src/core/view.c:3623
msgid "No MIDI filter"
msgstr "没有  MIDI 筛选器"

#: ../src/core/view.c:3625
msgid "This area shows which MIDI filters are active. It can also be used by commands to pass information to the user"
msgstr "显示当前启用的 MIDI 筛选器。可用于在命令给用户传递信息"

#: ../src/core/view.c:3906
msgid ""
"A button bar that can be populated by titles and other user generated buttons.\n"
"Generally by clicking the button you can edit the title or value or execute the action of the button"
msgstr ""
"按钮条中可以放置乐章标题和其他用户定义按钮。\n"
"只需点击按钮，就可以编辑按钮的标题、值或其所对应的动作"

#: ../src/display/draw.c:1107
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hidden when not the current staff. See Staff->Display Effects to un-hide."
msgstr "若非当前谱表，则将其隐藏。"

#: ../src/display/draw.c:1314
msgid "Ctrl+Alt-Drag Start"
msgstr "开始 Ctrl+Alt+拖动"

#: ../src/display/draw.c:1317
msgid "Ctrl+Alt-Drag End"
msgstr "结束 Ctrl+Alt+拖动"

#: ../src/display/draw.c:1535 ../src/display/draw.c:1564
msgid "Hidden "
msgstr "隐藏 "

#: ../src/display/draw.c:1875
msgid "Paused Playing"
msgstr ""

#: ../src/display/draw.c:1879
msgid "Playing Ignoring Dynamics"
msgstr ""

#: ../src/display/draw.c:1881
#, fuzzy
msgid "Playing"
msgstr "播放"

#: ../src/display/draw.c:1887
msgid "Sketch"
msgstr "梗概"

#: ../src/display/drawstemdir.c:26
msgid "⬆stem"
msgstr "⬆符干"

#: ../src/display/drawstemdir.c:29
msgid "⬆⬇stems"
msgstr "⬆⬇符干"

#: ../src/display/drawstemdir.c:32
msgid "⬇stems"
msgstr "⬇符干"

#: ../src/export/audiofile.c:77
msgid "Saving audio .. please wait"
msgstr ""

#: ../src/export/audiofile.c:106
msgid ""
"No audio recording has been made.\n"
"See Playback Controls - Record Button"
msgstr ""
"尚未录制音频。\n"
"见 回放控制 - 录制 按钮"

#: ../src/export/audiofile.c:108
msgid ""
"The preference set for recording time is 0 - nothing is recorded.\n"
"See Edit → Change Preferences Audio/Midi Tab"
msgstr ""
"首选项中的录音时间的为 0 - 即不进行录制。\n"
"见 编辑→改变首选项 中的音频/Midi 选项卡"

#: ../src/export/exportabc.c:86
msgid "%{error. defaulting to%}C"
msgstr "%{ 错误。默认设为 %}C"

#: ../src/export/exportabc.c:125 ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:377
msgid "%{error. defaulting to%}treble"
msgstr "%{ 错误。默认设为 %}treble"

#: ../src/export/exportabc.c:349
#, c-format
msgid "%% ABC file generated by Denemo version "
msgstr "%% ABC 文件，由 Denemo "

#: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:148
msgid ""
"This scorelayout is purely for continuous typesetting, and will change as you edit the score.\n"
"To get a real score layout turn off continuous typesetting in the Print View and typeset using Part, Movement or Typeset (Default Layout) buttons."
msgstr ""
"此乐谱布局仅用于连续排版，并将根据编辑实时改变。\n"
"若要获取真实的乐谱排版，请在打印视图历关闭连续排版，然后使用片段、乐章或排版（默认布局）按钮。"

#: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:160 ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:169
#, c-format
msgid "Switch to Layout \"%s\""
msgstr "切换到布局“%s”"

#: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:179
msgid "Create Standard Score Layout"
msgstr "创建默认乐谱布局"

#: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:233
msgid "Score Layout Options"
msgstr "乐谱布局选项"

#: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:242
msgid "Temporary Score Layout"
msgstr "临时乐谱布局"

#: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:334
msgid "%{error. defaulting to%}c"
msgstr "%{ 错误。默认设为 %}c"

#: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:1732
#, c-format
msgid "%% LilyPond file generated by Denemo version "
msgstr "%% LilyPond 文件，由 Denemo "

#: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:2271
msgid "The score has been altered so that this LilyPond text is out of date - ignoring request"
msgstr "乐谱已被改变，因而 LilyPond 文本已过时 - 忽略此请求"

#: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:2679
msgid "No textbuffer"
msgstr "没有文本缓冲区"

#: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:2983
msgid "Could not open output file for writing"
msgstr "无法打开输出文件进行写入"

#: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:3036
msgid "Filename does not have extension"
msgstr "文件名中没有扩展名"

#: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:3122
msgid "Find Current Object"
msgstr "查找当前对象"

#: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:3122
msgid "Move the text cursor in this window to the object that the Denemo cursor is on"
msgstr "将窗口中的文本光标移动到 Denemo 光标所在的对象"

#: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:3123
msgid "Insert LilyPond Text"
msgstr "插入 LilyPond 文本"

#: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:3123
msgid ""
"Insert LilyPond text at the cursor position.\n"
"Warning! Shift click to position Denemo cursor first"
msgstr ""
"在光标处插入 LilyPond 文本。\n"
"警告！请先按 Shift 并点击合适位置来设定 Denemo 光标"

#: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:3125
msgid "Typeset this LilyPond text"
msgstr "对此 LilyPond 文本进行排版"

#: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:3125
msgid "Typesets the current LilyPond text, which will display in the Print View window. Any errors are shown below in the errors pane."
msgstr "对当前 LilyPond 文本进行排版，并将结果显示在打印预览窗口。所有的错误将会显示在下方的错误窗格中。"

#: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:3540
msgid ""
"Shift left click in music in this window to move the Denemo cursor the corresponding position\n"
"Using arrows to move the cursor in the music here also moves the Denemo cursor.\n"
"Right click for menu.\n"
"Turn off continuous typesetting before using the score layout options."
msgstr ""
"按 Shift 并点击此窗口中的音乐来设定 Denemo 光标至相应的位置\n"
"也可以使用箭头来移动 Denemo 光标。\n"
"右键单击可以显示菜单。\n"
"请在使用乐谱布局选项时关闭连续排版。"

#: ../src/export/exportmidi.c:932
msgid "Failed to save MIDI file: "
msgstr "保存 MIDI 文件失败："

#: ../src/export/exportmidi.c:939
msgid "Saved MIDI file: "
msgstr "保存 MIDI 文件："

#: ../src/export/file.c:80
msgid "Denemo format (*.denemo *.denemo.gz)"
msgstr "Denemo 格式（(*.denemo *.denemo.gz）"

#: ../src/export/file.c:81
msgid "CompressedDenemo XML format (*.denemo.gz)"
msgstr "压缩后的 Denemo XML 格式（(*.denemo.gz）"

#: ../src/export/file.c:82
msgid "Lilypond (*.ly)"
msgstr "Lilypond（*.ly）"

#: ../src/export/file.c:83
msgid "PDF (*.pdf)"
msgstr "PDF（*.pdf）"

#: ../src/export/file.c:84
msgid "PNG Image format (*.png)"
msgstr "PNG  图像格式（*.png）"

#: ../src/export/file.c:85
msgid "ABC (*.abc)"
msgstr "ABC（*.abc）"

#: ../src/export/file.c:86
msgid "Midi (*.mid, *.midi)"
msgstr "Midi（*.mid, *.midi）"

#: ../src/export/file.c:87
msgid "CSound Score File (*.sco)"
msgstr "CSound 乐谱文件（*.sco）"

#: ../src/export/file.c:88
msgid "MusicXML file (*.musicxml, *.mxml, *.xml)"
msgstr "MusicXML 文件（*.mxml, *.mxml, *.xml）"

#: ../src/export/file.c:159
msgid ""
"Because you have the preference \"Create Parts\" set, Score Layouts for all the parts are now created.\n"
"Choose Typeset in the Print View to select the Default Layout if reqquired."
msgstr ""
"由于您在设置中选中了“创建片段”，Denemo已为所有谱表组生成了乐谱布局。\n"
"如果需要，可以在打印试图中使用“排版”按钮来选择默认布局。"

#: ../src/export/file.c:177
msgid "Close without Saving"
msgstr "关闭而不保存"

#: ../src/export/file.c:181
msgid "Save _As"
msgstr "另存为(_A)"

#: ../src/export/file.c:220
#, c-format
msgid "The score %s has unsaved changes"
msgstr "乐谱 %s 有未保存的更改"

#: ../src/export/file.c:221
msgid "Save changes?"
msgstr "保存更改吗？"

#: ../src/export/file.c:254
#, c-format
msgid "Load of recently used file %s failed"
msgstr "加载最近使用的文件 %s 失败"

#: ../src/export/file.c:385
msgid "Music Snippets Can be Kept"
msgstr "音乐片段可以被保留"

#: ../src/export/file.c:385
msgid "Drop Music Snippets"
msgstr "舍弃音乐片段"

#: ../src/export/file.c:385
msgid "Keep Music Snippets"
msgstr "保留音乐片段"

#: ../src/export/file.c:427
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not Found: "
msgstr "不用于"

#: ../src/export/file.c:429 ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:2057
#, fuzzy
msgid "Browse for this file"
msgstr "删除此指法记号吗？"

#: ../src/export/file.c:429 ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:2057
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ignore it"
msgstr "已开始忽略 LilyPond 输出"

#: ../src/export/file.c:430 ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:2058
msgid "Give Toplevel Directory"
msgstr "设置顶层目录"

#: ../src/export/file.c:648
msgid "You have a Script defined"
msgstr "你定义了一个脚本"

#: ../src/export/file.c:648
msgid "Normal Save"
msgstr "正常保存"

#: ../src/export/file.c:648
msgid "Advanced: Execute the script every time this file is opened?"
msgstr "高级选项：每当打开此文件时都运行此脚本吗？"

#: ../src/export/file.c:750
msgid "Could not create .denemo/templates for you personal templates"
msgstr "无法为个人设置创建 .denemo/templates 文件夹"

#: ../src/export/file.c:790
msgid "No examples directory in installation"
msgstr "安装目录下没有示例文件夹"

#: ../src/export/file.c:804
msgid "No templates directory in installation"
msgstr "安装目录下没有模板文件夹"

#: ../src/export/file.c:966 ../src/export/file.c:1266
#: ../src/printview/printview.c:1251 ../src/printview/svgview.c:753
#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:193
msgid "_Save"
msgstr "保存(_S)"

#: ../src/export/file.c:1057
#, c-format
msgid "Load of file %s failed"
msgstr "加载文件 %s 失败"

#: ../src/export/file.c:1192
msgid "File save failed"
msgstr "保存文件失败"

#: ../src/export/file.c:1298
msgid "Export As "
msgstr "导出为 "

#: ../src/export/file.c:1396
#, c-format
msgid "A file with the name %s already exists"
msgstr "文件 %s 已存在"

#: ../src/export/file.c:1461
msgid "Could not interpret selection as LilyPond notes"
msgstr "无法将所选区域解析为 LilyPond 音符"

#: ../src/export/file.c:1467
msgid "Paste LilyPond Notes"
msgstr "粘贴 Lilypond 音符"

#: ../src/export/file.c:1467
msgid "Paste this music into your score?"
msgstr "将此音乐粘贴至乐谱吗？"

#: ../src/export/file.c:1488
msgid "Can only paste LilyPond text into the last tab, sorry"
msgstr "抱歉，无法仅将 LilyPond 文本粘贴至上一个选项卡"

#: ../src/export/file.c:1513
msgid "Inserted:\n"
msgstr "插入：\n"

#: ../src/export/print.c:402
msgid "Spurious line number"
msgstr "错误行号"

#: ../src/export/print.c:426
msgid ""
"Could not execute lilypond - check Edit->preferences → externals → lilypond setting\n"
"and lilypond installation"
msgstr ""
"无法执行 lilypond - 请检查 编辑->首选项→外部→lilypond 中的设置\n"
"以及 lilypond 程序的安装情况"

#: ../src/export/print.c:536
msgid "Denemo Typesetting"
msgstr "Denemo 排版"

#: ../src/export/print.c:544
msgid "Typesetting ..."
msgstr "排版中……"

#: ../src/export/print.c:574
msgid "Error: see LilyPond window"
msgstr "错误：见 LilyPond 窗口"

#: ../src/export/print.c:663 ../src/export/print.c:695
msgid "Already Typesetting"
msgstr "正在排版中"

#: ../src/export/print.c:663 ../src/export/print.c:695
msgid "Abandon this typeset?"
msgstr "放弃此次排版？"

#: ../src/export/print.c:752
msgid "Print Excerpt Range"
msgstr "打印片段"

#: ../src/export/print.c:761
msgid "Print from Measure"
msgstr "打印自小节"

#: ../src/export/print.c:818
msgid "Your PNG file has now been created"
msgstr "已创建 PNG 文件"

#: ../src/export/print.c:832
msgid "Your PDF file has now been created"
msgstr "已创建 PDF 文件"

#: ../src/export/print.c:1009
msgid "A range of music is selected"
msgstr "已选择一段音乐"

#: ../src/export/print.c:1009
msgid "Print whole file?"
msgstr "打印整个文件吗？"

#: ../src/export/print.c:1013
msgid "This piece has several movements"
msgstr "此片段包含数个乐章"

#: ../src/export/print.c:1013
msgid "Print this part from all of them?"
msgstr "打印其中所有乐章吗？"

#: ../src/export/print.c:1033
msgid "No selection to print"
msgstr "未选择要打印的部分"

#. FIXME set via gub
#: ../src/export/print.h:12
msgid "Manual Updates"
msgstr "手动更新"

#: ../src/export/print.h:18 ../src/export/print.h:24
msgid "Already doing a print"
msgstr "正在进行打印"

#: ../src/printview/markupview.c:36
msgid "Cannot Typeset!"
msgstr "无法排版！"

#: ../src/printview/markupview.c:39
msgid "Edit the LilyPond syntax in the pane below or cancel"
msgstr "在下方的窗格中输入 LilyPond 语法，或取消操作"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:20
#, fuzzy
msgid "No Inclusion Criterion Set"
msgstr "未设置忽略条件"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:94
msgid "on %d/%m/%y at %H:%M:%S"
msgstr "于%y年%m月%d日，%H:%M:%S"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:125
msgid "Print History for "
msgstr "打印历史于 "

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:125
msgid "Unsaved Score"
msgstr "乐谱未被保存"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:132
msgid "No saved version of this score has been printed yet"
msgstr "尚未打印过保存后的版本"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:133
msgid "The file was last saved with editing time: "
msgstr "此文件最后一次保存（编辑）于："

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:156
msgid "Direct Printing not available under Windows. Create PDF and print from that"
msgstr "无法在 Windows 中使用直接打印功能。将会创建 PDF 文件后再打印它"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:359
msgid "Possibly Invalid"
msgstr "可能无效"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:360
msgid "Cursor not moved."
msgstr "未移动光标。"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:363
msgid "Check Score."
msgstr "检查乐谱。"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:364
msgid "Cursor may have moved to error point in the score."
msgstr "光标可能位于乐谱中的错误位置。"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:367
msgid "INVALID! try Score->Check Score command."
msgstr "无效！请尝试 乐谱->检查乐谱命令。"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:368
msgid "LilyPond could not typeset this score."
msgstr "LilyPond 无法排版此乐谱。"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:386
msgid "File causing error:"
msgstr "引起错误的文件："

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:404
msgid "(Custom Score Layout)"
msgstr "（自定义乐谱布局）"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:408
msgid "See View->Score Layout to delete."
msgstr "在 视图->乐谱布局 中删除。"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:420 ../src/printview/printview.c:2505
msgid "Current Movement"
msgstr "当前乐章"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:422
msgid "Excerpt Only"
msgstr "仅节选"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:1002
msgid "Now select the notehead of the note where the slur ends"
msgstr "现在请选择连音终止处的音符（符头）"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:1002
msgid "Now select the notehead of the note where the tie ends"
msgstr "现在请选择延音终止处的音符（符头）"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:1002
msgid "Now select the notehead of the note where the beam ends"
msgstr "现在请选择符尾终止处的音符（符头）"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:1007 ../src/printview/printview.c:2051
msgid ""
"Now drag the begin/end markers to suggest slur position/angle\n"
"Right click when done."
msgstr ""
"现在请拖动起始/结束记号来设置连音的位置/角度\n"
"右键单击进行确认。"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:1007
msgid ""
"Now drag the begin/end markers to suggest tie position\n"
"Right click when done."
msgstr ""
"现在请拖动起始/结束记号来设置延音的位置/角度\n"
"右键单击进行确认。"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:1007 ../src/printview/printview.c:2051
msgid ""
"Now drag the begin/end markers to set position/angle of beam\n"
"Right click when done."
msgstr ""
"现在请拖动起始/结束记号来设置符尾的位置/角度\n"
"右键单击进行确认。"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:1246 ../src/printview/printview.c:1276
msgid "PDF creation"
msgstr "创建 PDF"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:1254
msgid "PDF files"
msgstr "PDF 文件"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:1276 ../src/printview/svgview.c:778
msgid "File Exists, overwrite?"
msgstr "文件已存在，覆盖吗？"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:1280 ../src/printview/svgview.c:782
#, c-format
msgid ""
"Errno %d:\n"
"Could not copy %s to %s. Perhaps because some other process is using the destination file. Try again with a new location\n"
msgstr ""
"错误 %d：\n"
"无法将 %s 复制到 %s。这可能是由于其他进程正在使用目标文件。请使用新位置再次尝试此操作。\n"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:1348
msgid "Use the Playback View or re-typeset"
msgstr "请使用回放视图，或重新排版"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:1457
msgid "Slur Angle/Position"
msgstr "连音角度/位置"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:1457
msgid "Repeat Slur Positioning Hint?"
msgstr "重复连音定位提示吗？"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:1468
msgid "Slur Shape"
msgstr "连音形状"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:1468
msgid "Repeat Shaping Slur?"
msgstr "重复连音形状选择吗？"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:1486
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/TieShape.xml.h:1
msgid "Tie Shape"
msgstr "延音形状"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:1486
msgid "Repeat Shaping Tie?"
msgstr "重复延音形状选择吗？"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:1731
msgid "Operation Cancelled"
msgstr "操作已取消"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:1748
msgid "Do not know what to repeat"
msgstr "不知道要重复何种操作"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:1760
msgid ""
"To tweak the positions of objects (and more) move the mouse until the hand pointer appears\n"
"Click on the object and follow the prompts.\n"
"For beams, click on the notehead of the note where the beam starts."
msgstr ""
"若要调整对象的位置，请移动鼠标直至手形光标出现\n"
"点击对象并按照提示进行操作。\n"
"对于符尾，请点击音符的符头来设置符尾起始位置。"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:1778
msgid "Apply"
msgstr "应用"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:1789
msgid "Help for Tweaks"
msgstr "对象调整帮助"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:1790
msgid "This window can be used to tweak the typesetting that LilyPond does in the case that it is not optimal"
msgstr "此窗口用于调整和优化 LilyPond 的排版"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:1796
msgid "Red dots and crosses (Off/On)"
msgstr "红色点和十字（关闭/开启）"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:1797
msgid ""
"The exact positions of the graphical components of the score will be labelled with red dots\n"
"and the control points for curves with red crosses for accurate tweaks\n"
"Turn these off before printing!"
msgstr ""
"乐谱中各图形组件的确切位置将以红点标注，\n"
"用于精确调整曲线的控制点将以红色十字标注\n"
"请在打印前关闭此功能！"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:1801
msgid "Score Size"
msgstr "乐谱尺寸"

#. never true
#: ../src/printview/printview.c:1807
msgid "Repeat"
msgstr "反复"

#. this is to initialize the continuous/manual state
#. hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 1);
#. gtk_box_pack_end (GTK_BOX (main_hbox), hbox, FALSE, TRUE, 0);
#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2280 ../src/printview/printview.c:2751
msgid "Duplex"
msgstr "双面"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2280
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:55
msgid "Single"
msgstr "单面"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2457
msgid "Measures before cursor:"
msgstr "光标前一小节："

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2466
msgid "Measures after cursor:"
msgstr "光标后一小节："

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2477
msgid "Staffs before cursor:"
msgstr "光标前一谱表："

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2485
msgid "Staffs after cursor:"
msgstr "光标后一谱表："

#. hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 1);
#. gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), hbox, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2500
msgid "All Movements"
msgstr "所有乐谱"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2502
msgid "If checked the current layout is re-typeset at every change"
msgstr "若勾选，则每当做出更改后会重新排版当前布局"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2507
msgid "If checked the current movement is re-typeset at every change"
msgstr "若勾选，则每当做出更改后会重新排版当前乐谱"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2511
msgid "Cursor Context"
msgstr "光标上下文"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2513
msgid "If checked the range around the current cursor position is re-typeset at every change or when the cursor moves out of range."
msgstr "若勾选，则每当做出更改，或光标移出所在范围后会重新对这一范围内的音乐进行排版。"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2539
msgid "Set background updates on/off."
msgstr "开启/关闭自动更新乐谱。"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2543
msgid "Range"
msgstr "范围"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2544
msgid "Set how much of the score to re-draw."
msgstr "设置重绘乐谱的范围。"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2562
msgid "Set background updater on/off. This controls if typesetting is re-done after each change to the music. The amount of the score to be re-typeset can be set via this button."
msgstr "开启/关闭自动更新乐谱。用于控制在音乐被更改后是否重新进行排版。可以使用此按钮设置需要进行重新排版的范围。"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2570 ../src/printview/printview.c:2581
#, fuzzy
msgid "New Inclusion Criterion"
msgstr "新建忽略条件"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2570 ../src/printview/printview.c:2581
msgid "Give a name for this new criterion"
msgstr "为新条件指定名称"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2570 ../src/printview/printview.c:2581
#, fuzzy
msgid "Transposed"
msgstr "转调"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2593
msgid "For:"
msgstr ""

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2627
#, fuzzy
msgid "No Inclusion Criterion"
msgstr "新建忽略条件"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2628
#, fuzzy
msgid "Typesetting will ignore any directives which have been set to require an Inclusion Criterion."
msgstr "排版时将忽略任何（作用于Denemo 记号上的）忽略条件。"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2637
#, fuzzy
msgid "Typeset including:"
msgstr "音乐排版"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2640
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select this as the active Inclusion Criterion"
msgstr "启用这个忽略条件"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2645
#, fuzzy
msgid "New Named Inclusion Criterion"
msgstr "新建命名忽略条件"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2646
#, fuzzy
msgid "Create a new Inclusion Criterion to determine which condtional directives should be included."
msgstr "创建一个新的忽略条件，用于规定要忽略的条件记号。"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2652
#, fuzzy
msgid "Destroy Criterion:"
msgstr "移除条件："

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2655
msgid "No longer use this as an Inclusion Criterion for this score; all directives tagged with this criterion will be active as normal."
msgstr ""

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2672
#, fuzzy
msgid "Make an Inclusion Criterion active. Any directive set to be included for the named criterion now affect the typesetting."
msgstr "启用指定的条件。排版时将忽略该条件中指定的记号。"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2707
msgid "Pops up a Print dialog. From this you can send your typeset score to a printer or to a PDF file."
msgstr "弹出打印对话框。用于将排版后的乐谱发送至打印机或生成 PDF 文件。"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2711
msgid "PDF"
msgstr "PDF"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2712
msgid "Exports a pdf file for this layout"
msgstr "将此布局导出为 pdf 文件"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2718
msgid "Typesets the music using the one of the created layouts. See View → Score Layouts to see the layouts you have created."
msgstr "使用创建的布局排版音乐。见 视图→乐谱布局 来查看所创建的布局。"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2724
msgid "Typesets the music from the current movement. This creates a score layout comprising one movement."
msgstr "对当前乐章进行排版。用于创建某个乐章的乐谱布局。"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2728
msgid "Part"
msgstr "片段"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2729
msgid "Typesets the music from the current part for all movements. A part is all the music with the same staff-name. This creates a score layout with one part, all movements."
msgstr "对所有乐章中的当前片段进行排版。“片段”可以是具有相同谱表名的音乐集合。用于创建所有乐章中某一片段的乐谱布局。"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2734
msgid "Re-issues the last print command. Use this after modifying the file to repeat the typesetting."
msgstr "重新执行上一个打印命令。用于在修改文件后重新进行排版。"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2752
msgid "Shows pages side by side, so you can see page turns for back-to-back printing\n"
msgstr "并排显示页面，以便查看双面打印的翻页效果\n"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2755
msgid "Invert"
msgstr "反转"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2756
msgid "Inverts colors in page\n"
msgstr "反转页面的颜色\n"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2760
msgid "Next"
msgstr "下一页"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2761
msgid "Move to the next page - you can also scroll with the scroll-wheel, and zoom with control-wheel"
msgstr "转到下一页 - 也可以用滚轮进行滚动、Ctrl + 滚轮调整焦距"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2764
msgid "Previous"
msgstr "上一页"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2765
msgid "Move to the previous page - you can also scroll with the scroll-wheel, and zoom with control-wheel"
msgstr "转到上一页 - 也可以用滚轮进行滚动、Ctrl + 滚轮调整焦距"

#. if(!Denemo.prefs.manualtypeset)
#. gtk_window_set_urgency_hint (GTK_WINDOW(Denemo.window), TRUE);//gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW(top_window), GTK_WINDOW(Denemo.window));
#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2773
msgid "Denemo Print View"
msgstr "Denemo 打印预览"

#: ../src/printview/printview.c:2795
msgid ""
"This window shows the final typeset score from which you can print or (via print to file) create a PDF document.\n"
"This will be continuously updated while you edit the music in the main window.\n"
"In this Print View window you can click on a note to move to that place in the main Denemo display window. The right-click to get a menu of \"tweaks\" which you can apply to drag slurs, beams etc if they are not quite right.\n"
"<b>Note</b>: It can take some time to generate a beautifully typeset score, especially for a large score on a slow machine so choose just a range to be continually updated in that case, or turn off continuous update."
msgstr ""
"此窗口显示乐谱的最终排版效果，即打印或（通过“打印到文件”功能）创建 PDF 文档时的效果。\n"
"此窗口的内容将会随主窗口中的编辑同步更新。\n"
"在打印预览窗口中，你可以点击某个音符来移动 Denemo 主窗口中的光标位置。右键单击它来获取“调整”菜单，以便拖动连音、符尾等进行调整。\n"
"<b>注意</b>：对乐谱进行准确排版，尤其使用老机器处理长乐谱时会花费很长时间，所以最好对实时更新的范围进行设置，或者关闭实时更新功能。"

#: ../src/printview/svgview.c:698
msgid ""
"This the Playback View Window. Click on a note to play from that note to the end. Click again to stop play. Drag between two notes to play from the first to the last, shift drag to create a loop.\n"
"Shift-Click on a note to position the Denemo cursor on that note in the Denemo Display.\n"
" For simple scrolling check the box. For more sophisticated control right click on a note when you have scrolled the page to the position you want it to be at when it is playing.\n"
"First right click at the start of the second system (this means that the music will not scroll before that); then scroll to position the end and right click the first note of the last system of the piece.\n"
"To delete a scroll point right-click on it.\n"
"If there are changes of pace then set extra scroll points to control the scrolling in more detail."
msgstr ""
"回放视图窗口。点击某个音符来从该处回放至结尾。再次点击可以停止播放。在音符之间拖动来设置播放范围，按下 Shift 并拖动可以进行循环播放。按下 Shift 并在音符上点击可以将 Denemo 显示窗口中的光标移动到该音符处。\n"
"若要进行简单的滚动操作，可以勾选此方框。此外，在播放时，右键单击某个音符可以将页面滚动至该音符的位置：先右键单击第二个谱表组的开头（乐谱将不会滚动到该位置前），然后滚动到结尾处并右键单击最后一个谱表组的首个音符。右键单击滚动点可以将其删除。\n"
"若节奏有所改变，可以设置更多的滚动点以便精确控制滚动速度。"

#: ../src/printview/svgview.c:748 ../src/printview/svgview.c:778
msgid "SVG creation"
msgstr "创建 SVG"

#: ../src/printview/svgview.c:756
msgid "SVG files"
msgstr "SVG 文件"

#: ../src/printview/svgview.c:885
msgid "Use the Print View or re-typeset with All Parts or Current Part buttons"
msgstr "切换至打印视图，或点击“所有片段”或“当前片段”按钮来重新排版"

#: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1113
msgid "Switching to simple MIDI - re-typeset for full MIDI."
msgstr "切换至简单 MIDI - 重新排版可恢复显示完整 MIDI。"

#: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1171
msgid "Please wait while the Playback View is re-typeset then re-try"
msgstr "请等待回放视图重新排版，然后再次尝试此操作"

#: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1181
msgid "MIDI Already Present"
msgstr "已存在 MIDI"

#: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1181
msgid "Keep this music while typesetting current part?"
msgstr "排版当前片段时保留此音乐吗？"

#: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1236
msgid "Play/Stop"
msgstr "播放/停止"

#: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1237
msgid "Plays the entire movement with repeats, or stops the playing once started"
msgstr "播放整个乐章（包括反复），或者在开始播放后停止播放"

#: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1240
msgid "All Parts"
msgstr "所有片段"

#: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1241
msgid "Typesets the currrent movement, generating sophisticated MIDI for it."
msgstr "对当前乐章进行排版，并生成相应的高级 MIDI。"

#: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1245
msgid "Current Part"
msgstr "当前片段"

#: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1246
msgid "Typesets the currrent part with the option to keep the MIDI already generated for all the parts."
msgstr "对当前片段进行排版，同时保持所有片段中已生成的 MIDI 信息不变。"

#: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1253
msgid "Simple Scrolling"
msgstr "简易滚动"

#: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1254
msgid "Sets/Unsets automatic scrolling. The scrolling can still be manually adjusted if it is too fast/slow."
msgstr "设置/取消自动滚动。可以手动调整滚动的快慢。"

#: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1263
msgid "Clear Scroll Points"
msgstr "清除滚动点"

#: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1264
msgid "Clears scroll points which you have set by right clicking on notes."
msgstr "清除您通过右键单击音符所设置的滚动点。"

#. if(!Denemo.prefs.manualtypeset)
#. gtk_window_set_urgency_hint (GTK_WINDOW(Denemo.window), TRUE);//gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW(top_vbox), GTK_WINDOW(Denemo.window));
#: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1277
msgid "Denemo Playback View"
msgstr "Denemo 回放视图"

#: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1308
msgid "This window shows the typeset score as one long page. During playback the notes playing are highlighted"
msgstr "此窗口将排版的乐谱显示在一页上。回放时将高亮正在播放的音符"

#: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:186
msgid "Set Values"
msgstr "设置值"

#: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:202
msgid "Check all"
msgstr "全部选中"

#: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:205
msgid "Un-check all"
msgstr "取消全选"

#: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:504
msgid ""
"Use <Tab> to switch palette\n"
"<Return>to activate"
msgstr ""
"使用 <Tab> 来切换面板\n"
"<Return> 来启用"

#: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:542
msgid "Key in (part of) label"
msgstr ""

#: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:554
msgid "No such label"
msgstr "无此标签"

#: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:1142
msgid "Destroying Customized Buttons"
msgstr "删除自定义按钮"

#: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:1142
msgid "Remove buttons and other customized scheme on startup?"
msgstr "在启动时移除按钮和其他自定义方案吗？"

#: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:1730
msgid "Extra Objects in one staff"
msgstr "谱表中的额外对象"

#: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:1810
#: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:1868
msgid "Paper Directive: "
msgstr "纸张记号："

#: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:1936
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:62
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:61
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:115
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:64
msgid "Choose File"
msgstr "选择文件"

#: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:2055
#, fuzzy
msgid "Source File: "
msgstr "打开音频源文件"

#: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:2055
msgid " Not Found"
msgstr ""

#: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:3459
msgid "Text Input"
msgstr "文本输入"

#: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:3460
msgid "Give Text"
msgstr "设置文本"

#: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:3483
msgid "LilyPond Syntax"
msgstr "LilyPond 语法"

#: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:3486
msgid "Give LilyPond Syntax"
msgstr "指定 LilyPond 语法"

#: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:4420
msgid "Input Required"
msgstr "需要输入"

#: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:4426
msgid "Give input: "
msgstr "指定输入："

#: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:4473
msgid ""
"Please delete the font size and bold/italic indications,\n"
"leaving just the font family name."
msgstr ""
"请删除字体大小和加粗/斜体记号，\n"
"只保留字体名称。"

#: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:4493
#: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:4550
msgid "Choose Font"
msgstr "选择字体"

#: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:4627
msgid "Script error, wrong parameter type to d-InfoDialog"
msgstr "脚本错误，传递给 d-InfoDialog 的参数类型有误"

#: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:4927
msgid "Already in a padding dialog"
msgstr "已经位于填充对话框"

#: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:7511
msgid "Time Signatures do not match, will not make voice"
msgstr "时值记号不匹配，将不会产生声部"

#: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:7518
msgid "Key Signatures do not match, will not make voice"
msgstr "调号不匹配，将不会产生声部"

#: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:7526
msgid "This voice has a different clef from the staff it will be typeset on. This clef will be used for the display only."
msgstr "此声部的谱号与其所属谱表不同。此谱号将仅用于显示。"

#: ../src/source/proof.c:114
msgid "Right click for menu"
msgstr "右键单击菜单"

#: ../src/source/proof.c:158
msgid "Cannot do location when only a range of music is typeset. Turn off continuous typesetting or set the range to All Movements"
msgstr "无法在排版某个范围内的音乐时进行定位。请关闭连续排版，或将范围设置为所有乐章"

#: ../src/source/proof.c:183
msgid "Object not located, no annotation on page, or empty annotation.\n"
msgstr "无法定位对象，页面中没有注释记号，或者注释记号为空。\n"

#: ../src/source/proof.c:254
msgid "This is the last annotation. The Proof Reading Window will now be closed"
msgstr "这是最后一个注释。现在将关闭校对窗口"

#: ../src/source/proof.c:343
msgid "Next Annotation"
msgstr "下一个注释"

#: ../src/source/proof.c:346
msgid "Previous Annotation"
msgstr "上一个注释"

#: ../src/source/proof.c:350
msgid "Drop Current Annotation"
msgstr "关闭当前注释"

#: ../src/source/proof.c:358
msgid "Drop proof read window"
msgstr "关闭注释窗口"

#: ../src/source/proof.c:384
msgid "For each annotation on the page click on the (nearby) notehead or rest etc that the annotation refers to (look for the hand-shaped cursor). This will position the Denemo cursor at that point and you can then make any necessary edits. You can drop the current annotation and the page will move to show the next one."
msgstr "对于页面上的每个注释记号，请点击与之相关的符头或休止符来插入乐谱注释（可以通过鼠标箭头变成手型光标来判断）。这一操作将移动 Denemo 光标到指定位置，以便您在该位置进行编辑。您也可以关闭当前注释，页面将自动移动到下一个注释处。"

#: ../src/source/proof.c:385
msgid "For each annotation on the page click on the (nearby) notehead or rest etc that the annotation refers to. This will insert a comment in the score. Transfer all the annotations in this way before editing the score, otherwise the locations will not match. You can use the EditSimilar (Ctrl-e,e and Ctrl-e,r) command to move from one comment to the next, stopping and editing the score as suggested by the comment."
msgstr "对于页面上的每个注释记号，请点击与之相关的符头或休止符来插入乐谱注释。请在编辑乐谱前对所有记号进行转换，否则它们的位置将会不匹配。可以使用 EditSimilar 命令（Ctrl-e，e 和 Ctrl-e，r）将某条注释移动到下一个，根据注释建议来停止或编辑乐谱。"

#: ../src/source/proof.c:433
msgid "Next Annotated Page"
msgstr "下一个注释页"

#: ../src/source/proof.c:436
msgid "Previous Annotated Page"
msgstr "上一个注释页"

#: ../src/source/proof.c:486
msgid "This PDF file contains no annotations. It has to be a PDF file generated by Denemo for the current score to which annotations have been added."
msgstr "此 PDF 文件不包含注释记号。请提供由 Denemo 生成的、含有当前乐谱的注释记号的 PDF 文件。"

#: ../src/source/sourceaudio.c:83
msgid "Analysing Audio"
msgstr "分析音频"

#: ../src/source/sourceaudio.c:178
msgid "Audio is not stereo - expect bad things!"
msgstr "不是立体声音频 - 可能会出问题！"

#: ../src/source/sourceaudio.c:180
msgid "Audio does not have 44100 sample rate: this could be bad"
msgstr "音频的采样率不是 44100：这种情况下可能会出问题"

#: ../src/source/sourceaudio.c:332
msgid "Open Audio Source File"
msgstr "打开音频源文件"

#: ../src/source/sourceaudio.c:350
msgid "Could not load the audio file. Note only stereo with sample rate 44100 are supported at present. Use Audacity or similar to convert."
msgstr "无法打开乐谱文件。注意，当前只支持采样率为 44100 的立体声音频。请使用 Audacity 等软件进行转换。"

#: ../src/source/source.c:230
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To insert a link at the Denemo cursor position to a point in this document\n"
"right-click on the point.\n"
"Later you will be able to re-open the document at that point by right clicking on the link in the Denemo display.\n"
"To shade in gray parts of the source that you don't want to see drag over the area.\n"
"Use this for transcribing from a score with many parts to ease following the part from system to system.\n"
"Click on a grayed-out patch to remove it.\n"
"To mark a place in the score for looking back at drag a line downwards which will show as a red mark - it is just another color of shading."
msgstr ""
"要将 Denemo 光标处的链接插入到此文档中\n"
"请在要插入处右键单击。\n"
"之后你可以在 Denemo 显示窗口中点击此链接来重新打开文档并定位至此处。\n"
"拖动此区域可以将不希望看到的部分以灰色片段（遮罩）显示。\n"
"在转录含有多个片段的源文档时，此功能可以方便您在不同谱表组之间定位片段。\n"
"点击灰色的斑点可以将遮罩移除。"

#: ../src/source/source.c:284
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remove this Shading/Marker"
msgstr "移除遮罩"

#: ../src/source/source.c:289
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remove all Shadings/Markers"
msgstr "移除所有遮罩"

#: ../src/source/source.c:528
msgid "... or Set Page Number:"
msgstr "……或者设定一个页码："

#. ClefChooser
#: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:36
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:2
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:3
msgid "Treble"
msgstr "高音"

#: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:37
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:3
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:4
msgid "Bass"
msgstr "低音"

#: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:38
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:4
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:5
msgid "Alto"
msgstr "中音"

#: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:39
msgid "Treble Octava bassa"
msgstr "下八度高音"

#: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:40
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:5
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:6
msgid "Tenor"
msgstr "次中音"

#: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:41
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:8
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:9
msgid "Soprano"
msgstr "次高音"

#: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:42
msgid "Bass Octava bassa"
msgstr "下八度低音"

#: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:43
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:10
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:10
msgid "French"
msgstr "古法式高音"

#: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:44
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:9
msgid "Baritone"
msgstr "男中音"

#: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:139
msgid "Set Clef"
msgstr "设置谱号"

#: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:139
msgid "Insert clef change"
msgstr "插入谱号变更记号"

#: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:144
msgid "Select desired clef"
msgstr "选择需要的谱号"

#: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:188
msgid "Choose Clef Visibility"
msgstr "是否显示谱号"

#: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:188
msgid "Affects display only"
msgstr "仅影响显示"

#: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:188
msgid "Clef should be typeset"
msgstr "对谱号进行排版"

#: ../src/ui/help.c:28
msgid "GNU Denemo"
msgstr "GNU Denemo"

#: ../src/ui/help.c:29
msgid "Free and Open Music Notation Editor"
msgstr "自由、开源的乐谱编辑器"

#: ../src/ui/help.c:32
msgid "Denemo Website"
msgstr "Denemo 网站"

#: ../src/ui/help.c:33
msgid ""
"(c) 1999 - 2021 Matthew Hiller, Adam Tee, Jeremiah Benham, Richard Shann and others.\n"
"\n"
"http://www.denemo.org\n"
"\n"
"  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or  (at your option) any later version.  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the  GNU General Public License for more details.  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software  Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston,  MA 02110-1301, USA."
msgstr ""

#: ../src/ui/help.c:83
#, c-format
msgid "Could not find %s in the path"
msgstr "找不到路径中的 %s"

#: ../src/ui/help.c:85
msgid "Please edit the chosen browser in the preferences."
msgstr "请在首选项中编辑所选浏览器。"

#: ../src/ui/help.c:103
#, c-format
msgid "Could not execute specified web browser: %s"
msgstr "无法启动指定的网页浏览器：%s"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:83
msgid "VoidSymbol not allowed"
msgstr "不允许空和弦记号"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:99
#, c-format
msgid ""
"The command %s has the shortcut: %s\n"
"Delete it first or start again selecting an unused keypress."
msgstr ""
"命令 %s 有关联的快捷键：%s\n"
"请先将其删除，或者选择未被使用的快捷键。"

#. g_warning("There is a two key binding starting with this");
#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:124
#, c-format
msgid ""
"There is at least one two-key shortcut that starts with: %s\n"
"Find them using the Find button\n"
"Delete it/those first or start again selecting an unused keypress."
msgstr ""
"另一个双键快捷键的首键也是：%s\n"
"请使用查找按钮来找到它并将其删除\n"
"或者选择未被使用的快捷键。"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:198
msgid "No command has this keyboard shortcut"
msgstr "没有与此快捷键关联的命令"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:232
msgid "Press a shortcut sequence for this command"
msgstr "按下一组快捷键，使之关联到此命令"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:252
msgid "Press a shortcut sequence whose command you seek"
msgstr "按下与要查找的命令相关联的快捷键"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:439
msgid ""
"No keyboard modifier keys\n"
"Press with modifier key to change"
msgstr ""
"没有修饰键\n"
"请按下修饰键来做出更改"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:441
msgid ""
"\n"
"Press with modifier key to change"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"请按下修饰键来做出更改"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:460
#, c-format
msgid "The Command %s Responds to this Shortcut"
msgstr "命令 %s 关联到此快捷键"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:479 ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:827
msgid "Set Mouse Shortcut"
msgstr "设置鼠标快捷键"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:495
#, c-format
msgid "Setting mouse shortcut for %s"
msgstr "为 %s 设置鼠标快捷键"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:499
msgid "Choose the mouse button"
msgstr "选择鼠标按键"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:506
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertLyricAlignment.scm:2
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.scm:48
msgid "Left"
msgstr "左"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:509
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertLyricAlignment.scm:2
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.scm:49
msgid "Right"
msgstr "右"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:513
msgid "Choose mouse action"
msgstr "选择鼠标动作"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:519
msgid "Press Button"
msgstr "按下鼠标键"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:522
msgid "Release Button"
msgstr "松开鼠标键"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:525
msgid "Drag"
msgstr "拖动"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:529
msgid ""
"Hold Modifier Keys, Engage Caps or Num Lock\n"
"and click here to set shortcut."
msgstr ""
"按下修饰键，并确保大写锁定或数字锁定处于正确状态\n"
"然后点击此处设置快捷键。"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:654
msgid ""
"Type search text here. Enter words that might be in the command label,\n"
"or part of the text of a tooltip or the internal name.\n"
"The search is case insensitive. It goes on to the next match each time you enter letter that doesn't match the current command so check at each keypress.\n"
"The search re-starts from the top when you delete a letter."
msgstr ""
"在此处输入搜索文本。输入的文字必须位于命令标签中，\n"
"或者是工具提示文本（或内部名称）的一部分。\n"
"搜索区分大小写。每当输入不匹配当前命令的字母时，将会继续下一次查找。\n"
"若删除了一个字母，则会从顶部重新开始搜索。"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:655
msgid "Search for the next matching command. Starts again at the top once it has reached the end."
msgstr "查找下一个匹配的命令。若到达末尾，则从头再次开始查找。"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:671
msgid ""
"This window allows you find and execute commands.\n"
"Once you have selected a command the box at the top gives information about that command,\n"
"while the panel to the side gives any shortcuts for the command.\n"
"You can add a selected command to a palette, or set single-key or two-key shortcuts.\n"
"You can also hide commands, so they don't appear in the menus.\n"
"You can save the shortcuts as your default command set, or as a command set which you may wish to load in the future.\n"
"This window is also where you can load such a stored command set."
msgstr ""
"此窗口用于查找和执行命令。\n"
"选择命令后，顶部的方框中键显示有关命令的信息，\n"
"侧面板中将显示与命令关联的快捷键\n"
"可以将所选命令添加到面板，或单键/双键快捷键。\n"
"也可以隐藏命令，使之不显示在菜单中。\n"
"可以将快捷键配置保存为默认命令集，或者以后可以加载的命令集。\n"
"此窗口也可以用于加载存储的命令集。"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:688
msgid "Help for Selected Command"
msgstr "所选命令的帮助"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:711
msgid ""
"List of shortcuts\n"
"for <i>selected</i> command\n"
"from table on left.\n"
"Select a shortcut\n"
"to remove\n"
"with button below."
msgstr ""
"左侧表格是<i>选定</i>命令的\n"
"快捷键列表。\n"
"选择一个要移除的快捷键\n"
"并使用下方的按钮来移除它。"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:716
msgid "Remove Shortcut"
msgstr "移除快捷键"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:727
msgid "Save as Default Command Set"
msgstr "保存为默认命令集"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:729
msgid "Use this to save the changes you have made so that they are used every time you start Denemo. The changes are stored under a directory (folder) called .denemo-* in your home directory. Look in subdirectory actions for Default.commands"
msgstr "保存所做更改，以便在 Denemo 启动后自动应用。更改将会被存储于主目录下名为 .denemo-* 的文件夹中。可以在 actions 子目录下 Default.commands 文件中找到这些命令"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:730
msgid "Save as a Custom Command Set"
msgstr "保存为自定义命令集"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:733 ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:736
msgid "Load a Standard Command Set"
msgstr "加载标准命令集"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:739
msgid "Load a Custom Command Set"
msgstr "加载自定义命令集"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:747
msgid "Load the Standard Palette Set"
msgstr "加载标准面板集"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:758
msgid "Add 1-Key Shortcut"
msgstr "添加单键快捷键"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:759
msgid "Create a single keypress (with modifier keys - Control, Shift ... - if needed) as a keyboard shortcut for the currently selected command."
msgstr "为当前所选命令创建单键快捷键（可以包含修饰键 - Ctrl、Sfhit 等）。"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:762
msgid "Add 2-Key Shortcut"
msgstr "添加双键快捷键"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:763
msgid "Create a two keypress sequence as a keyboard shortcut for the currently selected command."
msgstr "为当前所选命令创建双键快捷键（按键序列）。"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:766
msgid "Find Command for Shortcut"
msgstr "查找快捷键命令"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:767
msgid ""
"Finds the command (if any) for a (one key) Keyboard Shortcut\n"
"Click button then press the key shortcut you are looking for."
msgstr ""
"查找与（单键）快捷键相关联的命令。\n"
"点击此按钮，然后按下需要查找的快捷键。"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:774
msgid "Execute Selected Command"
msgstr "执行所选命令"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:775
msgid ""
"Executes the currently selected command in the list of commands\n"
"Ensure the cursor is in the movement and at the position if needed for the command."
msgstr ""
"执行命令列表中所选的命令。\n"
"请确保光标位于乐章中的合适位置。"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:777
msgid "Add to Palette"
msgstr "添加到面板"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:778
msgid ""
"Adds the currently selected command in the list of commands to a palette\n"
"You can create a new, custom palette, and you can change the label of the button you create by right-clicking on it."
msgstr ""
"添加当前所选命令至面板\n"
"你可以创建新的自定义面板，并使用右键单击来改变按钮标题。"

#: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:828
msgid "Set mouse shortcut"
msgstr "设置鼠标快捷键"

#: ../src/ui/keysigdialog.c:388
msgid "Change initial key signature"
msgstr "改变起始调号"

#: ../src/ui/keysigdialog.c:390
msgid "Insert key signature change"
msgstr "插入调号变更对象"

#: ../src/ui/keysigdialog.c:429
msgid "Select desired key signature"
msgstr "选择所需的调号"

#: ../src/ui/keysigdialog.c:432
msgid "Major"
msgstr "大调"

#: ../src/ui/keysigdialog.c:436
msgid "Minor"
msgstr "小调"

#: ../src/ui/keysigdialog.c:452
msgid "Current Staff Only?"
msgstr "仅当前谱表吗？"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:105
msgid "Current Chord:"
msgstr "当前和弦："

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:116
msgid "Cursor not on chord"
msgstr "光标不位于和弦"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:136
msgid "Note/Chord Name"
msgstr "音符/和弦名"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:136
msgid "Give a font name "
msgstr "设置字体名称 "

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:213 ../src/ui/markup.c:230 ../src/ui/markup.c:241
#: ../src/ui/markup.c:469 ../src/ui/markup.c:572
msgid "Select the text first."
msgstr "请先选中文本。"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:233 ../src/ui/markup.c:455 ../actions/denemo.scm:287
#: ../actions/denemo.scm:347
msgid "Font Magnification"
msgstr "字体缩放"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:233
msgid "Give a relative font size +/- "
msgstr "设置相对字体大小 +/- "

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:257
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/InsertSpaceBeforeMovement.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/FilledTitleLine.scm:8
msgid "Space Above"
msgstr "上间距"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:257
msgid "Give space to leave above + only "
msgstr "设置上间距（必须为正值）"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:288
msgid "Insert Space"
msgstr "插入间隔"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:288
msgid "Give space to insert +/- "
msgstr "设置要插入的间隔 +/- "

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:390 ../src/ui/markup.c:406
msgid "Give amount "
msgstr "设置数值 "

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:425
msgid "Music Glyphs"
msgstr "音乐记号"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:425
msgid "Give a name of glyph (see LilyPond Documentation for these) "
msgstr "指定记号的名称（可以参见 LilyPond 文档）"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:449
msgid "Raise"
msgstr "升高"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:450
msgid "raises the selection by the amount given."
msgstr "将所选区域上移给定值。"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:456
msgid "Inserts markup to set the relative font size for the selected text."
msgstr "插入代码以改变所选文本的相对字体大小。"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:478
msgid "Horizontal Space (+/-)"
msgstr "水平位移（+/-）"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:479
msgid "Inserts a spacer (+) or shifts the rest of the line rightwards (-) by amount given"
msgstr "若为正值，则插入一定数量的空格；否则将该行后续内容右移该距离"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:484
msgid "Paste Note Name"
msgstr "粘贴音符名"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:485
msgid ""
"Pastes user supplied note name in a choice of font style and size.\n"
"The note name is pasted as LilyPond markup.\n"
"It will print as the note name in the sentence you are writing, transposed according to any global transposition you set.\n"
"Use, for example, to specify the key of a piece in a title.\n"
msgstr ""
"将用户指定的音符名称粘贴至光标处，可以选择字体样式和大小\n"
"此处音乐将以 LilyPond 语法显示。\n"
"打印时将以音符名/和弦记号显示在乐句中，并根据全局转调设置进行转调。\n"
"用于指定某乐段的音调。\n"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:493
msgid "LilyPond Glyph"
msgstr "LilyPond 记号"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:494
msgid "Inserts LilyPond music glyph at the cursor position in the text."
msgstr "在文本的当前位置处插入 LilyPond 音乐记号。"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:514
msgid "Adjust Selection (with value)"
msgstr "（根据指定值）调整选区"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:515
msgid "Pop up a menu of adjustments to be made to the selection with a value you give."
msgstr "弹出一个用于调整选区的菜单，您可以在其中设置所需调整的数值。"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:519 ../actions/denemo.scm:279 ../actions/denemo.scm:340
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:12
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertHighlightedLyricSyllable.scm:5
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertStanzaNumber.scm:5
msgid "Bold"
msgstr "加粗"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:520
msgid "Inserts markup to make the selected text bold."
msgstr "插入加粗记号，使其后的文本显示为粗体。"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:524 ../actions/denemo.scm:281 ../actions/denemo.scm:342
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:18
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertHighlightedLyricSyllable.scm:11
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertStanzaNumber.scm:11
msgid "Italic"
msgstr "斜体"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:525
msgid "Inserts markup to make the selected text italic."
msgstr "插入斜体记号，使其后的文本显示为斜体。"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:529 ../actions/denemo.scm:281 ../actions/denemo.scm:342
msgid "Upright"
msgstr "直立"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:530
msgid "Inserts markup to make the selected text not italic."
msgstr "插入斜体记号，使所选文本显示为斜体。"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:534
msgid "Un-Bold"
msgstr "取消加粗"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:535
msgid "Inserts markup to make the selected text not bold."
msgstr "插入取消加粗记号，使所选文本不显示为粗体。"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:539
msgid "Superscript"
msgstr "上标"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:540
msgid "Inserts markup to make the selected text as superscript."
msgstr "插入上标记号，使所选文本显示为上标。"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:544
msgid "Subscript"
msgstr "下标"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:545
msgid "Inserts markup to make the selected text as subscript."
msgstr "插入下标记号，使所选文本显示为下标。"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:549
msgid "Column"
msgstr "列"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:550
msgid "Inserts markup to place the selected text in a column. You can nest lines inside columns."
msgstr "插入列记号，使所选文本位于一列中。您可以将数行内容嵌入到列中。"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:554
msgid "Line"
msgstr "行"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:555
msgid "Inserts markup to place the selected text in a line."
msgstr "插入行记号，使所选文本显示在一行中。"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:559
msgid "Box"
msgstr "框"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:560
msgid "Inserts markup to place the selected text in a box."
msgstr "插入框记号，使所选文本显示在一个方框中。"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:586
msgid "Insert (with value)"
msgstr "插入值"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:587
msgid "Pop up a menu of insertions that require a value to insert."
msgstr "弹出一个用于插入数值的菜单。"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:591
msgid "Paste Current Snippet"
msgstr "粘贴当前片段"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:592
msgid ""
"Pastes the music captured in the currently selected Snippet into the text at the cursor.\n"
"The music appears here in the LilyPond syntax.\n"
"It will print as typeset music embedded in the sentence you are writing.\n"
"You can edit the syntax following the LilyPond syntax.\n"
msgstr ""
"将当前选中的音乐片段粘贴到光标所在文本处。\n"
"此处的音乐以 LilyPond 语法显示。\n"
"打印时将以排版后的嵌入片段显示在乐句中。\n"
"可以根据 LilyPond 语法对其进行编辑。\n"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:601
msgid "Paste Chord Symbol"
msgstr "粘贴和弦符号"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:602
msgid ""
"Pastes chord symbol for the chord at the cursor in a choice of font style and size.\n"
"The chord is pasted as LilyPond markup.\n"
"It will print as the chord symbol (fakechord) in the sentence you are writing, transposed according to any global transposition you set.\n"
msgstr ""
"粘贴和弦的符号，可以调整字体样式和大小。\n"
"此处的音乐以 LilyPond 语法显示。\n"
"打印时将以和弦符号（伪和弦）显示在乐句中，并根据全局转调设置进行转调。\n"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:610
msgid "Paste Fret Diagram"
msgstr "粘贴音品图"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:611
msgid ""
"Pastes the chord at the cursor as a Fret Diagram\n"
"The music appears here in the LilyPond syntax.\n"
"It will print as fret diagram in the sentence you are writing, transposed according to the global transposition set.\n"
msgstr ""
"将和弦以音品图的形式粘贴至光标处\n"
"此处的音乐以 LilyPond 语法显示。\n"
"打印时将以音品图显示在乐句中，并根据全局转调设置进行转调。\n"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:618
msgid "Insert “ Open Quotes"
msgstr "插入左引号（“）"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:619
msgid "Inserts open double quote. Note that this is not the \" character which is used for grouping words not to be treated as markup. The \" marks must be paired or LilyPond will not typeset the music."
msgstr "插入右括号。注意，此记号与 \" 字符不同，后者用于组合单词，而不是简单的记号。\" 字符必须成对，否则 LilyPond 无法正确排版音乐。"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:623
msgid "Insert ” Close Quotes"
msgstr "插入右引号（”）"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:624
msgid "Inserts close double quote. Note that this is not the \" character which is used for grouping words  not to be treated as markup. The \" marks must be paired or LilyPond will not typeset the music."
msgstr "插入右括号。注意，此记号与 \" 字符不同，后者用于组合单词，而不是简单的记号。\" 字符必须成对，否则 LilyPond 无法正确排版音乐。"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:628
msgid "Segno"
msgstr "Segno"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:629
msgid "Inserts Segno sign at the cursor position in the text."
msgstr "在光标处插入反复句（Segno）记号。"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:633
msgid "Coda"
msgstr "Coda"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:634
msgid "Inserts Coda sign at the cursor position in the text."
msgstr "在光标处插入尾声（Coda）记号。"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:660
msgid "Menu of special characters and graphics to insert at the cursor position"
msgstr "用于插入特殊自负和图像的菜单"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:665
msgid ""
"Makes the next Snippet the one that can be pasted.\n"
"To see the music snippets you need to check View → Snippets\n"
"The one selected is in bold black."
msgstr ""
"设置下一个片段为可粘贴片段。\n"
"要查看音乐片段，请见 视图→片段\n"
"所选片段以黑色加粗字体显示。"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:673
msgid "Selection"
msgstr "选区"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:674
msgid "Pops up a menu to apply some style to the selection."
msgstr "弹出一个用于编辑选区样式的菜单。"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:680
msgid "Inserts the markup needed to leave space above this line of text. Ineffective on the top line of standalone text, instead drag such text in the Print View"
msgstr "在此行文本上插入空间。对于首行的独立文本无效，除非在打印预览中拖动此类文本"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:691
msgid "Preview"
msgstr "预览"

#: ../src/ui/markup.c:692
msgid "Shows what the text will look like when typeset in the Print View window. For score and movement titles the appearance is correct only relative to the default title."
msgstr "以打印预览模式显示此文本。对于乐谱和乐章标题来说，仅显示相对于默认标题的外观。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1008
msgid "Right Click Appending."
msgstr "右键单击附加。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1008
msgid "This pops up the append menu"
msgstr "弹出附加菜单"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1018
msgid "Control-Right Click."
msgstr "Ctrl + 右键单击。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1018
msgid "This pops up menu for inserting barlines and many other sorts of objects"
msgstr "弹出插入小节线及其他对象的菜单"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1025
msgid "Shift-Right Click."
msgstr "Shift + 右键单击。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1025
msgid "This allows editing the directives/attributes of the object at the cursor"
msgstr "编辑光标处对象的记号/属性"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1058
msgid "Dragging line separator."
msgstr "拖动行分隔符。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1058
msgid "This will allow the display to show more music, split into lines. The typeset score is not affected."
msgstr "显示更多分割成行的音乐。不影响乐谱排版。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1069
msgid "Dragging measure width/staff spacing."
msgstr ""

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1069
#, fuzzy
msgid "This will widen/narrow the measures/staffs in the display."
msgstr "将所有谱表设为可见。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1097
msgid "Double Click Note Onset"
msgstr "双击音符起始"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1097
msgid ""
"This represents detected note onsets which occur\n"
"before the start of the score.\n"
"If they are just noise,\n"
"or if you are working on just a portion of the audio that is ok.\n"
"Otherwise drag with left mouse button to synchronize\n"
"with the start of the score."
msgstr ""
"显示检测到的、位于乐谱之前的音符起始处。\n"
"如果它们仅仅是噪音，或者你只需要对音频的一部分进行操作，\n"
"则无需理会它们。\n"
"否则，请使用鼠标左键拖动它们并同步至乐谱起始位置。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1101
#, fuzzy
msgid "Double Click Recorded MIDI Note"
msgstr "双击音符起始"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1101
#, fuzzy
msgid "This marks/un-marks the current recorded MIDI note."
msgstr "设置/取消标记当前和弦的重音记号"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1119
#, fuzzy
msgid "Left on Note Onset"
msgstr "左键拖动音符起始"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1119
msgid "preparing to drag..."
msgstr ""

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1121
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start Playing Recording"
msgstr "开始和弦"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1121
msgid "This starts playing the recorded MIDI notes from the marked onset"
msgstr ""

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1139
msgid "Control-Shift Left click on MIDI Recording Track"
msgstr ""

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1139
msgid "Starts/Stops playback of recorded MIDI from marked note."
msgstr ""

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1147
msgid "Control Left click on MIDI Recording Track"
msgstr ""

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1147
msgid "Start dragging to change tempo of MIDI recorded track."
msgstr ""

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1156
msgid "Shift Left click on MIDI Recording Track"
msgstr ""

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1156
#, fuzzy
msgid "Drag the marked MIDI note to synchronize to a place in the score."
msgstr "移至当前录制或导入的 MIDI 音轨中的上一个 MIDI 音符起始处。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1163
#, fuzzy
msgid "Left Click Recorded MIDI Note"
msgstr "左键单击红色区域。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1163
#, fuzzy
msgid "This marks the current recorded MIDI note."
msgstr "设置/取消标记当前和弦的重音记号"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1171
msgid "Right click on MIDI Recording Track"
msgstr ""

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1171
msgid "Menu of options for MIDI recorded track."
msgstr ""

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1244 ../src/ui/mousing.c:1258 ../src/ui/mousing.c:1299
msgid "Press Left."
msgstr "按左键。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1244
msgid "This moved the cursor to the measure offscreen left. The display is shifted to place that measure on screen."
msgstr "移动光标至屏幕外左侧的小节。相应地调整显示范围，使得这一小节出现在屏幕中。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1258
#, fuzzy
msgid "This moved the cursor to the measure off-screen right. That measure becomes the second from the left."
msgstr "移动光标至屏幕外左侧的小节。相应地调整显示范围，使得光标位于屏幕中央。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1282
msgid "Double Click on Click Track"
msgstr "双击节拍音轨"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1282
msgid "This will mark the MIDI note onset."
msgstr "标记 MIDI 音符起始处。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1290
msgid "Double Click."
msgstr "双击。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1290
msgid "This gives information about the object at the cursor. Click on a notehead for information about a note in a chord."
msgstr "显示光标处对象的信息。点击符头来获取和弦中该音符的信息。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1299
msgid "This moved the cursor to the object position clicked. The cursor height becomes the clicked point."
msgstr "移动光标至所点击对象的位置，并将光标高度设置为点击处。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1311
msgid ""
"The clef shown here affects the display only (as this voice is displayed on the staff above). You can change the display clef using the clef menu.\n"
"Warning! you will get confused if you set the key signature or time signature of a voice different to the staff it is typeset on. Run the Staff/Voice property editor to adjust any inconsistencies."
msgstr ""
"此处的谱号仅影响显示（此声部将会被排版在谱表上方）。可以使用谱号菜单来改变显示的谱号。\n"
"警告！若将某个声部的调号和时值记号设为与其所属谱表中不同的记号，则可能引起混淆。请运行谱表/声部属性编辑器来校正可能的不一致之处。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1324
msgid "Left on Part name."
msgstr "左键单击片段名。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1324
msgid "This pops up the built-in staff properties. For other properties of the current staff see the staff menu or the tools icon before the clef."
msgstr "弹出内置的谱表属性菜单。有关当前谱表的其他属性，请见谱表菜单或谱号前的工具图表。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1336
msgid "Left on initial Clef."
msgstr "左键单击起始谱号。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1336
msgid "This pops up the initial clef menu."
msgstr "弹出起始谱号菜单。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1349
msgid "Left Click on blue."
msgstr "左键单击蓝色区域。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1349
msgid "This adds one sharp."
msgstr "添加升号。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1351 ../src/ui/mousing.c:1359
msgid "Initial Key Signature Change"
msgstr "起始调号变更"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1351
msgid "Sharpen Keysignature?"
msgstr "升高调号吗？"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1357
msgid "Left Click on red."
msgstr "左键单击红色区域。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1357
msgid "This adds one flat."
msgstr "添加降号。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1359
msgid "Flatten Keysignature?"
msgstr "降低调号吗？"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1366
msgid "Right Click on key."
msgstr "右键单击调号。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1366
msgid "This pops up the key signature menu."
msgstr "弹出调号菜单。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1375
msgid "Click on Time."
msgstr "点击时间。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1375
msgid "This pops up the time signature menu."
msgstr "弹出时值菜单。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1397
msgid "Editing Staff Groups (Braces)"
msgstr "谱表编组（乐组）"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1397
msgid "Edit Start Brace"
msgstr "编辑左括号"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1397
msgid "Edit End Brace"
msgstr "编辑右括号"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1412
msgid "This staff grouping has no End Brace so it finishes on the lowest staff. Use the Staffs/Voices->Staff Groupings menu to place an End Brace on the desired staff"
msgstr "此谱表组没有右括号，所以默认将最下面一个谱表作为谱表组结束范围。请使用 谱表/声部->谱表组 菜单来设置右括号的正确位置"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1432
msgid "Click on Staff Directives."
msgstr "点击谱表记号。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1432
msgid "This pops up the staff directives menu for editing"
msgstr "弹出用于编辑谱表记号的菜单"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1441
msgid "Click on Voice Directives."
msgstr "点击声部记号。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1441
msgid "This pops up the voice directives menu for editing"
msgstr "弹出用于编辑声部记号的菜单"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1464
msgid "Control-Shift-Drag."
msgstr "Ctrl + Shift + 拖动。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1464
msgid ""
"This allows dragging objects in the display.\n"
"All sorts of directives such as staccato dots, ornaments, repeat marks etc can be dragged if the display is too cluttered.\n"
"The typeset score is unaffected.\n"
"Click on a notehead to drag things attached to the notehead,\n"
"or off the noteheads for things attached to the whole chord."
msgstr ""
"在显示区域拖动对象。\n"
"如果显示过于凌乱，可以拖动任何记号，如断奏、装饰音、重复记号等进行调整。\n"
"不影响乐谱排版。\n"
"点击符头，然后可以拖动其他对象附加到符头上。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1473
msgid ""
"Control-Shift-Drag is used to tidy up the Denemo display. Useful if Denemo has created a clutter with your input music.\n"
"If you have several things attached to one object you can move them in turn by dragging them in turn.\n"
"Notes, Slurs and Ties are fixed but most other things can be moved to make the input music clear. Does not affect the typeset score!\n"
"NB! if you have dragged something to one side of a note you have to control-shift-click on the note itself to drag it back - it is where the cursor is that counts."
msgstr ""
"Ctrl + Shift + 拖动可用于整理 Denemo 乐谱。如果 Denemo 对所输入乐谱的显示方式过于凌乱，则可用此法进行调整。\n"
"如果有某个对象上附加了多个对象，可以依次拖动它们来进行移动。\n"
"音符、连音和延音是固定不动的，但大多数对象可以被移动。此操作不影响乐谱排版！\n"
"注意：如果您错误地将对象移动到某个音符的一侧，您需要按住 Ctrl+Shift 并点击该音符来将对象移动回去——这是因为拖动操作只在光标所在的位置生效。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1543
msgid "Dragged line separator."
msgstr "拖动行分隔符。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1543
msgid "This allows the display to show more music, split into lines. The typeset score is not affected."
msgstr "显示更多分割成行的音乐。不影响乐谱排版。"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1589
msgid "Ctrl + Mouse Wheel Up"
msgstr "Ctrl + 向上滚动鼠标滚轮"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1598
msgid "Shift + Mouse Wheel Up"
msgstr "Shift + 向上滚动鼠标滚轮"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1607
msgid "Unshifted + Mouse Wheel Up"
msgstr "向上滚动鼠标滚轮"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1628
msgid "Ctrl + Mouse Wheel Down"
msgstr "Ctrl + 向下滚动鼠标滚轮"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1640
msgid "Shift + Mouse Wheel Down"
msgstr "Shift + 向下滚动鼠标滚轮"

#: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1648
msgid "Unshifted + Mouse Wheel Down"
msgstr "向下滚动鼠标滚轮"

#: ../src/ui/mwidthdialog.c:61
msgid "Set minimum measure width"
msgstr "设置小节的最小宽度"

#: ../src/ui/mwidthdialog.c:68
msgid "Enter width (in pixels) of measures:"
msgstr "输入小节宽度（像素）："

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:61 ../src/ui/palettes.c:205
msgid "Destroy All Palettes"
msgstr "删除所有面板"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:61
msgid "Get rid of all palettes permanently?"
msgstr "永久删除所有面板吗？"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:146
msgid "Give Limit"
msgstr "设置限制"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:158
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Void.scm:5
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/HideOssia.scm:8
msgid "Hide"
msgstr "隐藏"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:163
msgid "Make Horizontal"
msgstr "水平放置"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:164
msgid "Arrange the buttons extending horizontally"
msgstr "将按钮水平摆放"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:174
msgid "Make Vertical"
msgstr "垂直放置"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:175
msgid "Arrange the buttons extending vertically"
msgstr "将按钮垂直摆放"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:181
msgid "Vertical Limit"
msgstr "垂直方向限制"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:181
msgid "Horizontal Limit"
msgstr "水平方向限制"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:182
msgid "Set maximum extent vertically"
msgstr "设置垂直方向上对象摆放的最大数"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:182
msgid "Set maximum extent horizontally"
msgstr "设置水平方向上对象摆放的最大数"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:187
msgid "Undock"
msgstr "取消停放"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:187
msgid "Dock"
msgstr "停放"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:188
msgid "Dock this palette in the main display"
msgstr "将此面板停放在主面板"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:188
msgid "Undock this palette from the main display"
msgstr "将此面板取消停放于主面板"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:193
msgid "Hide All Docked"
msgstr "取消所有停放"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:194
msgid "Hide all the docked palettes"
msgstr "取消所有停放面板"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:199
msgid "Hide All Palettes"
msgstr "隐藏所有面板"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:200
msgid "Hide all the palettes"
msgstr "隐藏所有面板"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:206
msgid "Destroy all the palettes - this will save time at startup, and shorten the palette menu."
msgstr "删除所有面板 - 将会节省启动时间并使面板菜单更简洁。"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:221
#, c-format
msgid "Overwrite script for button \"%s\"?"
msgstr "覆盖按钮“%s”的脚本吗？"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:222
msgid "Re-write Script"
msgstr "重写脚本"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:271
msgid "Write Label"
msgstr "设置标签"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:271
msgid "Write a label for this button"
msgstr "设置此按钮的标签"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:292
msgid "Write Tooltip"
msgstr "设置工具提示"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:292
msgid "Write a tooltip for this button"
msgstr "设置此按钮的工具提示"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:337
msgid "Duplicate Button"
msgstr "复制按钮"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:346
msgid "Show the help for this button"
msgstr "显示此按钮的帮助"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:350
msgid "Edit Label"
msgstr "编辑标签"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:351
msgid "Edit the label of this button"
msgstr "编辑此按钮的标签"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:355
msgid "Edit Tooltip"
msgstr "编辑工具提示"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:356
msgid "Edit the tooltip of this button"
msgstr "编辑此按钮的工具提示"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:362
msgid "Copy to another Palette"
msgstr "粘贴到另一面板"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:363
msgid "Copy this button to another palette"
msgstr "将此按钮粘贴到另一面板"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:367
msgid "Duplicate this button"
msgstr "复制此按钮"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:368
msgid "Create a new button with the same effect"
msgstr "创建一个具有相同效果的新按钮"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:372
msgid "Remove from Palette"
msgstr "从面板移除"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:373
msgid "Remove this button from this palette"
msgstr "将此按钮从面板移除"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:378
msgid "Appends the script that this button executes to the Scheme window"
msgstr "将此按钮要执行的脚本追加至方案窗口中"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:383
msgid "Uses the script in the Scheme Window as the one that this button executes when clicked, overwriting its old script"
msgstr "将方案窗口中的脚本作为此按钮被点击时执行的脚本；如果此按钮已关联其他脚本，则将其替换"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:388
msgid "Move to Start"
msgstr "移至前端"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:389
msgid "Moves this button to the start of the palette"
msgstr "将此按钮移至面板最前端"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:393
msgid "Move to End"
msgstr "移至后端"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:394
msgid "Moves this button to the end of the palette"
msgstr "将此按钮移至面板最后端"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:398
msgid "Edit this Palette"
msgstr "编辑此面板"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:399
msgid "Edits the palette containing this button"
msgstr "编辑包含按钮的面板"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:459
msgid "Palette Button Activated"
msgstr "已启用面板按钮"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:598
msgid "Palette Name"
msgstr "面板名称"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:598
msgid "Give name for Palette: "
msgstr "设置 面板名称："

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:598
msgid "MyPalette"
msgstr "我的面板"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:618
msgid "Create Custom Palette"
msgstr "创建自定义面板"

#: ../src/ui/palettes.c:642
msgid "Palettes from Menus"
msgstr "菜单面板"

#: ../src/ui/playbackprops.c:57
msgid "Playback properties"
msgstr "回放属性"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:230
#, c-format
msgid "The LilyPond executable program %s was not found - no typesetting will be possible"
msgstr "找不到 Lilypond 可执行文件 %s - 您将无法使用排版功能"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:461
msgid "Preferences - Denemo"
msgstr "首选项 - Denemo"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:467
msgid "<span foreground=\"red\"weight=\"bold\">A few options may require re-start of Denemo!</span>"
msgstr "<span foreground=\"red\"weight=\"bold\">更改部分选项可能需要重启 Denemo！</span>"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:581
msgid "Highlight the cursor"
msgstr "高亮光标"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:583
msgid "Display general toolbar"
msgstr "显示通用工具栏"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:585
msgid "Display Controls for Incoming MIDI signals"
msgstr "显示 MIDI 输入信号控制"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:586
msgid "Display Controls for Playback"
msgstr "显示回放控制"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:588
msgid "Display console pane"
msgstr "显示终端窗格"

#. BOOLEANENTRY (_("Display lyrics pane"), lyrics_pane);
#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:590
msgid "Display titles, controls etc"
msgstr "显示标题、控件等"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:592
msgid "Display Music Snippets"
msgstr "显示音乐片段"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:593
msgid "Display menu of objects toolbar"
msgstr "显示对象工具栏菜单"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:595
#, no-c-format
msgid "% Zoom"
msgstr "% 焦距"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:597
#, no-c-format
msgid "% of display height per system"
msgstr "每个谱表组的显示高度的百分比"

#.
#. * Preferences to do with commands
#.
#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:603
msgid "Command Behavior"
msgstr "命令属性"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:604
msgid "Profile"
msgstr "配置"

#. TEXTENTRY(_("Strict"), strictshortcuts)
#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:606
msgid "Apply commands to selection if present"
msgstr "将命令应用到选区"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:607
msgid "Spill notes over into next measure"
msgstr "分割音符至下一小节"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:608
msgid "(Chord Entry) Do not fill in tied note pitches"
msgstr "（和弦项）不填充连音音符的音高"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:609
msgid "Allow Quick Setting of Shortcuts"
msgstr "启用快速快捷键编辑"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:612
msgid "Strict Shortcuts"
msgstr "严格快捷键"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:613
msgid "Menu Navigation by Keypress"
msgstr "使用按键进行菜单导航"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:614
msgid "Treat Return key as Movable Shortcut"
msgstr "将回车键作为可用快捷键"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:615
msgid "Turn on all Tooltips"
msgstr "启用所有工具提示"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:616
msgid "Show Shortcuts Used"
msgstr "显示已用快捷键"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:617
msgid "Tooltip timeout in ms. (0 for default, -1 to use GTK tooltips - restart needed)"
msgstr "工具提示延迟时间，单位是毫秒（0 表示使用默认值，-1 表示使用 GTK 工具提示；需要重启以使更改生效）"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:619
msgid "Tooltip browse timeout in ms"
msgstr "工具提示显示时间，单位是毫秒"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:620
msgid "Tooltip browse mode timeout in ms"
msgstr "浏览模式下工具提示的显示时间，单位是毫米"

#.
#. * External (Helper) Programs
#.
#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:625
msgid "Externals"
msgstr "外部"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:627
msgid "Path to Lilypond"
msgstr "Lilypond 路径"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:628
msgid "File/Internet Browser"
msgstr "文件/互联网浏览器"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:629
msgid "Image Viewer"
msgstr "图像查看器"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:630
msgid "Graphics Editor"
msgstr "图形编辑器"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:631
msgid "Default Save Path"
msgstr "默认保存路径"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:632
msgid "Update the command set on startup"
msgstr "启动时更新命令集"

#.
#. * Misc Menu
#.
#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:636
msgid "Auto-Typeset"
msgstr "自动排版"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:640
msgid "Manually update the typeset score"
msgstr "手动更新乐谱排版"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:641
msgid "Rate of re-typeset in ms"
msgstr "自动排版的间隔，单位是毫秒"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:642
msgid "Type: (0=Range, 1=Movement, 2=Whole Score)"
msgstr "类型：（0=指定范围，1=乐章，2=整个乐谱）"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:643
msgid "Measures before cursor"
msgstr "光标前的乐章"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:644
msgid "Measures after cursor"
msgstr "光标后的乐章"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:645
msgid "Staffs before cursor"
msgstr "光标前的谱表"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:646
msgid "Staffs after cursor"
msgstr "光标后的谱表"

#.
#. * Misc Menu
#.
#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:650
msgid "Miscellaneous"
msgstr "杂项"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:651
msgid "Re-use last settings on startup"
msgstr "启动时使用上次退出时的设置"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:652
msgid "Default Font Name (Denemo)"
msgstr "默认字体名称（Denemo）"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:653
msgid "Default Font Size"
msgstr "默认字体大小"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:654
msgid "Maximum Menu Size"
msgstr "最大菜单尺寸"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:656
msgid "Playback Display Refresh"
msgstr "回放显示更新"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:657
msgid "Page Turn Steps"
msgstr "翻页步骤"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:661
msgid "Excerpt Resolution"
msgstr "取样分辨率"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:662
msgid "Enable Thumbnails"
msgstr "启用缩略图"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:663
msgid "Auto Open Sources on File Load"
msgstr "加载音频文件时同时加载源文件"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:664
msgid "Ignore Scheme Scripts on File Load"
msgstr "加载音频文件时忽略方案脚本"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:665
msgid "Max recent files"
msgstr "最近文档数的最大值"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:666
msgid "User Name"
msgstr "用户名"

#. PASSWORDENTRY (_("Password for Denemo.org"), password)
#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:668
msgid "Create Parts Layouts"
msgstr "创建片段布局"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:672
msgid "Autosave every"
msgstr "自动保存所有"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:681
msgid "second(s)"
msgstr "秒"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:685
msgid "Compression"
msgstr "压缩"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:695
msgid "Play back entered notes immediately"
msgstr "实时回放输入的音符"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:696
msgid ""
"MIDI key sound on measure end\n"
"  (0 = Off)"
msgstr ""
"小节末尾的 MIDI 按键音\n"
"（0 = 关闭）"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:697
msgid "Pitch Spelling Channel"
msgstr "音高回放通道"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:698
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use Pitch Spelling"
msgstr "音高回放通道"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:701
msgid "% MIDI-in Dynamic Compression"
msgstr "% MIDI 输入动态压缩"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:702
msgid "Avoid abrupt damping"
msgstr "避免突然衰减"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:728
msgid "Connect to port (left)"
msgstr "连接端口（左）"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:729
msgid "Connect to port (right)"
msgstr "连接端口（右）"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:747
msgid "Output device - Advanced Users Only!!"
msgstr "输出设备 - 仅限高级用户操作！"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:750
msgid "Sample rate"
msgstr "采样率"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:751
msgid "Period size"
msgstr "周期"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:752
msgid "Maximum Recording Time (Secs)"
msgstr "最大录制时间（秒）"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:767
#, fuzzy
msgid "% MIDI-in recording timeout (ms)"
msgstr "最大录制时间（秒）"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:769
msgid "Rhythm Entry for MIDI in"
msgstr "MIDI 输入的节奏输入"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:770
msgid "Ignore MIDI in except for Note On/Off messages"
msgstr "除了开启/关闭音符的消息，忽略其他所有 MIDI 指令"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:771
msgid "MIDI backend"
msgstr "MIDI 后端"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:785
msgid "Connect input to port"
msgstr "连接输入到端口"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:786
msgid "Connect output to port"
msgstr "连接输出到端口"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:807
msgid "Input device"
msgstr "输入设备"

#.
#. * FluidSynth settings
#.
#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:823
msgid "Soundfont"
msgstr "Soundfont"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:825
msgid "Choose Soundfont"
msgstr "选择 Soundfont"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:832
msgid "Enable Reverb on soundfont"
msgstr "启用 Soundfont 混响效果"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:832
msgid "Enable Chorus on soundfont"
msgstr "启用 Soundfont 合唱效果"

#.
#. * Pitch Entry Parameters
#.
#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:838
msgid "Pitch Entry"
msgstr "音高输入"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:840
msgid "Temperament"
msgstr "音律"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:840
msgid "Use Overlays"
msgstr "使用叠加音高"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:841
msgid "Continuous Entry"
msgstr "连续输入"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:884
msgid "Any changes to MIDI or AUDIO will not be effected until re-starting Denemo"
msgstr "除非重启 Denemo，任何对 MIDI 或音频的更改都不会生效"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:885
msgid "Audio/MIDI Subsystem"
msgstr "音频/MIDI 子系统"

#: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:885
msgid "Attempt to re-start the audio subsystem now?"
msgstr "尝试现在重启音频子系统吗？"

#: ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:60
msgid "Custom LilyPond Score Block"
msgstr "自定义 LilyPond 乐谱块"

#: ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:60
msgid ""
"You will need to edit the LilyPond text to copy these edits from the standard scoreblock.\n"
"It might be easier to edit your custom scoreblock directly. Abandon?"
msgstr ""
"你将需要在从标准乐谱块粘贴内容时手动编辑 LilyPond 文本。\n"
"一种更方便的做法时直接编辑自定义乐谱块。你希望放弃这一操作吗？"

#. g_assert (si != NULL);
#: ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:140
msgid "Score properties"
msgstr "乐谱属性"

#: ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:152
msgid "Display Layout"
msgstr "显示布局"

#: ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:157
msgid "Measure width (pixels):"
msgstr "小节宽度（像素）："

#: ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:165
msgid "Staff spacing (pixels):"
msgstr "谱表间距（像素）："

#: ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:193
msgid "Paper Size"
msgstr "纸张大小"

#: ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:213 ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:477
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/LyricFontSize.scm:3
msgid "Font Size"
msgstr "字体大小"

#: ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:219
msgid "Lilypond Version"
msgstr "LilyPond 版本"

#: ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:225
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PaperSize.scm:5
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PaperSize.scm:6
msgid "Portrait"
msgstr "纵向"

#: ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:228
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PaperSize.scm:5
msgid "Landscape"
msgstr "横向"

#: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:229
msgid "Only alphanumeric characters are allowed - part name unchanged"
msgstr "名称中只能包含字母和数字 - 片段名称未被更改"

#: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:255
msgid ""
"The setting for the loudness of this staff will ignored (or at least modified) by the setting of the dynamic compression preference you have.\n"
"See Preferences Dialog, Audio Tab or Playback Controls \"Always Full Volume\" checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:306
msgid "This staff will no longer auto-adjust its height to the staff content"
msgstr ""

#. Print appearance tab
#: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:480
msgid "Typeset Appearance"
msgstr "排版外观"

#: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:481
msgid "Part name (a-z,0-9):"
msgstr "片段名称（可以包含 a-z 和 0-9）："

#: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:482
msgid "All staffs with the same part name will be typeset with the Print Part command. Use a blank part name for staffs that should be printed with every part. Only alphabetic characters, space and numerals are allowed"
msgstr "将使用打印片段命令排版所有具有相同片段名称的谱表。请将那些需要在每个片段中进行排版的谱表的名称留空。片段名称中只能包含字母、空格和数字"

#: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:483
msgid "Sub Part name:"
msgstr "子片段名称："

#: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:484
msgid "If a single part (e.g. piano) has more than one staff they should be named here."
msgstr "若某个片段（如钢琴）含有多个谱表，则可将其分别命名。"

#. gtk_widget_grab_focus (entrywidget);
#: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:489
msgid "Space above:"
msgstr "上间距："

#: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:490
msgid "Space below:"
msgstr "下间距："

#: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:491
msgid "Number of Display Staff Lines:"
msgstr "显示的谱表行数："

#: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:496
msgid "MIDI Instrument:"
msgstr "MIDI 乐器："

#: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:497
msgid "Transposition:"
msgstr "转调："

#: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:498
msgid "Always Full Volume"
msgstr "总是使用最大音量"

#: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:499
msgid "Master Volume:"
msgstr "主音量："

#. BOOLEANENTRY("Override MIDI Channel/Program", midi_prognum_override);
#: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:501
msgid "Channel:"
msgstr "通道："

#: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:502
msgid "Program:"
msgstr "程序："

#: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:545
msgid "Staff "
msgstr "谱表 "

#: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:545
msgid " is using the same MIDI channel as this staff, but a different MIDI instrument - this won't work. Choose a different channel."
msgstr " 使用了与此谱表相同的 MIDI 通道，但二者使用的 MIDI 乐器不同，这是无法正常工作的。请选择一个不同的通道。"

#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:55
msgid "My Script"
msgstr "我的脚本"

#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:59
msgid "Creates a button for the script"
msgstr "为脚本创建按钮"

#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:69
msgid "Empty scheme script"
msgstr "空方案脚本"

#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:76
msgid ""
"To create a new command in the menu system that will execute the Scheme script in the pane below follow these steps:\n"
" 1) Choose an already existing command in the menu system which you want your new command to come after.\n"
" 2) Right Click on that command and select the option to create a new menu item\n"
" 3) Give a unique name for this command (hint: prefix the command with your own initials)\n"
" 4) Give the label and then the tooltip for the command\n"
" 5) When exiting Denemo choose to save you new command(s)."
msgstr ""
"若要在菜单系统中创建一个新命令、用于在下方窗格中执行方案脚本，请按照以下步骤操作：\n"
"（1）在菜单系统中选择一个现有的命令，新命令将插入到该命令之后。\n"
"（2）在该命令上单击右键，选择“新建菜单”选项；\n"
"（3）为新命令设置一个唯一的名称（提示：可以用您的姓名首字母作为命令前缀）\n"
"（4）为新命令设置一个标签和一段提示文本\n"
"（5）在退出 Denemo 时，选择保存新命令。"

#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:83
msgid "No script in the Scheme Window"
msgstr "方案窗口中没有脚本"

#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:175
msgid "Turning off Recording scheme"
msgstr "关闭录音方案"

#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:189
msgid "Save Scheme Text as..."
msgstr "保存方案文本为..."

#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:203
msgid "File already exists"
msgstr "文件已存在"

#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:206
#, c-format
msgid ""
"The file %s already exists.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
msgstr "文件 %s 已存在。您想要覆盖它吗？"

#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:235
msgid ""
"If you have loaded this script from a menu item or palette button then you must save it using a right click on that same menu item or palette button (and choosing \"Save Script from Scheme Window\").\n"
"Otherwise use \"Save As\" from this menu."
msgstr ""
"如果您使用了菜单或者面板按钮来加载脚本，您就需要在相同的菜单项或面板按钮上单击右键来保存它（点击“保存方案窗口中的脚本”）。\n"
"您也可以使用此菜单中的“另存为”来保存脚本。"

#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:241
#, fuzzy
msgid "Overwrite this file?"
msgstr "删除此指法记号吗？"

#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:241
msgid "Blank out this file?"
msgstr ""

#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:246
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saved File"
msgstr "保存 MIDI 文件："

#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:264
msgid "Scheme text changed"
msgstr "方案文本已改变"

#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:269
msgid ""
"\n"
"Do you want to save the changes in a new file?\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"你希望将更改保存至新文件吗？\n"
"\n"

#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:272
#, c-format
msgid ""
"\n"
"Do you want to save the changes in %s ?\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"你希望将更改保存到 %s 吗？\n"
"\n"

#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:306 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:365
#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:431
msgid "Denemo Scheme Script"
msgstr "Denemo 方案脚本"

#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:323
msgid "Open File"
msgstr "打开文件"

#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:442
msgid "A Scheme command line interface. Type an expression here and press Enter to evaluate and display the result in the terminal. (On windows, use denemo-console.exe to get a terminal)"
msgstr "方案命令行界面。可以在此处输入一个表达式，按 Enter 键执行并在终端显示结果。（在 Windows 中，可以使用 denemo-console.exe 来打开终端）"

#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:459
msgid "Execute Script"
msgstr "执行建脚本"

#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:460
msgid "Executes the Scheme in the script window below. If an error is thrown this will give a message in the terminal."
msgstr "执行下方脚本窗口中的方案。若有异常抛出，则会在终端显示一条消息。"

#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:464
msgid "Create Button"
msgstr "创建按钮"

#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:465
msgid "Create a palette button for the Scheme in the script window below."
msgstr "为下方脚本窗口中的脚本设置一个面板按钮。"

#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:469
msgid "Create Menu Item"
msgstr "创建新菜单项"

#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:470
msgid "Steps you through creation of a Denemo command in the menu system to execute the Scheme script."
msgstr "在菜单系统中创建一个 Denemo 命令，用于执行方案脚本。"

#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:477
msgid "Erase the current script"
msgstr "删除当前脚本"

#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:483
msgid "Load a script file"
msgstr "加载脚本文件"

#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:487
msgid "Open Initialization Script"
msgstr "打开初始化脚本"

#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:489
msgid "Load the script file which will be executed on each newly opened score"
msgstr "加载脚本文件，并在每次打开新乐谱的时候执行它"

#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:495
msgid "Save this script to the file it was loaded from"
msgstr "保存该脚本到原文件"

#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:499
msgid "Save as…"
msgstr "另存为..."

#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:501
msgid "Save this as a new file"
msgstr "另存为文件"

#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:505 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:583
msgid "Find"
msgstr "查找"

#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:508 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:583
msgid "Replace"
msgstr "替换"

#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:528
msgid "Record Scheme Script"
msgstr "录制方案脚本"

#: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:529
msgid "Start recording commands into the Scheme script text window"
msgstr "开始将命令录制到方案脚本窗口"

#: ../src/ui/timedialog.c:235
msgid "Change initial time signature"
msgstr "改变起始时值记号"

#: ../src/ui/timedialog.c:235
msgid "Insert time signature change"
msgstr "插入时值变更记号"

#: ../src/ui/timedialog.c:243
msgid "Enter desired time signature:"
msgstr "输入所需时值："

#: ../src/ui/timedialog.c:261
msgid "Current Staff Only"
msgstr "仅当前谱表"

#: ../src/ui/tomeasuredialog.c:48
msgid "Go to measure"
msgstr "转到小节"

#: ../src/ui/tomeasuredialog.c:53
msgid "Go to measure:"
msgstr "转到小节："

#: ../src/ui/tupletdialog.c:16
msgid "Customize tuplet multiplier"
msgstr "自定义连音"

#: ../src/ui/tupletdialog.c:21
msgid "Numerator"
msgstr "分子"

#: ../src/ui/tupletdialog.c:30
msgid "Denominator"
msgstr "分母"

#: ../src/ui/virtualkeyboard.c:29
msgid "Virtual Keyboard requires Denemo to be built with GTK3 or higher"
msgstr "只有在构建 Denemo 时启用了 GTK3（或更高版本）支持，才能使用虚拟键盘功能"

#: ../src/ui/virtualkeyboard.c:165
msgid "Virtual MIDI keyboard"
msgstr "虚拟 MIDI 键盘"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:26
msgid "Modifying the LilyPond Text"
msgstr "修改 LilyPond 文本"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:26
msgid "Give LilyPond syntax to be emitted by this Denemo Directive"
msgstr "设置此 Denemo 记号要产生的 LilyPond 语法"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:31
msgid "This directive currently creates no LilyPond via its postfix field, use the Advanced Edit instead"
msgstr "目前此记号不会通过后缀字段创建 LilyPond，请使用高级编辑"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:33
msgid "Help "
msgstr "帮助 "

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:39
msgid ""
"This is a Directive object.\n"
"Double click on it to get information about it."
msgstr ""
"这是一个记号对象。\n"
"请双击它来获取有关信息。"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:107
msgid "Edit Similar"
msgstr "编辑相似者"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:108
#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:506
#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:527
#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:597
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/DisplayCurrentObject.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/NoBarline.scm:5
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeCoda.scm:5
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeFermata.scm:5
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeSegno.scm:5
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/Caesura.scm:5
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ParenthesizeNote.scm:7
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.scm:8
msgid "Object Inspector"
msgstr "对象检查器"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:115
#: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:162
msgid "No help!"
msgstr "没有帮助！"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:334
#, fuzzy
msgid "All inclusion criteria are set on this directive"
msgstr " 被设置在此记号上"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:347
#, fuzzy
msgid "No inclusion criterion is set on this directive"
msgstr " 被设置在此记号上"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:355
msgid "Conditional on Layout"
msgstr "条件记号：依赖于布局"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:356
#, fuzzy
msgid ": For all layouts"
msgstr "所有布局"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:357
#, fuzzy
msgid "Only when an Inclusion Criterion set"
msgstr "当设置了忽略条件时，仍然执行该记号"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:358
#, fuzzy
msgid "Drop an Inclusion Criterion"
msgstr "因设置了忽略条件而忽略"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:374
#, fuzzy
msgid "No Denemo Directive here"
msgstr "此处没有记号"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:381
#, fuzzy
msgid ": Allow for a layout"
msgstr "仅布局 \""

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:382
#, fuzzy
msgid ": Ignore for a layout"
msgstr "忽略于布局 \""

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/scheme.scm:338
#: ../actions/denemo-modules/scheme.scm:339
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordsOverBass.scm:214
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Comment.scm:16
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CriticalComment.scm:18
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:176
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:177
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CreateIntro.scm:36
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:93
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/InsertSpaceBeforeMovement.scm:15
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/InsertSpaceBeforeMovement.scm:16
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:94
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChordComment.scm:10
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:156
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Fingering.scm:11
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Fingering.scm:12
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/AttachedText.scm:30
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/AttachedText.scm:31
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TextAbove.scm:18
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TextAbove.scm:19
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:106
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.scm:44
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.scm:45
msgid "y"
msgstr "y"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/selection.scm:76
msgid "Cursor is not inside selection"
msgstr "改变不在选区中"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/selection.scm:415
msgid "Object of type "
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/selection.scm:420
msgid "Copied "
msgstr "已复制 "

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:306
#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:349
msgid "Now drag the control points to make the shape desired - when finished click away from a control point"
msgstr "现在请拖动控制点来设置所需的形状 - 完成后在控制点外的区域点击以确认"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:310
msgid "Slur Re-shaped"
msgstr "改变连音形状"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:315
msgid ""
"To re-shape curves it is better to have the control points marked.\n"
"Use the right click menu to turn these on before invoking this command.\n"
"However, as this is not working well for multiple staffs, you can do without -\n"
"dismiss this dialog and\n"
"simply click on four points: the start of the curve, two points outside along its length and the end point."
msgstr ""
"要改变连音线的形状，请先显示控制点。\n"
"请右键单击菜单来设置控制点可见，然后在执行此操作。\n"
"这一操作无法用于多个谱表，不过你可以忽略此对话框，\n"
"然后点击四个点：曲线开头，沿曲线走向的两个中间点，以及曲线结尾。"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:326
msgid ""
"Now click on the control point at the left end of the slur\n"
"Control points are marked by red crosses"
msgstr ""
"现在请点击连线左端的控制点\n"
"控制点以红色十字标记"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:327
msgid "Now click second control point of the slur, the next red cross to the right"
msgstr "现在请点击连音线的第二个控制点，即右边的红色十字"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:328
msgid "Now click third control point of the slur, the next red cross to the right"
msgstr "现在请点击连音线的第三个控制点，即右边的红色十字"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:329
msgid "Now click last control point at the end of the slur, the last red cross to the right"
msgstr "现在请点击连音线右端的最后一个控制点，即右边的红色十字"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:337
#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:372
msgid "First click on the center line of the staff aligning with notehead/rest (Positioning will be done with respect to this height)"
msgstr "先点击与符头/休止符对齐的谱表的中线（将根据此高度进行定位）"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:353
msgid "Tie Re-shaped"
msgstr "改变延音形状"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:362
msgid ""
"Now click on the control point at the left end of the tie\n"
"Control points are marked by red crosses"
msgstr ""
"现在请点击延音线左端的控制点\n"
"控制点以红色十字标记"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:363
msgid "Now click second control point of the tie, the next red cross to the right"
msgstr "现在请点击延音线的第二个控制点，即右边的红色十字"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:364
msgid "Now click third control point of the tie, the next red cross to the right"
msgstr "现在请点击延音线的第三个控制点，即右边的红色十字"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:365
msgid "Now click last control point at the end of the tie, the last red cross to the right"
msgstr "现在请点击延音线右端的最后一个控制点，即右边的红色十字"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:382
msgid "Restore Default Slur Shape/Position"
msgstr "恢复默认连音形状/位置"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:382
msgid "Removes your customization of this slur"
msgstr "移除此连音线的自定义设置"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:383
msgid "Restore Default Tie Shape/Position"
msgstr "恢复默认延音形状/位置"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:383
msgid "Removes your customization of this tie"
msgstr "移除此延音线的自定义设置"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:388
msgid "Hint Slur Position"
msgstr "提示连音位置"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:388
msgid "Edit Slur Shape"
msgstr "编辑连音形状"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:396
msgid "First click on the notehead of the note where the slur starts"
msgstr "请先点击连音起始处音符的符头"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:402
msgid "Not a slur start - cancelled"
msgstr "不是连音起始位置 - 已取消"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:409
msgid "Edit Tie Shape"
msgstr "编辑延音形状"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:437
msgid ""
"To re-position stuff attached to notes accurately you need to have the locations of the objects marked with red dots.\n"
"You can use the right click menu to turn these on before invoking this command. However, since this marking code is only working well for single staffs, you can go ahead without.\n"
"To do this dismiss this dialog and guess at where the red spot is on the object."
msgstr ""
"要精确地调整关联到音符的对象的位置，你需要将对象的位置用红色点标记。\n"
"可以在进行此操作前使用右键菜单开启标记功能。不过，由于此标记仅适用于单个谱表，所以你也可以不开启标记功能而直接进行调整，即忽略此对话框而推测对象上红色点的可能位置。"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:441
msgid ""
"First click on the center line of the staff aligning with notehead/rest\n"
"(Positioning will be done with respect to this height)"
msgstr "先点击与符头/休止符对齐的谱表的中线（将根据此高度进行定位）"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:443
msgid "Now click on the position desired for the object"
msgstr "现在点击要放置对象的位置"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:447
msgid "Re-positioned"
msgstr "位置已改变"

#. TupletPosition
#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:453
#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:616
#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:619 ../actions/denemo.scm:1115
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:5
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/AdjustCustomOrnament.scm:7
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:19
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TupletPosition.scm:2
msgid "Up"
msgstr "上"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:453
#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:616
#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:620 ../actions/denemo.scm:1115
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:5
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/AdjustCustomOrnament.scm:7
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:19
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TupletPosition.scm:2
msgid "Down"
msgstr "下"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:453
#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:616
#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:621 ../actions/denemo.scm:1115
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:5
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/AdjustCustomOrnament.scm:7
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:19
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TupletPosition.scm:2
msgid "Auto"
msgstr "自动"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:464
#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:515
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/AdjustCustomOrnament.scm:18
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/AdjustCustomOrnament.scm:30
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.scm:14
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:12
msgid "Padding"
msgstr "填充"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:464
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/AdjustCustomOrnament.scm:18
msgid "Give amount of padding required around this item (in staff spaces)"
msgstr "设置此对象周围必须的填充宽度（用于谱表间隔）"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:477
msgid "Give relative font size: "
msgstr "设置相对字体大小："

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:505
#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:526
#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:596
msgid "Object Editor"
msgstr "对象编辑器"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:507
#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:528
#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:598
msgid "Play From Here"
msgstr "从此处开始播放"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:515
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:7
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:71
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/AdjustCustomOrnament.scm:30
msgid "Up/Down"
msgstr "上/下"

#. FIXME the value is relative to the centre line of the staff, this gets relative to the tr sign.
#. need to use d-GetNewTarget to find the notehead position, then use its mid_c_offset to get the centre line value
#. beaming does not come here, it is on Note target-type this
#. dragging rests is target = (CHORD, #f, #f) comes here
#. ornaments come here target =  (Chord #f ToggleMordent) for example
#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:522 ../actions/denemo.scm:173
#: ../actions/denemo.scm:176
msgid "Offset Position"
msgstr "偏移位置"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:556
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/LineBreak.xml.h:1
msgid "Line Break"
msgstr "换行符"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:556
msgid "Start a new line here"
msgstr "创建一个新行"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:557
msgid "Start a new page here"
msgstr "创建一个新页面"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:560
msgid "Three Beams Right (Off/On)"
msgstr "三个符尾朝右（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:560
msgid "Put just three beams to the right or undo a previous invocation of this command"
msgstr "将三个符尾设置为向右，或撤销此命令之前的效果"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:561
msgid "Three Beams Left (Off/On)"
msgstr "三个符尾朝左（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:561
msgid "Put just three beams to the left or undo a previous invocation of this command"
msgstr "将三个符尾设置为向左，或撤销此命令之前的效果"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:564
msgid "Two Beams Right (Off/On)"
msgstr "两个符尾朝右（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:564
msgid "Put just two beams to the right or undo a previous invocation of this command"
msgstr "将两个符尾设置为向右，或撤销此命令之前的效果"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:565
msgid "Two Beams Left (Off/On)"
msgstr "两个符尾朝左（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:565
msgid "Put just two beams to the left or undo a previous invocation of this command"
msgstr "将两个符尾设置为向左，或撤销此命令之前的效果"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:570
msgid "One Beam Right (Off/On)"
msgstr "一个符尾朝右（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:570
msgid "Put just one beam to the right or undo a previous invocation of this command"
msgstr "将一个符尾设置为向右，或撤销此命令之前的效果"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:571
msgid "One Beam Left (Off/On)"
msgstr "一个符尾朝左（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:571
msgid "Put just one beam to the left or undo a previous invocation of this command"
msgstr "将一个符尾设置为向左，或撤销此命令之前的效果"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:572
msgid "Chop to One Beam"
msgstr "切断至单符尾"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:572
msgid "Reduce the beaming between this and the next note to just one beam"
msgstr "切断符尾，使下一音符具有独立符尾"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:577
msgid "Chop Gap in Beam"
msgstr "切断符尾"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:577
msgid "Remove the beaming between this and the next note"
msgstr "移除当前和下一个音符之间的符尾"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:578
msgid "No Beam (Off/On)"
msgstr "无符尾（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:578
msgid "Leave note/chord un-beamed or undo a previous invocation of this command"
msgstr "设置音符/和弦之间无符尾连接，或撤销此命令之前的效果"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:579
msgid "Change beam angle/position"
msgstr "改变符尾角度/位置"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:579
msgid "Allows you to drag the ends of the beam"
msgstr "拖动符尾末端进行设置"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:583
msgid "Hint Slur Angle/Position"
msgstr "提示连音角度/位置"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:583
msgid "Allows you to drag the ends of the slur"
msgstr "拖动连音线末端进行设置"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:584
msgid "Change Slur Shape"
msgstr "改变连音形状"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:584
msgid "Allows you to drag the control points of the slur"
msgstr "拖动连音线控制点进行设置"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:591
msgid "Change Tie Shape"
msgstr "改变延音形状"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:591
msgid "Allows you to drag the control points of the tie"
msgstr "拖动延音线控制点进行设置"

#: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:625
msgid "Edit Directive tagged "
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:157
msgid "Place above staff"
msgstr "置于谱表上方"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:158
msgid "Place below staff"
msgstr "置于谱表下方"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:159
msgid "Set Relative Font Size"
msgstr "设置相对字体大小"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:160
msgid "Offset Position (All)"
msgstr "偏移位置（所有）"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:161
msgid "Offset Position (One)"
msgstr "偏移位置（仅当前）"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:162
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:89
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:68
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/BlankPage.scm:17
msgid "Edit Text"
msgstr "编辑文本"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:163
msgid "Set Padding"
msgstr "设置填充"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:166
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/RehearsalMark.scm:7
msgid "Restore Position"
msgstr "恢复位置"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:167
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/RehearsalMark.scm:6
msgid "Nudge Position"
msgstr "位置微调"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:173
msgid "Amount (+/-) to nudge in horizontal direction"
msgstr "水平方向上的微调量（+/-）"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:176
msgid "Amount (+/-) to nudge in vertical direction"
msgstr "垂直方向上的微调量（+/-）"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:284 ../actions/denemo.scm:345
msgid "Extra space above (0):"
msgstr "上方额外空间（0）："

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:287 ../actions/denemo.scm:347
msgid "Give font magnification required (+/-) 0 "
msgstr "设置所需的字体缩放值（+/-）0 "

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:335
msgid "Give a name applying to the whole score"
msgstr "为整个乐谱指定名称"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:539
msgid "End the selection at a note"
msgstr "选区结束于音符"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:544
msgid "Start the selection at a note"
msgstr "选区起始于音符"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:704
msgid "You had book titles for this score. These are being dropped. To re-instate them, re-set the title as a book title."
msgstr "你为此乐谱设置了目录标题，但目录标题已被丢弃。若要恢复它，请将标题重新设置为目录标题。"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:994
msgid "Please enter a transpose interval"
msgstr "请输入转调间隔"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:994
msgid ""
"Please enter a transpose interval or two notes in Lilypond syntax.\n"
"\n"
"Example: m2 minor second, M2 major second, p5 fifth, T tritone.\n"
"Or:  c' e' for a major third."
msgstr ""
"请输入转调间隔，或以 Lilypond 语法表示的两个音符。\n"
"\n"
"例如：m2 减二度，M2 大二度，p5 五度，T 全音。\n"
"或：c' e' 大三度。"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1124
msgid "This definition is not loaded ... trying to load"
msgstr "此定义未被加载 … 请先加载"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1246 ../actions/denemo.scm:1250
#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1312
msgid "Movement Titles"
msgstr "乐章标题"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1246 ../actions/denemo.scm:1250
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/init.scm:23
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:18
msgid "Give "
msgstr "设置 "

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1344 ../actions/denemo.scm:1411
msgid "dedication"
msgstr "题词"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1345 ../actions/denemo.scm:1415
msgid "title"
msgstr "标题"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1346 ../actions/denemo.scm:1419
msgid "subtitle"
msgstr "子标题"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1347 ../actions/denemo.scm:1423
msgid "subsubtitle"
msgstr "小标题"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1348 ../actions/denemo.scm:1427
msgid "instrument"
msgstr "乐器"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1349 ../actions/denemo.scm:1431
msgid "poet"
msgstr "诗人"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1350 ../actions/denemo.scm:1435
msgid "composer"
msgstr "作曲者"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1351 ../actions/denemo.scm:1439
msgid "meter"
msgstr "节拍"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1352 ../actions/denemo.scm:1443
msgid "arranger"
msgstr "编曲者"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1357 ../actions/denemo.scm:1447
msgid "tagline"
msgstr "标语"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1357 ../actions/denemo.scm:1451
msgid "copyright"
msgstr "版权"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1358 ../actions/denemo.scm:1455
msgid "piece"
msgstr "片段"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1358 ../actions/denemo.scm:1459
msgid "opus"
msgstr "作品"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1361
msgid "Switch to Simple Titles"
msgstr "切换为简单标题"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1405
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You have simple titles created by an earlier version of Denemo.\n"
"You can only edit these with 1.2.4 or earlier versions.\n"
"You can delete them in the score and movement editor and then re-instate them."
msgstr ""
"你使用早期版本的 Denemo 创建了简单标题。\n"
"只能使用 1.2.4 及更早的版本编辑它们。\n"
"你可以在乐谱和乐章编辑器中删除它们，然后重新恢复它们。"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1488
msgid "Give Spacing:"
msgstr "设置间距："

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1506 ../actions/denemo.scm:1509
#, fuzzy
msgid "Give distance"
msgstr "设置弦"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1510
#, fuzzy
msgid "System to System Minimum Distance"
msgstr "谱表组后填充"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1512
#, fuzzy
msgid "Give padding"
msgstr "设置间距："

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1513
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SystemSystemPadding.xml.h:1
msgid "System to System Padding"
msgstr "谱表组后填充"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1515
#, fuzzy
msgid "Give stretchability"
msgstr "允许拉伸"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1516
#, fuzzy
msgid "System to System Stretchability"
msgstr "谱表组间距"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1532
msgid "Mute Staff"
msgstr "谱表静音"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1533
msgid "Unmute Staff"
msgstr "取消谱表静音"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1535
msgid "(Print) Show Staff"
msgstr "（打印）显示谱表"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1536
msgid "(Print) Hide Staff"
msgstr "（打印）隐藏谱表"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1539
msgid "(Display) Show Staff"
msgstr "（预览）显示谱表"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1540
msgid "(Display) Hide Staff"
msgstr "（显示）隐藏谱表"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1541
#, fuzzy
msgid "(Display) Auto Adjust Staff Height"
msgstr "（预览）显示所有谱表"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1547
msgid "Staff spacing will be automatically adjusted"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1555
msgid "(Display) Show All Staffs"
msgstr "（预览）显示所有谱表"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1556
msgid "(Display) Hide All Other Staffs"
msgstr "（显示）隐藏其他所有谱表"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1557
msgid "Movement Editor"
msgstr "乐章编辑器"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1559
msgid "This sets the visibility/mute and other properties for the whole movement"
msgstr "设置整个乐章的可见性/静音等属性"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1632
msgid "Staff number "
msgstr "谱表数 "

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1632
msgid "Staffs have different properties: "
msgstr "谱表的属性不相同："

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1651
msgid "Different number of measures in staff "
msgstr "谱表中的小节数不相同 "

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1658
msgid "Comparing Music"
msgstr "比较乐谱"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1658
msgid "Continue Searching?"
msgstr "继续查找吗？"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1673
msgid "Extra staff(s) in one score."
msgstr "乐谱中有额外的谱表。"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1790
msgid "No Title"
msgstr "无题"

#: ../actions/denemo.scm:1792
msgid "No Composer"
msgstr "无名氏"

#: ../actions/editscripts/Beam.scm:6
msgid "Customized Beaming Command - use Advanced Edit"
msgstr "自定义符尾命令 - 请使用高级编辑"

#: ../actions/editscripts/Slur.scm:1
msgid "This Directive modifies the slur shape - you can further edit the slur shape in the Print View window, or delete this directive to return to the default shape"
msgstr "修改连音形状的记号 - 之后你可以在打印预览窗口中编辑连音形状，或删除此记号使之恢复默认形状"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ActivatePaletteButtonByLabel.scm:2
msgid ""
"Select a palette by clicking on one of its buttons.\n"
"Thereafter use a keyboard shortcut to invoke this command\n"
"and then type any label from the palette followed by <Return>\n"
"You can cut the label short (it clicks the first button that matches)."
msgstr ""
"点击其中的按钮可以选中面板。\n"
"然后使用键盘快捷键来调用此命令，\n"
"并在输入面板的标签后按回车键去儿\n"
"你可以使用简短标签（命令仅操作第一个匹配的按钮）。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ActivatePaletteButtonByLabel.xml.h:1
msgid "Activate Palette Button"
msgstr "启用面板按钮"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ActivatePaletteButtonByLabel.xml.h:2
msgid "Allows you \"click\" a palette button by typing the label. Use a keyboard shortcut to start this command, then type the label followed by Return. The last used palette is the active one. Click on the menu item for this command for more help."
msgstr "允许通过输入标签来“点击”按钮。请使用键盘快捷键来执行此命令，然后输入标签名并按回车。上次使用的面板将被设为活动面板。点击此命令的菜单项以获取更多帮助。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.scm:55
msgid "Non Printing"
msgstr "不打印"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.scm:57
msgid "Slur Start"
msgstr "连音线起始"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.scm:59
msgid "Slur End"
msgstr "连音线终止"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.scm:61
msgid "Tied Note"
msgstr "延音符"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.scm:63
msgid "Tuplet Start"
msgstr "连音起始"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.scm:65
msgid "Tuplet End"
msgstr "连音终止"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.scm:67
msgid "Key Change"
msgstr "调号变更"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.scm:71
msgid "Stems Direction"
msgstr "符干方向"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.scm:91
msgid "Nothing in this movement can be searched for (no ties, slurs, time signature changes, tuplets, directives etc)."
msgstr "此乐章中没有可以搜索的对象（没有延音、连音线、时值变更、连音、记号等）"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.xml.h:1
msgid "Choose, Seek &amp; Edit"
msgstr "选择、定位 &amp; 编辑"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.xml.h:2
msgid "Creates a menu of all the types of objects that can be searched for in this movement. Selecting one moves the cursor to the next object of that type which can then be edited, or further searches made."
msgstr "为此乐章中所有可以被搜索的对象创建一个菜单。点击菜单中的某个对象可以使光标移动到下一个具有相同类型的可编辑对象处。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ConvertDrum2GmSingleSelection.xml.h:1
msgid "Convert GM-Drum to User-Drum"
msgstr "转换 GM 鼓组为用户鼓组"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ConvertDrum2GmSingleSelection.xml.h:2
msgid "Converts between the midi-drum notation and a user-drum notation. The user can set his/her drummap in a template in ~/.denemo/templates or choose any other copy he made of the template file to have drummaps for different drummers available."
msgstr "在 midi 鼓组记号和用户鼓组记号之间切换。用户可以在 ~/.denemo/templates 下的模板中设置自定义鼓组映射，或在根据模板创建的自定义设置中选择不同可用的打击音色。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/DeleteDirective.scm:17
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/DeleteDirective.scm:22
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deleted "
msgstr "删除"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/DeleteDirective.scm:17
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/DeleteDirective.scm:22
#, fuzzy
msgid " at cursor."
msgstr "在光标处编辑"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/DeleteDirective.scm:24
#, fuzzy
msgid "No Directive at Cursor Position"
msgstr "光标处没有自定义装饰音"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/DeleteDirective.xml.h:1
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete Directive at Cursor."
msgstr "删除记号"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/DeleteDirective.xml.h:2
msgid "Deletes a Denemo Directive at the cursor. This may be a standalone directive or one attached to a object. Position the cursor at the note height when the directive is attached to just one note in a chord, alternatively not at a note height if the directive is attached to the chord as a whole."
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/IntelligentDelete.xml.h:1
msgid "Delete Selection/Object/Empty Measure"
msgstr "删除选区/对象/空小节"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/IntelligentDelete.xml.h:2
msgid "Deletes a single object at the cursor, an empty measure or the complete selection."
msgstr "删除光标处的单个对象、空小节或整个选区中的内容。"

#. RemoveCustomizedButtons
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/RemoveSchemeInit.xml.h:1
msgid "Destroy Button Customization"
msgstr "删除自定义按钮"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/RemoveSchemeInit.xml.h:2
msgid "Removes the file that creates customized buttons on the title bar (and any other scheme you have added to the startup script)."
msgstr "删除用于在标题栏上创建自定义按钮的文件（以及所有天价到启动脚本中的方案）。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/StagedDelete.xml.h:1
msgid "Delete in Stages"
msgstr "逐步删除"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/StagedDelete.xml.h:2
msgid "Deletes the object at/before the cursor. For Notes/Chords/Rests it deletes stage by stage. First it removes notes until just a non-printing rest remains, then deletes that."
msgstr "删除光标处/光标前的对象。对于音符/和弦/休止符而言，将逐步进行删除，即：首先音符，留下不打印的休止符，最后再删除休止符。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditAll.scm:7
msgid "Delete All "
msgstr "删除全部 "

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditAll.scm:8
msgid "Execute Scheme on all "
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditAll.scm:11
msgid "You must choose a type of object to edit first"
msgstr "你必须先选择一种对象进行编辑"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditAll.xml.h:1
msgid "Edit All of Type"
msgstr "编辑所有类型"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditAll.xml.h:2
msgid "Resumes the last Seeking/Editing/Deleting operation. All objects of the type last searched for will be sought again, from the cursor onwards."
msgstr "继续上一次查找/编辑/删除操作。将会从光标处向后搜索上次搜索过的类型。"

#. EditScoreAndMovementDirectives
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditScoreAndMovementDirectives.xml.h:1
msgid "Edit Score/Movement Directives"
msgstr "编辑乐谱/乐章记号"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditScoreAndMovementDirectives.xml.h:2
msgid "Collects together all the Score Directives and the Movement Directives for the current movement and allows advanced (low-level) edit of any of them. This is a convenience command if you do not know the directive you are looking for."
msgstr "在当前乐章中收集所有乐谱记号和乐章记号，并对其启用高级（基础层次）编辑。若不知道所查找记号的类型，可以使用此命令。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:37
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:61
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:86
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:111
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:290
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:316
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:340
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:364
msgid "Continue Seeking "
msgstr "继续定位 "

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:37
msgid " Directives"
msgstr " 记号"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:61
msgid " on Noteheads"
msgstr " 于符头"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:63
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:88
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:93
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Directives/InsertChordDirective.scm:12
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/InsertStandaloneDirective.scm:7
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/InsertNoteDirective.scm:12
msgid "Edit "
msgstr "编辑 "

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:63
msgid " on Notehead"
msgstr " 与符头"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:86
msgid " on Chords/Notes/Rests"
msgstr " 于和弦/音符/休止符"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:88
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:93
msgid " Directive"
msgstr " 记号"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:88
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:93
msgid " on this Chord/Note/Rest"
msgstr " 于此和弦/音符/休止符"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:111
msgid " Objects"
msgstr " 对象"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:112
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:116
msgid "Change to Printing"
msgstr "转为打印"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:128
msgid "Continue seeking slur start positions"
msgstr "继续定位连音线起始位置"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:129
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:133
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:147
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:151
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/DeleteSlur.xml.h:1
msgid "Delete Slur"
msgstr "删除连音"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:146
msgid "Continue seeking slur end positions"
msgstr "继续定位连音线终止位置"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:165
msgid "Continue seeking tied notes"
msgstr "继续定位延音符"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:166
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:170
msgid "Delete Tie"
msgstr "删除延音符"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:183
msgid "Continue seeking tuplet start objects"
msgstr "继续定位连音起始对象"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:198
msgid "Continue seeking tuplet end objects"
msgstr "继续定位连音终止对象"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:213
msgid "Continue seeking time signature change objects"
msgstr "进行定位时值变更对象"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:233
msgid "Continue seeking clef change objects"
msgstr "进行定位谱号变更对象"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:251
msgid "Continue seeking key signature change objects"
msgstr "进行定位调号变更对象"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:272
msgid "Continue seeking stem direction change objects"
msgstr "进行定位符干方向变更对象"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:290
msgid " on Time Signature Change Objects"
msgstr " 于时值变更对象"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:316
msgid " on Clef Change Objects"
msgstr " 于谱号变更对象"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:340
msgid " on Key Change Objects"
msgstr " 于调号变更对象"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:364
msgid " on Voice Change objects"
msgstr " 于声部变更对象"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:397
msgid "Must choose type of object to be edited/deleted"
msgstr "必须选择要编辑/删除的对象类型"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:409
msgid ""
"Cannot resume - no previous search.\n"
"Offering a menu of all possible searches instead."
msgstr ""
"无法继续搜索 - 之前没有进行搜索\n"
"请提供一个含有可能搜索对象的菜单。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:643
msgid ""
"Attributes and Directives attached to noteheads, chords (including notes and rests) and standalone objects are supported - position the cursor on a notehead for directives on that notehead or off the noteheads for directives on a chord/note/rest, or on any other sort of object in the music. \n"
"Alternatively, use \"Choose, Seek and Edit\" command to select from a list of types of directives in the movement to seek for."
msgstr ""
"支持附加到符头、和弦（包括音符和休止符）和独立对象的属性和指令 - 请将光标置于记号所在的符头上、和弦/音符/休止符的符头外，或音乐中任何类型的对象。\n"
"此外，请使用“选择，定位和编辑”命令从列表中选择乐章中要定位的记号类型。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:653
msgid "Wrap to first movement"
msgstr "包括第一个乐章"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:654
msgid "Wrap to next movement"
msgstr "包括下一个乐章"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:655
msgid "Wrap to beginning"
msgstr "包括开头"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:673
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.scm:110
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "完成"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.xml.h:1
msgid "Edit Here (and ...)"
msgstr "编辑此处（以及 ...）"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.xml.h:2
msgid "Seek and edit Denemo Directives starting with the one at the cursor and optionally similar ones following. Position the cursor on a particular notehead to edit directives attached to individual noteheads (such as fingering), otherwise you will edit directives attached at the chord level (such as beaming)."
msgstr "定位并编辑光标处的 Denemo 指令（及其后的类似的指令）。请将光标置于特定的符头上来编辑附加于其上的指令（例如指法），否则将在和弦的水平上编辑指令（例如符尾）。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/InsertNthSnippet.scm:3
msgid "Type Snippet Number 1,2..."
msgstr "输入片段编号 1,2..."

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/InsertNthSnippet.scm:9
msgid "To use this function correctly you need to give the number of the snippet to be inserted"
msgstr "请输入要插入的音乐片段编号"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/InsertNthSnippet.xml.h:1
msgid "Insert Nth Snippet"
msgstr "插入第 N 个片段"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/InsertNthSnippet.xml.h:2
msgid "Pastes the Nth snippet into the score at the cursor position. Follow with the number 1,2,... of the snippet to be inserted"
msgstr "将第 N 个片段粘贴至乐谱中的光标位置。可以在后面添加要插入的片段编号（1,2,...）"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/KeyBindings/StartEmacs2KeyShortcut.xml.h:1
msgid "Start Emacs 2-key Shortcut"
msgstr "启动 Emcas 双键快捷键"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/KeyBindings/StartEmacs2KeyShortcut.xml.h:2
msgid "Initiates a 2-key sequence, emacs style."
msgstr "启动化 emacs 样式的双键序列。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString/NotationMagick-InsertReversedStringAsBinaryRhythm.xml.h:1
msgid "Insert Reversed String as Binary Rhythm"
msgstr "将反向字符串作为二进制节奏插入"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString/NotationMagick-InsertReversedStringAsBinaryRhythm.xml.h:2
msgid "Give a string to generate a rhythm out of its ascii chars in binary encoding. The string gets reversed before converting."
msgstr "设置用于生成节奏的二进制 ascii 字符串。在转换前会反转字符串。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString/NotationMagick-InsertReversedStringAsReversedBinaryRhythm.xml.h:1
msgid "Insert Reversed String as Reversed Binary Rhythm"
msgstr "将反向字符串作为反向二进制节奏插入"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString/NotationMagick-InsertReversedStringAsReversedBinaryRhythm.xml.h:2
msgid "Give a string to generate a rhythm out of its ascii chars in binary encoding. The string gets reversed before converting. The rhythm for each letter gets reversed before inserting."
msgstr "设置用于生成节奏的二进制 ascii 字符串。在转换前会反转字符串，在插入节奏前会反转每个字母。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString/NotationMagick-InsertStringAsBinaryRhythm.xml.h:1
msgid "Insert String as Binary Rhythm"
msgstr "将字符串作为二进制节奏插入"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString/NotationMagick-InsertStringAsBinaryRhythm.xml.h:2
msgid "Give a string to generate a rhythm out of its ascii chars in binary encoding"
msgstr "设置用于生成节奏的二进制 ascii 字符串"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString/NotationMagick-InsertStringAsReversedBinaryRhythm.xml.h:1
msgid "Insert String as Reversed Binary Rhythm"
msgstr "将字符串作为反向二进制节奏插入"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString/NotationMagick-InsertStringAsReversedBinaryRhythm.xml.h:2
msgid "Give a string to generate a rhythm out of its ascii chars in binary encoding. The rhythm for each letter gets reversed before inserting."
msgstr "设置用于生成节奏的二进制 ascii 字符串。在插入节奏前会反转每个字母。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-InsertPoolShuffled.xml.h:1
msgid "Insert Shuffled Pool"
msgstr "插入重组库"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-InsertPoolShuffled.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts all notes, shuffled, from a user-specified pool of notes in Lilypond syntax"
msgstr "从用户指定的音符库插入 LilyPond 语法的重组音符"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-MirrorSelectedObjects.xml.h:1
msgid "Mirror Selected Objects (Axis=Cursor)"
msgstr "镜像所选对象（以光标为轴）"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-MirrorSelectedObjects.xml.h:2
msgid "Mirror the selected notes. Axis is the cursor position."
msgstr "以光标位置为轴，反映所选音符。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-ReverseSelectedObjects.xml.h:1
msgid "Reverse Selected Objects"
msgstr "反转所选对象"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-ReverseSelectedObjects.xml.h:2
msgid "Revert selected objects"
msgstr "反转所选对象"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-ShuffleSelectedObjects.xml.h:1
msgid "Shuffle Selected Objects"
msgstr "重组所选对象"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-ShuffleSelectedObjects.xml.h:2
msgid "Shuffle the selected objects"
msgstr "重组所选对象"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-SortSelectionAscending.xml.h:1
msgid "Sort Selection (Ascending)"
msgstr "选区排序（升序）"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-SortSelectionAscending.xml.h:2
msgid "Sort all notes in the selection, ascending order."
msgstr "对选区中的所有音符按升序排列。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-SortSelectionDescending.xml.h:1
msgid "Sort Selection (Descending)"
msgstr "选区排序（降序）"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-SortSelectionDescending.xml.h:2
msgid "Sort all notes in the selection, descending order."
msgstr "对选区中的所有音符按降序排列。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-TwelveToneRow.xml.h:1
msgid "Twelve Tone Row"
msgstr "十二音序列"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-TwelveToneRow.xml.h:2
msgid "Generates twelve notes of the prevailing duration, each is unique so the whole chromatic range gets inserted in a random manner."
msgstr "用预设时值生成包含十二个音符的等音程序列，并打乱顺序后插入。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SingleRandomNote/NotationMagick-InsertNoteFromPool.xml.h:1
msgid "Note from Pool"
msgstr "插入库中音符"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SingleRandomNote/NotationMagick-InsertNoteFromPool.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts one note from a user-specified pool of notes in Lilypond syntax"
msgstr "从用户指定的音符库插入 LilyPond 语法的音符"

#. Part of NotationMagick
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SingleRandomNote/NotationMagick-RandomWithinClefRangeChromatic.xml.h:1
msgid "Chromatic within Clef Range"
msgstr "插入谱号范围内光谱"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SingleRandomNote/NotationMagick-RandomWithinClefRangeChromatic.xml.h:2
msgid "Insert a random note within clef range. Full chromatic spectrum."
msgstr "随机插入一个谱号范围内的音符。包含全音阶光谱。"

#. Part of NotationMagick
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SingleRandomNote/NotationMagick-RandomWithinClefRangeDiatonic.xml.h:1
msgid "asd"
msgstr "asd"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SingleRandomNote/NotationMagick-RandomWithinClefRangeDiatonic.xml.h:2
msgid "Insert a random note within clef range, only diatonic notes according to current keysignature."
msgstr "随机插入一个谱号范围内的音符，该音符是当前调号中的全音阶音符。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SwapPassages.scm:18
msgid "Swapped"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SwapPassages.scm:47
msgid "Badly placed Passage marker. Mark passages only in the upper staff."
msgstr "段落记号的位置有误，它应当位于最上面的谱表中。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SwapPassages.scm:64
msgid "Unable to find corresponding passage end."
msgstr "找不到相应的段落结束记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SwapPassages.scm:68
msgid "Unable to find corresponding passage start."
msgstr "找不到相应的段落起始记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SwapPassages.scm:72
msgid "No staff below to swap passages with."
msgstr "下方没有谱表，因此无法交换段落。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SwapPassages.scm:75
msgid "Start Passage with no End Passage."
msgstr "段落起始记号缺少相应的结束记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SwapPassages.scm:95
msgid "Use Undo(s) to restore any cut music."
msgstr "请使用撤销命令来恢复剪切的内容。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SwapPassages.xml.h:1
msgid "Swap Passages"
msgstr "交换段落"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SwapPassages.xml.h:2
msgid "Passages of music in the current staff that have been marked using the Mark Passages command will be swapped with the corresponding music from the staff below."
msgstr "将当前谱表中被”标记段落“命令所标记的段落与下方的谱表交换。"

#. ActivateObjectAtCursor
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/ActivateObjectAtCursor.xml.h:1
msgid "Activate Object"
msgstr "启用对象"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/ActivateObjectAtCursor.xml.h:2
msgid "Activates the object at the Denemo cursor, equivalent to right-clicking on it. Control and Shift keys will affect the response if used in the key shortcut for this command."
msgstr "启用 Denemo 光标处的对象，该操作等价于右键单击该对象。如果使用快捷键来执行这一命令，同时使用 Ctrl 或 Shift 键将会产生不同的效果。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/AdvancedEdit.scm:5
msgid ""
"To edit a directive attached to the object at the cursor\n"
"right click and choose Run Object Editor"
msgstr ""
"要编辑附加到光标处对象的记号\n"
"请右键单击，然后选择运行对象编辑器"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/AdvancedEdit.xml.h:1
msgid "Advanced Edit"
msgstr "高级编辑"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/AdvancedEdit.xml.h:2
msgid "Edits a Denemo Directive at the lowest level. Advanced users only!"
msgstr "在基础层次上编辑 Denemo 记号。仅适用于高级用户！"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/DenemoDurationInTicks.scm:6
msgid "Set Denemo Duration"
msgstr "设置 Denemo 的时值"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/DenemoDurationInTicks.scm:6
msgid "Give duration desired in ticks (PPQN) "
msgstr "设置 Denemo 的刻度时长（脉冲每四分音符，PPQN）"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/DenemoDurationInTicks.xml.h:1
msgid "(Display) Set Object Duration"
msgstr "（显示）设置对象时值"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/DenemoDurationInTicks.xml.h:2
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sets the duration of the object at the cursor for display/playback purposes. Value is pulses per quarter note - ie MIDI ticks. No effect on typesetting."
msgstr "设置光标处对象的时值（用于显示）。该值表示每个四分音符（即 MIDI 拍）所对应的脉冲数。不影响排版。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/EditLilyPondSyntax.scm:12
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit Current Object"
msgstr "查找当前对象"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/EditLilyPondSyntax.scm:12
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit the LilyPond syntax"
msgstr "指定 LilyPond 语法"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/EditLilyPondSyntax.scm:41
#, fuzzy
msgid "No Object at Cursor"
msgstr "插入至光标处"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/EditLilyPondSyntax.xml.h:1
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit LilyPond Syntax"
msgstr "LilyPond 语法"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/EditLilyPondSyntax.xml.h:2
msgid "Let's you replace the syntax sent to the LilyPond typesetter with your own choice of syntax to typeset the object at the cursor. Be aware that Denemo will continue to display the object as originally defined, only the typesetting will change."
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/MakeDirectiveConditional.xml.h:1
#, fuzzy
msgid "Make Object Directive Conditional"
msgstr "转变为条件记号"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/MakeDirectiveConditional.xml.h:2
#, fuzzy
msgid "Allows you to make conditional a Denemo Directive attached to the object at the cursor."
msgstr "设定与光标处音符关联的指法说明的显示位置。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/ToggleNonPrinting.xml.h:1
#, fuzzy
msgid "Non-Printing Object (Off/On)"
msgstr "不打印选区（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/ToggleNonPrinting.xml.h:2
msgid "Makes the object at the cursor non-printing (off/on). For notes this means a rhythm-only note."
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/Void.xml.h:1
msgid "(Print) Void Object"
msgstr "（打印）空对象"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/Void.xml.h:2
msgid "On typesetting the current object will be evaluated, but otherwise ignored."
msgstr "仅在排版时处理此对象，在其他情况下则将其忽略。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/PasteFromAbove.xml.h:1
msgid "Paste From Staff Above"
msgstr "从以上谱表中粘贴"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/PasteFromAbove.xml.h:2
msgid "Copies any non-musical objects for the current musical moment from the staff above and pastes them into this staff after the cursor."
msgstr "在当前乐章中，将所有位于光标上方的谱表中的非音符对象粘贴到光标下方的谱表中。"

#. Goes to the beginning of the selection afterwards
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/PasteReplaceSelection.xml.h:1
msgid "Paste and Replace Selection"
msgstr "粘贴并替换选区"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/PasteReplaceSelection.xml.h:2
msgid "Paste the clipboard. Replace any selected objects. This paste-version also creates new barlines instead of strictly using the copied ones."
msgstr "从剪贴板粘贴并替换所有选中的对象。也会创建新的小节线，而非仅使用复制片段中的小节线。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ReloadDrumHash.xml.h:1
msgid "Reload the \"Drum GM to User\" Map"
msgstr "重新将在“GM 鼓组至用户鼓组”映射"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ReloadDrumHash.xml.h:2
msgid "Reloads the drum map which is needed for DrumGm2User"
msgstr "重新加载用于 DrumGm2User 的鼓组映射"

#. ResumeEdit
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ResumeEdit.xml.h:1
msgid "Resume Seek/Edit"
msgstr "继续定位/编辑"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ResumeEdit.xml.h:2
msgid "Resumes seeking and optionally editing the last sought type of object."
msgstr "继续定位，以及编辑与上一次搜索类型相同的对象。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/ApplyToSelection.scm:21
#, fuzzy
msgid "No selection"
msgstr "没有选中的内容"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/ApplyToSelection.xml.h:1
msgid "Apply Shortcut to Objects in Selection"
msgstr "应用快捷键到选区对象"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/ApplyToSelection.xml.h:2
msgid "Followed by a keyboard shortcut: applies the shortcut with the cursor successively on each object in the selection."
msgstr "输入一个键盘快捷键，并将其依次应用于选区中的各个对象。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/CutSelectionAsSketch.scm:32
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/PercentRepeat.scm:56
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TwoNoteTremolo.scm:50
msgid "Cursor not in selection"
msgstr "光标不位于选区"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/CutSelectionAsSketch.xml.h:1
msgid "Cut Selection as Sketch"
msgstr "将选区内容剪切为梗概"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/CutSelectionAsSketch.xml.h:2
msgid "Cuts the selection and places it in a new non-printing movement (a \\\"sketch\\\") after the current movement."
msgstr "剪切选区内容，然后将其作为一个非打印乐章（“梗概”）粘贴到当前乐章之后。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/DeleteSelectionLeaveEmpty.xml.h:1
msgid "Delete Selected Objects"
msgstr "删除选中对象"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/DeleteSelectionLeaveEmpty.xml.h:2
msgid "Delete all selected objects and leave empty measures behind"
msgstr "删除所有选中的对象，并将所在位置留空"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/InsertDirectivesAroundSelection.scm:16
msgid "First execute this command with the selection set to two directives, clef changes, tuplet markers etc (which will then be copied to the clipboard)."
msgstr "首先，选择两个记号、谱表变更记号或三连音记号，然后执行该命令（这些记号将被复制到剪贴板中）。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/InsertDirectivesAroundSelection.scm:17
msgid "Then select music to be bracketed by these two objects and re-execute the command"
msgstr "然后，选择需要替换的内容，再次执行此命令"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/InsertDirectivesAroundSelection.scm:38
msgid "The pair of objects"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/InsertDirectivesAroundSelection.scm:43
msgid "Notes or rests cannot be used."
msgstr "无法用于音符或休止符。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/InsertDirectivesAroundSelection.scm:61
msgid "Clipboard is messed up, edit by hand"
msgstr "剪贴板出错，请手动编辑要粘贴的内容"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/InsertDirectivesAroundSelection.scm:68
msgid "Clipboard has changed and does not hold a pair of objects to bracket the selection. Restart the command."
msgstr "剪贴板内容已被修改，Denemo 无法从其中读取用于替换选取的对象。请重新执行此命令。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/InsertDirectivesAroundSelection.scm:70
msgid "No pair of objects available - start again, selecting a pair of objects to be used."
msgstr "没有可用的成对的对象。请重新选择一对对象。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/InsertDirectivesAroundSelection.scm:72
msgid "No Selection"
msgstr "没有选中的内容"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/InsertDirectivesAroundSelection.xml.h:1
msgid "Span Selection with Pair of Objects"
msgstr "用成对对象包含选区"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/InsertDirectivesAroundSelection.xml.h:2
msgid "If the selection comprises two objects - directives, clef changes, tuplet markers etc. - it cuts them to the clipboard. Subsequent invocations of the command with music selected places the two objects before and after the music."
msgstr "如果选区包含两个对象（指令、谱号变更记号、三连音记号等），Denemo 会将它们复制到剪贴板中。选中其他内容，并再次执行此命令，Denemo 将会把这两个对象分别粘贴到选区的前面和后面。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/MarkPassages.xml.h:1
msgid "Mark Passages"
msgstr "标记段落"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/MarkPassages.xml.h:2
msgid "Invoke this command with no selection to initialize it. Then select passages to be marked and invoke it again to mark them. (Use with the command Swap Passages in the Notation Magick menu to swap the passages marked with the corresponding music in the staff below the current staff)."
msgstr "取消所有选区，然后执行此命令。然后选择要标记的段落，再次执行此命令。（可以与“音符魔法”菜单中的“交换段落”命令一起使用，以便交换标记的段落与下方谱表中的内容）"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectAllStaffs.xml.h:1
msgid "Select All Staffs"
msgstr "选择所有谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectAllStaffs.xml.h:2
msgid "Selects the whole movement / All staffs"
msgstr "选择整个乐章 / 所有谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectAll.xml.h:1
msgid "Select All Music In Movement"
msgstr "选择乐章中的所有音乐"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectAll.xml.h:2
msgid "Creates a selection for all the music in the current movement."
msgstr "在当前乐章中创建包含所有音乐的选区。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectColumn.xml.h:1
msgid "Select Column"
msgstr "选择列"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectColumn.xml.h:2
msgid "Selects the whole column"
msgstr "选择整个列"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectionToEmptyMeasure.xml.h:1
msgid "Selection to Next Empty Measure"
msgstr "选中至下个空小节"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectionToEmptyMeasure.xml.h:2
msgid "Creates a selection to the next empty measure in the current staff"
msgstr "在当前谱表中创建以下个空小节为结尾的选区"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectLeft.xml.h:1
msgid "Select Left"
msgstr "左选"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectLeft.xml.h:2
msgid "Move cursor left, selecting the object moved to."
msgstr "左移光标，并选中目标位置的对象。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectMeasure.xml.h:1
msgid "Select Measure"
msgstr "选中小节"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectMeasure.xml.h:2
msgid "Create a selection for the entire current measure"
msgstr "选中当前整个小节"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectRight.xml.h:1
msgid "Select Right"
msgstr "右选"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectRight.xml.h:2
msgid "Move cursor right, selecting the object moved to."
msgstr "右移光标，并选中目标位置的对象。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectStaff.xml.h:1
msgid "Select Staff"
msgstr "选中谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectStaff.xml.h:2
msgid "Selects the whole staff"
msgstr "选中整个谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/ToggleNonprintingSelection.xml.h:1
msgid "Selection Non-printing (Off/On)"
msgstr "不打印选区（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/ToggleNonprintingSelection.xml.h:2
msgid "Sets/Unsets all objects in the selection to be non-printing."
msgstr "设置选区中的对象为可打印/非打印对象。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Analysis/MarkConsecutivesAcrossStaffs.scm:19
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Analysis/MarkConsecutives.scm:76
msgid "Score must be saved first"
msgstr "请先保存谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Analysis/MarkConsecutivesAcrossStaffs.xml.h:1
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mark Consecutives Across Staffs"
msgstr "标记连续五度音和八度音"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Analysis/MarkConsecutivesAcrossStaffs.xml.h:2
msgid "Expects one voice per staff - marks consecutive octaves and fifths. Save score first."
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Analysis/MarkConsecutives.xml.h:1
msgid "Mark Consecutive 5ths and Octaves"
msgstr "标记连续五度音和八度音"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Analysis/MarkConsecutives.xml.h:2
msgid "Marks positions in a score where consecutive fifths or octaves occur. Expects two staffs one with up to three part harmony and the other with the bass."
msgstr "在乐谱中标记连续五度音和连续八度音（不包括分别含有三部和声和低音部的两个谱表）。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/DiminishedOrAugmented.xml.h:1
msgid "DiminishedAugmented"
msgstr "增/减"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/DiminishedOrAugmented.xml.h:2
msgid "Determine if the chord sounded is Diminished or Augmented"
msgstr "设置和弦为增和弦或减和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/DiminishedOrMinor.xml.h:1
msgid "DiminishedMinor"
msgstr "减/小"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/DiminishedOrMinor.xml.h:2
msgid "Determine if the chord sounded is Diminished or Minor"
msgstr "设置和弦为减和弦或小和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/HalfDiminished7OrDiminshed7.xml.h:1
msgid "HalfDiminished7Diminished7"
msgstr "半减七/减七"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/HalfDiminished7OrDiminshed7.xml.h:2
msgid "Determine the type of diminished chord sounded"
msgstr "设置和弦为何种减和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/Major7Minor7OrDominant7.xml.h:1
msgid "Major7Minor7Dominant7"
msgstr "大七/小七/属七"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/Major7Minor7OrDominant7.xml.h:2
msgid "Determine which seventh chord is sounded"
msgstr "设置和弦为何种七和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/MajorMinorAugmentedOrDiminished.xml.h:1
msgid "MajorMinorAugmentedDiminished"
msgstr "大小增/减"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/MajorMinorAugmentedOrDiminished.xml.h:2
msgid "Determine if the chord sounded is Major Minor Augmented or Diminished"
msgstr "设置和弦为大小增和弦或减和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/MajorOrAugmented.xml.h:1
msgid "MajorAugmented"
msgstr "大/增"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/MajorOrAugmented.xml.h:2
msgid "Determine if chord sounded is Major or Augmented"
msgstr "设置和弦为大和弦或增和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/MajorOrMinor.xml.h:1
msgid "MajorMinor"
msgstr "大/小"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/MajorOrMinor.xml.h:2
msgid "Determine if the chord played is major or minor"
msgstr "设置和弦为大和弦或小和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Ab-Major.xml.h:1
msgid "Ab Major"
msgstr "Ab 大三和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Ab-Major.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Ab-Pentascale.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Bb-Major.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Bb-Pentascale.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/C-Major.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/C-Pentascale.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Db-Major.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Db-Pentascale.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Eb-Major.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Eb-Pentascale.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/F-Major.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/F-Pentascale.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/F-sharp-Major.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/F-sharp-Pentascale.xml.h:2
msgid "Identify Scale Notes that are sounded"
msgstr "设置和弦的类型"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Ab-Pentascale.xml.h:1
msgid "Ab Pentascale"
msgstr "Ab 五度和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Bb-Major.xml.h:1
msgid "Bb Major"
msgstr "Bb 大三和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Bb-Pentascale.xml.h:1
msgid "Bb Pentascale"
msgstr "Bb 五度和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/C-Major.xml.h:1
msgid "C Major"
msgstr "C 大三和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/C-Pentascale.xml.h:1
msgid "C-Pentascale"
msgstr "C 五度和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Db-Major.xml.h:1
msgid "Db Major"
msgstr "Db 大三和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Db-Pentascale.xml.h:1
msgid "Db Pentascale"
msgstr "Db 五度和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Eb-Major.xml.h:1
msgid "Eb Major"
msgstr "Eb 大三和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Eb-Pentascale.xml.h:1
msgid "Eb Pentascale"
msgstr "Eb 五度和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/F-Major.xml.h:1
msgid "F Major"
msgstr "F 大三和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/F-Pentascale.xml.h:1
msgid "F Pentascale"
msgstr "F 五度和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/F-sharp-Major.xml.h:1
msgid "F# Major"
msgstr "F# 大三和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/F-sharp-Pentascale.xml.h:1
msgid "F# Pentascale"
msgstr "F# 五度和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/2nds-and-3rds.xml.h:1
msgid "2nds and 3rds"
msgstr "二度音与三度音"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/2nds-and-3rds.xml.h:2
msgid "Compare the major and minor 2nd and 3rd intervals"
msgstr "比较大（小）二度音与大（小）三度音之间的音程"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/3rds-and-4ths.xml.h:1
msgid "3rds and 4ths"
msgstr "三度音与四度音"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/3rds-and-4ths.xml.h:2
msgid "Compare the interval of minor 3rd to an augmented 4th"
msgstr "比较小三度音与增四度音之间的音程"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/4ths-and-5ths.xml.h:1
msgid "4ths and 5ths"
msgstr "四度音与五度音"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/4ths-and-5ths.xml.h:2
msgid "Compare the interval of the P4 through P5"
msgstr "比较纯四度音与纯五度音之间的音程"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/5ths-and-6ths.xml.h:1
msgid "5ths and 6ths"
msgstr "五度音与六度音"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/5ths-and-6ths.xml.h:2
msgid "Compare the intervals of the diminished 5th to the minor 6th"
msgstr "比较减五度音与小六度音之间的音程"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/6ths-and-7ths.xml.h:1
msgid "6ths and 7ths"
msgstr "六度音与七度音"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/6ths-and-7ths.xml.h:2
msgid "compare the intervals between the minor 6th to the major 7th"
msgstr "比较小六度音和大七度音之间的音程"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/7ths-and-8ths.xml.h:1
msgid "7ths and 8ths"
msgstr "七度音与八度音"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/7ths-and-8ths.xml.h:2
msgid "Compare the intervals of a minor 7th to the perfect 8"
msgstr "比较小七度音和全八度音之间的音程"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/Interval-Identification.xml.h:1
msgid "Interval Identification"
msgstr "音程判断"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/Interval-Identification.xml.h:2
msgid "Identify the name of each interval sounded"
msgstr "判断音程的名称"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/CheckPitches.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/CheckPitches.xml.h:1
msgid "Check Note Pitches"
msgstr "检查音符音高"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/CheckPitches.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/CheckPitches.xml.h:2
msgid "Compares notes/chords played from MIDI with current note/chord, if equal in pitch, advances to next note/chord, else beeps. To stop the checking issue this command a second time. When you reach the last note it finishes and reverts to Appending/Editing notes from MIDI in."
msgstr "将 MIDI 的音符与当前音符对比，若音高相同，则移至下一音符，否则则发出蜂鸣声。如要停止对比，请再次执行此命令。当移动到最后一个音符时，命令结束，然后回到 MIDI 输入的追加/编辑音符模式。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/Conductor.xml.h:1
msgid "The Conductor"
msgstr "指挥"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/Conductor.xml.h:2
msgid "Conducts as you press the sustain pedal for each measure."
msgstr "在每个小节中按下延音踏板来进行指挥。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/FiguredBassExercises.scm:4
msgid ""
"The music below is the first of Handel's exercises for figured bass. The staff marked \"Chords\" at the top is a sample (inadequate) realization of the figures.\n"
" When you click Start you will be asked if you want to delete this version, and when you say yes you can start creating your own.\n"
" The screen becomes green to remind you that your MIDI controller is now expecting you to play the ticked bass note plus chord.\n"
" The bass note expected is marked with a tick, play this note plus the chord notes. You can hold down the bass note and change chords over the same bass note.\n"
" Note, you must distinguish enharmonic differences (e.g. D-sharp from E-flat), check that the set of accidentals showing in the MIDI-in controls suits the piece you are working on. Press shift-sharpwise or flatwise as needed.\n"
" You can hold down the chord while going on to the next bass note so as to carry the chord over.\n"
"You can use the sustain pedal to tie the chord you are entering with the chord for the next bass note by putting the pedal down on the chord you want to tie and releasing it after going on to the next bass note.\n"
"Putting pedal down before the bass note will tie the last chord to the one you enter next. \n"
"You can also use the sustain pedal to place a chord on a rest before a bass note (depress the pedal before striking the bass note).\n"
" You can click Start a second time to stop, and you can re-start from any bar you like.\n"
" You can edit, playback etc while working, but don't remove or add staffs. You can also use the pitch bend wheel to stop entering chords.\n"
"  "
msgstr ""
"下列音乐是第一个亨德尔低音部练习。顶部标记为“和弦”的谱表是低音记号示例。\n"
"当点击开始后，你将需要选择是否删除此版本，若回答“是”，则可以创建自己的版本。\n"
"屏幕将变为绿色，提示你演奏低音音符以及和弦至 MIDI 控制器。\n"
"将要输入的低音音符以钩号标记，请演奏此音符以及和弦。你可以按住此低音音符并改变相同音符上的和弦。\n"
"注意，你需要区别不同的等音（如 D# 和 Eb），查看 MIDI 输入中显示的记号以匹配你所输入的内容。按 Shift 键来进行升/降调操作。\n"
"可以使用延音踏板来使输入的和弦延长，松开踏板便可继续输入下一个低音音符。\n"
"在输入低音音符之前按下踏板可以将上一个音符与此和弦相连。\n"
"也可以使用延音踏板将和弦置于低音音符前的休止符上（在输入低音音符前按下踏板）。\n"
"你可以再次点击开始来停止，并从任意小节处重新开始。\n"
"你可以同时进行编辑、回放等操作，但无法移除或添加谱表。你也可以使用滑音轮来停止输入和弦。\n"
"  "

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/FiguredBassExercises.scm:30
msgid "You have unsaved work"
msgstr "有工作尚未保存"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/FiguredBassExercises.xml.h:1
msgid "Handel's Figured Bass Exercises"
msgstr "亨德尔数字低音练习"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/FiguredBassExercises.xml.h:2
msgid "Allows you to play in chords - a continuo realization - to Handel's continuo-practice exercises. Your continuo realization can optionally be marked to show consecutives."
msgstr "演奏亨德尔低音部练习中的和弦。可以对连续演奏的低音部进行标记。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/NoteRecognition.scm:15
msgid ""
"Five notes are played at random from the current bar.\n"
"You must play the last one on the MIDI keyboard to score. \n"
"You can paste as many different notes as you like into a bar -\n"
"if you include the same note many times you will get that one more often.\n"
"You can cheat by looking at the Denemo cursor position.\n"
"Invoke the command again to stop."
msgstr ""
"将会从当前小节中随机选取五个音符并播放。\n"
"您必须在 MIDI 键盘上按下最后一个音符。\n"
"您可以向小节中输入任意数量的音符；如果某个音符出现的次数越多，\n"
"它就越可能被选中并播放。\n"
"您也可以通过查看 Denemo 光标的位置来作弊。\n"
"若要停止练习，请再次执行此命令。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/NoteRecognition.xml.h:1
msgid "Note Recognition (Off/On)"
msgstr "音符识别（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/NoteRecognition.xml.h:2
msgid "Five notes are played at random from the current bar. You must play the last one on the MIDI keyboard to score. You can paste as many different notes as you like into a bar - if you include the same note many times you will get that one more often. You can cheat by looking at the Denemo cursor position. Invoke the command again to stop."
msgstr "将会从当前小节中随机选取五个音符并播放。您必须在 MIDI 键盘上按下最后一个音符。您可以向小节中输入任意数量的音符；如果某个音符出现的次数越多，它就越可能被选中并播放。您也可以通过查看 Denemo 光标的位置来作弊。若要停止练习，请再次执行此命令。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/BassClefNoteNameSpeedTest.xml.h:1
msgid "Bass Clef Note Name Speed Recognition"
msgstr "低音部音符名快速识别"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/BassClefNoteNameSpeedTest.xml.h:3
#, no-c-format
msgid "%tests your ability to read the notes of the bass clef staff"
msgstr "%测试低音部的识谱能力"

#.
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/CountSteps.xml.h:1
msgid "Step Counting Exercise"
msgstr "计步练习"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/CountSteps.xml.h:3
#, no-c-format
msgid "%tests your ability to find the number of diatonic notes between two notes"
msgstr "%测试找出两音符间全音阶音符数的能力"

#.
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/DiatonicInterval.xml.h:1
msgid "Diatonic Interval Detection"
msgstr "全音阶间隔判断"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/DiatonicInterval.xml.h:3
#, no-c-format
msgid "%tests your ability to find the diatonic interval name between two notes"
msgstr "%测试判断两音符间全音阶间隔名称的能力"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/LineNumber.xml.h:1
msgid "Identify Line Number"
msgstr "判断行号"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/LineNumber.xml.h:2
msgid "Identify the line number in which the note is displayed"
msgstr "判断音符所显示的行号"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/LineOrSpace.xml.h:1
msgid "Line and Space Recognition"
msgstr "辨识线键"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/LineOrSpace.xml.h:3
#, no-c-format
msgid "%tests your ability to recognize the difference between line and space"
msgstr "%测试判别“线”和“间”的能力"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/NoteNameSpeedTest.xml.h:1
msgid "Note Name Speed Recognition"
msgstr "音符名快速识别"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/NoteNameSpeedTest.xml.h:3
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/ReadingNoteNamesSolfege.xml.h:3
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/ReadingNoteNames.xml.h:3
#, no-c-format
msgid "%tests your ability to name the notes of the scale"
msgstr "%测试命名音阶音符的能力"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/ReadingNoteNamesSolfege.xml.h:1
msgid "Solfege Note Name Recognition"
msgstr "视唱音符名识别"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/ReadingNoteNames.xml.h:1
msgid "Note Name Recognition"
msgstr "音符名识别"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/SpaceNumber.xml.h:1
msgid "Identify Space Number"
msgstr "判断间名"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/SpaceNumber.xml.h:2
msgid "Identify the space number in which the note is display on"
msgstr "判断音符所位于的间的名称"

#.
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/StepSkipOrSame.xml.h:1
msgid "Step, Skip, or Same?"
msgstr "级进，跳进，还是相同？"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/StepSkipOrSame.xml.h:3
#, no-c-format
msgid "%tests your ability to determine if note is moving by a step or skip"
msgstr "%测试音符音高转换的判断能力"

#.
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/UpDownOrSame.xml.h:1
msgid "Trace Note Direction"
msgstr "跟踪音符方向"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/UpDownOrSame.xml.h:3
#, no-c-format
msgid "%tests your note tracking ability"
msgstr "%测试乐谱跟随能力"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/CompareScores.scm:26
msgid "Scores have different numbers of movements"
msgstr "乐谱中的乐章数不相同"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/CompareScores.scm:30
msgid "Scores have different header information: "
msgstr "乐谱的头部信息不同："

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/CompareScores.scm:41
msgid "Movement number "
msgstr "乐章数 "

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/CompareScores.scm:41
msgid "Movements have different header information: "
msgstr "乐章的头部信息不同："

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/CompareScores.scm:46
msgid "Finished Movement "
msgstr "已完成乐章 "

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/CompareScores.scm:51
msgid "Finished, but lyric verses are not checked"
msgstr "已完成，但歌词部分未被检查"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/CompareScores.xml.h:1
msgid "Compare Scores"
msgstr "比较乐谱"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/CompareScores.xml.h:2
msgid "Opens two scores and reports on any differences between them."
msgstr "打开两个乐谱，并显示它们的不同之处。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/ExportAsMusicXML.scm:11
msgid "Your score will be exported to MusicXML music interchange format. Note this does not preserve all the information - you must save your score as well"
msgstr "将乐谱导出为 MusicXML 格式的乐谱文件。请注意：该格式无法保存所有信息 - 您应当同时保存原始格式的乐谱文件"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/ExportAsMusicXML.scm:25
msgid "Score not saved."
msgstr "谱表未保存。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/ExportAsMusicXML.xml.h:1
msgid "Export as MusicXML"
msgstr "导出为 MusicXML"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/ExportAsMusicXML.xml.h:2
msgid "Exports the current score in the MusicXML format. For a multi-movement score the movements are saved in files of the form *-n.xml where n is the number of the movement. The export is limited to things Denemo knows about the score - it does not know a lot about how LilyPond will typeset the score. The parts are exported on separate staffs."
msgstr "导出当前乐谱为 MusicXML 文件。含有多乐章的乐谱将被保存成名为“*-n.xml”的文件，其中n是乐章编号。导出的文件中仅包含 Denemo 认为与乐谱有关的信息，而不包含与 Lilypond 排版相关的信息。谱表组将被导出为独立的谱表。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/ExportAudio.xml.h:1
#, fuzzy
msgid "Export Currrent Audio Recording"
msgstr "导出录制音频到磁盘"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/ExportAudio.xml.h:2
msgid "Exports recorded audio output."
msgstr "导出录制的音频输出。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/ExportScoreAsAudio.scm:7
#, fuzzy
msgid "Recording Audio"
msgstr "录音"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/ExportScoreAsAudio.scm:7
#, fuzzy
msgid "Give pause between movements (seconds):"
msgstr "设置标题和乐谱之间的间距："

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/ExportScoreAsAudio.xml.h:1
#, fuzzy
msgid "Export Score as Audio"
msgstr "导出乐谱为 PNG"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/ExportScoreAsAudio.xml.h:2
msgid "Plays a performance of the whole score, including repeats, then offers to save the recording as Audio."
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/QuickLilyPondExport.scm:4
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/QuickLilyPondPart.scm:30
msgid "The score does not have a file name, so no file name for the output LilyPond file can be constructed. Save the score first."
msgstr "此乐谱没有文件名，所以也无法输出具有相应文件名的 LilyPond 文件。请先保存此乐谱。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/QuickLilyPondExport.xml.h:1
msgid "Quick LilyPond Export"
msgstr "快速 LilyPond 导出"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/QuickLilyPondExport.xml.h:2
msgid "Exports as LilyPond to a file named the same as the .denemo file but with .ly suffix."
msgstr "以 LilyPond 形式导出至文件，文件名（除了后缀为 .ly 外）与 .denemo 文件相同。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/QuickLilyPondPartsAllMovements.xml.h:1
msgid "Quick LilyPond Parts All Movements"
msgstr "快速 LilyPond 片段（所有乐章）"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/QuickLilyPondPartsAllMovements.xml.h:2
msgid "Runs Quick LilyPond Parts on all movemnts."
msgstr "对所有乐章运行快速 LilyPond 片段导出命令。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/QuickLilyPondParts.xml.h:1
msgid "Quick LilyPond Parts"
msgstr "快速 LilyPond 片段导出"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/QuickLilyPondParts.xml.h:2
msgid "Runs Quick LilyPond Part on all the staffs of the current movement."
msgstr "对当前乐章运行快速 LilyPond 片段导出命令。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/QuickLilyPondPart.xml.h:1
msgid "Quick LilyPond Part"
msgstr "快速 LilyPond 片段导出"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/QuickLilyPondPart.xml.h:2
msgid "Writes a file containing the music of the current staff in LilyPond format. The filename is the current file name with \\\"-denemo\\\" and the movement and staff numbers appended (and the .ly suffix)."
msgstr "将当前谱表的中的音乐以 LilyPond 格式保存至文件。文件名为当前文件名后依次加上“-denemo”、乐章名和谱表名，后缀为 .ly。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-Lilypond.scm:5
msgid "You have unsaved work."
msgstr "有工作尚未保存。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-Lilypond.xml.h:1
msgid "Import Lilypond (Limited)"
msgstr "导入 Lilypond（受限）"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-Lilypond.xml.h:2
msgid "Try to Import a Lilypond File"
msgstr "尝试导入 Lilypond 文件"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-Midi.xml.h:1
msgid "Import Midi (Limited)"
msgstr "导入 Midi（受限）"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-Midi.xml.h:2
msgid "Try to Import a Midi File"
msgstr "尝试导入 Midi 文件"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-MusicXml.scm:9
msgid "Simple Titles"
msgstr "简单标题"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-MusicXml.scm:9
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/init.scm:23
msgid "Book Titles"
msgstr "目录"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-MusicXml.scm:11
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-MusicXml.scm:12
msgid "Untitled"
msgstr "无标题"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-MusicXml.xml.h:2
msgid "Imports a MusicXml file as a new movement. Not all features are supported."
msgstr "导入一个 MusicXML 文件为新乐章。只支持部分 MusicXML 中的属性。"

#. SelectMidiImportStrategy
#. guided midi import needs re-working to import one track as a MIDI recording...
#. (let ((choice (d-GetOption  (string-append (_ "Guided Import") stop  (_ "Automatic Import") stop))))
#. (cond
#. ((boolean? choice)
#. (d-InfoDialog (_ Cancelled)))
#. ((equal? choice (_ "Guided Import") )
#. (d-GuidedMidiImport))
#. ((equal? choice (_ "Automatic Import"))
#. )))
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/SelectMidiImportStrategy.xml.h:1
msgid "MIDI Import"
msgstr "MIDI 导入"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/SelectMidiImportStrategy.xml.h:2
msgid "Import Music from a MIDI file, either guided or (in simple cases) automatically."
msgstr "从 MIDI 文件导入音乐，可以使用向导进行导入或自动导入（用于简单情况）。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/AddToIndex.scm:48
msgid "Not an Index"
msgstr "不是索引"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/AddToIndex.scm:50
msgid "Choose Denemo Score to add to Index"
msgstr "选择要添加到索引的 Denemo 乐谱"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/AddToIndex.scm:85
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateIndex.scm:94
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByInstrumentName.scm:36
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByUserCondition.scm:70
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/SortByComposer.scm:43
msgid "End of Index. Number of entries "
msgstr "索引结束。处理的项目数 "

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/AddToIndex.xml.h:1
msgid "Add to Index"
msgstr "添加到索引"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/AddToIndex.xml.h:2
msgid "Adds an index entry for the file chosen to the currently open Index."
msgstr "为所选文件创建一个索引项，并添加到当前打开的索引中。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateConditionalIndex.scm:6
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByUserCondition.scm:55
msgid "No Scheme condition in the Scheme Script window - see View menu"
msgstr "方案脚本窗口中没有方案条件 - 请查看视图菜单"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateConditionalIndex.xml.h:1
msgid "Create Conditional Index"
msgstr "创建条件索引"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateConditionalIndex.xml.h:2
msgid "Creates an index including only those scores for which the script in the Scheme Window evaluates to true (i.e. the last expression evaluates as not #f). The comment for each index entry can be created using the procedure DenemoIndexCommentDisplay, e.g. (DenemoIndexCommentDisplay mycomment)."
msgstr "创建一个索引，并且仅当方案窗口中的脚本的执行结果为 true 时才将乐谱添加到索引中（即：脚本中最后一个表达式的结果不为 #f）。您可以使用 DenemoIndexCommentDisplay 函数为每个索引项创建注释，例如：DenemoIndexCommentDisplay mycomment 。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateIndex.scm:30
msgid "Where to search"
msgstr "从哪里开始"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateIndex.scm:45
msgid "The Index to scores will appear in the Print View."
msgstr "乐谱的索引项将显示在打印视图中。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateIndex.scm:46
msgid "Note that the display will be very sluggish until indexing completes."
msgstr "注意，在索引完成之前，Denemo 界面可能会有卡顿。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateIndex.scm:68
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateIndex.scm:69
msgid "Indexing Complete in "
msgstr "索引结束于 "

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateIndex.scm:87
msgid "No scores found for the given condition"
msgstr "找不到符合条件的乐谱"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateIndex.scm:87
msgid "No scores found"
msgstr "找不到任何乐谱"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateIndex.xml.h:1
msgid "Index Scores"
msgstr "索引乐谱"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateIndex.xml.h:2
msgid "Creates an index of all the Denemo scores in a folder and sub-folders."
msgstr "为目录和子目录中的所有 Denemo 乐谱创建索引。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByInstrumentName.scm:24
msgid "Index Filter"
msgstr "筛选索引"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByInstrumentName.scm:24
msgid "Give Instrument Name to filter on:"
msgstr "设置要筛选的乐器名称："

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByInstrumentName.scm:24
msgid "Violino"
msgstr "小提琴"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByInstrumentName.scm:37
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByUserCondition.scm:73
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/SortByComposer.scm:45
msgid "Create index first"
msgstr "先创建索引"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByInstrumentName.xml.h:1
msgid "Filter by Instrument"
msgstr "通过乐器类别来筛选"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByInstrumentName.xml.h:2
msgid "Filters the currently loaded index of scores by your choice of instrument name."
msgstr "使用您选择的乐器名来筛选当前加载的乐谱索引。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByUserCondition.scm:56
msgid ""
"Open the Scheme window from the View menu and write a condition to filter on (in Scheme syntax)\n"
"The variables available are:\n"
"filename composer title \n"
"which are strings and\n"
"instruments\n"
"which is a list of strings."
msgstr ""
"从视图菜单中打开方案窗口，然后设置用于筛选的条件（使用Scheme 格式的语法）\n"
"可用的变量有：\n"
"filename composer title （均为字符串）\n"
"instruments （字符串列表）"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByUserCondition.xml.h:1
msgid "Filter by Scheme Condition"
msgstr "通过方案条件来筛选已加载的乐谱索引"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByUserCondition.xml.h:2
msgid "Filters the currently loaded index of scores by a Scheme expression involving the variables filename, title, composer, comment (all strings) and the list of instruments (a list of strings)"
msgstr "使用方案表达式（包含文件名、标题、作曲者、注释、乐器列表等信息）来筛选已加载的乐谱索引"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/SortByComposer.xml.h:1
msgid "Sort by Composer"
msgstr "按作曲者排序"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/SortByComposer.xml.h:2
msgid "Sorts an index already created into alphabetical order by composer. The files are not re-indexed, so may be out-of-date, use Index Scores command if so."
msgstr "按照作曲者的名字（字母顺序）来排序乐谱。这一操作不会更新文件索引；如果要更新索引，请执行“索引乐谱”命令。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/NewScoreFromCurrent.scm:59
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/NewScoreFromCurrent.scm:68
msgid "Create Template"
msgstr "创建模板"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/NewScoreFromCurrent.scm:59
msgid "Give key"
msgstr "设置音高"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/NewScoreFromCurrent.scm:68
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/InsertMovement/AddMovement.scm:39
msgid "Give time signature"
msgstr "设置时值记号"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/NewScoreFromCurrent.scm:105
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SaveAsTemplate.scm:24
msgid "Cancelled: "
msgstr "已取消："

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/NewScoreFromCurrent.scm:105
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SaveAsTemplate.scm:24
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DuplicateOrMergeMovements.scm:36
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/SplitMovementAtCursor.scm:15
msgid "Score is not saved"
msgstr "谱表未保存"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/NewScoreFromCurrent.xml.h:1
msgid "New from Current"
msgstr "从当前乐谱创建"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/NewScoreFromCurrent.xml.h:2
msgid "Creates a new score from the current score omitting the actual music and prompting for possible new values for clef, key, time signature, titles etc."
msgstr "从当前乐谱创建一个新乐谱（同时忽略现有的内容），然后提示输入新的调号、音高、时值记号、标题等信息。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/GuidedMidiImport.scm:11
msgid ""
"You can now insert the notes from the MIDI track into the staff beneath the (top) click track staff.\n"
"    The MIDI notes detected are displayed above the top staff, and the first is marked ready to be entered.\n"
"    The Return key will enter the note using the duration calculated from the time until the next note -\n"
"    override this by playing a duration key 0, 1 .... or clicking a duration button.\n"
"    Use the Ins key to insert a note in the chord if the MIDI notes are not sequential.\n"
"    You can use the Navigation commands to move the marked MIDI note around if you need to back up or re-start\n"
"    (or you can double-click on the MIDI note marker itself - above the blue line at the top - to make it the marked MIDI note).\n"
"    When you have finished with this MIDI track use the button (or use the Staff->Add Staff->MIDI menu) to load another track. \n"
"    It is best to work up from the lowest numbered track so that the staffs are in order without having to swap them afterwards."
msgstr ""
"现在可以从 MIDI 音轨中插入音符至（顶部的）点击音轨谱表的下方。\n"
"    检测到的 MIDI 音符将显示在顶部谱表中，并标注第一个待输入的音符。\n"
"    返回键用于插入音符，其时长为当前位置至下个音符之间的长度 -\n"
"    可以通过时长按键 0，1 ... 来改变时长，或点击时长按钮进行设置。\n"
"    如果 MIDI 音符不连续，可以使用 Ins 键来插入音符至和弦。\n"
"    如果需要备份或重新开始，可以使用导航命令来移动 MIDI 音符标记\n"
"    （或双击位于顶部蓝色线上 MIDI 音符标记来设置标记所处位置）。\n"
"    处理完当前 MIDI 音轨之后，使用按钮（或使用 谱表->添加谱表->MIDI 菜单）来加载另一条音轨。\n"
"    建议从编号最小的音轨开始，以便保持谱表顺序，避免交换操作。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/GuidedMidiImport.xml.h:1
msgid "Open Source MIDI"
msgstr "打开源 MIDI"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/GuidedMidiImport.xml.h:2
msgid "Opens a MIDI file for transcribing. Load each track in turn and insert the MIDI notes by playing the durations."
msgstr "打开 MIDI 文件进行录制。依次加载每条音轨，并通过演奏时长来插入 MIDI 音符。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/OpenAudio.xml.h:1
msgid "Open Source Audio"
msgstr "打开源音频"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/OpenAudio.xml.h:2
msgid "Opens an audio file which will be played along with the notated music. The music is attached starting at the start time of the note at cursor. It is displayed above the top staff, provided there is notated music to provide timings to attach to. In an empty score a click track is created to attach the audio to."
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/OpenMyDefaultTemplate.scm:6
msgid ""
"Failed to open Default.denemo in your custom templates directory\n"
"Have you saved a template called Default yet?"
msgstr ""
"打开自定义模板目录中的 Default.denemo 失败\n"
"你是否保存了名为 Default 的模板？"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/OpenMyDefaultTemplate.xml.h:1
msgid "Open Default Template"
msgstr "打开默认模板"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/OpenMyDefaultTemplate.xml.h:2
msgid "Opens the template Default.denemo in the user's custom template folder."
msgstr "打开用户自定义模板文件夹下的模板文件 Default.denemo。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/OpenProofReadDialog.xml.h:1
msgid "Open Proof Read PDF"
msgstr "打开校对 PDF"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/OpenProofReadDialog.xml.h:2
msgid "Opens a dialog to fetch a PDF file generated by Denemo which has had proof reading annotations added to it. Clicking on notes in this file moves the cursor to the correct point in the Denemo display."
msgstr ""
"打开获取 PDF 文件的对话框，此 PDF 由 Denemo 生成，并包含校对注释记号。\n"
"点击文件中的音符来移动光标至 Denemo 显示窗口中的正确位置。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/OpenSourceDialog.xml.h:1
msgid "Open Source for Transcribing"
msgstr "打开源进行录制"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/OpenSourceDialog.xml.h:2
msgid "Opens a dialog to fetch a source facsimile or manuscript. Links can be placed in the Denemo score to this source file so that the source passage for a given measure can be re-displayed when reviewing the score."
msgstr "打开获取原稿的对话框。可以在 Denemo 乐谱中设置指向此源文件的链接，以便在审阅乐谱时能重新显示原始段落中的指定小节。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/CheckAndPrint.scm:4
msgid ""
"You may need to fix this warning:\n"
"\""
msgstr ""
"你可能需要在打印前解决这个问题：\n"
"“"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/CheckAndPrint.scm:4
msgid ""
"\"\n"
"before printing."
msgstr "”。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/CheckAndPrint.xml.h:1
msgid "Check and Print"
msgstr "检查并打印"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/CheckAndPrint.xml.h:2
msgid "Checks the score for errors, if none are found proceeds to typeset and print the current layout."
msgstr "检查乐谱中的错误，若没有错误则进行排版并打印当前布局。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/NonPrintingStaffs.scm:27
msgid "Do Not Create Layout for this selection"
msgstr "不要为此选区创建布局"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/NonPrintingStaffs.scm:28
msgid "Apply to All Movements"
msgstr "应用到所有乐谱"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/NonPrintingStaffs.scm:30
msgid "Choose Staffs to Print"
msgstr "选择要打印的谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/NonPrintingStaffs.scm:44
msgid "Creating Layout"
msgstr "创建布局"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/NonPrintingStaffs.scm:44
msgid "Give Layout Name"
msgstr "设置布局名称"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/NonPrintingStaffs.scm:44
msgid "Woodwind"
msgstr "木管"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/NonPrintingStaffs.scm:55
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintBassPartWithoutFigures.scm:26
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintWithAmbitus.scm:31
msgid "Use Typeset->"
msgstr "使用排版->"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/NonPrintingStaffs.scm:55
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintBassPartWithoutFigures.scm:26
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintWithAmbitus.scm:31
msgid " in the Print View to typeset your new layout"
msgstr " （在打印视图中）可以对新布局进行排版"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/NonPrintingStaffs.xml.h:1
msgid "Select Staffs to Print"
msgstr "选择要打印的谱表组"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/NonPrintingStaffs.xml.h:2
msgid "Makes selected staffs non-printing."
msgstr "将选中的谱表组设为非打印谱表组。"

#. let
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/Preview4Bars.xml.h:1
msgid "Preview Four Measures"
msgstr "预览四个小节"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/Preview4Bars.xml.h:2
msgid "Print preview of current bar and the next three."
msgstr "对当前小节和后续三个小节进行打印预览。"

#. PrintAccompanistsScore new version
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAccompanistsScore.scm:2
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAccompanistsScore.scm:7
msgid "Accompanist's Score"
msgstr "伴奏乐谱"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAccompanistsScore.scm:2
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAccompanistsScore.scm:7
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAccompanistsScore.xml.h:1
msgid "Print Accompanist's Score"
msgstr "打印伴奏乐谱"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAccompanistsScore.scm:2
msgid "How many staffs to make small?"
msgstr "要将多少个谱表设置为小谱表？"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAccompanistsScore.scm:4
msgid "Accompanist with "
msgstr "伴奏者："

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAccompanistsScore.scm:4
msgid " cue part"
msgstr " 提示片段"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAccompanistsScore.scm:7
msgid "Give Instrumentation "
msgstr "设置乐器 "

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAccompanistsScore.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints out the score with the topmost staff in tiny size and puts page breaks before each movement."
msgstr "将最顶部的乐谱以小尺寸与乐谱共同打印，并在每个乐章后添加换页符。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAllLayouts.scm:23
msgid "No Layouts Available?"
msgstr "没有可用的布局吗？"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAllLayouts.xml.h:1
msgid "Prints All Layouts"
msgstr "打印审阅布局"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAllLayouts.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints the score using all the defined score layouts."
msgstr "使用所有定义的乐谱布局打印乐谱。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintBassPartWithoutFigures.scm:13
msgid "Bass without figures"
msgstr "无标号低音"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintBassPartWithoutFigures.xml.h:1
msgid "Print Bass Part Omitting Figures"
msgstr "打印低音部（忽略记号）"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintBassPartWithoutFigures.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints the Bass part omitting any figured bass figures."
msgstr "打印低音部并忽略所有数字低音记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintPartWithTitlePage.scm:13
msgid "No Book Title, see Score->Titles->Book Titles"
msgstr "没有目录标题，见 乐谱->标题->目录标题"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintPartWithTitlePage.xml.h:1
msgid "Print Part with Title Page"
msgstr "打印含标题页片段"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintPartWithTitlePage.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints part with part name on title page"
msgstr "打印片段并在标题页上放置片段名"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintScoreAndParts.xml.h:1
msgid "Print Score and Parts"
msgstr "打印乐谱和片段"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintScoreAndParts.xml.h:2
msgid "Creates score layouts for the current layout (full score) and parts (named after instrument name). Set instrument names before use."
msgstr "为当前布局（整个布局）和片段（由乐器名命名）创建乐谱布局。使用前请先设置乐器名称。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintThreeReduced.xml.h:1
msgid "Print Three Parts as Cue for Accompanist"
msgstr "为伴奏者打印三个提示片段"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintThreeReduced.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints top three parts on one staff as cues."
msgstr "打印某个谱表的前三个片段作为提示。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintTwoReduced.xml.h:1
msgid "Print Two Parts as Cue for Accompanist"
msgstr "为伴奏者打印两个提示片段"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintTwoReduced.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints the top two staffs on a single staff as cue."
msgstr "打印某个谱表的前两个片段作为提示。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintWithAmbitus.scm:20
msgid "Turn off continuous typesetting first"
msgstr "请先关闭连续排版功能"

#. AllowAmbitus
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintWithAmbitus.scm:21
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AllowAmbitus.scm:2
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AllowAmbitus.xml.h:1
msgid "Ambitus"
msgstr "音域"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintWithAmbitus.xml.h:1
msgid "Print with Ambitus"
msgstr "打印音域"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintWithAmbitus.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints the score printing the range (ambitus) of each part at the start of the staff"
msgstr "打印乐谱时将每个片段的音域打印在谱表开始处"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/ReloadScore.scm:7
msgid "Score not saved"
msgstr "谱表未保存"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/ReloadScore.scm:9
msgid "Discard Changes"
msgstr "放弃修改"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/ReloadScore.scm:9
msgid ""
"Make a copy first\n"
"(re-issue this Reload command afterwards!)"
msgstr ""
"请先保存一个副本\n"
"（然后再执行“重新载入”命令！）"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/ReloadScore.scm:16
msgid "Score not saved to disk"
msgstr "尚未保存谱表到磁盘"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/ReloadScore.xml.h:1
msgid "Reload Score"
msgstr "重新载入谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/ReloadScore.xml.h:2
msgid "Reloads the current score from last saved version on disk."
msgstr "从磁盘中读取并载入上次保存的乐谱。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SaveAsTemplate.scm:6
msgid "Remove All Music?"
msgstr "移除所有音乐片段吗？"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SaveAsTemplate.scm:6
msgid "Keep Music?"
msgstr "保留音乐片段吗？"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SaveAsTemplate.xml.h:2
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saves the current score as a template, offering to remove the music if desired. When removing the music, all movements except the first movement are deleted and all the contents of the staffs except the first source reference, and any Incipit is deleted too."
msgstr "将当前乐谱保存为模版；如果需要的话，还将移除当前内容。如果您选择移除当前内容，那么除了首个乐章以外的其他乐章、除了首个引用谱表以外的其他谱表，以及所有的引言都将被删除。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SetThumbnail.scm:5
msgid "Returning to the first Movement for thumbnail selection"
msgstr "在缩略图选择中返回至第一个乐章"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SetThumbnail.scm:12
msgid "Thumbnail Selection Complete"
msgstr "缩略图选择完成"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SetThumbnail.scm:12
msgid "Create thumbnail now?"
msgstr "创建缩略图吗？"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SetThumbnail.scm:15
msgid ""
"No Selection to set the thumbnail to\n"
"Create a selection and re-run the command."
msgstr ""
"没有用于创建缩略图的选区\n"
"请先创建一个选区，然后重新执行此命令。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SetThumbnail.scm:16
msgid "Save the score before trying to set the thumbnail"
msgstr "尝试设置缩略图前先保存乐谱"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SetThumbnail.xml.h:1
msgid "Set Thumbnail from Selection"
msgstr "为选区设置缩略图"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SetThumbnail.xml.h:2
msgid "Sets the thumbnail for opening this file to the selection. (The selection must be in the first movement)."
msgstr "将打开此文件的缩略图设为选区（选区必须位于第一个乐谱中）。"

#. EmailForHelp
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/EmailForHelp.scm:3
msgid "Help by Email"
msgstr "通过邮件求助"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/EmailForHelp.scm:3
msgid "Please explain the problem you are having"
msgstr "请描述您遇到的问题"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/EmailForHelp.scm:26
msgid "Your browser will now start with a button to send your email. If the email form fails to show, send your email to denemo-devel@gnu.org"
msgstr "点击按钮来启动浏览器并发送求助邮件。如果未能显示邮件填写界面，请手动发送邮件到 denemo-devel@gnu.org"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/EmailForHelp.xml.h:1
msgid "Email for Help"
msgstr "邮件求助"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/EmailForHelp.xml.h:2
msgid "Uses your browser to open an email form for you to ask questions/report problems. This is the sure and certain way to get help, the chat facility is more hit and miss\""
msgstr "打开浏览器并撰写求助邮件。相比于使用即时聊天工具（IRC），邮件是一种更可靠的获取帮助的方式。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/HelpAllFeatures.xml.h:1
msgid "Browse Feature-Packed Score"
msgstr "浏览全功能乐谱"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/HelpAllFeatures.xml.h:2
msgid "Opens a score with examples of many things you can create with Denemo with Explanations attached. Click on the explanations in the Print View window. Or copy and paste useful objects to your score."
msgstr "打开含有多个示例的乐谱，其中包含了多种可以创建的 Denemo 对象，以及相关解释。可以在打印预览窗口中点击解释进行查看，或复制粘贴有用的对象至你的乐谱中。"

#. HelpForReturnKey
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/HelpForReturnKey.scm:2
msgid ""
"The Return keypress can be used as a special instantly movable shortcut,\n"
"you can set it to any menu action you wish by pressing it while you have the item selected\n"
"Any one-key shortcut can be set this way, but with Return you do not get told if you are taking the shortcut away from another command.\n"
"Also the setting is not saved.\n"
"The idea is to set it for your current activity (e.g. applying tenuto marks).\n"
"You can make it \"normal\" by setting a preference - see Edit->Preferences->Command Behavior.\n"
"Note that the Enter key on the numeric keypad is a separate key (or should be!) and can be used as a shortcut independently"
msgstr ""
"回车键可用于特殊的直接移动快捷键，\n"
"你可以通过在选择菜单项时按下它来执行任意菜单动作。\n"
"可以使用此法来设置任意单键快捷键，但这样以来你将无法得知是否错误地选择了其他命令。\n"
"并且设置将不会被保存。\n"
"所以最好将其用于当前的活动（如应用到持续音相关的任务）。\n"
"你可以通过设置首选项来将其设为“标准”行为 - 见 编辑->首选项->命令行为。\n"
"注意，数字键盘上的 Enter 键（显然）是一个独立的键，可以独立用于快捷键中"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/HelpForReturnKey.xml.h:1
msgid "Help for Return Keypress"
msgstr "有关回车键的帮助"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/HelpForReturnKey.xml.h:2
msgid "Does nothing except explain what the Return key is used for in Denemo, and how to make it an ordinary shortcut if you prefer."
msgstr "解释 Denemo 中回车键的用法，以及如何将其用于日常快捷键。"

#. IRC on freenode
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/IRC.scm:2
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Your browser may take a few moments to start - be patient!\n"
" \tWhen it has started click Start\n"
" \tThen you get a page with a place to type your question at the bottom.\n"
" \tType hello in there and hit Enter\n"
" \tIf no one is there to help you can use the mailing list denemo-devel@gnu.org"
msgstr ""
"浏览器可能需要一些时间来启动 - 请耐心等待！\n"
"\t浏览器启动会，你需要输入一些反垃圾验证字符\n"
"\t然后点击连接\n"
"\t然后在页面底部输入你的问题。\n"
"\t在其中输入 hello，然后按 Enter 键\n"
"\t如果没有人回复，你可以使用邮件列表（denemo-devel@gnu.org）获取帮助"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/IRC.xml.h:1
msgid "Chat to Other Users"
msgstr "与其他用户交谈"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/IRC.xml.h:2
msgid "Runs your browser on a page giving access to denemo's internet relay chat"
msgstr "启动浏览器并进入 Denemo 在线 IRC"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/SetNewbieStatus.scm:6
msgid "Newbie status is now on - re-start Denemo to see extra tooltips"
msgstr "已启用新手状态 - 重启 Denemo 来查看额外的工具提示"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/SetNewbieStatus.scm:12
msgid ""
"Newbie status is now off - re-start Denemo to avoid excessive tooltips.\n"
"Note you can also increase the time before the remaining ones appear via the Preferences\n"
"Some Newbie Palettes have been hidden, use the View menu to choose ones to re-instate."
msgstr ""
"新手状态已关闭 - 请重启 Denemo 来禁用额外的工具提示。\n"
"注意，您也可以通过在首选项中增加工具提示的等待时间来避免显示它们。\n"
"部分新手菜单已被隐藏；如有必要，可以使用“视图”菜单来恢复它们。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/SetNewbieStatus.xml.h:1
msgid "Turn Excessive Tooltips (Off/On)"
msgstr "设置额外工具提示（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/SetNewbieStatus.xml.h:2
msgid "Sets your status as a newbie on or off. This affects the tooltips and palettes. Note you can also independently delay tooltips, indefinitely if you wish, via the preferences dialog. See Edit-&gt;Change Preferences-&gt;Command Behavior"
msgstr "开启/关闭新手状态。影响工具提示和面板的显示。注意，你也可以通过首选项对话框单独设置工具提示的显示延迟或关闭它。见 编辑-&gt改变首选项-&gt命令行为"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/Tutorial.xml.h:1
msgid "Tutorial"
msgstr "教程"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/Tutorial.xml.h:2
msgid "Steps through the basic commands"
msgstr "基础命令教学"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/NoteNamesDefault.xml.h:1
msgid "Note Names Default Action"
msgstr "音符名默认动作"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/NoteNamesDefault.xml.h:2
msgid "Changes the shortcuts for note names a, b, c, d, e, f, g so that they edit the note at the cursor, or append a note when in the appending position."
msgstr "改变音符 a、b、c、d、e、f、g 的快捷键，以便编辑光标处的音符，或在附加音符。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/NoteNamesMove.xml.h:1
msgid "Note Names Move Cursor"
msgstr "音符名移动光标"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/NoteNamesMove.xml.h:2
msgid "Changes the shortcuts for note names a, b, c, d, e, f, g so that they move the cursor to the nearest note of that name."
msgstr "改变音符 a、b、c、d、e、f、g 的快捷键，以便移动光标至具有该名称的最近音符。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/NumbersDefault.xml.h:1
msgid "Numbers Default Action"
msgstr "数字键默认动作"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/NumbersDefault.xml.h:2
msgid "Sets key shortcuts 0,1,2... to the default action, inserting notes of the duration."
msgstr "设置键盘快捷键 0、1、2... 的行为为默认值，即插入固定时长的音符。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/NumbersSelectDuration.xml.h:1
msgid "Numbers Select Duration"
msgstr "数字键选择时长"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/NumbersSelectDuration.xml.h:2
msgid "Changes the action of keys 0,1,2... to select the prevailing duration instead of inserting notes of the duration."
msgstr "设置键盘快捷键 0、1、2... 的行为为选择预设时值，而非插入固定时长的音符。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/SimulateMidi.scm:39
msgid "Dismiss this dialog then press 20 keys for the 20 notes c'' - g'''. Esc to cancel."
msgstr "请关闭此对话框，然后以此按下代表从 c'' 到 g''' 的 20 个按键。按 Esc 可以终止操作。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/SimulateMidi.scm:54
msgid "Press Escape in the Denemo Main Window to end MIDI keyboard simulation."
msgstr "在 Denemo 主窗口中按下 Esc 键可以终止 MIDI 键盘模拟。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/SimulateMidi.scm:57
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/SimulateMidi.scm:74
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/SimulateMidi.scm:85
msgid "Simulated MIDI Filter: Esc to end."
msgstr "模拟 MIDI 过滤器：按下 Esc 可以终止。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/SimulateMidi.scm:70
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/SimulateMidi.scm:81
msgid "Octave:"
msgstr "八度："

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/SimulateMidi.scm:112
msgid "MIDI simulator end"
msgstr "关闭 MDI 模拟器"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/SimulateMidi.xml.h:1
msgid "Simulate MIDI"
msgstr "模拟 MIDI"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/SimulateMidi.xml.h:2
msgid "Makes the second and third rows of the pc-keyboard behave like a MIDI piano keyboard: asdfg... creates the scale from Middle C, while the qwerty row provides sharps/flats (with gaps). To customize these key assignments for your keyboard use Ctrl-Esc. Tab key toggles chord entry off/on. PgUp key starts entering notes an octave higher, PgDn an octave lower. Use with rhythm entry for MIDI in checked in preferences."
msgstr "将电脑键盘的第二、第三行视作 MIDI 钢琴键盘：A、S、D、F、G……对应中央 C 所在的八度，Q、W、E、R、T……对应相应的升/降音（包括间隔）。若要自定义按键位置，请按 Ctrl-Esc。按下 Tab 键可以开启/关闭和弦。按 PageUp 键可以升高八度，PageDown 则降低八度。请先在首选项的 MIDI 输入中勾选节拍输入。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/AngryDelete.scm:7
msgid "Angry Delete MIDI Filter"
msgstr "Angry Delete MIDI 筛选器"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/AngryDelete.xml.h:1
msgid "Angry Delete"
msgstr "Angry Delete"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/AngryDelete.xml.h:2
msgid "MIDI notes struck loudly delete the previous note before taking effect."
msgstr "以较重的力度输入 MIDI 可以删除前一个音符。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordEntry.scm:7
msgid "No MIDI Filter"
msgstr "没有 MIDI 筛选器"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordEntry.scm:53
msgid "Chord entry without pedal"
msgstr "不使用踏板输入和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordEntry.xml.h:1
msgid "Chord Entry Without Pedal"
msgstr "直接输入和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordEntry.xml.h:2
msgid "Playing notes on the MIDI keyboard will enter all notes played as a chord until no notes are on."
msgstr "在 MIDI 键盘上弹奏音符时，将所有音符作为一个和弦录入，直到没有音符输入。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordsForBar.scm:6
msgid ""
"This command expects you to play the notes of the current bar together with chords.\n"
"It will notate the chords in a new staff above the current staff. You can hold chords over several notes, change chords on one note.\n"
"To temporarily switch to listening so as to try out a chord depress the foot pedal.\n"
"It will play you two bars of the music at the start and after you have entered the chords.\n"
"Use the pitch bend control to go on to the next bar or to try again in the current bar."
msgstr ""
"此命令需要你演奏当前小节中的音符和和弦。\n"
"将会在当前谱表上的新谱表中的指出和弦。你可以按住数个音符的和弦，并依次改变它们。\n"
"要临时切换到试听模式以试听和弦，请按下脚踏板。程序将会演奏起始处的两个小节，然后演奏你所输入的和弦。\n"
"可以使用滑音轮来转到下一小节，或重新操作当前小节。"

#. End of ChordsForBar
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordsForBar.xml.h:1
msgid "Chords for Bar"
msgstr "小节和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordsForBar.xml.h:2
msgid "Plays the context of the current bar. Then listens for you to play each note in current bar with added chord(s). As you do this it notates the chords on a staff above. When the bar is finished it re-plays the bar. Allows you to repeat (pitch bend down) or go on to next bar (pitch bend up)."
msgstr "播放当前小节的上下文，然后等待你向当前小节中添加和弦，并同时在谱表上方显示和弦。当完成添加后，将会重新播放此小节。可以重复操作此小节（向上滚动滑音轮）或转到下一小节（向下滚动滑音轮）。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordsOverBass.scm:214
msgid "Non Empty Chords staff"
msgstr "非空和弦谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordsOverBass.scm:214
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CreateIntro.scm:36
msgid "Remove the previous transcription from this measure on?"
msgstr "从当前小节开始移除之前的改编内容吗？"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordsOverBass.xml.h:1
msgid "Create Chords Over Bass Line"
msgstr "在低音线上创建和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordsOverBass.xml.h:2
msgid "Place the cursor on a bass note and invoke this command. It creates a treble staff above and for each note in the bass staff, as you play it, it switches to the treble staff and allows you to enter a chord. Use the Pitch Bend wheel to stop/start the process. Hold a chord while moving to the next bass note to extend the chord over more than one bass note."
msgstr "就光标置于低音音符上，然后执行此命令。将会在上方创建一个高音谱表，并将低音谱表中演奏的每个音符（和弦）转换至高音谱表。请使用滑音轮来停止/启动这一操作。在移动到下一个低音音符时，按住和弦可以将和弦延长。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/FiguredBassFilterOn.xml.h:1
msgid "Figured Bass Filter On"
msgstr "开启数字低音筛选器"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/FiguredBassFilterOn.xml.h:2
msgid "Start filtering MIDI events, First note is bass, hold this down while entering notes for figures. Pedal changes harmony on same bass."
msgstr "开始筛选 MIDI 事件。第一个音符应为低音，请在输入数字记号时按住它。可用踏板使相同的低音具有不同的和声。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/FootPedalConductor.xml.h:1
msgid "Foot Pedal Conductor"
msgstr "脚踏板指挥"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/FootPedalConductor.xml.h:2
msgid "Press the foot pedal at the start of each measure. The bar number is displayed and the beats are interpolated following the timesignature set. Two quick presses of the foot pedal stops the conductor."
msgstr "在每小节开始处踩下脚踏板。将显示小节线，并根据设置的时值插入相应截屏。要停止指挥，请快速地踩两次踏板。"

#. MidiFilterOff
#. Our own Reset, this makes the filter toggle off/on
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/MidiFilterOff.scm:3
msgid "No MIDI filter active"
msgstr "不启用 MIDI 筛选器"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/MidiFilterOff.xml.h:1
msgid "MIDI Filter Off"
msgstr "关闭 MDI 筛选器"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/MidiFilterOff.xml.h:2
msgid "Turn off any MIDI filter script currently active."
msgstr "关闭所有当前启用的 MIDI 筛选器脚本。"

#. (disp "(Re-)Starting at " (GetPosition) " at time " start " with startnote" startnote "\n")
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.scm:67
msgid "Checking Chords Filter"
msgstr "检查和弦筛选器"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.scm:101
msgid "Note played was "
msgstr "演奏了音符 "

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.scm:101
msgid ""
"\n"
"Expecting "
msgstr ""
"\n"
"应当为 "

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.scm:102
msgid "(one of)"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.scm:102
msgid ""
"\n"
"Please play "
msgstr ""
"\n"
"请演奏 "

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.scm:102
msgid "entire chord:"
msgstr "整个和弦："

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.scm:111
msgid "No active MIDI Filter"
msgstr "没有启用的 MIDI 筛选器"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.xml.h:1
msgid "Check Chords (On/Off)"
msgstr "检查和弦（开启/关闭）"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.xml.h:2
msgid "Advances through the current movement as you play the notes from all staffs that sound together, with the cursor moving on in the current staff. Playing a wrong note stops the cursor and the chord/notes have to be re-played correctly. If the current staff has a rest the cursor stops on the note before until you have played to the moment when it re-joins. You can reposition the cursor or edit the music (via the PC keyboard) while continuing with this mode - the checking resumes when you play the next note(s) in. You can arpeggiate the notes as convenient, no particular order is required as long as all the notes that start at the same moment are played before moving on."
msgstr "在您演奏所有谱表中的音符时，光标将会跟随并在当前乐章中移动。当您演奏了错误的音符时，光标将会停止移动，此时您需要重新演奏正确的和弦/音符。如果遇到休止符，光标将会在休止符之前停下，直到您演奏完其他谱表中的相应内容。在此模式下，您可以使用电脑键盘调整光标的位置或编辑内容；当您演奏下一个音符的时候，Denemo 将继续进行和弦检查。方便起见，您也可以将多个音符演奏为琶音；音符之间的顺序不重要，只需保证同一乐谱中开始的所有音符都已被演奏，即可继续处理下一音符。"

#. ToggleMidiThru
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleMidiThru.xml.h:1
msgid "Toggle Listening/Editing"
msgstr "切换试听/编辑模式"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleMidiThru.xml.h:2
msgid "Switches between passing MIDI input directly to output or to Denemo. Use this instead of CapsLock to avoid altering keyboard shortcuts involving the Shift key when editing and listening."
msgstr "将 MIDI 输入端关联至输入设备或 Denemo。在编辑/试听模式中，可以使用此命令而非大写锁定键来切换输入关联，以避免改变键盘布局（包括Shift键）。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Mouse/MouseDefault.xml.h:1
msgid "Mouse Default Action"
msgstr "鼠标默认动作"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Mouse/MouseDefault.xml.h:2
msgid "Mouse left click positions the cursor, right click edits, left-click with caps-lock does nothing.."
msgstr "鼠标左键单击可设置光标位置，右键单击可进行编辑，大写锁定开启并单击左键将不会执行任何动作。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Mouse/MouseInsertion.scm:35
msgid ""
"To insert notes hold down Shift key while left-clicking the mouse. To add to a chord hold down Shift and Alt, to delete hold down Control.\n"
"    Or use keys a,b,c,d,e,f,g, 0,1,2,3,4 (with Shift, Control or Alt).\n"
"    Or use palettes. To hide palettes right-click on a button and choose Edit Palette (saves space).\n"
"    To cut out excessive messages like this use Help menu ->Turn Excessive Tooltips Off/On."
msgstr ""
"要插入音符，请在左键单击鼠标时按住 Shift 键。要插入一个和弦，请按住 Shift 和 Alt；要删除和弦，请按住 Ctrl。\n"
"    或者使用 a、b、c、d、e、f、g、0、1、2、3、4 键（+ Shift/Ctrl/Alt）。\n"
"    或者使用面板。要隐藏面板，请右键单击按钮，然后选择编辑面板（节省空间）。\n"
"    要取消显示类似的额外信息，请使用 帮助菜单->设置额外工具提示（关闭/开启）。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Mouse/MouseInsertion.xml.h:1
msgid "Mouse Note Insertion"
msgstr "鼠标音符插入"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Mouse/MouseInsertion.xml.h:2
msgid "Changes the mouse use when CapsLock is on: left click inserts note in the prevailing duration. The shortcuts for number keys 0, 1, 2 ... are set to change the prevailing duration."
msgstr "当大写锁定开启时，改变鼠标的行为：左键单击可插入预设时值的音符。数字键 0、1、2…… 的快捷键将被设为改变预设时值。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/ShowVirtualKeyboard.xml.h:1
msgid "On-screen Piano Keyboard"
msgstr "虚拟钢琴键盘"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/ShowVirtualKeyboard.xml.h:2
msgid "Displays a piano-style keyboard that can be clicked on to enter notes. Right click adds notes to the chord. Unlike a MIDI keyboard it doesn't pass through MIDI filters, etc."
msgstr "显示一个钢琴键盘，可通过点击输入音符。右键点击音符可以输入和弦。与 MIDI 键盘不同，它不会受到 MIDI 筛选器的影响。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/LoadDefaultComposerNumberkeys.xml.h:1
msgid "Load Default Composer Number Keys"
msgstr "加载默认作曲数字键"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/LoadDefaultComposerNumberkeys.xml.h:2
msgid "Loads the default composer numberkeys (Notes and Rests)"
msgstr "加载默认的作曲数字键（音符和休止符）"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/LoadSelectDurationComposerNumberkeys.xml.h:1
msgid "Change to 'Select Duration' Number Keys in Composer Mode"
msgstr "作曲模式中使用数字键“选择时长”"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/LoadSelectDurationComposerNumberkeys.xml.h:2
msgid "Change the number keys to select the prevailing duration in composer mode."
msgstr "改变用于选择预设时值的数字键（用于作曲模式）。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/NoOp.xml.h:1
msgid "NoOp"
msgstr "无操作"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/NoOp.xml.h:2
msgid "Does absolutely nothing. Use to \"blank\" a key."
msgstr "不进行任何操作。用于设置“空”键。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpEight.xml.h:1
msgid "OpEight"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpEight.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpFive.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpFour.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpNine.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpOne.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpSeven.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpSix.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpThree.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpTwo.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpZero.xml.h:2
msgid "Wrapper/Dummy for Keypress"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpFive.xml.h:1
msgid "OpFive"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpFour.xml.h:1
msgid "OpFour"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpNine.xml.h:1
msgid "OpNine"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpOne.xml.h:1
msgid "OpOne"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpSeven.xml.h:1
msgid "OpSeven"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpSix.xml.h:1
msgid "OpSix"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpThree.xml.h:1
msgid "OpThree"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpTwo.xml.h:1
msgid "OpTwo"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpZero.xml.h:1
msgid "OpZero"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/BookmarkNamed.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Named Bookmark"
msgstr "添加命名书签"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/BookmarkNamed.xml.h:2
msgid "Adds a Denemo bookmark combined with a custom Lilypond Rehearsal Mark"
msgstr "添加包含自定义 Lilypond 排练记号的 Denemo 书签"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/BookmarkNonPrinting.scm:5
msgid "Insert Non-printing Rehearsal Mark"
msgstr "插入非打印的排练记号"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/BookmarkNonPrinting.scm:5
msgid "Give a name "
msgstr "设置名称 "

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/BookmarkNonPrinting.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Non-Printing Bookmark"
msgstr "添加非打印书签"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/BookmarkNonPrinting.xml.h:2
msgid "Adds a custom Denemo bookmark without Lilypond output."
msgstr "添加不含 Lilypond 输出的自定义 Denemo 书签。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/NextBookmark.xml.h:1
msgid "Next Bookmark"
msgstr "下一书签"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/NextBookmark.xml.h:2
msgid "Seach forward for bookmarks in the current staff."
msgstr "向前搜索当前谱表中的书签。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/PopCursorPosition.scm:2
msgid "No more positions are stored"
msgstr "所保存的位置中没有其他位置"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/PopCursorPosition.xml.h:1
msgid "Move to Stored Position"
msgstr "移至保存的位置"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/PopCursorPosition.xml.h:2
msgid "Moves the cursor to the last stored position. You can store a sequence of positions and then return to them in one by one (a stack of positions)."
msgstr "将光标移至上一次保存的位置。你可以保存一系列位置，然后依次返回到这些位置（位置堆栈）。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/PrevBookmark.xml.h:1
msgid "Prev Bookmark"
msgstr "上一书签"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/PrevBookmark.xml.h:2
msgid "Seach backward for bookmarks in the current staff."
msgstr "向后搜索当前谱表中的书签。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/PushCursorPosition.xml.h:1
msgid "Store Position"
msgstr "保存位置"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/PushCursorPosition.xml.h:2
msgid "Stores the current cursor position for returning to later."
msgstr "保存当前光标的位置，以便将来可以返回。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/RehearsalMark.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/RehearsalMark.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Rehearsal/Bookmark"
msgstr "添加排练/书签"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/RehearsalMark.xml.h:2
msgid "Adds a Denemo bookmark combined with a default Rehearsal Mark"
msgstr "添加包含默认排练记号的 Denemo 书签"

#. Object found
#. no object even in the second round. Go to start position.
#. user abort
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/SearchBookmark.xml.h:1
msgid "Search Bookmark"
msgstr "搜索书签"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/SearchBookmark.xml.h:2
msgid "Searches for a named Bookmark in the current staff."
msgstr "在当前谱表中搜索命名书签。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/CursorToHighestNote.xml.h:1
msgid "Cursor to Highest Note"
msgstr "光标至最高音"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/CursorToHighestNote.xml.h:2
msgid "Moves the cursor to the highest note on current horizontal position (in a chord or on a single note)"
msgstr "将光标移至当前水平位置（和弦或单音）中的最高音符"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/CursorToLowestNote.xml.h:1
msgid "Cursor to Lowest Note"
msgstr "光标至最低音"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/CursorToLowestNote.xml.h:2
msgid "Moves the cursor to the lowest note on current horizontal position (in a chord or on a single note)"
msgstr "将光标移至当前水平位置（和弦或单音）中的最低音符"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/GoToTypesetMeasureNumber.scm:5
#, fuzzy
msgid "Give destination: "
msgstr "设置乐器 "

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/GoToTypesetMeasureNumber.xml.h:1
#, fuzzy
msgid "Go To Typeset Measure Number"
msgstr "小节编号"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/GoToTypesetMeasureNumber.xml.h:2
msgid "Goes to the measure number given taking into account any measure offset (normally this will be set to be the measure number as typeset)."
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/JumpDownOctave.xml.h:2
msgid "Moves cursor down an octave."
msgstr "下移光标八度。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/JumpLeft.xml.h:1
msgid "JumpLeft"
msgstr "左跳"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/JumpLeft.xml.h:2
msgid "Jumps to beginning of this measure or previous measure."
msgstr "跳转至此乐章开头或上一乐章。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/JumpRight.xml.h:1
msgid "JumpRight"
msgstr "右跳"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/JumpRight.xml.h:2
msgid "Moves cursor to start of next bar or to end."
msgstr "移动光标至下一小节或末尾。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/JumpUpOctave.xml.h:2
msgid "Moves cursor up one octave."
msgstr "上移光标八度。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/MoveToMovementBeginning.xml.h:1
msgid "Move To Movement Beginning"
msgstr "移动乐章开头"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/MoveToMovementBeginning.xml.h:2
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the movement without altering the selection"
msgstr "将光标移至乐章起始处，但不改变选区"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/MoveToMovementEnd.xml.h:1
msgid "Move To Movement End"
msgstr "移动乐章结尾"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/MoveToMovementEnd.xml.h:2
msgid "Move the cursor to last measure, last staff without altering the selection."
msgstr "将光标移至最后一小节的最后一个谱表，但不改变选区。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/MoveToStaffDownAppending.xml.h:1
msgid "Move to Staff Down, Appending"
msgstr "移动并追加至谱表下方"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/MoveToStaffDownAppending.xml.h:2
msgid "Moves to the appending position in the staff below."
msgstr "将内容移动到下方乐谱的插入光标之后。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/MoveToStaffUpAppending.xml.h:1
msgid "Move to Staff Up, Appending"
msgstr "移动并追加至谱表上方"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/MoveToStaffUpAppending.xml.h:2
msgid "Moves to the appending position in the staff above."
msgstr "将内容移动到上方乐谱的插入光标之后。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/ToNextNote.xml.h:1
msgid "Cursor To Next Note"
msgstr "光标至下一音符"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/ToNextNote.xml.h:2
msgid "Moves to the next note, topping at blank measures. Sounds a warning if no more notes."
msgstr "移动光标至下一个音符，或空小节的顶部。如果没有更多音符，则发出警告音。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/VisibleStaffDown.xml.h:1
msgid "Move to Visible Staff Down"
msgstr "移至下一可见谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/VisibleStaffDown.xml.h:2
msgid "Moves to the next staff or voice down skipping ones that are hidden in the display."
msgstr "移至下一个谱表或声部，跳过中间隐藏的谱表或声部。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/VisibleStaffUp.xml.h:1
msgid "Move to Visible Staff Up"
msgstr "移至上一可见谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/VisibleStaffUp.xml.h:2
msgid "Moves to the next staff or voice up skipping ones that are hidden in the display."
msgstr "移至上一个谱表或声部，跳过中间隐藏的谱表或声部。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/WrapToNextStaff.xml.h:1
msgid "Next Staff, Wrapping"
msgstr "下一谱表（循环）"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/WrapToNextStaff.xml.h:2
msgid "Moves to the next staff, wrapping to the first staff when on the last staff."
msgstr "移至下一谱表，若位于最后一个谱表则回到第一个谱表。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/DenemoLink.scm:19
msgid "The cursor is "
msgstr "光标为 "

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/DenemoLink.scm:23
msgid "There is no link before this bar in this staff, open the source document and click on it to place one."
msgstr "此小节前面没有链接，请打开源文档并点击它来设置链接。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/DenemoLink.xml.h:1
msgid "Follow Link to Source"
msgstr "打开源文档链接"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/DenemoLink.xml.h:2
msgid "Follows the link at or before the cursor to a source document."
msgstr "打开光标处或光标前的源文档链接。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/CursorToMarkedMidiNotePosition.xml.h:1
msgid "Cursor to Marked Onset"
msgstr "移动光标至标记起始处"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/CursorToMarkedMidiNotePosition.xml.h:2
msgid "Moves the Denemo cursor to the note to which the marked MIDI note onset belongs."
msgstr "将 Denemo 光标移至标记的 MIDI 音符起始处。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/FirstNoteOnset.scm:5
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/NextNoteOnset.scm:8
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/PreviousNoteOnset.scm:8
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/UnmarkNoteOnset.scm:5
msgid "No MIDI file has been loaded"
msgstr "没有加载 MIDI 文件"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/FirstNoteOnset.xml.h:1
msgid "First Note Onset"
msgstr "第一个起始音符"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/FirstNoteOnset.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:182
msgid "The first recorded or imported MIDI note onset in the current track becomes marked so that entered durations will be given its pitch."
msgstr "为当前音轨中录制或导入的 MIDI 音符起始处设置标记，以便设置所输入时长的音高。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/NextNoteOnset.scm:7
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/PreviousNoteOnset.scm:7
msgid "No Onset has been marked"
msgstr "没有标记起始处"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/NextNoteOnset.xml.h:1
msgid "Next Note Onset"
msgstr "下一个音符起始处"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/NextNoteOnset.xml.h:2
msgid "Moves to the next MIDI note onset in the current recorded or imported MIDI track. Inserted durations will take their pitch from this note."
msgstr "移至当前录制或导入的 MIDI 音轨中的下一个 MIDI 音符起始处。插入的时长将与起始处的音符具有相同音高。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/PreviousNoteOnset.xml.h:1
msgid "Previous Note Onset"
msgstr "上一个音符起始处"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/PreviousNoteOnset.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:184
msgid "Moves the marked MIDI note onset to the one before the current one."
msgstr "移至当前录制或导入的 MIDI 音轨中的上一个 MIDI 音符起始处。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/UnmarkNoteOnset.xml.h:1
msgid "Un-mark Note Onsets"
msgstr "取消音符起始标记"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/UnmarkNoteOnset.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:183
msgid "Removes the mark from the MIDI note onset, so that inserting durations have their normal meaning."
msgstr "取消 MIDI 音符起始处的标记，以便插入的时长恢复正常意义。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MoveViewportLeft.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MoveViewportRight.xml.h:1
msgid "Move Display Right"
msgstr "右移窗口"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MoveViewportLeft.xml.h:2
msgid "Moves the view port (the Denemo Display) to the left, leaving the cursor on the same object as long as it is still in view."
msgstr "将视图区域（Denemo 显示窗口）向做移动，同时保持光标位于同一对象上，除非该对象已位于可见区域之外。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MoveViewportRight.xml.h:2
msgid "Moves the view port (the Denemo Display) to the right, leaving the cursor on the same object as long as it is still in view."
msgstr "将视图区域（Denemo 显示窗口）向右移动，同时保持光标位于同一对象上，除非该对象已位于可见区域之外。"

#.
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/FindEditPoint.xml.h:1
msgid "Find Edit Point"
msgstr "查找编辑位置"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/FindEditPoint.xml.h:2
msgid "Searches backward for the start of non-printing notes."
msgstr "向后搜索非打印音符的起始处。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/FindNextLowerNote.xml.h:1
msgid "Next Lower"
msgstr "下一较低音"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/FindNextLowerNote.xml.h:2
msgid "Moves cursor to next note that is lower than the cursor."
msgstr "将光标移至下一个比当前光标处音符低的音符。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/FindNextSimilar.xml.h:1
msgid "Find Next Similar"
msgstr "查找下个相似对象"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/FindNextSimilar.xml.h:2
msgid "Finds the next object similar to the one at the cursor."
msgstr "查找下一个与光标处对象相似的对象。"

#.
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/FindNote.xml.h:1
msgid "Find Note"
msgstr "查找音符"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/FindNote.xml.h:2
msgid "Moves the cursor forward until it is on the note given by the user."
msgstr "向前移动光标至下一个用户指定的音符。"

#. GoToEmptyMeasure
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/GoToEmptyMeasure.xml.h:1
msgid "Go To Next Empty Measure"
msgstr "转到下个空小节"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/GoToEmptyMeasure.xml.h:2
msgid "Move cursor to the next point in the current staff where the music ends."
msgstr "在当前谱表中，移动光标至下一个音乐结束处。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/GoToMeasureEnd.xml.h:1
msgid "Go To End of Measure"
msgstr "转到乐章结尾"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/MoveToEarliestEmptyMeasure.xml.h:1
msgid "Move to Earliest Empty Measure"
msgstr "移动到前一个空乐章"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/MoveToEarliestEmptyMeasure.xml.h:2
msgid "Moves the cursor back until the a non-empty measure is found. Stops in the empty measure after that."
msgstr "向前移动光标，直到出现非空白小节。光标将停留在其后面的空白小节中。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/MoveToPreviousEmptyMeasure.xml.h:1
msgid "Move To Previous Empty Measure"
msgstr "移动到前一个空乐章"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/MoveToPreviousEmptyMeasure.xml.h:2
msgid "Move the cursor left until it finds an empty measure or the staffs beginning"
msgstr "左移光标至空乐章或谱表的开始处"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/NextHigher.xml.h:1
msgid "Next Higher"
msgstr "下一较高音"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/NextHigher.xml.h:2
msgid "Move cursor to next note higher than cursor position"
msgstr "将光标移至下一个比当前光标处音符高的音符"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchMusic.scm:8
msgid "New search music from selection"
msgstr "重新在选区中查找音乐"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchMusic.scm:9
msgid "Resume previous music search"
msgstr "继续上一次音乐查找"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchMusic.scm:32
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchPattern.scm:33
msgid "Make a selection to search for"
msgstr "设置用于查找的选区"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchMusic.scm:62
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchPattern.scm:66
msgid "Continue"
msgstr "继续"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchMusic.scm:72
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchPattern.scm:79
msgid "Wrap to start of staff"
msgstr "返回谱表开头"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchMusic.scm:73
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchPattern.scm:80
msgid "Wrap to next staff"
msgstr "转到下一谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchMusic.xml.h:1
msgid "Search Note Sequence"
msgstr "查找音符序列"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchMusic.xml.h:2
msgid "With a selection, searches from the cursor for the next occurrence of the notes of the selection. With no selection, continues the previous search. When a match (ignoring rests and duration) is found it offers to continue, stop or execute the script in the Scheme Window."
msgstr "在选区中，从光标处开始查找下一个出现的音符。若没有选中任何区域，则继续上一次搜索。若发现匹配（忽略休止符和时长差别），则可以选择继续查找、停止查找或在方案窗口中执行脚本。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchPattern.scm:8
msgid "New search pattern from selection"
msgstr "重新在选区中查找样式"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchPattern.scm:9
msgid "Resume previous search"
msgstr "继续上一次查找"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchPattern.xml.h:1
msgid "Search Rhythmic Pattern"
msgstr "查找节奏样式"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchPattern.xml.h:2
msgid "With a selection, searches from the cursor for the next occurrence of the rhythmic patterm of the selection. With no selection, continues the previous search. When a match is found it offers to continue, stop or execute the script in the Scheme Window."
msgstr "在选区中，从光标处开始查找下一个出现的节奏样式。若没有选中任何区域，则继续上一次搜索。若发现匹配（忽略休止符和时长差别），则可以选择继续查找、停止查找或在方案窗口中执行脚本。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:36
msgid "Search locations in all staffs"
msgstr "在所有谱表中搜索"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:36
msgid "Search in only in staff"
msgstr "仅搜索于谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:36
msgid "Choose where to search"
msgstr "选择搜索的位置"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:40
msgid "Key Signature Changes"
msgstr "调号变更"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:41
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:86
msgid "Time Signature Changes"
msgstr "时值变更"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:42
msgid "Changes of Clef"
msgstr "改变谱号"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:43
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:16
msgid "Custom"
msgstr "自定义"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:47
msgid "Notes Higher Than Note"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:48
msgid "Notes Lower Than Note"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:52
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:96
msgid "Denemo Directives tagged"
msgstr "已标注 Denemo 记号"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:58
msgid "Note lower than"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:69
msgid "Note higher than"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:81
msgid "Key Changes"
msgstr "调号变更"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:91
msgid "Clef Changes"
msgstr "谱号变更"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:106
msgid ""
"You need a Scheme expression Scheme Script window\n"
"to use this option\n"
"Locations where the expression evaluates are true will be found."
msgstr ""
"您需要在方案脚本窗口中填写方案表达式，然后才能使用这一选项。\n"
"Denemo 将会显示表达式结果为真的位置。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:107
msgid "Install a template script in the Scheme Script window"
msgstr "加载脚本模板到方案脚本窗口中"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:107
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.xml.h:1
msgid "Seek Locations"
msgstr "定位"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:110
msgid "Open View->Scheme Script to edit the script to test for the locations you want to find"
msgstr "请使用 视图->方案脚本 命令来编辑脚本并测试您需要查找的位置"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:124
msgid "No locations found"
msgstr "无法定位"

#. (disp "menu-choices " menu-choices " \n\nwhich is a list " (list? menu-choices) "\n\n")
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:128
msgid "Choose a location to go to (Movement, Staff, Measure, Object) and click OK"
msgstr "请选择要跳转的位置（乐章、谱表、小节或对象），然后点击“好”"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.xml.h:2
msgid "Seek for locations in the score satisfying a certain condition e.g. exceeding a range or at a clef change etc. A list of such locations is created which can be selected from. Repeating the command after choosing one location re-presents the remainder of the list."
msgstr "查找乐谱中满足特定条件的位置，例如超过指定音域的音符，或谱号变更记号。Denemo 将显示满足条件的位置列表以便定位。选中某一位置后重复执行此命令，Denemo 将显示列表中其余的位置。"

#. (fixMeasures) loops infinitely?
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/ConvertMidiForBass.xml.h:1
msgid "Convert MIDI Chords Over Bass"
msgstr "转换 MIDI 和弦至低音部"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/ConvertMidiForBass.xml.h:2
msgid "Takes a MIDI recording over a bass line and inserts the chords by matching the bass notes. Each chord must include the bass note."
msgstr "将 MIDI 录音转换到低音部，并根据匹配的低音音符插入和弦。每个和弦中必须包含低音音符。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/DenemoPlayCursorToEnd.xml.h:1
msgid "Play from Cursor to End"
msgstr "从光标处播放至结尾"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/DenemoPlayCursorToEnd.xml.h:2
msgid "Playback all staffs from the current cursor position to the end of the movement."
msgstr "从当前光标位置回放所有谱表，直至乐章结尾。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Performance.scm:48
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Performance.scm:59
msgid "No fine found, assuming all"
msgstr "未找到 fine 记号，假定全部反复"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Performance.scm:55
msgid "Dal Segno with no Segno - assuming Da Capo"
msgstr "D.S. 记号没有匹配的反复开始记号（Segno）- 假定为 D.C. 记号"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Performance.xml.h:1
msgid "Performance (Start/Stop)"
msgstr "演奏（开始/停止）"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Performance.xml.h:2
msgid "Plays the current movement, observing repeats, Da Capo, fine and Dal Segno. If playing stops the performance"
msgstr "演奏当前乐章，并启用重复、D.C.、D.S. 和终止记号 。若正在播放，则停止演奏"

#. PitchShift
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PitchShift.scm:2
msgid "Pitch Change"
msgstr "改变音高"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PitchShift.scm:2
msgid "Give amount =/-"
msgstr "设置音高改变值 =/-"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PitchShift.xml.h:1
msgid "Shift Pitch"
msgstr "移调"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PitchShift.xml.h:2
msgid "Outputs a pitch bend signal to the synthesizer for the value +/- 64 given."
msgstr "根据设置的值（+/- 64）输出一个滑音记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayAllAtCursor.xml.h:1
msgid "Play Music at Cursor"
msgstr "播放光标处音乐"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayAllAtCursor.xml.h:2
msgid "Plays the score for the duration of the note/chord at the cursor, starting at that note."
msgstr "从光标处开始播放音符/和弦。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayAll.xml.h:1
msgid "Play All"
msgstr "播放全部"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayAll.xml.h:2
msgid "Plays the current movement from the start, observing any mute objects placed in the staffs."
msgstr "从头播放当前乐谱，并启用谱表中的所有静音对象。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayAndRecordMidiIn.xml.h:1
msgid "Playback and Record MIDI (Off/On)"
msgstr "回放和录制 MIDI（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayAndRecordMidiIn.xml.h:2
msgid "Starts (or stops) playing the score from the playhead start (green marker bar) and simultaneously records your playing from MIDI in. You can stop the playback at any time and then the first MIDI note you entered is marked. Entering duration keys now enters the notes you played into the score. If you have no click track at the top one is created - set the keysignature/enharmonic range before you start."
msgstr "从播放起始位置（绿色条）开始（停止）播放乐谱，并自动从 MIDI 输入录制演奏。你可以随时停止回放，你所输入的第一个 MIDI 音符将被标记。按下时长按键可以将你所演奏的音符插入到乐谱中。如果顶部没有节拍音轨，则会自动创建它 - 请在开始操作前设置调号/和声范围。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayAtCursor.xml.h:1
msgid "Play Chord at Cursor"
msgstr "播放光标处和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayAtCursor.xml.h:2
msgid "Sounds the note or chord at the cursor, using the current staffs instrument."
msgstr "使用当前谱表的乐器试听光标处的音符或和弦。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlaybackView.scm:3
msgid "Please turn continuous typsetting off first"
msgstr "请先关闭连续排版功能"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlaybackView.scm:33
msgid "You should typeset this movement first in the Print View, otherwise positioning may not work."
msgstr "您应当先在打印视图中排版该乐章，否则可能无法进行定位。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlaybackView.xml.h:2
msgid "Displays the music fully typeset on one long page (the Playback View). Click on a note to play from there or drag to loop play."
msgstr "将排版的乐谱显示在一页上（回放视图）。可以点击某个音符来在此处开始播放，或进行拖动来循环播放。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayPause.xml.h:1
#, fuzzy
msgid "Play/Pause"
msgstr "暂停"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayPause.xml.h:2
msgid "Plays from the playback start marker in the current movement or Pauses if playing"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/AdjustTempoToMidiRecording.scm:15
#, fuzzy
msgid "Time at Denemo Cursor "
msgstr "设置 Denemo 的时值"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/AdjustTempoToMidiRecording.scm:16
#, fuzzy
msgid "Time at Marked MIDI note "
msgstr "插入标记的 MIDI"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/AdjustTempoToMidiRecording.scm:17
msgid ""
"Move the Denemo Cursor to another position and click on the MIDI note that should appear at that position\n"
"And then re-execute this command."
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/AdjustTempoToMidiRecording.scm:27
#, fuzzy
msgid "Re-scaling out of range"
msgstr "超出范围"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/AdjustTempoToMidiRecording.scm:28
msgid "Wrongly ordered adjustement points"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/AdjustTempoToMidiRecording.xml.h:1
msgid "Adjust Tempo to Recording"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/AdjustTempoToMidiRecording.xml.h:2
msgid "Adjusts the movement tempo to match the tempo of the MIDI recording. You have to designate two places to be synchronized."
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/AudioPlay.xml.h:2
msgid "Plays the audio attached to the current movement. Use File-&gt;Open Audio to attach audio."
msgstr "播放附加到当前乐章的音频。可以使用 文件-&gt;打开音频 来附加音频。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/CloseSourceAudioFile.xml.h:1
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete Audio Recording"
msgstr "删除上一个录音？"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/CloseSourceAudioFile.xml.h:2
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deletes the current audio recording."
msgstr "删除当前乐章"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/RecordAndAttach.scm:19
msgid ""
"Play music you want to insert next\n"
"Then re-issue this command."
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/RecordAndAttach.scm:29
msgid ""
"Now the music is attached to the score starting at the cursor position.\n"
"The timing of the notes is shown at the top of the score.\n"
"You can drag the timing of start of the music by left-clicking above the blue line.\n"
"You can insert the rhythm in your staff and check by invoking Play.\n"
"When that's correct, press the Shift key to switch to Inserting/Appending Pitches and play in the music again."
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/RecordAndAttach.xml.h:1
msgid "Record (Start/Stop) and Attach at Cursor"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/RecordAndAttach.xml.h:2
msgid "The first invocation of this command starts recording - play the melody you want to notate. Then invoke the command again to stop the recording - the audio is attached to an (optional) click track created at the top of the staffs. The recording will play along with your notated music - ensure you have enough filled measures after the cursor to attach the audio to otherwise it won't play."
msgstr ""

#. SaveRecording
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/SaveRecording.xml.h:1
#, fuzzy
msgid "Save Recording"
msgstr "录音"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/SaveRecording.xml.h:2
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saves the recorded autio to disk."
msgstr "导出录制音频到磁盘"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/SynchronizeAudio.xml.h:1
msgid "Synchronize Audio"
msgstr "同步音频"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/SynchronizeAudio.xml.h:2
msgid "Plays the audio attached to the current movement. Creates a timing bar for each space bar press. Music written in the staffs below will synchronize with the audio."
msgstr "播放附加到当前乐章的音频。按下空格键可以创建一个时间栏。下方所有谱表中的音乐将于此音频同步。"

#. ToggleAudioRecord
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/ToggleAudioRecord.xml.h:1
#, fuzzy
msgid "Record (Start/Stop)"
msgstr "演奏（开始/停止）"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/ToggleAudioRecord.xml.h:2
#, fuzzy
msgid "Starts/Stops recording the audio output from Denemo."
msgstr "导出录制的音频输出。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/BackupAndPlay.xml.h:1
msgid "Backup and Play Marked MIDI Note."
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/BackupAndPlay.xml.h:2
#, fuzzy
msgid "Moves the marked MIDI note one note earlier and plays that."
msgstr "移至当前录制或导入的 MIDI 音轨中的上一个 MIDI 音符起始处。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/DeleteLastRecordedMidi.xml.h:1
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete Last Recorded Note"
msgstr "删除上一个录音？"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/DeleteLastRecordedMidi.xml.h:2
msgid "Plays the last recorded note, deletes it and marks the new last note."
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/DeleteMidiAndClickTrack.xml.h:1
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete Recorded MIDI and Click Track"
msgstr "双击节拍音轨"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/DeleteMidiAndClickTrack.xml.h:2
msgid "Deletes the MIDI recording and the click track that shows it and any trailing blank measures."
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/DeleteRecordedMidi.xml.h:1
msgid "Delete Imported/Recorded Midi"
msgstr "删除导入/录制 Midi"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/DeleteRecordedMidi.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:177
msgid "Deletes the MIDI that has been imported or recorded via MIDI in."
msgstr "删除导入或通过 MIDI 输入录制的 MIDI。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/PlayAndAdvance.xml.h:1
msgid "Play and Advance Marked Midi Note"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/PlayAndAdvance.xml.h:2
msgid "Plays the marked recorded MIDI note and advances the mark."
msgstr ""

#. PlayRecordedMidi
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/PlayRecordedMidi.xml.h:1
#, fuzzy
msgid "Play Recorded MIDI (Off/On)"
msgstr "回放和录制 MIDI（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/PlayRecordedMidi.xml.h:2
msgid "Plays the recorded MIDI track from the marked MIDI note or beginning if no note is marked. Stops playing if already playing MIDI track."
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/RecordMidiIn.xml.h:1
#, fuzzy
msgid "Record from MIDI in (Off/On)"
msgstr "回放和录制 MIDI（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/RecordMidiIn.xml.h:2
msgid "Records/Stops recording notes played on MIDI keyboard. Notes are recorded on a track above a click track staff at the top of the score. Insert the notes into the score by pressing duration keys/Ins key."
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/SetMarkedMidiFromEnd.scm:3
msgid "Repositioning Marked MIDI Note"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/SetMarkedMidiFromEnd.scm:3
msgid "Give interval back from end (seconds):"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/SetMarkedMidiFromEnd.xml.h:1
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reposition Relative to End"
msgstr "位置已改变"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/SetMarkedMidiFromEnd.xml.h:2
msgid "Asks for a number of seconds back from the end of the recording which you want to synchronize with the Denemo Cursor. Use this to find and position a passage you have just recorded ready for transcribing."
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/SyncRecordingToCursor.scm:4
msgid "No Recorded MIDI note is marked."
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/SyncRecordingToCursor.xml.h:1
msgid "Synchronize Marked Recorded Midi Note to Denemo Cursor Position"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/SyncRecordingToCursor.xml.h:2
msgid "Alters the timing of the recorded MIDI notes so that the marked note plays at the time of the note currently at the Denemo cursor."
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/ToggleHideOtherStaffsKeepingClick.xml.h:1
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hide Other Staffs (Off/On)"
msgstr "隐藏空谱表（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/ToggleHideOtherStaffsKeepingClick.xml.h:2
msgid "Hides/unhides other staffs in the display while keeping the MIDI track at the top visible."
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/ToggleMuteClickTrack.xml.h:1
msgid "Unmute/Mute Recording Playback"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/ToggleMuteClickTrack.xml.h:2
msgid "Controls whether the recorded MIDI (and the click track) plays back with your score when you do Play."
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/RecreateTimebase.xml.h:1
msgid "Create Timebase"
msgstr "创建时间轴"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/RecreateTimebase.xml.h:2
msgid "Recalculates the timing of each note."
msgstr "重新计算每个音符的时值。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/StopUnPause.xml.h:1
msgid "Stop/Forget Pause"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/StopUnPause.xml.h:2
msgid "Stops the playback or cancels the Pause, restoring the original start playback marker position."
msgstr ""

#. ToggleConduct
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/ToggleConduct.xml.h:1
msgid "Mouse Conductor (Off/On)"
msgstr "鼠标指挥（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/ToggleConduct.xml.h:2
msgid "Turns on/off moving the playback on by moving the mouse over the score area."
msgstr "开启/关闭使用鼠标移动控制回放位置的功能。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/ToggleImmediatePlayback.xml.h:1
msgid "Toggle Immediate Playback"
msgstr "切换即时回放"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/ToggleImmediatePlayback.xml.h:2
msgid "Toggle on/off if you want to hear the note directly after inserting/changing."
msgstr "设置插入/改变音符后是否立即播放该音符。"

#. TogglePlayAlongPlayback
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/TogglePlayAlongPlayback.xml.h:1
msgid "Play Along Playback (Off/On)"
msgstr "回放时演奏（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/TogglePlayAlongPlayback.xml.h:2
msgid "Turns off play along playback: when this is on the playback does not advance past the cursor unless you play along the correct note via Midi In."
msgstr "关闭回放时演奏：若开启此功能，则你必须通过 Midi 输入正确地演奏光标处的音符才能使回放继续。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/DisplayCurrentObject.xml.h:2
msgid "Pops up a window which displays the object at the cursor, including anything attached to it."
msgstr "弹出显示光标处对象的窗口，包括任何附加的对象。"

#. DisplayEditingTime
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/DisplayEditingTime.scm:2
msgid "This score has taken\n"
msgstr "此乐谱花费了\n"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/DisplayEditingTime.scm:2
msgid " to create, not counting unsaved edits."
msgstr " 来创作，不包括未保存的编辑。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/DisplayEditingTime.xml.h:1
msgid "Time Spent Editing"
msgstr "编辑时间"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/DisplayEditingTime.xml.h:2
msgid "Displays the cumulative time spent editing this score. The time counts any period between starting to edit and saving to disk. The time is accumulated over different editing sessions."
msgstr "显示编辑此乐谱的累计时长。统计的时间包括所有开始编辑和保存至磁盘之间的时长。不同的编辑会话之间共享相同的累计时长。"

#. Choose Palette
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/ChoosePalette.xml.h:1
msgid "Select a Palette to Show"
msgstr "选择可显示面板"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/ChoosePalette.xml.h:2
msgid "Offers the available palettes to un-hide."
msgstr "显示可以取消隐藏的面板。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForChordType.scm:9
msgid "Create Palette Button"
msgstr "创建面板按钮"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForChordType.scm:9
msgid "Give a name for the chord"
msgstr "指定和弦名称"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForChordType.scm:18
msgid "Not on a chord"
msgstr "不在和弦上"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForChordType.xml.h:1
msgid "Create Button for Chord Type"
msgstr "创建和弦类型按钮"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForChordType.xml.h:2
msgid "Creates a palette button which will insert the type of chord at the cursor, transposed to the cursor position when invoked. Use prepending sharp or flat to insert a chord with sharpened or flattened root note. Use for chord symbol chords."
msgstr "创建用于在光标处插入各类和弦的面板按钮，并在调用时根据光标所在位置进行转调。可以使用前置升号或降号来插入一个根音含升降号的和弦。用于和弦符号。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForObject.scm:127
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForObject.scm:129
msgid "Object Clone"
msgstr "复制对象"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForObject.scm:127
msgid "Give (unique) label for button: "
msgstr "为按钮指定（唯一）名称："

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForObject.scm:127
msgid "mylabel"
msgstr "我的标签"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForObject.scm:129
msgid "Give tooltip for button: "
msgstr "设置此按钮的工具提示："

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForObject.scm:129
msgid "Inserts object"
msgstr "插入对象"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForObject.scm:133
msgid "Failed - duplicate label, no palette?"
msgstr "失败 - 标签重复，是否缺少面板？"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForObject.scm:134
msgid "Not implemented yet"
msgstr "此功能尚未实现"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForObject.xml.h:1
msgid "Create Button for Object"
msgstr "为对象创建按钮"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForObject.xml.h:2
msgid "Creates a palette button to insert a clone of the object at the cursor when the button is pressed."
msgstr "为插入对象副本的操作设置一个面板按钮。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/UnhidePalettes.xml.h:1
msgid "Show Hidden Palettes"
msgstr "显示隐藏面板"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/UnhidePalettes.xml.h:2
msgid "Un-hides all non-empty palettes."
msgstr "取消隐藏所有非空面板。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/ShowLastChange.scm:4
msgid "The last change was:\n"
msgstr "上一次更改：\n"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/ShowLastChange.scm:5
msgid "No change recorded in Undo stack"
msgstr "没有可以撤销的更改"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/ShowLastChange.xml.h:1
msgid "Show Last Change"
msgstr "显示上一次更改"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/ShowLastChange.xml.h:2
msgid "Shows the last change recorded on the Undo stack."
msgstr "显示可以撤销的上一次更改。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/SwapSourcePosition.scm:2
msgid "No (un-iconized) source for transcribing is open"
msgstr "没有可以用于录制的、窗口处于活动状态的源"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/SwapSourcePosition.xml.h:1
msgid "Swap Display and Source Window Positions"
msgstr "交换显示窗口和源文件窗口的位置"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/SwapSourcePosition.xml.h:2
msgid "Swaps the positions of the Denemo Display and the (first, un-iconized) Source Window currently open."
msgstr "交换 Denemo 显示窗口和当前已打开（且未被最小化的）源文件窗口的位置。"

#. ToggleCursorHighlight
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/ToggleCursorHighlight.xml.h:1
msgid "Cursor Highlighting Off/On"
msgstr "关闭/开启高亮光标"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/ToggleCursorHighlight.xml.h:2
msgid "Shows up the position of the cursor more clearly (off/on)"
msgstr "突出显示光标所在位置（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Toggles/ToggleCommandManagerVisibility.xml.h:1
#, fuzzy
msgid "Toggle Command Center"
msgstr "打开命令中心"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Toggles/ToggleCommandManagerVisibility.xml.h:2
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hides/Unhides the Command Center"
msgstr "打开命令中心"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Toggles/ToggleLilyPondViewVisibility.xml.h:1
#, fuzzy
msgid "Toggle LilyPond View"
msgstr "包含 LilyPond 文件"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Toggles/ToggleLilyPondViewVisibility.xml.h:2
msgid "Hides/Unhides the LilyPond View"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Toggles/ToggleMidiInControlsVisibility.xml.h:1
#, fuzzy
msgid "Toggle MidiIn Controls"
msgstr "Midi 输入控制"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Toggles/ToggleMidiInControlsVisibility.xml.h:2
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hides/Unhides the Midi In Controls"
msgstr "显示/隐藏 Midi 输入控制"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Toggles/TogglePlaybackControlsVisibility.xml.h:1
#, fuzzy
msgid "Toggle Playback Controls"
msgstr "回放控制"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Toggles/TogglePlaybackControlsVisibility.xml.h:2
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hides/Unhides the PlaybackControls"
msgstr "显示/隐藏回放控制"

#. TogglePrintViewVisibility
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Toggles/TogglePrintViewVisibility.xml.h:1
#, fuzzy
msgid "Toggle Print View"
msgstr "Denemo 打印预览"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Toggles/TogglePrintViewVisibility.xml.h:2
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hides/Unhides the Print View"
msgstr "Denemo 打印预览"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Toggles/ToggleSchemeViewVisibility.xml.h:1
msgid "Toggle Scheme View"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Toggles/ToggleSchemeViewVisibility.xml.h:2
msgid "Hides/Unhides the Scheme view"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom/ZoomDialog.scm:3
msgid "Scale Display"
msgstr "乐谱显示"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom/ZoomDialog.scm:3
msgid "Give % scaling required"
msgstr "设置所需的缩放百分比"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom/ZoomDialog.xml.h:1
msgid "Set Display Scale"
msgstr "设置显示范围"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom/ZoomDialog.xml.h:2
msgid "Scales the display by value given by user."
msgstr "设置显示范围。"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom/ZoomIn.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom/ZoomIn~.xml.h:1
msgid "Zoom In"
msgstr "放大"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom/ZoomOut.xml.h:1
msgid "Zoom Out"
msgstr "缩小"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom/ZoomReset.xml.h:2
#, no-c-format
msgid "Zoom to 100%"
msgstr "原始至 100%"

#: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom/ZoomReset.xml.h:4
#, no-c-format
msgid "Zoom to 100%, restore the original size"
msgstr "缩放至原始大小"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpAugmented4.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Augmented 4th above base"
msgstr "添加增四度音至根音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpAugmented4.xml.h:2
msgid "Add a tritone/augmented fourth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards."
msgstr "添加一个三全音/增四度音至和弦的最低音上方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpAugmented5.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Augmented 5th above base"
msgstr "添加增五度音至根音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpAugmented5.xml.h:2
msgid "Add an augmented fifth as a chord note above the lowest note at the cursor."
msgstr "添加一个增五度音至和弦的最低音上方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpDiminished5.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Diminished 5th above base"
msgstr "添加减五度音至根音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpDiminished5.xml.h:2
msgid "Add a diminished fifth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards."
msgstr "添加一个全音/减四度音至和弦的最低音上方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMajor2.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Major 2nd above base"
msgstr "添加大二度音至根音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMajor2.xml.h:2
msgid "Add a major second as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards."
msgstr "添加一个大三度音至和弦的最低音上方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMajor3.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Major 3rd above base"
msgstr "添加大二度音至根音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMajor3.xml.h:2
msgid "Add a major third as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards."
msgstr "添加一个大三度音至和弦的最低音上方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMajor6.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Major 6th above base"
msgstr "添加大六度音至根音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMajor6.xml.h:2
msgid "Add a major sixth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards."
msgstr "添加一个大六度音至和弦的最低音上方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMajor7.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Major 7th above base"
msgstr "添加大七度音至根音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMajor7.xml.h:2
msgid "Add a major seventh as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards."
msgstr "添加一个大七度音至和弦的最低音上方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMinor2.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Minor 2nd above base"
msgstr "添加小二度音至根音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMinor2.xml.h:2
msgid "Add a minor second as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards."
msgstr "添加一个小二度音至和弦的最低音上方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMinor3.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Minor 3rd above base"
msgstr "添加小三度音至根音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMinor3.xml.h:2
msgid "Add a minor third as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards."
msgstr "添加一个小三度音至和弦的最低音上方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMinor6.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Minor 6th above base"
msgstr "添加小六度音至根音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMinor6.xml.h:2
msgid "Add a minor sixth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards."
msgstr "添加一个小六度音至和弦的最低音上方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMinor7.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Minor 7th above base"
msgstr "添加小七度音至根音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMinor7.xml.h:2
msgid "Add a minor seventh as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards."
msgstr "添加一个小七度音至和弦的最低音上方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpPerfect1.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Perfect 1st above base"
msgstr "添加完全一度音至和弦根音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpPerfect1.xml.h:2
msgid "Add a perfect prime as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards."
msgstr "添加一个完全主音至和弦的最低音上方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpPerfect4.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Perfect 4th above base"
msgstr "添加完全四度音至和弦根音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpPerfect4.xml.h:2
msgid "Add a perfect fourth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards."
msgstr "添加一个完全四度音至和弦的最低音上方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpPerfect5.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Perfect 5th above base"
msgstr "添加完全五度音至根音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpPerfect5.xml.h:2
msgid "Add a perfect fifth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards."
msgstr "添加一个完全五度音至和弦的最低音上方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBassInversion.scm:15
msgid "Add Bass Note"
msgstr "添加低音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBassInversion.scm:15
msgid ""
"Give bass note to add below root\n"
"Use \"es\" for flat, \"is\" for sharp"
msgstr ""
"设置要添加在根音下方的低音音符\n"
"“es”表示降，“is”表示升"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBassInversion.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Bass Inversion"
msgstr "添加低音转位"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBassInversion.xml.h:2
msgid "Adds a bass note to a chord, while keeping the current lowest note as the root of the chord. Use this on Chord Symbol staffs to create an inversion of the chord entered."
msgstr "添加一个低音至和弦，并保持当前的最低音为和弦根音。可在和弦记号谱表中创建一个所输入和弦的转位。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownAugmented4.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Augmented 4th below top"
msgstr "添加增四度音至最高音下方"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownAugmented4.xml.h:2
msgid "Add a augmented fourth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards."
msgstr "添加一个增四度音至和弦的最高音下方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownDiminished5.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Diminished 5th below top"
msgstr "添加减五度音至最高音下方"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownDiminished5.xml.h:2
msgid "Add a tritone/diminished fifth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards."
msgstr "添加一个三全音/减五度音至和弦的最高音下方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMajor2.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Major 2nd below top"
msgstr "添加大二度音至最高音下方"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMajor2.xml.h:2
msgid "Add a major second as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards."
msgstr "添加一个大二度音至和弦的最高音下方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMajor3.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Major 3rd below top"
msgstr "添加大三度音至最高音下方"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMajor3.xml.h:2
msgid "Add a major third as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards."
msgstr "添加一个大三度音至和弦的最高音下方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMajor6.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Major 6th below top"
msgstr "添加大六度音至最高音下方"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMajor6.xml.h:2
msgid "Add a major sixth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards."
msgstr "添加一个大六度音至和弦的最高音下方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMajor7.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Major 7th below top"
msgstr "添加大七度音至最高音下方"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMajor7.xml.h:2
msgid "Add a major seventh as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards."
msgstr "添加一个大七度音至和弦的最高音下方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMinor2.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Minor 2nd below top"
msgstr "添加小二度音至最高音下方"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMinor2.xml.h:2
msgid "Add a minor second as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards."
msgstr "添加一个小二度音至和弦的最高音下方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMinor3.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Minor 3rd below top"
msgstr "添加小三度音至最高音下方"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMinor3.xml.h:2
msgid "Add a minor third as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards."
msgstr "添加一个小三度音至和弦的最高音下方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMinor6.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Minor 6th below top"
msgstr "添加小六度音至最高音下方"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMinor6.xml.h:2
msgid "Add a minor sixth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards."
msgstr "添加一个小六度音至和弦的最高音下方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMinor7.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Minor 7th below top"
msgstr "添加小七度音至最高音下方"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMinor7.xml.h:2
msgid "Add a minor seventh as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards."
msgstr "添加一个小七度音至和弦的最高音下方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownPerfect1.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Perfect 1st below top"
msgstr "添加完全一度音至和弦最高音下方"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownPerfect1.xml.h:2
msgid "Add a perfect prime as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards."
msgstr "添加一个完全主音至和弦的最高音下方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownPerfect4.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Perfect 4th below top"
msgstr "添加完全四度音至最高音下方"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownPerfect4.xml.h:2
msgid "Add a perfect fourth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards."
msgstr "添加一个完全四度音至和弦的最高音下方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownPerfect5.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Perfect 5th below top"
msgstr "添加完全五度音至最高音下方"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownPerfect5.xml.h:2
msgid "Add a perfect fifth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards."
msgstr "添加一个完全五度音至和弦的最高音下方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AlternateNote.xml.h:1
msgid "Alternate Note"
msgstr "改变音符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AlternateNote.xml.h:2
msgid "If there are two notes at the cursor height this command swaps them round. This affects which note will be acted on by commands such as fingering, string-number, sharpen, flatten etc."
msgstr "若光标所在位置有两个音符，则将它们进行交换。此操作会影响音符的处理顺序，如指法、弦号、升调、降调等。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Arpeggiate.xml.h:1
msgid "Arpeggiate"
msgstr "琶音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Arpeggiate.xml.h:2
msgid "Transforms the three-note chord at the cursor into a triplet of notes."
msgstr "将三音符和弦转换为三连音。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/BassInversionSequence.scm:4
msgid "This directive places a sequence of bass note names after the next chord. You can delete it with the usual backspace and del commands."
msgstr "此记号将一个低音音符名序列由置于下一个和弦后面。你可以使用退格或删除键来删除它。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/BassInversionSequence.scm:17
msgid "Give Next Note or Blank to finish"
msgstr "设置音符名，或将其留空"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/BassInversionSequence.scm:35
msgid "Place the cursor on chord to which bass sequence belongs"
msgstr "将光标置于低音序列所属的和弦上"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/BassInversionSequence.xml.h:1
msgid "Bass Sequence"
msgstr "低音序列"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/BassInversionSequence.xml.h:2
msgid "Typesets a sequence of bass inversion notes."
msgstr "排版一个低音转位的音符序列。"

#. special rule for irregular notes
#. all other notes
#. else just stay on the same note
#. body
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangeEnharmonicDown.xml.h:1
msgid "Change Enharmonic Down"
msgstr "向下转换等音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangeEnharmonicDown.xml.h:2
msgid "Switch through enharmonic variants of the same sounding note in the direction of lower diatonic base notes"
msgstr "将音符转换为比其低一个全音阶的等音"

#. special rule for irregular notes
#. all other notes
#. else just stay on the same note
#. body
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangeEnharmonicUp.xml.h:1
msgid "Change Enharmonic Up"
msgstr "向上转换等音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangeEnharmonicUp.xml.h:2
msgid "Shift through enharmonic variants of the same sounding note in the direction of higher diatonic base notes."
msgstr "将音符转换为比其高一个全音阶的等音。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDuration0.xml.h:1
msgid "Change chord-member to whole note"
msgstr "转换和弦音符为全音符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDuration0.xml.h:2
msgid "Change one chord member to appear like a whole-note duration without changing the original logic like measure calculation or the duration of newly added chord members."
msgstr "将某个和弦中的音符转换为全音符，不改变原先的小节计算方式或新添加的和弦时值。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDuration1.xml.h:1
msgid "Change chord-member to half note"
msgstr "转换和弦音符为二分音符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDuration1.xml.h:2
msgid "Change one chord member to appear like a half-note duration without changing the original logic like measure calculation or the duration of newly added chord members."
msgstr "将某个和弦中的音符转换为二分音符，不改变原先的小节计算方式或新添加的和弦时值。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDuration2.xml.h:1
msgid "Change chord-member to quarter note"
msgstr "转换和弦音符为四分音符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDuration2.xml.h:2
msgid "Change one chord member to appear like a quarter-note duration without changing the original logic like measure calculation or the duration of newly added chord members."
msgstr "将某个和弦中的音符转换为四分音符，不改变原先的小节计算方式或新添加的和弦时值。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDurationBreve.xml.h:1
msgid "Change chord-member to breve"
msgstr "转换和弦音符为双全音符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDurationBreve.xml.h:2
msgid "Change one chord member to appear like a breve duration without changing the original logic like measure calculation or the duration of newly added chord members."
msgstr "将某个和弦中的音符转换为双全音符，不改变原先的小节计算方式或新添加的和弦时值。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDurationLonga.xml.h:1
msgid "Change chord-member to longa"
msgstr "转换和弦音符为四全音符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDurationLonga.xml.h:2
msgid "Change one chord member to appear like a longa duration without changing the original logic like measure calculation or the duration of newly added chord members."
msgstr "将某个和弦中的音符转换为四全音符，不改变原先的小节计算方式或新添加的和弦时值。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChordNameOffset.scm:16
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChordNameOffset.scm:18
msgid "Chord Symbol Offset"
msgstr "和弦记号偏移"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChordNameOffset.scm:16
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:65
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:98
msgid "Give horizontal displacement required"
msgstr "设置水平方向的位移值"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChordNameOffset.scm:18
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:66
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:99
msgid "Give vertical displacement required"
msgstr "设置垂直方向的位移值"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChordNameOffset.xml.h:1
msgid "Offset Chord Name"
msgstr "和弦名偏移"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChordNameOffset.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:208
msgid "Offsets the Chord symbol generated by the chord at the cursor."
msgstr "对由光标处和弦所生成的和弦记号进行位移。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/CloseParenthesizeChord.xml.h:1
msgid "Close Parenthesis (Off/On)"
msgstr "闭合花括号（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/CloseParenthesizeChord.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints a close parenthesis after the chord at the cursor."
msgstr "在光标处和弦的后面插入闭合花括号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/CompactChordScale.scm:17
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/CompactChordScale.scm:22
msgid "Chord Symbol Scale"
msgstr "和弦记号缩放"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/CompactChordScale.scm:17
msgid "Give horizontal scaling for next chord"
msgstr "设置下一和弦在水平方向上的缩放值"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/CompactChordScale.scm:22
msgid "Give vertical scaling for next chord"
msgstr "设置下一和弦在垂直方向上的缩放值"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/CompactChordScale.xml.h:1
msgid "Scale Next Chord"
msgstr "缩放下一和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/CompactChordScale.xml.h:2
msgid "The next chord symbol will be scaled to the values given."
msgstr "将使用设定值缩放下一个和弦记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Directives/DeleteLilyPondOnChord.xml.h:1
msgid "Delete LilyPond on Chord"
msgstr "删除和弦的 LilyPond"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Directives/DeleteLilyPondOnChord.xml.h:2
msgid "Deletes the LilyPond attached to the chord at the cursor."
msgstr "删除附加到光标处和弦的 LilyPond 记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Directives/InsertChordDirective.scm:11
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/InsertStandaloneDirective.scm:6
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/InsertNoteDirective.scm:11
msgid "New LilyPond Directive"
msgstr "新 LilyPond 记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Directives/InsertChordDirective.scm:13
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/InsertNoteDirective.scm:13
msgid "Delete "
msgstr "删除 "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Directives/InsertChordDirective.xml.h:1
msgid "Attach/Edit LilyPond to Chord"
msgstr "附加 LilyPond 到和弦/编辑 LilyPond"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Directives/InsertChordDirective.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts LilyPond syntax you give before and after the chord at the cursor, also allows editing/deleting."
msgstr "在光标处和弦的前面和后面插入 LilyPond 语法，允许进行编辑/删除操作。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/HideLilyPond.scm:4
msgid "hide"
msgstr "隐藏"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/HideLilyPond.xml.h:1
msgid "Hide on Printing"
msgstr "打印时隐藏"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/HideLilyPond.xml.h:2
msgid "Comments out the chord in the LilyPond output."
msgstr "在 LilyPond 输入中将和弦注释掉。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/OpenParenthesizeChord.xml.h:1
msgid "Open Parenthesis (Off/On)"
msgstr "开放花括号（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/OpenParenthesizeChord.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints an open parenthesis before the chord at the cursor."
msgstr "在光标处和弦的后面插入开放花括号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ParenthesizeChord.xml.h:1
msgid "Parenthesize Chord (Off/On)"
msgstr "和弦外加括号（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ParenthesizeChord.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ParenthesizeChord.xml.h:2
msgid "Enclose the chord in ( ) on printing."
msgstr "在打印时将和弦外加上 ( )。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/UseAddPrefix.xml.h:1
msgid "Use \"add\" Prefix"
msgstr "使用“add”前缀"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/UseAddPrefix.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts the word \"add\" as a prefix for added notes in chord symbols after the cursor."
msgstr "将“add”作为所添加音符的前缀插入到光标处的和弦中。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:6
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:7
msgid "Treble Octava Bassa"
msgstr "下八度高音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:7
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:8
msgid "Bass Octava Bassa"
msgstr "下八度低音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:11
msgid "Drum"
msgstr "鼓组"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:18
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:14
msgid "Custom Clef"
msgstr "自定义谱号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:18
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:14
msgid "Give LilyPond syntax for clef name"
msgstr "设置 LilyPond 形式的谱号名"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:25
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:22
msgid ""
"N.B.The Denemo display will show notes using prevailing Denemo clef,\n"
"but they will be typeset in the clef given"
msgstr ""
"注意，Denemo 显示窗口将以预设谱号显示音符，\n"
"但使用设置的谱号进行排版"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:33
msgid "Drum Clef"
msgstr "鼓组谱号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.xml.h:1
msgid "Clef Chooser"
msgstr "谱号选择"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.xml.h:2
msgid "Choose any sort of clef. If the cursor is at the start change initial clef, else insert chosen clef."
msgstr "选择任意一种谱号。如果光标位于谱号变更的起始处，则插入所选的谱号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ConditionalClefChange.xml.h:1
#, fuzzy
msgid "Conditional Clef Change"
msgstr "(条件记号) "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ConditionalClefChange.xml.h:2
msgid "Creates clef change at the cursor will *not* affect the typeset score if the specified condition is met."
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/HideClef.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/HideKeysig.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/HideTimesig.xml.h:1
msgid "(Print) Hide"
msgstr "（打印）隐藏"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/HideClef.xml.h:2
msgid "On printing, omit the clef change at the cursor, or the initial clef if the cursor is not on a clef change."
msgstr "打印时忽略光标处的更改，或隐藏非谱号变更的初始谱号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/SetDisplayClef.xml.h:1
msgid "Display Only Clef"
msgstr "仅显示谱号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/SetDisplayClef.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a clef that affects only the display, not the printed form. Use this if, after a Change Staff, the staff the voice will be on is in a different clef (avoiding too many ledger lines in the display, making it hard to read). Also useful to display in a familiar clef music which you want to be printed in a less familiar one (e.g. display in treble or bass clef music to be printed for viola)."
msgstr "插入一个仅影响显示，而不会被打印的谱号。用于在谱号变更后使用另一种谱号表示谱表声部的情形（以避免显示过多的上加/下加音）。也可用于显示将以常见谱号表示的音乐转变为非常见形式谱号表示的音乐（如将低音部表示为高音部以便小提琴演奏）。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.xml.h:1
msgid "Typeset Only Clef"
msgstr "仅排版谱号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a clef that affects only the typesetting, not the display. Use this for music transposed on typesetting (avoiding too many ledger lines in the display, making it hard to read). Also useful to enter music in a familiar clef which you want to be printed in a less familiar one (e.g. enter music in treble or bass clef music to be printed for viola)."
msgstr "插入一个仅影响排版，而不会被显示的谱号。用于在排版时调整转调音乐（以避免显示过多的上加/下加音）。也可用于显示将以常见谱号表示的音乐转变为非常见形式谱号表示的音乐（如将低音部表示为高音部以便小提琴演奏）。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/AmalgamateRepeatBarlines.xml.h:1
msgid "Amalgamate Repeat Barlines"
msgstr "合并重复的小节线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/AmalgamateRepeatBarlines.xml.h:2
msgid "Replaces erroneous repeat end Directive followed by repeat start with (correct) repeat-end-start Directives throughout the score. (Only one type of barline can be present at one musical time in the score)."
msgstr "替换乐谱中错误的终止重复记号（位于开始重复记号之后）为正确的终止重复-开始记号。（同一个乐章中必须使用同一类型的小节线）"

#. 1
#. 2
#. 3
#. 4
#. 5
#. 6
#. 7
#. 8
#. 9
#. 0
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/ChooseBarline.xml.h:1
msgid "Choose Barline"
msgstr "选择小节线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/ChooseBarline.xml.h:2
msgid "Choose a barline"
msgstr "选择一个小节线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/ClosingBarline.xml.h:1
msgid "Closing Barline"
msgstr "终止小节线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/ClosingBarline.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:130
msgid "Inserts a closing barline (a double bar with last one thicker)."
msgstr "插入一个终止小节线（双小节线，后一根较粗）"

#. End of scheme script
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/DottedBarline.xml.h:1
msgid "Dotted Barline"
msgstr "虚小节线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/DottedBarline.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints dotted barline"
msgstr "插入由虚线构成的小节线"

#. DoubleBarline
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/DoubleBarline.xml.h:1
msgid "Double Bar"
msgstr "双小节线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/DoubleBarline.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:129
msgid "Insert a double barline at cursor position."
msgstr "在光标处插入一个双小节线。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/DoubleBarRepeatStart.xml.h:1
msgid "Double Bar Repeat Start"
msgstr "反复开始的双小节线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/DoubleBarRepeatStart.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints a repeat start, with double bar on previous line if at a line break."
msgstr "显示含有反复开始记号的小节线，若位于换行处则显示为双小节线。"

#. ForceBarline
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/ForceBarline.scm:2
msgid ""
"Warning: Do not use this command to create an upbeat (or pickup) bar.\n"
"It does not affect which notes appear in which measures.\n"
"It simply draws a barline at the point in question, if no other barline will be drawn.\n"
"Use the Measures->Anacrusis (Upbeat) command for a short measure."
msgstr ""
"警告：不要使用此命令来创建弱起小节后的小节线。\n"
"此命令不会影响音符在小节中的显示方式，\n"
"而仅在所涉及的位置插入一个小节线（如果此处尚无小节线的话）。\n"
"请使用 小节->弱起（弱拍） 命令来插入一个较短的小节。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/ForceBarline.scm:7
msgid ""
"This object instructs the LilyPond typesetter to draw a barline here.\n"
"The timing is not altered, use a hidden time signature change or the short measure or anacrusis command to do that."
msgstr ""
"此对象指导 LilyPond 排版器在此处插入一个小节线。\n"
"时值不会改变。请使用隐藏的时值变更记号或弱起命令来改变小节的时值长度。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/ForceBarline.xml.h:1
msgid "Insert Barline"
msgstr "插入小节线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/ForceBarline.xml.h:2
msgid "Insert barline at cursor, Denemo's measure count is unaffected."
msgstr "在光标处插入小节线，不影响 Denemo 对小节数的统计。"

#. Half Barline
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/HalfBarline.xml.h:1
msgid "Half Barline"
msgstr "半小节线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/HalfBarline.xml.h:2
msgid "Insert a barline with only half of its original size"
msgstr "插入一个仅有正常大小一半的小节线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/InsertFirstAndSecondTimeBars.scm:13
msgid "Only for appending to music - use the individual first and second time bar commands to insert within music."
msgstr "仅用于附加到音乐 - 请使用独立的一次和二次反复段落命令来插入到音乐中。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/InsertFirstAndSecondTimeBars.xml.h:1
msgid "Insert 1st &amp; 2nd Time Bars"
msgstr "插入一次 &amp; 二次小节线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/InsertFirstAndSecondTimeBars.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts first and second time bars each with a whole measure rest. You can then edit this to suit your music, e.g by inserting extra bars, deleting the repeat start etc."
msgstr "分别插入包含一个全休止符的一次和二次反复小节。你可以对其进行编辑，例如插入额外的小节线、删除重复的开头等。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/NoBarline.xml.h:1
msgid "(Print) Omit Barline"
msgstr "（打印）忽略小节线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/NoBarline.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:131
msgid "Skips the printing of any automatic barline here - allows line break."
msgstr "在打印时跳过此处所有的自动小节线 - 允许换行。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/RepeatEndStart.xml.h:1
msgid "Repeat End-Start"
msgstr "反复结束-开始"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/RepeatEndStart.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:128
msgid "Inserts a barline ending one repeated section and starting another"
msgstr "插入一个小节线，指示当前反复段落结束、另一个反复段落开始"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/RepeatEnd.xml.h:1
msgid "Repeat End Barline"
msgstr "反复结束小节线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/RepeatEnd.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:127
msgid "Insert a barline indicating the end of a repeated section."
msgstr "插入一个指示反复结束的小节线。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/RepeatStart.xml.h:1
msgid "Repeat Start Barline"
msgstr "反复开始小节线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/RepeatStart.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:126
msgid "Insert a barline indicating the start of a repeated section."
msgstr "插入一个指示反复开始的小节线。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CheckDirectivePairs.scm:17
msgid "Bad End Cue Marker"
msgstr "提示结束记号错误"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CheckDirectivePairs.scm:21
msgid "Bad Start Cue Marker"
msgstr "提示起始记号错误"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CheckDirectivePairs.scm:32
msgid "Start Cue without End Cue Marker"
msgstr "缺少与提示起始记号相对的提示结束记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CheckDirectivePairs.xml.h:1
msgid "Check Paired Directives"
msgstr "检查配对记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CheckDirectivePairs.xml.h:2
msgid "Checks that paired directives match from the cursor to the end of the staff."
msgstr "从光标处开始检查配对记号是否成对出现。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Comment.scm:7
msgid "Comment is currently set to: \n"
msgstr "注释当前为：\n"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Comment.scm:11
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Comment.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChordComment.scm:5
msgid "Insert Comment"
msgstr "插入注释"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Comment.scm:11
msgid "Give comment text "
msgstr "设置注释文本 "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Comment.scm:16
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CriticalComment.scm:18
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChordComment.scm:10
msgid "Cursor has Moved"
msgstr "已移动光标"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Comment.scm:16
msgid "Insert comment at new position of cursor?"
msgstr "在光标的新位置插入注释吗？"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Comment.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a comment at the cursor position. The music typesetting is unaffected."
msgstr "在光标位置插入一条注释。不影响音乐排版。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/ChooseCondition.xml.h:1
msgid "Choose Condition"
msgstr "选择条件"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/ChooseCondition.xml.h:2
msgid "Gives a menu for choosing whether the directive at the cursor should apply to the current part only or the default score or all layouts,"
msgstr "在菜单中选择光标处指令所应用的范围（当前片段、默认乐谱或整个布局），"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/ForAllLayouts.scm:9
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/NotForLayout.scm:21
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/OnlyForLayout.scm:21
msgid "This Directive "
msgstr "此记号 "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/ForAllLayouts.scm:9
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveForAllLayouts.scm:19
msgid " will be typeset for all layouts "
msgstr " 将在所有布局中排版 "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/ForAllLayouts.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveForAllLayouts.xml.h:1
msgid "Reset for All Layouts"
msgstr "重置所有布局"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/ForAllLayouts.xml.h:2
msgid "Clears conditional behaviour of this layout. The Directive will apply to all score layouts."
msgstr "在此布局中清除所有条件动作。这些记号将应用到到所有乐谱布局。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/NotForLayout.scm:21
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveNotForLayout.scm:23
msgid " will not be typeset for the layout "
msgstr " 将不会被排版于布局 "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/NotForLayout.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveNotForLayout.xml.h:1
msgid "Ignore for Current Layout"
msgstr "忽略当前布局"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/NotForLayout.xml.h:2
msgid "The Denemo Directive at the cursor will be ignored when printing from the current score layout (See View-&gt;Score Layout)"
msgstr "光标处的 Denemo 记号将会在打印当前乐谱布局时被忽略（见 视图-&gt;乐谱布局）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/OnlyForLayout.scm:21
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveOnlyForLayout.scm:24
msgid " will be typeset for the layout "
msgstr " 将会被排版于布局 "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/OnlyForLayout.xml.h:1
msgid "Exclusive to Current Layout"
msgstr "从当前布局中排除"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/OnlyForLayout.xml.h:2
#, fuzzy
msgid "The Denemo Directive at the cursor will apply for the current Score Layout (see View-&gt;Score Layout)"
msgstr "光标处的 Denemo 记号将会在打印当前乐谱布局时被忽略（见 视图-&gt;乐谱布局）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CriticalComment.scm:11
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CriticalComment.scm:27
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CriticalComment.xml.h:1
msgid "Critical Comment"
msgstr "评论注释"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CriticalComment.scm:11
msgid "Give Comment"
msgstr "设置注释"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CriticalComment.scm:18
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChordComment.scm:10
msgid "Apply Command to new position of cursor?"
msgstr "将命令应用到光标的新位置吗？"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CriticalComment.xml.h:2
msgid "Adds a comment which can be printed in a critical commentary at the end of all the movements (see CriticalCommentary command to create this)."
msgstr "在所有乐章末尾添加一条可以被打印的评论注释（见“评论注释”命令）。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/EnableAccordion16v.xml.h:1
msgid "Enable Accordion 16'"
msgstr "启用 16 世纪手风琴"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/EnableAccordion16v.xml.h:2
msgid "Defines the accordions shifts for this score. The command Menu of Objects to Insert will allow them to be inserted."
msgstr "为此谱表定义手风琴簧片记号。可使用“可插入对象的菜单”来插入记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/InsertDefinedLilyPond.scm:18
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:32
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleCustomOrnament.scm:60
msgid "No Definitions have been created for this score"
msgstr "尚未为此乐谱创建定义"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/InsertDefinedLilyPond.xml.h:1
msgid "Menu of Objects to Insert"
msgstr "可插入对象的菜单"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/InsertDefinedLilyPond.xml.h:2
msgid "Gives a menu of previously created LilyPondDefinition commands (see Score-&gt;LilyPond Definition menu for this)"
msgstr "显示之前创建的包含 LilyPond 定义命令的菜单（见 乐谱-&gt;LilyPond 定义 菜单）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/InsertStandaloneDirective.xml.h:1
msgid "Insert/Edit Lilypond"
msgstr "插入/编辑 LilyPond"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/InsertStandaloneDirective.xml.h:2
msgid "Insert or edit a directive in the LilyPond music typesetting language. This can be used for extra spacing, transposing or almost anything. See LilyPond documentation for ideas."
msgstr "以LilyPond 音乐排版语言插入或编辑一个记号。可用于编辑额外的间、转调等操作。请参见 LilyPond 文档。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/ConditionalSecondTimeBar.scm:5
msgid ""
"Duplicate the selected music\n"
"for use as second time bar(s)\n"
"when not typesetting this part on its own"
msgstr ""
"当排版所有谱表组时，\n"
"将选中内容复制为二次重复小节"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/ConditionalSecondTimeBar.scm:14
msgid ""
"Duplicate from cursor to end\n"
"for use as second time bar(s)\n"
"when not typesetting this part on its own"
msgstr ""
"当排版所有谱表组时，\n"
"将从光标开始至结尾的内容复制为\n"
"二次重复小节"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/ConditionalSecondTimeBar.scm:21
msgid "End of Movement"
msgstr "乐章终止"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/ConditionalSecondTimeBar.scm:21
msgid "Mid-Movement"
msgstr "乐章中部"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/ConditionalSecondTimeBar.scm:40
msgid "Now place first and second time markings in the part(s) that have distinct first and second time bars"
msgstr "请在不同的一次和二次重复小节线的谱表组中设置一次和二次重复记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/ConditionalSecondTimeBar.xml.h:1
msgid "Conditional 2nd Time Bar(s)"
msgstr "条件二次反复小节"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/ConditionalSecondTimeBar.xml.h:2
msgid "If there is no selection: Duplicates the bar(s) from the cursor to the end as an identical 2nd time bar(s) to be used only when not typesetting the part on its own. If there is a selection: Duplicates the selection for the same purpose. Inserts a end- (or end/start-) repeat barline for use only when typesetting the part. Use to avoid a part having two identical bars marked first and second time."
msgstr "如果没有选择内容，Denemo 将复制从当前光标开始至结尾的内容，并将其作为相同的二次重复小节，在排版所有谱表组时插入到结尾后面。如果已选择了内容，Denemo将复制选取并将其作为二次重复小节。如果仅须在排版此谱表组时重复，请插入一个终止）或终止-开始）重复小节线。此命令用于避免一次和二次重复小节使用相同的小节线。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/EndVolta.scm:9
msgid "This closes a 1st, 2nd, ... n'th time bar"
msgstr "取消显示第一、第二 …… 第 n 个小节线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/EndVolta.xml.h:1
msgid "End Volta (1st, 2nd ... Time Bar)"
msgstr "结束段落（第一、第二 …… 个重复段落）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/EndVolta.xml.h:2
msgid "Ends a volta, that is a n'th time bar; without this the opening of a first (Nth) time bar will not be printed."
msgstr "标记第 n 个重复段落结束；若不插入此标记，则不会显示第 N 个重复段落记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenFirstTimeBar.xml.h:1
msgid "Start a First Time Bar"
msgstr "一次反复段落起始"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenFirstTimeBar.xml.h:2
msgid "(Print) start (a) first time bar(s), use the End Volta command at the end of the first time bar(s)"
msgstr "（打印）一次反复段落起始记号；请在一次反复段落后使用段落结束命令"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:68
msgid "1st Time Bar"
msgstr "一次反复小节"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:69
msgid "2nd Time Bar"
msgstr "二次反复小节"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:70
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TextAbove.xml.h:1
msgid "Arbitrary Text"
msgstr "任意文本"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:74
msgid "This marks the start of one or more measures to be played on one or more of the repeats. There must be a later End Volta mark else nothing prints"
msgstr "指一个或多个要演奏一次或多次的小节起始处。其后必须有相应的反复段落结束记号，否则将不会显示"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:90
msgid "Set/Unset Bold"
msgstr "设置/取消粗体"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:91
msgid "Set/Unset Italic"
msgstr "设置/取消斜体"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:92
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:70
msgid "Edit Size"
msgstr "编辑大小"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:97
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:101
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:111
msgid "Nth Time Bar Text"
msgstr "第 N 个反复标记文本"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:97
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:111
msgid "Give text: "
msgstr "设置文本："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:101
msgid "Give size: "
msgstr "设置大小："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.xml.h:1
msgid "Start an Nth Time Bar"
msgstr "第 N 个反复段落起始"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.xml.h:2
msgid "Start passage to be played on one or more of the repeats as indicated by the text given by the user (e.g. 3 for third time bar). Finish the passage using the End Volta command."
msgstr "设置要演奏一次或多次的段落，由用户设置文本来指定（如 3 表示第三次反复段落）。请在段落末尾使用结束段落命令。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenSecondTimeBar.scm:21
msgid "Start Second Time Bar"
msgstr "二次反复段落起始"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenSecondTimeBar.scm:21
msgid "Adjust the typeset bar number to ignore second time bar(s)"
msgstr "调整排版时的小节数，以便忽略二次反复段落记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenSecondTimeBar.xml.h:1
msgid "Start a Second Time Bar"
msgstr "二次反复段落起始"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenSecondTimeBar.xml.h:2
msgid "(Print) start (a) second time bar(s), use the End Volta command at the end of the first time bar(s)"
msgstr "（打印）二次反复段落起始记号；请在一次反复段落后使用段落结束命令"

#. if BaseBeat is not specified, must query the user as to what should be the first beat unit:
#. use old BPM if there. Bug: Only good for 4=...
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:10
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:26
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:24
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:40
msgid "Metronome Marking"
msgstr "节拍器标记"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:10
msgid ""
"Give unit beat duration (e.g., 4. for 𝅘𝅥. ) \n"
" or enter n for none:"
msgstr ""
"设置一拍的时长（如 4 表示 𝅘𝅥）\n"
"或输入 n 表示无："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:12
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:26
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:93
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:94
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:156
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:106
msgid "n"
msgstr "n"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:26
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:40
msgid "Give number of these "
msgstr "设置数量于 "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:26
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:40
msgid " beats per minute:"
msgstr " 拍每分钟："

#. let
#. define GetBPM
#. Begin of main function
#. Input from the user what kind of beat change they want:
#. Input from the user text to be placed before
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:48
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:54
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:56
msgid "Beat Change"
msgstr "节拍变更"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:49
msgid "Enter beat change as [beat1]=[beat2] with the beats in LilyPond syntax,"
msgstr "输入节拍变更记号 [beat1]=[beat2]，节拍应为 LilyPond 格式，"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:50
msgid ""
"\n"
"i.e. 4 for 𝅘𝅥, 8. for dotted 𝅘𝅥𝅮, etc."
msgstr ""
"\n"
"例如 4 表示 𝅘𝅥，8 表示带附点的 𝅘𝅥𝅮，等等。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:51
msgid ""
"\n"
"Place immediately after a barline to center the beat change over the barline."
msgstr ""
"\n"
"将节拍变更记号置于小节线后的中央位置。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:55
msgid "Enter text (if any) to appear before the [beat1]=[beat2]"
msgstr "输入在 [beat1]=[beat2] 前要显示的文本"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:57
msgid "Enter text (if any) to appear after the [beat1]=[beat2]"
msgstr "输入在 [beat1]=[beat2] 后要显示的文本"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.xml.h:1
msgid "Beat Change (e.g. 𝅗𝅥 = 𝅘𝅥 .)"
msgstr "节拍变更（如 𝅗𝅥 = 𝅘𝅥）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.xml.h:2
msgid "Insert a change of beat at the cursor position. The playback tempo is adjusted to match."
msgstr "在光标处插入节拍变更记号。回放速度也会做相应调整。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/CustomRehearsalMark.scm:14
msgid "Text or Custom Rehearsal Mark"
msgstr "文本或自定义排练记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/CustomRehearsalMark.scm:14
msgid "Give text to use for Mark"
msgstr "设置记号的文本"

#. in case the user pressed Escape do nothing
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/CustomRehearsalMark.scm:16
msgid "left"
msgstr "左"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/CustomRehearsalMark.scm:16
msgid "center"
msgstr "中"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/CustomRehearsalMark.scm:16
msgid "right"
msgstr "右"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/CustomRehearsalMark.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Mark (Text/Rehearsal/Book)"
msgstr "添加标记（文本/排练/书签）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/CustomRehearsalMark.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a Mark in the score at the cursor. Marks can be placed in each part and will appear only once (above the top part) in the score (provided they occur at the same moment in each part and are identical). Any size, font, effect can be chosen. A preview button allows you to check the appearance/syntax used. The text position can be dragged in the print view if needed. If there is any slight difference in the text of multiple text marks at the same moment a warning will be given on manually typesetting the score, to avoid this copy and paste or clone the mark you want to place in each part."
msgstr "在光标处插入一个记号。可以在每个片段中设置记号，但仅在乐谱中显示一次（在顶部片段上，并且它们必须相同且位于同一个乐章中）。可以设置任何尺寸、字体和效果。你可以使用预览按钮来检查所用的外观/语法。若需要，可以在打印预览中拖动文本来调整位置。在同一乐章中，若多文本记号的文本有差别，则会弹出手动排版乐谱的警告，以避免在各个片段中重复创建该记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.scm:66
msgid "Custom dynamic"
msgstr "自定义力度"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.scm:66
msgid "Enter dynamic text:"
msgstr "输入力度文本："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.scm:73
msgid "Dynamic setting"
msgstr "力度设置"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.scm:73
msgid "Enter loudness level (0-127):"
msgstr "输入响度级（0-127）："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.xml.h:2
msgid "Choose dynamics and midi volume level."
msgstr "选择力度和 midi 音量级。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeCoda.scm:13
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeSegno.scm:13
msgid "Show if at end of line"
msgstr "在行末时显示"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeCoda.scm:14
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeSegno.scm:14
msgid "Show if at start of line"
msgstr "在行首时显示"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeCoda.xml.h:1
msgid "Standalone Coda (for barlines)"
msgstr "独立反复（用于小节线）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeCoda.xml.h:2
msgid "Coda symbol attached to the net object, for example a barline. But shown between notes."
msgstr "要附加到独立对象（如小节线）的 Coda 记号。显示在音符之间。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeFermata.xml.h:1
msgid "(Print) Standalone Fermata (for Barlines)"
msgstr "（显示）独立延音（用于小节线）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeFermata.xml.h:2
msgid "Adds a standalone fermata which has no playback effect. Can be used to place a Fermata on a barline."
msgstr "添加一个没有回放效果的独立延音。可用于在小节线上放置延音。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeSegno.xml.h:1
msgid "Standalone Segno (for barlines)"
msgstr "独立反复（用于小节线）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeSegno.xml.h:2
msgid "Typesets a segno over the barline."
msgstr "在小节线上显示一个反复记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:14
msgid "String: "
msgstr "弦："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:14
msgid ""
"Give Fret Number\n"
"or o or x"
msgstr ""
"设置品号\n"
"或 o、x"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:17
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:25
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:28
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:31
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:38
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:86
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.xml.h:1
msgid "Fret Diagram"
msgstr "音品图"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:25
msgid "Barre from string (or cancel for none) "
msgstr "弦至档（如果没有，请选择“取消”）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:28
msgid "Barre to string (or cancel for none) "
msgstr "档至弦（如果没有，请选择“取消”）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:31
msgid "Barre at fret (or cancel for none) "
msgstr "品至档（如果没有，请选择“取消”）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:38
msgid "Give size for diagram "
msgstr "图表大小 "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:56
msgid "Edit Fret Diagram"
msgstr "编辑音品图"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:56
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:69
msgid "Edit Space Occupied"
msgstr "编辑占据空间"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:56
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:72
msgid "Edit Position"
msgstr "编辑把位"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:60
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:93
msgid "Space Occupied by Text/Music"
msgstr "文本/音乐占据的空间"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:60
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:93
msgid ""
"Give space:\n"
"(0 prevents dragging position\n"
"Blank for natural size.)"
msgstr ""
"设置对象所占据的位置大小：\n"
"（设为 0 可以防止误拖动位置\n"
"留空表示使用正常大小。）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:65
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:66
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:98
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:99
msgid "Offsets"
msgstr "偏移"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:86
msgid "Give Number of Strings "
msgstr "设置弦号 "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:219
msgid "Creates a dialog for you to enter a description of the fret diagram to be typeset at the cursor position."
msgstr "在对话框中输入对音品图的描述，并排版至光标所在位置。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:24
msgid ""
"Give unit beat duration (e.g., 4. for dotted-quarter) \n"
" or enter n for none:"
msgstr ""
"设置一拍的时长（如 4. 表示带附点的四分音符）\n"
"或输入 n 表示无："

#. want * 3/2 for dotted,*4 since midi uses quarters and divide by duration,
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:52
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:55
msgid "BPM Printed"
msgstr "显示的 BPM"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:52
msgid "BPM Not Printed"
msgstr "非显示的 BPM"

#. begin
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:60
msgid "Incorrect BPM syntax."
msgstr "BPM 语法不正确。"

#. this did not fire using d-PopUpMenu so changed to RadioBoxMenu
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.xml.h:1
msgid "Tempi and Metronome Marks"
msgstr "节奏和节拍器标记"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.xml.h:2
msgid "Insert tempi and/or metronome marks, printed or not, adjust playback tempo to suit"
msgstr "插入（打印或非打印的）速度和/或节拍器，并调整回放速度"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Agrement.xml.h:1
msgid "Agréments"
msgstr "法式装饰音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Agrement.xml.h:2
msgid "Insert a (French 18th c) agrément on the note at the cursor."
msgstr "在光标处的音符上插入一个法式（18 世纪风格的）装饰音。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:7
msgid "Add Accidental/Ornament"
msgstr "添加临时变音/装饰音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:7
msgid "Re-order Accidentals/Ornaments"
msgstr "重新排列临时变音/装饰音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:23
msgid "No Note to apply ornament to"
msgstr "没有可设置装饰音的音符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:26
msgid "Further from Staff"
msgstr "谱表较远处"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:26
msgid "Closer to Staff"
msgstr "谱表较近处"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:34
msgid "Priority now "
msgstr "当前优先级 "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:34
msgid " you may need to repeat this command to get a suitable value to re-order this ornament with respect to other ornaments on the same note."
msgstr " 你可能需要重复执行此命令来重新排列此装饰音，以便更好地显示它以及同一音符上的其他装饰音。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:49
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:9
msgid "Trill"
msgstr "颤音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:50
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:19
msgid "Sharp"
msgstr "升"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:51
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:18
msgid "Flat"
msgstr "降"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:52
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:17
msgid "Natural"
msgstr "自然"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:53
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:12
msgid "Mordent"
msgstr "波音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:54
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:10
msgid "Turn"
msgstr "回旋音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:55
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:11
msgid "Reverse Turn"
msgstr "反向回旋音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:56
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:13
msgid "Prall"
msgstr "波音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:57
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:14
msgid "Up Prall"
msgstr "上波音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:58
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:15
msgid "Down Prall"
msgstr "下波音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:59
msgid "Prall Up"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:60
msgid "Prall Down"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:61
msgid "Prall Prall"
msgstr "双波音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:62
msgid "Prall Mordent"
msgstr "上下波音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:63
msgid "Up Mordent"
msgstr "上波音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:64
msgid "Down Mordent"
msgstr "下波音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:133
msgid "Above Note"
msgstr "音符上方"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:134
msgid "Below Note"
msgstr "音符下方"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:135
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/AttachedText.scm:19
msgid "Auto Position"
msgstr "自动定位"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.xml.h:1
msgid "Insert/Edit Ornament"
msgstr "插入/编辑装饰音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.xml.h:2
msgid "Select an ornament to insert as an object at the cursor (it will be typeset on the following note), or edit the ornament already present. Ornament here includes accidentals to be placed over or under other ornaments, as well as multiple ornaments stacked on one note/chord."
msgstr "选择要作为对象插入到光标处的装饰音（将会被排版于后面的音符上），或编辑已存在的装饰音。装饰音可包括用于其他装饰音上方/下方的临时记号，以及音符/和弦上的多重装饰音。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/RehearsalMark.scm:9
msgid "More Editing Options"
msgstr "更多编辑选项"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/RehearsalMark.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a rehearsal mark in the score. The default is to typeset as the letters A, B, ... The display shows simply A for all bookmarks. This mark also acts as a Denemo bookmark which can be searched for."
msgstr "在乐谱中插入一个排练记号。默认将使用字母 A、B、……。显示窗口中对于所有书签都会显示为“A”。此标记也是可搜索的 Denemo 书签。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/CadenzaOn.xml.h:1
msgid "Start Cadenza"
msgstr "华彩段起始"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/CadenzaOn.xml.h:2
msgid "Turns off automatic barlines, beaming etc and sets small sized notes for a cadenza. You can break up the cadenza in the Denemo Display into Denemo \"bars\" if the cadenza is too long. You will need to insert barlines or use the Allow Page/Line break command to let the typesetter break lines. Add Ignore Measure Duration Error directives in each bar if you want to use Check Score."
msgstr "关闭华彩段中的自动小节线、符尾控制等，并将华彩段内的音符以小字体显示。您可以在 Denemo 显示窗口中使用“小节线”对华彩段进行分割。若要使排版器在华彩段中换行，则必须插入小节线，或使用“允许换页/行”命令。若需要使用检查乐谱功能，请添加”忽略小节时值错误“记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/FinishCadenza.xml.h:1
msgid "End Cadenza"
msgstr "华彩段终止"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/FinishCadenza.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts Cadenza end at the current cursor position which should be at the start of a (Denemo) bar. See Start Cadenza for details."
msgstr "插入华彩段终止记号，指示（正常）小节的开始。参见”华彩段起始“。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/LigatureEnd.scm:7
msgid "Ligature End"
msgstr "连结线终止"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/LigatureEnd.xml.h:1
msgid "End Ligature"
msgstr "连结线终止"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/LigatureEnd.xml.h:2
msgid "End drawing a square bracket above the notes. Must be preceded by a Start Ligature earlier in the same staff."
msgstr "在音符上方停止绘制方括号。之前的同一谱表中必须有相应的连结线起始记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/LigatureStart.scm:7
msgid "Ligature Start"
msgstr "连结线起始"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/LigatureStart.xml.h:1
msgid "Start Ligature"
msgstr "连结线开始"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/LigatureStart.xml.h:2
msgid "Starts drawing a square bracket above the notes from the cursor. Use End Ligature to mark the place where the bracket should end. Used in transcribing mensural music notation."
msgstr "在光标处的音符上方开始绘制一个方括号。请使用相应的连结线终止记号来标记括号结束的位置。此功能用于转录定值音乐记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/Ottava.scm:5
msgid "Give -1 for ottava bassa, 1 for ottava alta and 0 for end ottava"
msgstr "-1 表示低八度，1 表示高八度，0 表示八度范围结束"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/Ottava.scm:9
msgid "End Ottava"
msgstr "八度结束"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/Ottava.xml.h:1
msgid "Ottava"
msgstr "八度"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/Ottava.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts an 8va mark (or 15ma) mark or terminates one already started. Either octave up or octave down can be specified. The notes should be entered at the true (sounding) pitch. Combine with a Print Transposition if you want to see the notes in the display at the transposed pitch (affects the MIDI playback)."
msgstr "插入一个 8va（或15ma）记号，或关闭之前开启的记号。可以指定高八度或低八度。输入音符时，应对输入它的真实（听觉）音高。如果您想要预览音符转调后的音高（影响 MIDI 回访），请结合“打印转调”命令使用。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/StartTrillSpan.scm:8
msgid "No \"tr\" at start."
msgstr "开始处无“tr”。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/StartTrillSpan.scm:11
msgid "This marks the start of a trill extending over several notes. The leading \"tr\" can be omitted if desired."
msgstr "用于多个音符的颤音标记。起始处的“tr”记号可以被省略。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/StartTrillSpan.scm:27
msgid "Cursor must be on the note where the trill is to start"
msgstr "光标位于颤音起始的音符处"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/StartTrillSpan.xml.h:1
msgid "Start Trill"
msgstr "颤音起始"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/StartTrillSpan.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:81
msgid "Starts a spanning trill from the note at the cursor."
msgstr "在光标处开始一个颤音组。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/StopTrillSpan.scm:4
msgid "This marks the end of a trill spanning several notes"
msgstr "指示多个音符颤音的结束"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/StopTrillSpan.xml.h:1
msgid "Stop Trill"
msgstr "颤音终止"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/StopTrillSpan.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:82
msgid "Ends a previously started trill at the next note."
msgstr "在下一个音符处停止颤音。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/SustainOff.xml.h:1
msgid "Sustain Off"
msgstr "延音关闭"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/SustainOff.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:35
msgid "Prints a Sustain Off Mark"
msgstr "显示关闭延音标记"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/SustainOn.xml.h:1
msgid "Sustain On"
msgstr "延音开启"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/SustainOn.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:33
msgid "Prints a Sustain Pedal On Mark"
msgstr "显示开启延音标记"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/StandaloneFootnote.scm:18
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/StandaloneFootnote.scm:19
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:14
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:17
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.xml.h:1
msgid "Footnote"
msgstr "脚注"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/StandaloneFootnote.scm:18
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:17
msgid "Give footnote text"
msgstr "显示脚注文本"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/StandaloneFootnote.scm:19
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:14
msgid "Give footnote marker"
msgstr "设置脚注标记"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/StandaloneFootnote.scm:23
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/StandaloneFootnote.scm:36
msgid "Orig. "
msgstr "Orig. "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/StandaloneFootnote.xml.h:1
msgid "Insert Footnote"
msgstr "插入脚注"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/StandaloneFootnote.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a footnote at the cursor position as a standalone object. WARNING does not appear if followed by a chord, single notes only!"
msgstr "将脚注作为独立对象插入到光标处。警告，若脚注后为和弦，则脚注不会显示！"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/BreathMark.xml.h:1
msgid "Breath Mark"
msgstr "换气标记"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/BreathMark.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a Breath Mark"
msgstr "插入一个换气标记"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/Caesura.xml.h:1
msgid "Caesura"
msgstr "停顿"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/Caesura.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints a caesura (pause) at the cursor position."
msgstr "在光标处插入一个停顿。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/DaCapo.xml.h:1
msgid "D.C al fine"
msgstr "D.C al fine"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/DaCapo.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts D.C. al fine marking as a standalone Denemo Directive."
msgstr "将D.C. al fine 作为独立的 Denemo 记号插入。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/Fine.xml.h:1
msgid "Fine (i.e. end)"
msgstr "Fine（终止）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/Fine.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts Fine marking as standalone Denemo Directive."
msgstr "将 Fine 作为独立 Denemo 记号插入。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/InsertGraphic.scm:14
msgid "Scaling Graphic"
msgstr "缩放图形"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/InsertGraphic.scm:14
msgid "Give scale to be used: "
msgstr "设置要缩放的值："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/InsertGraphic.scm:24
msgid "Graphic File"
msgstr "图形文件"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/InsertGraphic.xml.h:1
msgid "Insert Graphic"
msgstr "插入图像"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/InsertGraphic.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a graphic in the music. This should be created as an encapsulated postscript file."
msgstr "插入图像至音乐。应当将其创建为封装的 postscript 文件。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:15
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:19
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/AttachedText.scm:24
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TextAbove.scm:6
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/FilledTitleLine.scm:11
msgid "Text"
msgstr "文本"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:15
msgid "Give text for Denemo Display"
msgstr "设置 Denemo 显示窗口的文本"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:20
msgid ""
"Type the text in the lower pane. The preview pane above will show the typeset appearance. You can type any text, however the characters \\, \", ¶, { and } have a special meaning in the text. New lines will be started from the ¶ character (if allowed). The backslash \\ starts some LilyPond syntax called 'markup', the {} and \"\" have to surround other text in pairs - one on its own will not typeset. The Insert menu and Selection menu contain pre-packaged markup for various effects.\n"
"For other possible markup commands \\wordwrap, \\circle, \\tiny etc, see LilyPond documentation."
msgstr ""
"在下方窗格中输入文本，上方的预览窗格中将会显示排版效果。您可以输入任意字符，但文本中的 \\、\"、¶、{ 和 } 字符具有特殊含义：\n"
"新行将在 ¶ 字符处开始；反斜线 \\ 表示“标记”（一种 LilyPond 语法）的起始位置；其他的符号必须成对（否则将不会被排版）。\n"
"插入菜单和选择菜单中包含了预设的记号，可用于插入各类效果。\n"
"有关其他标记命令 \\super，\\tiny 等，请见 LilyPond 文档。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:25
msgid "Scaling Text"
msgstr "缩放文本"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:25
msgid "Give text size: "
msgstr "设置文本大小："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:73
msgid "Edit Display Text"
msgstr "编辑显示文本"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:74
msgid "Edit Others"
msgstr "编辑其他"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:176
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/AttachedText.scm:30
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TextAbove.scm:18
msgid "Delete this text?"
msgstr "删除此文本吗？"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/AttachedText.xml.h:1
msgid "Multi-line Text and Music"
msgstr "多行文本和音乐"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts multi-line text object which can include music snippets, Fret Diagrams and Note Names/Chord Symbols. LilyPond Markup can be used and a preview button is available to check the syntax."
msgstr "插入多行文本对象，其中可以包含音乐片段、音品图和音符名/和弦记号。可以使用 LilyPond 标记，并使用预览按钮来检查语法。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:5
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:532
msgid "rests"
msgstr "休止符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:6
msgid "0"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:7
msgid "1"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:8
msgid "0o"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:9
msgid "1o"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:10
msgid "M3"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:11
msgid "M2"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:12
msgid "M1"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:13
msgid "M1o"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:14
msgid "2"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:15
msgid "2classical"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:16
msgid "3"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:17
msgid "4"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:18
msgid "5"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:19
msgid "6"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:20
msgid "7"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:22
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:577
msgid "accidentals"
msgstr "临时记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:23
msgid "sharp"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:24
msgid "sharp.arrowup"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:25
msgid "sharp.arrowdown"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:26
msgid "sharp.arrowboth"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:27
msgid "sharp.slashslash.stem"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:28
msgid "sharp.slashslashslash.stemstem"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:29
msgid "sharp.slashslashslash.stem"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:30
msgid "sharp.slashslash.stemstemstem"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:31
msgid "natural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:32
msgid "natural.arrowup"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:33
msgid "natural.arrowdown"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:34
msgid "natural.arrowboth"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:35
msgid "flat"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:36
msgid "flat.arrowup"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:37
msgid "flat.arrowdown"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:38
msgid "flat.arrowboth"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:39
msgid "flat.slash"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:40
msgid "flat.slashslash"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:41
msgid "mirroredflat.flat"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:42
msgid "mirroredflat"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:43
msgid "mirroredflat.backslash"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:44
msgid "flatflat"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:45
msgid "flatflat.slash"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:46
msgid "doublesharp"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:47
msgid "rightparen"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:48
msgid "leftparen"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:50
msgid "arrowheads"
msgstr "箭头"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:51
msgid "open.01"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:52
msgid "open.0M1"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:53
msgid "open.11"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:54
msgid "open.1M1"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:55
msgid "close.01"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:56
msgid "close.0M1"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:57
msgid "close.11"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:58
msgid "close.1M1"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:60
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:614
msgid "dots"
msgstr "附点"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:61
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:241
msgid "dot"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:63
msgid "scripts"
msgstr "脚本"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:64
msgid "ufermata"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:65
msgid "dfermata"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:66
msgid "ushortfermata"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:67
msgid "dshortfermata"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:68
msgid "ulongfermata"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:69
msgid "dlongfermata"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:70
msgid "uverylongfermata"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:71
msgid "dverylongfermata"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:72
msgid "thumb"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:73
msgid "sforzato"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:74
msgid "espr"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:75
msgid "staccato"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:76
msgid "ustaccatissimo"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:77
msgid "dstaccatissimo"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:78
msgid "tenuto"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:79
msgid "uportato"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:80
msgid "dportato"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:81
msgid "umarcato"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:82
msgid "dmarcato"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:84
msgid "more scripts"
msgstr "更多脚本"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:85
msgid "open"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:86
msgid "halfopen"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:87
msgid "halfopenvertical"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:88
msgid "stopped"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:89
msgid "upbow"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:90
msgid "downbow"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:91
msgid "reverseturn"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:92
msgid "turn"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:93
msgid "trill"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:94
msgid "upedalheel"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:95
msgid "dpedalheel"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:96
msgid "upedaltoe"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:97
msgid "dpedaltoe"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:98
msgid "flageolet"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:99
msgid "segno"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:100
msgid "varsegno"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:101
msgid "coda"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:102
msgid "varcoda"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:103
msgid "rcomma"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:104
msgid "lcomma"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:105
msgid "rvarcomma"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:106
msgid "lvarcomma"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:108
msgid "and more scripts"
msgstr "更多更多脚本"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:109
msgid "arpeggio"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:110
msgid "trill_element"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:111
msgid "arpeggio.arrow.M1"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:112
msgid "arpeggio.arrow.1"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:113
msgid "trilelement"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:114
msgid "prall"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:115
msgid "mordent"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:116
msgid "prallprall"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:117
msgid "prallmordent"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:118
msgid "upprall"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:119
msgid "upmordent"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:120
msgid "pralldown"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:121
msgid "downprall"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:122
msgid "downmordent"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:123
msgid "prallup"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:124
msgid "lineprall"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:125
msgid "caesura.curved"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:126
msgid "caesura.straight"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:127
msgid "tickmark"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:128
msgid "snappizzicato"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:130
msgid "ictus"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:131
msgid "uaccentus"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:132
msgid "daccentus"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:133
msgid "usemicirculus"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:134
msgid "dsemicirculus"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:135
msgid "circulus"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:136
msgid "augmentum"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:137
msgid "usignumcongruentiae"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:138
msgid "dsignumcongruentiae"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:139
msgid "barline.kievan"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:142
msgid "clefs"
msgstr "谱号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:143
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:5
msgid "C"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:144
msgid "C_change"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:145
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/MinimumFret.scm:12
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:8
msgid "F"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:146
msgid "F_change"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:147
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:9
msgid "G"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:148
msgid "G_change"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:149
msgid "percussion"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:150
msgid "percussion_change"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:151
msgid "tab"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:152
msgid "tab_change"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:154
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:176
msgid "more clefs"
msgstr "更多谱号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:155
msgid "vaticana.do"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:156
msgid "vaticana.do_change"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:157
msgid "vaticana.fa"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:158
msgid "vaticana.fa_change"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:159
msgid "medicaea.do"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:160
msgid "medicaea.do_change"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:161
msgid "medicaea.fa"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:162
msgid "medicaea.fa_change"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:163
msgid "neomensural.c"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:164
msgid "neomensural.c_change"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:165
msgid "petrucci.c1"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:166
msgid "petrucci.c1_change"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:167
msgid "petrucci.c2"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:168
msgid "petrucci.c2_change"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:169
msgid "petrucci.c3"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:170
msgid "petrucci.c3_change"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:171
msgid "petrucci.c4"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:172
msgid "petrucci.c4_change"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:173
msgid "petrucci.c5"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:174
msgid "petrucci.c5_change"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:177
msgid "mensural.c"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:178
msgid "mensural.c_change"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:179
msgid "blackmensural.c"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:180
msgid "blackmensural.c_change"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:181
msgid "petrucci.f"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:182
msgid "petrucci.f_change"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:183
msgid "mensural.f"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:184
msgid "mensural.f_change"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:185
msgid "petrucci.g"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:186
msgid "petrucci.g_change"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:187
msgid "mensural.g"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:188
msgid "mensural.g_change"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:189
msgid "hufnagel.do"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:190
msgid "hufnagel.do_change"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:191
msgid "hufnagel.fa"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:192
msgid "hufnagel.fa_change"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:193
msgid "hufnagel.do.fa"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:194
msgid "hufnagel.do.fa_change"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:195
msgid "kievan.do"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:196
msgid "kievan.do_change"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:198
msgid "timesig"
msgstr "时值"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:199
msgid "C44"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:200
msgid "C22"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:202
msgid "mensural timesig"
msgstr "定值时值"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:203
msgid "mensural44"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:204
msgid "mensural22"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:205
msgid "mensural32"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:206
msgid "mensural64"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:207
msgid "mensural94"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:208
msgid "mensural34"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:209
msgid "mensural68"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:210
msgid "mensural98"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:211
msgid "mensural48"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:212
msgid "mensural68alt"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:213
msgid "mensural24"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:214
msgid "neomensural44"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:215
msgid "neomensural22"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:216
msgid "neomensural32"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:217
msgid "neomensural64"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:218
msgid "neomensural94"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:219
msgid "neomensural34"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:220
msgid "neomensural68"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:221
msgid "neomensural98"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:222
msgid "neomensural48"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:223
msgid "neomensural68alt"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:224
msgid "neomensural24"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:226
msgid "pedal"
msgstr "踏板"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:227
msgid "*"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:228
msgid "M"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:229
msgid "."
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:230
msgid "P"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:231
msgid "d"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:232
msgid "e"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:233
msgid "Ped"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:235
msgid "brackettips"
msgstr "滑音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:236
msgid "up"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:237
msgid "down"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:239
msgid "accordion"
msgstr "手风琴"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:240
msgid "discant"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:242
msgid "freebass"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:243
msgid "stdbass"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:244
msgid "bayanbass"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:245
msgid "oldEE"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:246
msgid "push"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:247
msgid "pull"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:249
msgid "ties"
msgstr "延音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:250
msgid "lyric.short"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:251
msgid "lyric.default"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:253
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:292
msgid "noteheads"
msgstr "符头"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:254
msgid "uM2"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:255
msgid "dM2"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:256
msgid "sM1"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:257
msgid "sM1double"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:258
msgid "s0"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:259
msgid "s1"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:260
msgid "s2"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:261
msgid "s0diamond"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:262
msgid "s1diamond"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:263
msgid "s2diamond"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:264
msgid "s0triangle"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:265
msgid "d1triangle"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:266
msgid "u1triangle"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:267
msgid "u2triangle"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:268
msgid "d2triangle"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:269
msgid "s0slash"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:270
msgid "s1slash"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:271
msgid "s2slash"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:272
msgid "s0cross"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:273
msgid "s1cross"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:274
msgid "s2cross"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:275
msgid "s2xcircle"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:276
msgid "s0do"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:277
msgid "d1do"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:278
msgid "u1do"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:279
msgid "d2do"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:280
msgid "u2do"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:281
msgid "s0doThin"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:282
msgid "d1doThin"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:283
msgid "u1doThin"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:284
msgid "d2doThin"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:285
msgid "u2doThin"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:286
msgid "s0re"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:287
msgid "u1re"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:288
msgid "d1re"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:289
msgid "u2re"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:290
msgid "d2re"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:293
msgid "s0reThin"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:294
msgid "u1reThin"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:295
msgid "d1reThin"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:296
msgid "u2reThin"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:297
msgid "d2reThin"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:298
msgid "s0mi"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:299
msgid "s1mi"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:300
msgid "s2mi"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:301
msgid "s0miMirror"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:302
msgid "s1miMirror"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:303
msgid "s2miMirror"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:304
msgid "s0miThin"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:305
msgid "s1miThin"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:306
msgid "s2miThin"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:307
msgid "u0fa"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:308
msgid "d0fa"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:309
msgid "u1fa"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:310
msgid "d1fa"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:311
msgid "u2fa"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:312
msgid "d2fa"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:313
msgid "u0faThin"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:314
msgid "d0faThin"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:315
msgid "u1faThin"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:316
msgid "d1faThin"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:317
msgid "u2faThin"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:318
msgid "d2faThin"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:319
msgid "s0sol"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:320
msgid "s1sol"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:321
msgid "s2sol"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:322
msgid "s0la"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:323
msgid "s1la"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:324
msgid "s2la"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:325
msgid "s0laThin"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:326
msgid "s1laThin"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:327
msgid "s2laThin"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:328
msgid "s0ti"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:329
msgid "u1ti"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:330
msgid "d1ti"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:331
msgid "u2ti"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:332
msgid "d2ti"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:333
msgid "s0tiThin"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:334
msgid "u1tiThin"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:335
msgid "d1tiThin"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:336
msgid "u2tiThin"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:337
msgid "d2tiThin"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:339
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:360
msgid "Funk noteheads"
msgstr "疯克式符头"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:340
msgid "u0doFunk"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:341
msgid "d0doFunk"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:342
msgid "u1doFunk"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:343
msgid "d1doFunk"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:344
msgid "u2doFunk"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:345
msgid "d2doFunk"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:346
msgid "u0reFunk"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:347
msgid "d0reFunk"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:348
msgid "u1reFunk"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:349
msgid "d1reFunk"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:350
msgid "u2reFunk"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:351
msgid "d2reFunk"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:352
msgid "u0miFunk"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:353
msgid "d0miFunk"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:354
msgid "u1miFunk"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:355
msgid "d1miFunk"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:356
msgid "s2miFunk"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:357
msgid "u0faFunk"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:358
msgid "d0faFunk"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:361
msgid "u1faFunk"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:362
msgid "d1faFunk"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:363
msgid "u2faFunk"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:364
msgid "d2faFunk"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:365
msgid "s0solFunk"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:366
msgid "s1solFunk"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:367
msgid "s2solFunk"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:368
msgid "s0laFunk"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:369
msgid "s1laFunk"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:370
msgid "s2laFunk"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:371
msgid "u0tiFunk"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:372
msgid "d0tiFunk"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:373
msgid "u1tiFunk"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:374
msgid "d1tiFunk"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:375
msgid "u2tiFunk"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:376
msgid "d2tiFunk"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:378
msgid "Walker noteheads"
msgstr "Walker 符头"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:379
msgid "s0doWalker"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:380
msgid "u1doWalker"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:381
msgid "d1doWalker"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:382
msgid "u2doWalker"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:383
msgid "d2doWalker"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:384
msgid "s0reWalker"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:385
msgid "u1reWalker"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:386
msgid "d1reWalker"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:387
msgid "u2reWalker"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:388
msgid "d2reWalker"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:389
msgid "s0miWalker"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:390
msgid "s1miWalker"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:391
msgid "s2miWalker"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:392
msgid "s0faWalker"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:393
msgid "u1faWalker"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:394
msgid "d1faWalker"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:395
msgid "u2faWalker"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:396
msgid "d2faWalker"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:397
msgid "s0laWalker"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:398
msgid "s1laWalker"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:399
msgid "s2laWalker"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:400
msgid "s0tiWalker"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:401
msgid "u1tiWalker"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:402
msgid "d1tiWalker"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:403
msgid "u2tiWalker"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:404
msgid "d2tiWalker"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:406
msgid "mensural noteheads"
msgstr "定值符头"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:407
msgid "uM3neomensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:408
msgid "dM3neomensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:409
msgid "uM2neomensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:410
msgid "dM2neomensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:411
msgid "sM1neomensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:412
msgid "urM3neomensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:413
msgid "drM3neomensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:414
msgid "urM2neomensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:415
msgid "drM2neomensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:416
msgid "srM1neomensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:417
msgid "s0neomensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:418
msgid "s1neomensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:419
msgid "s2neomensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:420
msgid "s0harmonic"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:421
msgid "s2harmonic"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:422
msgid "uM3mensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:423
msgid "dM3mensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:424
msgid "sM3ligmensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:425
msgid "uM2mensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:426
msgid "dM2mensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:427
msgid "sM2ligmensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:428
msgid "sM1mensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:429
msgid "urM3mensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:430
msgid "drM3mensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:431
msgid "srM3ligmensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:432
msgid "urM2mensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:433
msgid "drM2mensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:434
msgid "srM2ligmensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:436
msgid "more mensural noteheads"
msgstr "更多定值符头"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:437
msgid "srM1mensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:438
msgid "uM3semimensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:439
msgid "dM3semimensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:440
msgid "sM3semiligmensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:441
msgid "uM2semimensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:442
msgid "dM2semimensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:443
msgid "sM2semiligmensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:444
msgid "sM1semimensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:445
msgid "urM3semimensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:446
msgid "drM3semimensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:447
msgid "srM3semiligmensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:448
msgid "urM2semimensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:449
msgid "drM2semimensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:450
msgid "srM2semiligmensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:451
msgid "srM1semimensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:452
msgid "uM3blackmensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:453
msgid "dM3blackmensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:454
msgid "sM3blackligmensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:455
msgid "uM2blackmensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:456
msgid "dM2blackmensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:457
msgid "sM2blackligmensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:458
msgid "sM1blackmensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:459
msgid "s0mensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:460
msgid "s1mensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:461
msgid "s2mensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:462
msgid "s0blackmensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:464
msgid "ancient noteheads"
msgstr "古式符头"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:465
msgid "s0petrucci"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:466
msgid "s1petrucci"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:467
msgid "s2petrucci"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:468
msgid "s0blackpetrucci"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:469
msgid "s1blackpetrucci"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:470
msgid "s2blackpetrucci"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:471
msgid "svaticana.punctum"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:472
msgid "svaticana.punctum.cavum"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:473
msgid "svaticana.linea.punctum"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:474
msgid "svaticana.linea.punctum.cavum"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:475
msgid "svaticana.inclinatum"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:476
msgid "svaticana.lpes"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:477
msgid "svaticana.vlpes"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:478
msgid "svaticana.upes"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:479
msgid "svaticana.vupes"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:480
msgid "svaticana.plica"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:481
msgid "svaticana.vplica"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:482
msgid "svaticana.epiphonus"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:483
msgid "svaticana.vepiphonus"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:484
msgid "svaticana.reverse.plica"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:485
msgid "svaticana.reverse.vplica"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:486
msgid "svaticana.inner.cephalicus"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:487
msgid "svaticana.cephalicus"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:488
msgid "svaticana.quilisma"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:490
msgid "more ancient noteheads"
msgstr "更多古式符头"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:491
msgid "ssolesmes.incl.parvum"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:492
msgid "ssolesmes.auct.asc"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:493
msgid "ssolesmes.auct.desc"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:494
msgid "ssolesmes.incl.auctum"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:495
msgid "ssolesmes.stropha"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:496
msgid "ssolesmes.stropha.aucta"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:497
msgid "ssolesmes.oriscus"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:498
msgid "smedicaea.inclinatum"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:499
msgid "smedicaea.punctum"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:500
msgid "smedicaea.rvirga"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:501
msgid "smedicaea.virga"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:502
msgid "shufnagel.punctum"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:503
msgid "shufnagel.virga"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:504
msgid "shufnagel.lpes"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:506
msgid "kievan noteheads"
msgstr "基辅式符头"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:507
msgid "sM2kievan"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:508
msgid "sM1kievan"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:509
msgid "s0kievan"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:510
msgid "d2kievan"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:511
msgid "u2kievan"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:512
msgid "s1kievan"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:513
msgid "sr1kievan"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:514
msgid "d3kievan"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:515
msgid "u3kievan"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:518
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:587
msgid "flags"
msgstr "符尾"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:519
msgid "u3"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:520
msgid "u4"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:521
msgid "u5"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:522
msgid "u6"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:523
msgid "u7"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:524
msgid "d3"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:525
msgid "d4"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:526
msgid "d5"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:527
msgid "d6"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:528
msgid "d7"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:529
msgid "ugrace"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:530
msgid "dgrace"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:533
msgid "M3neomensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:534
msgid "M2neomensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:535
msgid "M1neomensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:536
msgid "0neomensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:537
msgid "1neomensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:538
msgid "2neomensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:539
msgid "3neomensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:540
msgid "4neomensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:541
msgid "M3mensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:542
msgid "M2mensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:543
msgid "M1mensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:544
msgid "0mensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:545
msgid "1mensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:546
msgid "2mensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:547
msgid "3mensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:548
msgid "4mensural"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:551
msgid "custodes"
msgstr "提示符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:552
msgid "hufnagel.u0"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:553
msgid "hufnagel.u1"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:554
msgid "hufnagel.u2"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:555
msgid "hufnagel.d0"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:556
msgid "hufnagel.d1"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:557
msgid "hufnagel.d2"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:558
msgid "medicaea.u0"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:559
msgid "medicaea.u1"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:560
msgid "medicaea.u2"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:561
msgid "medicaea.d0"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:562
msgid "medicaea.d1"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:563
msgid "medicaea.d2"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:564
msgid "vaticana.u0"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:565
msgid "vaticana.u1"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:566
msgid "vaticana.u2"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:567
msgid "vaticana.d0"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:568
msgid "vaticana.d1"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:569
msgid "vaticana.d2"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:570
msgid "mensural.u0"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:571
msgid "mensural.u1"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:572
msgid "mensural.u2"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:573
msgid "mensural.d0"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:574
msgid "mensural.d1"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:575
msgid "mensural.d2"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:578
msgid "medicaeaM1"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:579
msgid "vaticanaM1"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:580
msgid "vaticana0"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:581
msgid "mensural1"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:582
msgid "mensuralM1"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:583
msgid "hufnagelM1"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:584
msgid "kievan1"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:585
msgid "kievanM1"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:588
msgid "mensuralu03"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:589
msgid "mensuralu13"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:590
msgid "mensuralu23"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:591
msgid "mensurald03"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:592
msgid "mensurald13"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:593
msgid "mensurald23"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:594
msgid "mensuralu04"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:595
msgid "mensuralu14"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:596
msgid "mensuralu24"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:597
msgid "mensurald04"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:598
msgid "mensurald14"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:599
msgid "mensurald24"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:600
msgid "mensuralu05"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:601
msgid "mensuralu15"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:602
msgid "mensuralu25"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:603
msgid "mensurald05"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:604
msgid "mensurald15"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:605
msgid "mensurald25"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:606
msgid "mensuralu06"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:607
msgid "mensuralu16"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:608
msgid "mensuralu26"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:609
msgid "mensurald06"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:610
msgid "mensurald16"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:611
msgid "mensurald26"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:615
msgid "dotvaticana"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:616
msgid "dotkievan"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:619
msgid "..."
msgstr "..."

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:620
msgid "space"
msgstr "空格"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:621
msgid "plus"
msgstr "加号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:622
msgid "comma"
msgstr "逗号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:623
msgid "hyphen"
msgstr "连字符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:624
msgid "period"
msgstr "点"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:625
msgid "zero"
msgstr "零"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:626
msgid "one"
msgstr "一"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:627
msgid "two"
msgstr "二"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:628
msgid "three"
msgstr "三"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:629
msgid "four"
msgstr "四"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:630
msgid "five"
msgstr "五"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:631
msgid "six"
msgstr "六"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:632
msgid "seven"
msgstr "七"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:633
msgid "eight"
msgstr "八"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:634
msgid "nine"
msgstr "九"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:635
msgid "f"
msgstr "f"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:636
msgid "m"
msgstr "m"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:637
msgid "p"
msgstr "p"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:638
msgid "r"
msgstr "r"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:639
msgid "s"
msgstr "s"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:640
msgid "z"
msgstr "z"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.xml.h:1
msgid "Music Glyph"
msgstr "音乐记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.xml.h:2
msgid "Allows placing any musical glyph which can then be dragged in the final typeset view for fine control over positioning. The complete list of glyphs is in the LilyPond documentation. Note! Do not place this directive at the end of a staff as it will not be typeset, place it before the last note and then right-click on it in the typeset (print) view to adjust its position if needed."
msgstr "插入任意音乐记号，并可在最终的排版视图中拖动以调整其位置。LilyPond 文档中包含了音乐记号的完整列表。注意！请勿将此记号置于谱表末尾（不会被排版），而应将其置于最后一个音符前，然后在排版（打印）视图中右键单击来调整它至合适的位置。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:12
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertHighlightedLyricSyllable.scm:5
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertStanzaNumber.scm:5
msgid "Light"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:44
msgid ""
"This directive has to be placed before a note, chord or rest.\n"
"The text itself can be re-positioned by right-clicking in the typeset (print) view"
msgstr ""
"此记号必须位于音符、和弦或休止符之后。\n"
"可以在排版（打印）视图中右键单击文本来调整其位置"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:64
msgid "This directive must be placed before a note to work"
msgstr "此记号必须位于音符之后"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:70
msgid "Text Annotation"
msgstr "文本注释"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:71
msgid ""
"Give text to be placed in score at cursor\n"
"(it can be dragged in the typeset view)"
msgstr ""
"设置要插入到光标处的文本\n"
"（可在排版视图中对其进行拖动操作）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.xml.h:1
msgid "Textual Annotation"
msgstr "文本注释"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.xml.h:2
msgid "Allows placing arbitrary text on the score which can then be dragged in the final typeset view for fine control over positioning. Note! Do not place this directive at the end of a staff as it will not be typeset, place it before the last note and then right-click on it in the typeset (print) view to adjust its position if needed."
msgstr "在乐谱中插入任意文本，并可在最终的排版视图中拖动以调整其位置。注意！不要将此记号置于谱表末尾，否则将不会对其排版；应将其置于最后一个音符前，并通过在排版（打印）视图中右键单击来调整它的位置。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeBalance.xml.h:1
msgid "8 Balance"
msgstr "8 平衡"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeBalance.xml.h:2
msgid "Balance. Typically used for a stereo signal tweak without changing the pan itself. Like a CD player."
msgstr "平衡。一般用于微调立体声信号但不改变声像。类似 CD 播放器中的设置。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeChannel.xml.h:1
msgid "Channel"
msgstr "通道"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeChannel.xml.h:2
msgid "Change the Channel of a staff"
msgstr "改变谱表通道"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeExpression.xml.h:1
msgid "11 Expression"
msgstr "11 表情"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeExpression.xml.h:2
msgid "AKA \"Sub Volume\" or \"Percent Volume\". The \"real\" volume. Use Volume as initial value for each staff/channel and change further cresc/dim with expression."
msgstr "即“子音量”或“音量百分比”。表示“实际的”音量。将此值作为每个谱表/通道音量的初始值，并根据渐强/渐弱表情记号进行变化。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeGeneric.xml.h:1
msgid "Generic Control Change"
msgstr "通用控制变更"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeGeneric.xml.h:2
msgid "Generic 0xB Control Change - User can give the midi bytes, too."
msgstr "通用 0xB 控制变更 - 用户可以设置 midi 字节。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeHold2Pedal.xml.h:1
msgid "69 Hold Pedal #2 On/Off"
msgstr "69 延音踏板 #2 开/关"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeHold2Pedal.xml.h:2
msgid "Longer release time but notes will fade out eventually."
msgstr "音符持续时间更长，但最终会淡出。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeHoldPedal.xml.h:1
msgid "64 Hold Pedal (Right Piano Pedal)"
msgstr "64 延音踏板（钢琴右踏板）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeHoldPedal.xml.h:2
msgid "Hold Pedal On/Off (Right Piano Pedal). Deactivates Note-Off until set to \"Off\""
msgstr "延音踏板开/关（钢琴右踏板）。除非设为“关”，否则禁用音符淡出"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeLegatoPedal.xml.h:1
msgid "68 Legato Pedal On/Off"
msgstr "68 连音踏板开/关"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeLegatoPedal.xml.h:2
msgid "Skips the attack portion of the VCA's envelope. For phrasing like wind or brass or guitar hammer-on."
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeModwheel.xml.h:1
msgid "1 Modwheel"
msgstr "1 调制轮"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeModwheel.xml.h:2
msgid "Change the Modwheel value of a channel/staff"
msgstr "改变用于通道/谱表的调制轮的值"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangePan.xml.h:1
msgid "10 Pan"
msgstr "10 声像"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangePan.xml.h:2
msgid "Where in the stereo field the channel sound will be placed."
msgstr "设置立体声场中通道的位置。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangePortamento.xml.h:1
msgid "65 Portamento On/Off"
msgstr "65 滑音开/关"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangePortamento.xml.h:2
msgid "Slides between 2 notes. Can be adjusted with 5 - Portamento Time"
msgstr "从一个音符滑动至另一个音符。可以通过 5 - 滑音时间来调整"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeProgram.xml.h:1
msgid "Program"
msgstr "程序"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeProgram.xml.h:2
msgid "Change the Program of the current channel/staff"
msgstr "改变当前通道/谱表的程序"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeSoftPedal.xml.h:1
msgid "67 Soft Pedal On/Off (Left Piano Pedal)"
msgstr "67 软音踏板开/关（钢琴左踏板）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeSoftPedal.xml.h:2
msgid "Left Piano Pedal. Lowers the volume of any notes played."
msgstr "软音踏板。弱化所有音符。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeSustenutoPedal.xml.h:1
msgid "66 Sostenuto Pedal On/Off (Middle Grand Piano Pedal)"
msgstr "66 消音踏板开/关（三角钢琴中踏板）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeSustenutoPedal.xml.h:2
msgid "Middle Grand Piano Pedal. All Notes currently active (without a note off) will not have a note-off until Sostenuto Off."
msgstr "三角钢琴的中间踏板。所有当前发音的音符（不包括已停止的音符）将会持续发音，直到消音踏板关闭。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeTimbre.scm:3
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeTimbre.scm:7
msgid "Change Instrument Timbre"
msgstr "更换乐器音色"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeTimbre.scm:3
msgid "Give MIDI program number (1-256): "
msgstr "设置 MIDI 程序编号（1-256）："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeTimbre.scm:7
msgid "Give accompanying text to typset here (if any): "
msgstr "设置伴奏文本（如果有）："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeTimbre.xml.h:1
msgid "Change Timbre (Instrument Sound)"
msgstr "设置音色"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeTimbre.xml.h:2
msgid "Changes the MIDI instrument for the following notes, optionally typesetting some text here. Use for pizz. trem. etc."
msgstr "为后续音符设置 MIDI 乐器，可以附加显示注释。用于产生拨弦、震音等效果。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeVolume.xml.h:2
msgid "Change the Volume of a channel/staff"
msgstr "改变通道/谱表音量"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChannelChange.xml.h:1
msgid "Change Midi Channel"
msgstr "改变 Midi 通道"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChannelChange.xml.h:2
msgid "Changes the MIDI channel of a staff"
msgstr "改变谱表的 MIDI 通道"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ClarinetInA.xml.h:1
msgid "Clarinet in A"
msgstr "A 调单簧管"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ClarinetInA.xml.h:2
msgid "MIDI playback minor third lower than printed, marks as Clarinet in A"
msgstr "MIDI 回放的音乐将比谱面低三个半度，以“A 调单簧管”标记"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ClarinetInBb.xml.h:1
msgid "Clarinet in B flat"
msgstr "降 B 调单簧管"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ClarinetInBb.xml.h:2
msgid "MIDI output is one tone lower than printed, inscribes clarinet in B flat above music"
msgstr "MIDI 回放的音乐将比谱面低半度，以“降 B 调单簧管”标记"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/CloseTransposingInstrument.xml.h:1
msgid "Close Transposing Instrument"
msgstr "关闭转调乐器"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/CloseTransposingInstrument.xml.h:2
msgid "Returns MIDI output to transposition set on staff properties."
msgstr "将 MIDI 输出的转调属性恢复为谱表属性中的设定值。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/MidiTempo.xml.h:1
msgid "Set Tempo"
msgstr "设置速度"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/MidiTempo.xml.h:2
msgid "Send a Midi command to change the tempo to a new bpm. No printout."
msgstr "发送改变速度值的 Midi 命令。不产生打印输出。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/Temperament/StartEqualTemperament.xml.h:1
msgid "Equal Temperament Start"
msgstr "同音律起始"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/Temperament/StartEqualTemperament.xml.h:2
msgid "MIDI tuning becomes equal temperament from this point."
msgstr "从此处起在 MIDI 移调中使用相同音律。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/Temperament/StartQCMeanTone.xml.h:1
msgid "Quarter Comma Meantone"
msgstr "四分之一音差中音律"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/Temperament/StartQCMeanTone.xml.h:2
msgid "MIDI output becomes 1/4 comma mean tone from this point"
msgstr "从此处起在 MIDI 输出中使用四分之一音差中音律"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/SetTuningAllStaffs.scm:4
msgid "All Staffs: "
msgstr "所有谱表："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/SetTuningAllStaffs.xml.h:1
msgid "Set Tuning Across All Staffs"
msgstr "为所有谱表设置移调"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/SetTuningAllStaffs.xml.h:2
msgid "At this time during playback switch to the temperament set when this command was invoked."
msgstr "在回放中调用此命令时，将切换至所设置的音律。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/SetTuningStaff.scm:4
msgid "This Staff: "
msgstr "此谱表："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/SetTuningStaff.xml.h:1
msgid "Set Tuning for Current Staff"
msgstr "为当前谱表设置移调"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/SetTuningStaff.xml.h:2
msgid "At this time in playback the current staff's tuning will switch to the temperament selected when this command is invoked."
msgstr "在回放中调用此命令时，将当前谱表所用音律切换为设置值。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/AutoAccidentals.scm:4
msgid "This directive sets the style of typesetting for accidentals"
msgstr "此记号设置临时记号的排版样式"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/AutoAccidentals.scm:6
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsDefault.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:17
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurStyle.scm:6
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/TieStyle.scm:6
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:8
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreRehearsalMarkFormat.scm:4
msgid "Default"
msgstr "默认"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/AutoAccidentals.scm:7
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:10
msgid "Modern"
msgstr "现代"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/AutoAccidentals.scm:8
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:11
msgid "Modern Cautionary"
msgstr "现代（提示）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/AutoAccidentals.scm:9
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:15
msgid "Neo-Modern"
msgstr "当代"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/AutoAccidentals.scm:10
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:19
msgid "Teaching"
msgstr "教学"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/AutoAccidentals.scm:11
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:21
msgid "Forget"
msgstr "遗忘年代"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/AutoAccidentals.xml.h:1
msgid "(Print) Accidental Printing"
msgstr "（打印）临时记号打印"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/AutoAccidentals.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints accidentals according to a chosen style"
msgstr "根据所选样式打印临时记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/BeamingOff.scm:10
msgid "No Beaming"
msgstr "无符尾"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/BeamingOff.xml.h:1
msgid "Stop Beaming"
msgstr "停止自动符尾"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/BeamingOff.xml.h:2
msgid "(Print) Stop automatic beaming from current position in score."
msgstr "（打印）从当前光标处停止自动符尾控制。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/BeamingOn.scm:10
msgid "Normal Beaming"
msgstr "默认符尾"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/BeamingOn.xml.h:1
msgid "Start Beaming"
msgstr "开启自动符尾"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/BeamingOn.xml.h:2
msgid "(Print) Start automatic beaming at this point in score. (Used after turning beaming off)."
msgstr "（打印）从当前光标处开始自动符尾控制。（用在关闭自动符尾控制后）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:4
msgid "Augmentation Dot"
msgstr "附点"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:6
msgid "Note Head"
msgstr "符头"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:8
msgid "Clef Modifier"
msgstr "谱号变更"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:9
msgid "Cue Clef"
msgstr "提示谱号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:10
msgid "Cue End Clef"
msgstr "提示结束谱号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:12
msgid "Key Cancellation"
msgstr "取消调号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:14
msgid "Arpeggio"
msgstr "琶音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:15
msgid "Breath"
msgstr "换气"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:16
msgid "Custos"
msgstr "换行"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:17
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Fingering.scm:3
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Fingering.scm:11
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/TweakFingeringPosition.scm:8
msgid "Fingering"
msgstr "指法"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:18
msgid "Multi-Measure Rest"
msgstr "多小节休止符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:19
msgid "Rest"
msgstr "休止符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:22
msgid "Markup to use for "
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.xml.h:1
msgid "Change Stencil for Object"
msgstr "更改对象的模板"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.xml.h:2
msgid "Lets you create your own stencil for typesetting the next occurence of the chosen layout object. The stencil is created using LilyPond markup - this can be anything from a single character to a drawing in encapsulated Postscript format. See LilyPond documentation for details."
msgstr "创建您自己的模板，用于重复排版所选布局对象。 可以使用 LilyPond 记号创建模版 - 不论是单个字符还是封装的Postscript格式图形都可以。 详情请参见LilyPond文档。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChordChangesOnly.scm:4
msgid "This Directive turns off repeations of the chord except at the start of a new line"
msgstr "此记号关闭显示重复和弦（除了位于新行开始处的和弦）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChordChangesOnly.scm:8
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChordChangesOnly.xml.h:1
msgid "Chord Changes Only"
msgstr "仅和弦变更"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChordChangesOnly.xml.h:2
msgid "From the cursor position on only chord changes are typeset (either Chord Symbols or Fret Diagrams), except at the beginning of the line."
msgstr "从光标处开始，仅排版与之前和弦不同的和弦（和弦记号或音品图），以及一行起始处的和弦。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChordSymbols/ColorChordSymbol.scm:7
msgid "Color for Next Chord"
msgstr "下一和弦的颜色"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChordSymbols/ColorChordSymbol.scm:13
msgid "Color"
msgstr "颜色"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChordSymbols/ColorChordSymbol.xml.h:1
msgid "Color Next Symbol"
msgstr "下一标记颜色"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChordSymbols/ColorChordSymbol.xml.h:2
msgid "Typesets the next chord symbol in a color you choose."
msgstr "选定用于排版下一个和弦标记的颜色。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/DynamicUp.xml.h:1
msgid "Dynamics Above"
msgstr "力度标记"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/DynamicUp.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a directive to cause dynamics to be printed above the staff."
msgstr "插入标记，以便在谱表上方打印力度标记。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/HideNotes.xml.h:1
msgid "(Print) Stop Drawing Notes"
msgstr "（打印）停止绘制音符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/HideNotes.xml.h:2
msgid "Stops the Lilypond engraving of notes"
msgstr "停止使用 LilyPond 绘制音符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/HideStems.scm:4
msgid "This directive turns off stems"
msgstr "此记号停止显示符干"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/HideStems.xml.h:1
msgid "Hide Stems"
msgstr "隐藏符干"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/HideStems.xml.h:2
msgid "Hides stems on notes from this point on."
msgstr "此后音符的符干将会被隐藏。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Hide.xml.h:1
msgid "(Print) Hide object"
msgstr "（打印）隐藏对象"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Hide.xml.h:2
msgid "Hides the object at cursor position with a lilypond directive. Currently only Notes and the three Signatures. No rests!"
msgstr "使用 LilyPond 记号隐藏光标处的对象。目前仅对音符和三连音记号有效。不包括休止符！"

#. IgnoreOff
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/IgnoreOff.scm:2
msgid "Stop Ignore"
msgstr "停止忽略"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/IgnoreOff.xml.h:1
msgid "Ignore Off"
msgstr "已停止忽略 LilyPond 输出"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/IgnoreOff.xml.h:2
msgid "End commenting-out of the LilyPond output. Normal typesetting resumes from this point."
msgstr "停止注释 LilyPond 输出，并从此处开始正常排版。"

#. IgnoreOn
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/IgnoreOn.scm:2
msgid "Start Ignore"
msgstr "开始忽略"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/IgnoreOn.xml.h:1
msgid "Ignore On"
msgstr "已开始忽略 LilyPond 输出"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/IgnoreOn.xml.h:2
msgid "Start commenting-out of the LilyPond output when typesetting the current part. You must resume the typesetting with Ignore Off before the end of the staff or the score will not typeset."
msgstr "在排版当前片段时，从此处开始注释 LilyPond 输出。您必须在谱表结束之前使用“停止忽略”功能来恢复排版，否则乐谱将不会显示。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/InstallCue.scm:9
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMirroredVerse.scm:8
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SubstituteMusic.scm:18
msgid " on Staff "
msgstr " 于谱表 "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/InstallCue.scm:11
msgid "Transpose Cue"
msgstr "转调提示"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/InstallCue.scm:11
msgid ""
"Give note (in LilyPond notation) that middle C should transpose to\n"
"in this cue:"
msgstr "设置在此提示中中央 C 将要转调至哪个音符（LilyPond 记号）："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/InstallCue.scm:40
msgid ""
"This marks the end of a cue - where notes from another part are printed.\n"
"This marker can be cut and pasted to another position to alter the extent of the cue."
msgstr ""
"提示结束 - 并开始显示另一片段的音符。\n"
"此记号可被剪切粘贴至其他地方以改变提示的作用范围。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/InstallCue.scm:41
msgid ""
"This marks the start of a cue - if you make an alteration to the number of staffs you will need to delete this cue and remake it.\n"
"Watch out that you do not end up with two End Cue directives\n"
"as this will not typeset."
msgstr ""
"提示开始 - 如果对谱表编号做了更改，则需要删除此提示并重新插入它。\n"
"注意不要插入多余的转调结束记号（不会被排版）。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/InstallCue.scm:62
msgid "There are no other staffs for this one to take a cue from."
msgstr "没有可以用于提示的其他谱表。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/InstallCue.scm:71
msgid "Start Cue"
msgstr "提示开始"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/InstallCue.scm:80
msgid "Nowhere to place the End Cue marker"
msgstr "没有可以插入提示结束记号的地方"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/InstallCue.scm:86
msgid "End Cue"
msgstr "提示结束"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/InstallCue.xml.h:1
msgid "Install Cue"
msgstr "插入提示"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/InstallCue.xml.h:2
msgid "Starts quoting music from another staff as a cue. The end cue marker is placed at the end of the measure, but can be moved with cut and paste to the desired position."
msgstr "从其他谱表中引用乐句作为提示。提示结束记号将被置于小节末尾，但可以通过剪切粘贴移动至合适位置。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/MeasureCountDelimeter.scm:4
msgid "This directive instructs the LilyPond typesetter to start/stop placing a count above the measures."
msgstr "此记号指导 LilyPond 排版器在小节上方开始/停止显示小节计数。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/MeasureCountDelimeter.scm:31
msgid "Stop Count"
msgstr "停止计数"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/MeasureCountDelimeter.scm:40
msgid "Start Count"
msgstr "开启计数"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/MeasureCountDelimeter.xml.h:1
msgid "Measure Count Start or End"
msgstr "小节计数看开启/终止"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/MeasureCountDelimeter.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a directive to start or stop the printing of a counter above each measure. Use for repeated measures to assist the performer count the number of repetitions."
msgstr "插入用于控制在小节上开始/停止显示小节计数的记号。用于重复小节，以便演奏者计算重复乐句数。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/MMRExpandLimit.scm:7
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffMultiMeasureRests.xml.h:1
msgid "Multi-Measure Rests"
msgstr "多小节休止符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/MMRExpandLimit.scm:7
msgid "Give limit for use of church rests"
msgstr "设置教堂修饰符的使用限制"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/MMRExpandLimit.scm:13
msgid "MMR Limit"
msgstr "多小节休止符限制"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/MMRExpandLimit.xml.h:1
msgid "Multi-Measure Rest Expand Limit"
msgstr "多小节休止符的时值上限"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/MMRExpandLimit.xml.h:2
msgid "In Multi-Measure rests: controls how many measures rest are notated as church rests before numbers are used."
msgstr "在多小节休止符中：控制可用于标记教堂休止符的小节数。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/NewSpacing.scm:5
msgid "Spacing"
msgstr "间距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/NewSpacing.scm:5
msgid "Give new spacing: "
msgstr "设置新间距："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/NewSpacing.scm:13
msgid "To restore the prevailing music spacing delete this directive object."
msgstr "要恢复预设的间距，请删除此记号对象。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/NewSpacing.scm:14
msgid "Note spacing unaltered."
msgstr "未改变音符的间距。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/NewSpacing.xml.h:1
msgid "Start New Spacing"
msgstr "开始新间距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/NewSpacing.xml.h:2
msgid "Spaces notes from cursor onwards based on the spacing given."
msgstr "设置之后音符的间距。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/AllowLineBreak.scm:4
msgid "This sign allows a Line Break. The bar can be broken across a line at this point. Delete using Del or Backspace key."
msgstr "允许换行。小节中可以换行。可以使用 Del 或退格键来删除它。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/AllowLineBreak.scm:8
msgid "The cursor is on a voice. Put line breaks in the main staff that the voice belongs to."
msgstr "光标位于某个声部上。请将换行符置于声部所属的主谱表中。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/AllowLineBreak.xml.h:1
msgid "Allow Line/Page Break"
msgstr "允许换行/换页"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/AllowLineBreak.xml.h:2
msgid "Permits the typesetter to break the line at this point."
msgstr "允许排版器在此处换行。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/LineBreak.scm:12
msgid "This Line Break will have no effect if there is no barline at this point.  You can use Allow Line/Page Break to insert an invisible one if you need it"
msgstr "若此处没有小节线，换行符将不起作用。如需要，您可以使用 允许换行/换页 功能来插入一个不可见的记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/LineBreak.xml.h:2
msgid "(Print) Start a new line (i.e. system) at this measure. This will be ignored if it breaks a beam or tuplet. Use Allow Line Break to break mid-measure."
msgstr "（打印时）在此小节中换行。将会忽略对符尾或连音记号的影响。可用于在小节中部手动换行。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/NoLineBreak.xml.h:1
msgid "No Line Break"
msgstr "无换行"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/NoLineBreak.xml.h:2
msgid "Disallow a line break at this measure."
msgstr "不允许在此小节中换行。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/PageBreak.scm:11
msgid "This Page Break will have no effect if there is no barline at this point.  You can use Allow Line/Page Break to insert an invisible one if you need it"
msgstr "若此处没有小节线，换页符将不起作用。如需要，您可以使用 允许换行/换页 功能来插入一个不可见的记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/PageBreak.xml.h:2
msgid "(Print) Forces a new page at this barline."
msgstr "（打印时）在此小节线处强制换页。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/StaffSpacer.scm:12
msgid "Spacing for Staff"
msgstr "谱表间距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/StaffSpacer.scm:12
msgid "Give value for extra space: "
msgstr "设置额外的间数："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/StaffSpacer.scm:16
msgid "Space Above Staff"
msgstr "上加间"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/StaffSpacer.scm:17
msgid "Space Below Staff"
msgstr "下加间"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/StaffSpacer.xml.h:1
msgid "Staff/System/Titles Spacer"
msgstr "谱表/谱表组/标题间距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/StaffSpacer.xml.h:2
msgid "Forces extra space between this staff and the adjacent one at this point in the score. If in the top staff of a system, forces the systems apart in the line at the cursor. If in the top staff on the top line gives more room below the titles."
msgstr "在此谱表和相邻的谱表间强制插入间隔。若位于顶部谱表组中，则强制拆分光标处的线。若位于顶部谱表上方，则扩展标题和谱表间的空间。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/RevertSpacing.xml.h:1
msgid "Revert Spacing"
msgstr "恢复间距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/RevertSpacing.xml.h:2
msgid "Spaces notes from cursor onwards in default manner."
msgstr "将之音符的间距设为默认值。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/SetBarNumber.scm:2
msgid "Change Barnumber in typeset score"
msgstr "改变乐谱小节编号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/SetBarNumber.scm:2
msgid "Please enter a number to set the current bar number. The typeset score will continue to count up from there."
msgstr "输入当小节的编号。排版乐谱时将从此数字开始。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/SetBarNumber.scm:6
msgid "BarNumber = "
msgstr "小节编号 = "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/SetBarNumber.xml.h:1
msgid "(Print) Set Bar Number"
msgstr "（打印）设置小节编号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/SetBarNumber.xml.h:2
msgid "Enter a number to change the bar number in the typeset score. The printout will continue to count up from there."
msgstr "输入乐谱中小节的新编号。打印时将从此数值重新计数。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ShiftNext.scm:5
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ShiftNext.scm:6
msgid "X-Y shift"
msgstr "X-Y 偏移"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ShiftNext.scm:5
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/DisplaceHorizontally.scm:5
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/DisplaceRestHorizontally.scm:2
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ShiftDot.scm:2
msgid "Give horizontal shift required"
msgstr "设置水平方向的位移值"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ShiftNext.scm:6
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ShiftDot.scm:3
msgid "Give vertical shift required"
msgstr "设置垂直方向的位移值"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ShiftNext.scm:10
msgid "This type of object cannot be shifted by this method"
msgstr "无法用此法设置此类对象的位移值"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ShiftNext.xml.h:1
msgid "(Print) Shift Object"
msgstr "（打印）对象偏移"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ShiftNext.xml.h:2
msgid "Asks for horizontal and vertical offsets and inserts a directive to displace the object at the cursor on printing."
msgstr "插入设置对象的水平和垂直偏移量的记号至光标处对象。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ShowStems.scm:4
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ShowStems.xml.h:2
msgid "This directive turns on typesetting of stems on notes."
msgstr "此记号开启显示音符的符干。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ShowStems.xml.h:1
msgid "Show Stems"
msgstr "显示符干"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/SmallFontEnd.xml.h:1
msgid "End Small Size"
msgstr "小尺寸结束"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/SmallFontEnd.xml.h:2
msgid "Printing resumes normal size music."
msgstr "使用默认大小显示音乐。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/SmallFontStart.xml.h:1
msgid "Small Size"
msgstr "小尺寸"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/SmallFontStart.xml.h:2
msgid "Music after this is printed in a small size."
msgstr "将使用较小尺寸显示此后的音乐。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/StartStaff.xml.h:1
msgid "(Print) Start Drawing Staff (Again)"
msgstr "（打印）重新开始绘制谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/StartStaff.xml.h:2
msgid "Reverts the \"Stop Drawing Staff\" command"
msgstr "反转“停止绘制谱表”命令"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/StopStaff.xml.h:1
msgid "(Print) Stop Drawing Staff"
msgstr "（打印）停止恢复谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/StopStaff.xml.h:2
msgid "Stop drawing the staff and barlines in Lilypond. Notes are still drawn."
msgstr "停止使用 LilyPond 绘制谱表和小节线。音符不受影响。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/MinimumFret.scm:6
msgid "Minimum Fret Number"
msgstr "最小品号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/MinimumFret.scm:6
msgid "Give lowest fret number wanted: "
msgstr "设置最低品号："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/MinimumFret.xml.h:1
msgid "Minimum Fret Number Allowed"
msgstr "允许的最低品号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/MinimumFret.xml.h:2
msgid "In a Tab staff, restrict the frets available to larger than the given value."
msgstr "在指法谱表中，限制最大允许的品号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/RestrainOpenStrings.xml.h:1
msgid "Restrain Open Strings"
msgstr "限制空弦"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/RestrainOpenStrings.xml.h:2
msgid "Restrains the use of open strings in Tablature."
msgstr "在指法中限制使用空弦。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/TabFull.scm:5
msgid ""
"This directive causes the tab to be notated fully with beaming and other notation added\n"
"Delete the directive to undo the effect."
msgstr ""
"此记号使指法图中只含由符尾组合的音符和其他添加的记号\n"
"要撤销此效果，请删除该记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/TabFull.scm:16
msgid "This Directive can only be added in a Tab Staff. See Staff menu."
msgstr "此指令只能被添加到指法谱表。参见谱表菜单。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/TabFull.xml.h:1
msgid "Full Tab Notation On"
msgstr "开启全指法记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/TabFull.xml.h:2
msgid "Typeset beaming etc with Tablature from the cursor position on."
msgstr "在指法谱中，从光标位置处开始排版符尾等对象。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/CloseLilyBlock.scm:4
msgid "This Denemo Directive closes a block of music with a close curly brace }. It must be preceded earlier in the save voice by a corresponding open {, otherwise the music will not typeset"
msgstr "此 Denemo 记号使用花括号 } 终止一个音乐块。之前必须有相应的音乐块起始记号 {，否则音乐将不会被排版"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/CloseLilyBlock.xml.h:1
msgid "(Print) Close } a LilyPond Block"
msgstr "（打印）用 } 闭合 LilyPond 块"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/CloseLilyBlock.xml.h:2
msgid "Closes a LilyPond Block (there must be a matching open, {, earlier)"
msgstr "插入 } 使 LilyPond 块闭合（之前必须有相应的左括号 {）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenEnharmonicFlatten.scm:4
msgid "This Denemo Directive starts block of music that will be enhamonically flattened. The block of music should be closed with a curly brace }.t"
msgstr "此 Denemo 记号指示要和声降调的音乐块的起始。需要与相应的结束记号 } 配合使用。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenEnharmonicFlatten.scm:8
msgid "Enh-"
msgstr "和声-"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenEnharmonicFlatten.xml.h:1
msgid "Open Enharmonic Flatten"
msgstr "和声降调起始"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenEnharmonicFlatten.xml.h:2
msgid "Opens a block of music that will be sharpened enharmonically (D-sharp becomes E-flat etc). The block should be closed with a curly brace }"
msgstr "指示要进行和声升调（将升 D 变为降 E 等）的音乐块的起始。需要与相应的结束记号 } 配合使用。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenEnharmonicSharpen.scm:4
msgid "This Denemo Directive starts block of music that will be enhamonically sharpened. The block of music should be closed with a curly brace }.t"
msgstr "此 Denemo 记号指示要和声升调的音乐块的起始。需要与相应的结束记号 } 配合使用。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenEnharmonicSharpen.scm:8
msgid "Enh+"
msgstr "和声+"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenEnharmonicSharpen.xml.h:1
msgid "Open Enharmonic Sharpen"
msgstr "和声升调起始"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenEnharmonicSharpen.xml.h:2
msgid "Opens a block of music that will be sharpened enharmonically (E-flat becomes D-sharp etc). The block should be close with a curly brace }"
msgstr "指示要进行和声降调（将降 E 变为升 D 等）的音乐块的起始。需要与相应的结束记号 } 配合使用。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenOctaveDown.scm:4
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenOctaveUp.scm:4
msgid "This Denemo Directive starts block of music that will be transposed up one octave. The block of music should be closed with a curly brace }.t"
msgstr "此 Denemo 记号指示要升高八度的音乐块的起始。需要与相应的结束记号 } 配合使用。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenOctaveDown.scm:8
msgid "Down8va"
msgstr "低八度"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenOctaveDown.xml.h:1
msgid "(Print) Open { Octave Down"
msgstr "（打印）开启低八度打印"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenOctaveDown.xml.h:2
msgid "Opens a block printing an octave lower: must be terminated with CloseLilyBlock"
msgstr "将之后的块降低八度打印：之后必须有相应的块闭合记号“}”"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenOctaveUp.scm:8
msgid "Up8va"
msgstr "高八度"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenOctaveUp.xml.h:1
msgid "(Print) Open { Octave Up"
msgstr "（打印）开启高八度打印"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenOctaveUp.xml.h:2
msgid "Opens a block to be transposed up one octave This must be followed by a CloseBlock \"}\" to end the transposed section."
msgstr "将之后的块升高八度打印。之后必须有相应的块闭合记号“}”。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/TypesettingOff.xml.h:1
msgid "TypesettingOff"
msgstr "关闭排版"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/TypesettingOff.xml.h:2
msgid "Turns off typesetting from that point until turned on."
msgstr "从此位置开始停止排版，直到再次打开排版功能。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/TypesettingOn.xml.h:1
msgid "TypesettingOn"
msgstr "开启排版"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/TypesettingOn.xml.h:2
msgid "Turns on typesetting from this point forward in all staffs."
msgstr "从此位置开始，对所有谱表开启排版。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/UnHideNotes.xml.h:1
msgid "(Print) Start Drawing Notes (Again)"
msgstr "（打印）开始绘制音符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/UnHideNotes.xml.h:2
msgid "Reverts the \"Stop drawing notes\" command"
msgstr "反转“停止绘制音符”命令"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePreset1.xml.h:1
msgid "Voice Preset 1 (Stems Up)"
msgstr "预设声部 1（符干向上）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePreset1.xml.h:2
msgid "Preset for first voice. Stems up"
msgstr "预设的第一个声部。符干方向朝上"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePreset2.xml.h:1
msgid "Voice Preset 2 (Stems Down)"
msgstr "预设声部 2（符干向下）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePreset2.xml.h:2
msgid "Preset for second voice. Stems down."
msgstr "预设的第一个声部。符干方向朝下。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePreset3.xml.h:1
msgid "Voice Preset 3 (Stems Up)"
msgstr "预设声部 3（符干向上）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePreset3.xml.h:2
msgid "Preset for third voice. Stems up."
msgstr "预设的第三个声部。符干方向朝上。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePreset4.xml.h:1
msgid "Voice Preset 4 (Stems Down)"
msgstr "预设声部 4（符干向下）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePreset4.xml.h:2
msgid "Preset for voice four. Stems down."
msgstr "预设的第四个声部。符干方向朝下。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePresetAutomatic.xml.h:1
msgid "Voice Preset Automatic"
msgstr "自动预设声部"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePresetAutomatic.xml.h:2
msgid "Automatic voice preset. Resets to normal behaviour."
msgstr "自动选择预设声部。恢复默认行为。"

#. 1
#. 2
#. 3
#. 4
#. 5
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicesDoublestroke.xml.h:1
msgid "Voice Preset"
msgstr "预设声部"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicesDoublestroke.xml.h:2
msgid "Choose a preset for four voices or automatic voice."
msgstr "选择预设声部编号，或使用自动声部。"

#. VoiceSetting
#. InitialVoiceSetting
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:2
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:4
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:2
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:4
msgid "Voice 1"
msgstr "声部 1"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:2
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:6
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:2
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:6
msgid "Voice 2"
msgstr "声部 2"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:2
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:8
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:2
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:8
msgid "Voice 3"
msgstr "声部 3"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:2
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:10
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:2
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:10
msgid "Voice 4"
msgstr "声部 4"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:2
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:12
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:2
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:12
msgid "Automatic Voice"
msgstr "自动声部"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.xml.h:1
msgid "Choose Voice"
msgstr "选择声部"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.xml.h:2
msgid "The Voice 1,2,3,4 commands set up the voices so that first and third voices get stems up, second and fourth voices get stems down, third and fourth voice note heads are horizontally shifted, and rests in the respective voices are automatically moved to avoid collisions. The Automatic Voice command returns all the voice settings to the neutral default directions. The Denemo display shows automatic stem directions, use StemDown and StemUp commands if you wish to affect the display."
msgstr "声部命令 1、2、3、4 用于设置声部，第一和第三个声部的音符符干向上，第二和第四个声部的音符符干向下，第三和第四个声部的音符符头在水平方向上有偏移，休止符则根据布局自动调整以避免谱面拥挤。自动声部命令将所有的声部设置恢复默认值（中性符头）。Denemo 显示窗口中使用自动符干显示音符，可以使用符干朝下或符干朝上命令来改变显示方式。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Void.xml.h:1
msgid "Hide Next"
msgstr "隐藏下一个"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Void.xml.h:2
msgid "On printing the next music item will be omitted from the score. Use with conditional directives to leave out music for certain layouts."
msgstr "打印时下一个音乐对象将会被忽略。结合条件记号使用可在特定布局中省略音乐片段。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:6
msgid "D"
msgstr "D"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:7
msgid "E"
msgstr "E"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:10
msgid "A"
msgstr "A"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:11
msgid "B"
msgstr "B"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:13
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "结束"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:20
msgid "Double Sharp"
msgstr "双升"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:21
msgid "Double Flat"
msgstr "双降"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.xml.h:1
msgid "Arbitrary Key Signature"
msgstr "任意时值记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints a key signature composed of an arbitrary combination of accidentals. For any step of the scale which needs an accidental to show choose the note name and accidental. Note that the Denemo Display will ignore this, so you have to enter the accidentals as if it wasn't there. LilyPond will typeset the key signature specified and display accidentals before notes correspondingly."
msgstr "打印由任意临时变调记号组成的调号。 对于需要显示临时变调记号的音阶，请选择音符名称和临时记号类型。注意：尽管您输入了临时记号，但 Denemo 显示区域将忽略此内容；LilyPond 将排版指定的调号，并在音符前显示相应的临时变调记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/FlattenInitialKeysigs.xml.h:1
msgid "♭ Initial"
msgstr "♭ 起始调号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/FlattenInitialKeysigs.xml.h:2
msgid "Flattens the inital key signature by one degree on all staffs/voices."
msgstr "将所有谱表/声部的起始调号降低半度。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/FlattenKeysig.xml.h:1
msgid "♭"
msgstr "♭"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/FlattenKeysig.xml.h:2
msgid "Flattens the key signature by one degree. If no key signature at the cursor, operates on the initial key signature."
msgstr "将调号降低半度。如果光标处没有调号，则改变起始调号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/HideKeysig.xml.h:2
msgid "On printing, omit the key signature change at the cursor, or the initial key signature if the cursor is not on a key signature change."
msgstr "在打印时，忽略光标处的调号变更，或忽略起始调号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/SharpenInitialKeysigs.xml.h:1
msgid "♯ Initial"
msgstr "♯ 起始调号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/SharpenInitialKeysigs.xml.h:2
msgid "Sharpens the inital key signature by one degree on all staffs/voices."
msgstr "将所有谱表/声部的起始调号升高半度。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/SharpenKeysig.xml.h:1
msgid "♯"
msgstr "♯"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/SharpenKeysig.xml.h:2
msgid "Sharpens the key signature by one degree. If no key signature at cursor, sharpens the initial key signature."
msgstr "将调号升高半度。如果光标处没有调号，则改变起始调号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/DeleteCurrentVerse.scm:4
msgid "Delete Current Verse (no undo!)"
msgstr "删除当前歌词（不可撤销！）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/DeleteCurrentVerse.xml.h:2
msgid "Deletes the current verse - copy the text first if needed."
msgstr "删除当前的歌词 - 如果需要，请先复制歌词文本。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/EditLyricAtCursor.scm:2
msgid "No verse has been created for this staff. Use Add Lyric Verse in Lyrics menu."
msgstr "此谱表中尚未创建歌词。请使用歌词菜单中的添加歌词功能。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/EditLyricAtCursor.xml.h:1
msgid "Edit Lyric at Cursor"
msgstr "编辑光标处歌词"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/EditLyricAtCursor.xml.h:2
msgid "Switches keyboard input to the lyrics pane, placing the cursor on the syllable that belongs to the cursor note."
msgstr "将键盘输入定位至歌词窗格，并将光标置于之前光标所在音符的音节上。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertHighlightedLyricSyllable.scm:16
msgid "Highlighted Syllable"
msgstr "高亮音节"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertHighlightedLyricSyllable.scm:17
msgid "Give syllable to insert:"
msgstr "设置要插入的音节："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertHighlightedLyricSyllable.xml.h:1
msgid "Insert a Highlighted Lyric"
msgstr "插入高亮歌词"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertHighlightedLyricSyllable.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a syllable which can be bold and/or italic."
msgstr "插入可以设置加粗/斜体的音节。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertHyphenBetweenSyllables.xml.h:1
msgid "Divide Syllables with Hyphen"
msgstr "用连字符分割音节"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertHyphenBetweenSyllables.xml.h:2
msgid "Typesets a hyphen between the syllables at the cursor, if there is sufficient room."
msgstr "排版时，如果有足够的空间，则在光标处的音节之间插入连字符。"

#. InsertLyricAlignment
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertLyricAlignment.scm:2
msgid "Center"
msgstr "中"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertLyricAlignment.scm:4
msgid "Note: start lyrics on a new line"
msgstr "注意：在新的一行开始歌词"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertLyricAlignment.xml.h:1
msgid "Syllable Alignment"
msgstr "音节对齐"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertLyricAlignment.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts some syntax into the lyric verse to determine the alignment of syllables under notes. Lyrics to be affected should be on the following lines."
msgstr "在歌词中插入特定语法，以便控制音符下方音乐的对齐方式。需要控制的歌词应当位于紧随的下一行中。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertLyricTie.scm:3
msgid "Printed as \"ˬ\" (lyric tie symbol)"
msgstr "打印为“_\"（歌词连音符）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertLyricTie.scm:4
msgid "Printed as space"
msgstr "打印为空格"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertLyricTie.xml.h:1
msgid "Lyric Tie"
msgstr "歌词延音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertLyricTie.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a lyric tie between two words at the cursor. Use this instead of a space between two words that are sung to the same note (do not leave a space as well). It will be typeset as a tie or space between the words."
msgstr "在光标处的两个词直接插入一个歌词延音线。请不要使用空格来分隔属于同一音符的两个单词。排版时会自动在单词直接插入连线或空格。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMelisma.scm:3
msgid "During Word, with Slur"
msgstr "在单词之中，含连音线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMelisma.scm:4
msgid "Word End, with Slur"
msgstr "在单词末尾，含连音线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMelisma.scm:5
msgid "During Word, no Slur"
msgstr "在单词之中，不含连音线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMelisma.scm:6
msgid "Word End, no Slur"
msgstr "在单词末尾，不含连音线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMelisma.scm:7
msgid "Extend Melisma"
msgstr "扩展单音节装饰句"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMelisma.xml.h:1
msgid "Melismata"
msgstr "单音节装饰句"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMelisma.xml.h:2
msgid "Extends a syllable over the next note with hyphenated line (within word) or extender line (at end of word)."
msgstr "将一个音节扩展至下一个与连字符关联的音符（位于单词中）或与延长线关联的音符（在单词末尾）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMirroredVerse.scm:21
msgid "this inserts the verse "
msgstr "将插入歌词 "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMirroredVerse.scm:22
msgid " from "
msgstr " 自 "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMirroredVerse.scm:36
msgid "There are no verses above this one to mirror from."
msgstr "没有可以用于镜像的其他歌词。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMirroredVerse.xml.h:1
msgid "Insert Mirrored Verse"
msgstr "插入镜像歌词"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMirroredVerse.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts special syntax to typeset a verse from another staff under this staff. This syntax should be on a line of its own."
msgstr "插入用于将其他谱表中的歌词复制至此谱表中的代码。请将此代码置于独立的行中。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertStanzaNumber.scm:17
msgid "Give non-lyric text to insert"
msgstr "插入非歌词文本"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertStanzaNumber.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a stanza number (or other text that is not part of the lyrics) in the current verse at the cursor position."
msgstr "在光标处的当前歌词中插入一个节号（或其他不属于歌词的文本）。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertSyllableSkips.scm:9
msgid "Skip Syllables"
msgstr "跳过音节"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertSyllableSkips.scm:10
msgid "Give number of syllables to skip"
msgstr "设置要跳过的音节数"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertSyllableSkips.xml.h:1
msgid "Skip Syllables in Selection"
msgstr "跳过所选音节"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertSyllableSkips.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts blanks for the syllables from the start of the notes selected in the Denemo Display to the cursor. With no selection asks for a number of syllables to skip and inserts the skip at the lyric cursor."
msgstr "在 Denemo 显示窗口中所选的音符前面插入空白音节。若没有选中音符，则会询问需要跳过的音节数，并在光标处插入相应的空白。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/LyricFont.scm:3
msgid "Font Name"
msgstr "字体名称"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/LyricFont.scm:4
msgid "Give font name"
msgstr "设置字体名称"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/LyricFontSize.scm:4
msgid "Give font size magnification (0 = default, negative = smaller)"
msgstr "设置字体大小缩放（0 = 默认，负值 表示缩小）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/LyricFontSize.xml.h:1
msgid "Larger/Smaller Font Size"
msgstr "放大/缩小字体"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/LyricFontSize.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a code in the current lyric verse to change to larger or smaller font size. Keep this code on a separate line."
msgstr "在当前歌词中插入用于放大或缩小字体的代码。请将此代码置于独立的行中。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/LyricFont.xml.h:1
msgid "Change Font"
msgstr "改变字体"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/LyricFont.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts into the current lyric verse a change of font. Keep this code on a line of its own."
msgstr "插入用于改变字体的代码。请将此代码置于独立的行中。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/LyricVerseDynamic.xml.h:1
msgid "Dynamic"
msgstr "力度"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/LyricVerseDynamic.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a dynamic marking in the current verse at the insertion point in the lyrics pane. Use this to indicate dynamics which change from one verse to another."
msgstr "在当前歌词中插入力度记号。用于指示歌词之间的力度变化。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/ShowLyricVerse.xml.h:1
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show Verse"
msgstr "显示符干"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/ShowLyricVerse.xml.h:2
msgid "Opens up the lyric pane that contains the verse(s) for this staff (if any)"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/ToggleTypesetOfLyrics.scm:16
msgid "Lyrics will appear in the Print View for the default layout"
msgstr "默认布局中的歌词将会显示在打印预览中"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/ToggleTypesetOfLyrics.scm:17
msgid "Lyrics will be omitted  in the Print View for the default layout"
msgstr "默认布局中的歌词将不会显示在打印预览中"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/ToggleTypesetOfLyrics.xml.h:1
msgid "Typeset Lyrics (Off/On)"
msgstr "排版歌词（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/ToggleTypesetOfLyrics.xml.h:2
msgid "Turns Off/On typesetting of lyrics for the entire score. The score will revert to typesetting verses when reloaded (except for any custom score layouts created) - the command does not count as a change in the score."
msgstr "关闭/开启排版乐谱中的歌词。重新载入乐谱时将会恢复排版歌词（除了在创建的自定义乐谱布局中）- 命令不对乐谱本身进行任何更改。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:6
msgid "Append verses to current text"
msgstr "附加诗句到当前文本"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:6
msgid "Edit current end-of-movement text"
msgstr "编辑当前的乐章末文本"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:6
msgid "Replace with verses"
msgstr "使用诗句替换"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:28
msgid "Typesetting Verses at End"
msgstr "排版末尾歌词"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:28
msgid "Which verse to start at?"
msgstr "要从哪个歌词开始？"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:43
msgid "Verse "
msgstr "诗句 "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:52
msgid "No verses found"
msgstr "找不到歌词"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.xml.h:1
msgid "Typeset Verses at End"
msgstr "排版末尾歌词"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.xml.h:2
msgid "Let's you choose a number of verses to print at the end of the piece (movement), instead of underlaying the music. The verses are copied to the end so can be deleted once copied to prevent them from appearing beneath the music in addition."
msgstr "选择要在乐章末尾（而非乐谱下方）打印的诗句。可以手动删除被粘贴的诗句，以防止多余的文本出现在乐谱下方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/AddDuplicateMeasure.xml.h:1
msgid "Insert Duplicate Measure After"
msgstr "在后面插入重复小节"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/AddDuplicateMeasure.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a copy of the current measure after the present measure."
msgstr "将当前小节的副本插入至小节后面。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckBeamsInMeasure.scm:22
msgid "Beam Start command on a note with no beam"
msgstr "用于无符尾音符的符尾起始命令"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckBeamsInMeasure.scm:27
msgid "Second start Beam"
msgstr "第二个符尾起始"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckBeamsInMeasure.scm:35
msgid "Beam End command on a note with no beam"
msgstr "用于无符尾音符的符尾终止命令"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckBeamsInMeasure.scm:40
msgid "End Beam with no start"
msgstr "符尾终止"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckBeamsInMeasure.scm:50
msgid "Start Beam with no end"
msgstr "符尾起始"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckBeamsInMeasure.scm:55
msgid "No problem detected with beams in measure"
msgstr "小节中的符尾没有问题"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckBeamsInMeasure.xml.h:1
msgid "Check Beaming"
msgstr "检测符尾"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckBeamsInMeasure.xml.h:2
msgid "Checks the current measure for beaming errors."
msgstr "检查当前小节中符尾的错误。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckTupletsInMeasure.scm:26
msgid "End Tuplet with no start"
msgstr "连音终止没有匹配的连音起始"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckTupletsInMeasure.scm:40
msgid "Start Tuplet with no end"
msgstr "连音起始没有匹配的连音终止"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckTupletsInMeasure.scm:45
msgid "All tuplets in measure are terminated"
msgstr "小节中的所有连音都是匹配的"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckTupletsInMeasure.xml.h:1
msgid "Check Tuplets"
msgstr "检查连音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckTupletsInMeasure.xml.h:2
msgid "Checks that start/end tuplets match in the current measure."
msgstr "检查当前小节中的连音起始/终止匹配情况。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/DeleteEmptyMeasures.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffDeleteEmptyMeasures.xml.h:1
msgid "Delete Empty Measures"
msgstr "删除空小节"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/DeleteEmptyMeasures.xml.h:2
msgid "Deletes all empty measures from the cursor until the next music."
msgstr "从光标处开始删除所有的空小节，直至下一个音乐。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/DisplayEffects/DisplayMeasureNumber.scm:2
msgid "Display Measure Number"
msgstr "显示小节编号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/DisplayEffects/DisplayMeasureNumber.scm:2
msgid "Enter the number you wish to display as the bar number for the current bar. Does not affect the typeset score."
msgstr "输入当前小节的小节编号。不影响乐谱排版。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/DisplayEffects/DisplayMeasureNumber.xml.h:1
msgid "Measure Number"
msgstr "小节编号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/DisplayEffects/DisplayMeasureNumber.xml.h:2
msgid "Changes the bar number displayed for this and subsequent bars. Does not affect the print out, see Set Bar Number command for that."
msgstr "改变当前以及其后小节的小节编号。不影响打印结果，请参见 设置小节编号 命令。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/DuplicateTwoMeasures.xml.h:1
msgid "Duplicate Two Measures"
msgstr "复制两个小节"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/DuplicateTwoMeasures.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a copy of the previous and the current measure after the curreent measure."
msgstr "复制当前小节和前一个小节，并将它们插入到当前小节之后。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/HiddenMeasure.scm:7
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/HiddenMeasure.xml.h:1
msgid "Hidden Measure"
msgstr "隐藏小节"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/HiddenMeasure.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a dummy whole measure rest. The measure is not seen by the LilyPond typesetter, it just takes up space in the display. Use for polymetric music to even up the staff lengths for the display."
msgstr "插入一个多余的全小节休止符。该小节将以空白的形式直接输入，而不会被 LilyPond 排版器视为空小节。用于在复音音乐中使各谱表对齐。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/IgnoreMeasureDurationError.scm:3
msgid "This Directive tells Denemo not to signal an error if there are too many notes or rests after this point (or too few) for a complete measure."
msgstr "此记号控制 Denemo 在此后遇到含有过多或过少音符/休止符的小节时不报错。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/IgnoreMeasureDurationError.scm:11
msgid "Partial Measure is Acceptable"
msgstr "允许部分小节"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/IgnoreMeasureDurationError.scm:12
msgid "Partial Measure"
msgstr "部分小节"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/IgnoreMeasureDurationError.xml.h:1
msgid "Ignore Measure Duration Error"
msgstr "忽略小节时值错误"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/IgnoreMeasureDurationError.xml.h:2
msgid "Allow too few notes/rests in this measure. Only affects the Denemo display and error checking, the typesetting will place barlines according to the actual durations of notes as usual."
msgstr "允许小节中缺少音符/休止符。仅影响 Denemo 显示和错误检查，但排版时仍会根据音符的实际时值来划分小节。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/InsertBreakInStaff.xml.h:1
msgid "Create Gap"
msgstr "创建缺口"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/InsertBreakInStaff.xml.h:2
msgid "Creates a gap between the previous measure and the current one. The clef is re-instated after the gap. The gap size can be adjusted by inserting or deleting empty measures in between."
msgstr "在当前小节和前一小节之间插入一个缺口。将会在缺口后的小节中重新显示谱号。可以通过在其中插入/删除空小节来调整缺口的大小。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/MergeWithNextMeasure.xml.h:1
msgid "Merge with Next Measure"
msgstr "与下一小节合并"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/MergeWithNextMeasure.xml.h:2
msgid "Joins two measures together."
msgstr "将两个小节合并。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/CloseReopenRepeat.xml.h:1
msgid "Close and Reopen Repeat"
msgstr "终止并开始新反复"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/CloseReopenRepeat.xml.h:2
msgid "Closes an open repeat block and opens a new one."
msgstr "终止一个反复块，并开始新的反复块。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/CloseRepeat.xml.h:1
msgid "Close a Repeat Section"
msgstr "终止反复段落"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/CloseRepeat.xml.h:2
msgid "Closes a section that starts with an Open Repeat. Not needed with 1st and 2nd time bars. (Printing)"
msgstr "终止反复段落，此段落由“开始反复”记号开启。不包括多次反复段落记号。（用于打印）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/EndSecondTimeBar.xml.h:1
msgid "Close Second Time Bar"
msgstr "终止二次反复段落"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/EndSecondTimeBar.xml.h:2
msgid "Closes the second time bar previously opened (printing)"
msgstr "终止二次反复段落（用于打印）。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/FirstTimeBar.xml.h:1
msgid "First Time Bar"
msgstr "一次反复段落"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/FirstTimeBar.xml.h:2
msgid "Closes a repeated section and starts a first time bar (printing)"
msgstr "终止反复段落，并开始一次反复段落（用于打印）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/HelpForRepeats.scm:1
msgid "Repeats are usually inserted using commands to insert repeat barlines and to insert first/second/nth time bar markings from the Directives menu - look these up in the Command Center. This menu is just for those that want the normal LilyPond syntax for repeats - use right-click->More Commands to un-hide these."
msgstr "通常可以用插入反复小节线的命令来添加反复段落，以及添加一次/二次/多次反复记号，此命令可以在记号菜单中找到，或者在命令中心中搜索得到。此菜单用于插入普通 LilyPond 语法所表示的反复记号 - 可以通过右键单击并选择”更多命令“来显示它们。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/HelpForRepeats.xml.h:1
msgid "Help for Repeats"
msgstr "反复帮助"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/HelpForRepeats.xml.h:2
msgid "Explains the different ways of creating repeats."
msgstr "说明添加反复段落的不同方法。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/OpenRepeat.xml.h:1
msgid "Open Repeat Section"
msgstr "开始反复段落"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/OpenRepeat.xml.h:2
msgid "Marks the point where a repeat will start. A correspond close, or first and second time bars are needed."
msgstr "指示反复开始的位置。之后需要插入相应的反复、一次反复或二次反复结束记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/SecondTimeBar.xml.h:1
msgid "Second Time Bar"
msgstr "二次反复段落"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/SecondTimeBar.xml.h:2
msgid "Closes first time bars and starts second time bar(s) (printing)"
msgstr "终止一次反复段落，并开始二次反复段落（用于打印）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.scm:8
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:8
msgid "Upbeat/Short Measure can only be used in an underfull, non-empty measure"
msgstr "弱起/较短小节仅可用于时值不足的非空小节"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.scm:46
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.scm:52
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:59
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:65
msgid "Re-calculate"
msgstr "重新计算"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.scm:51
msgid "This object fills up the duration of this measure, without taking space in the typeset score. Use if for partial measures in first and second repeats. It needs to be renewed if you change the duration of the notes in the partial measure - use Re-calculate for this, or simply delete it and re-run the Short command."
msgstr "此对象填充此小节的时值，但不在排版乐谱时占据任何位置。用于一次或二次重复段落中的部分小节。若改变了部分小节中的音符时值，则需要执行“重新计算”命令来刷新它，或者删除它并重新运行较短小节命令。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.xml.h:1
msgid "Short Measure"
msgstr "较短小节"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.xml.h:2
msgid "Allow too few notes/rests in this measure. LilyPond will engrave this measure (in all staffs) with the short duration given by notes already present when this command was issued."
msgstr "允许此小节中含有的音符/休止符时值不足。LilyPond 将会根据小节中已有音符的时值来划分小节。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/SplitMeasure.xml.h:1
msgid "Split Measure at Cursor"
msgstr "分割光标处小节"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/SplitMeasure.xml.h:2
msgid "Split the current measure into two at the cursor."
msgstr "将当前小节从光标处分割开来。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:64
msgid "This object fills up the duration of this measure, so that the notes in the measure form an upbeat. It needs to be renewed if you change the duration of the notes in the measure - use Re-calculate for this, or simply delete it and re-run the Upbeat command."
msgstr "此对象填充此小节的时值，使得小节成为弱起小节。若改变了部分小节中的音符时值，则需要执行“重新计算”命令来刷新它，或者删除它并重新运行弱起命令。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.xml.h:1
msgid "Anacrusis (Upbeat, Pickup)"
msgstr "弱起（弱拍）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.xml.h:2
msgid "Convert the current measure to a partial measure so that it is complete with just the beats already inserted."
msgstr "将当前小节转变为不完整小节，以便被插入的节拍补全。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/WholeMeasureRepeat.scm:25
msgid "Measure Repeat"
msgstr "小节重复"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/WholeMeasureRepeat.xml.h:1
msgid "Whole Measure Repeat"
msgstr "整小节重复"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/WholeMeasureRepeat.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:206
msgid "Inserts a whole measure repeat sign."
msgstr "插入整小节重复记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CaptureScore/CaptureMeasures.xml.h:1
msgid "Capture Measures (Score)"
msgstr "捕获小节（乐谱）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CaptureScore/CaptureMeasures.xml.h:2
msgid "Creates blank measures one for each measure captured as a screenshot from a source score. Display the source score using any program. Click on opposite corners of each measure in turn to capture that measure as an image into Denemo. Right-click or scroll-wheel to switch corners to adjust. Press any key to finish. This command is for capturing in score form; to underlay each part with its own source measure use CaptureMeasuresPartPerStaff"
msgstr "为源乐谱中的每个小节创建一张截图，并插入到对应位置的空小节中。可使用任意程序显示源乐谱。依次点击每个小节的对角处可以将其作为图像捕获至 Denemo。右键单击或滚动滚轮来切换调整点。按任意键结束操作。此命令用于捕获乐谱形式；若要将源小节整体插入新乐谱，请使用捕获每个谱表中小节命令"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CaptureScore/DeleteCapturedMeasure.xml.h:1
msgid "Delete Captured Measure"
msgstr "删除捕获乐谱"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CaptureScore/DeleteCapturedMeasure.xml.h:2
msgid "Deletes the captured image of the source measure for the current measure."
msgstr "删除从源乐谱中捕获至当前小节的图像。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CaptureScore/InsertCaptureMeasure.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CaptureScore/InsertCaptureMeasureForStaff.xml.h:1
msgid "Capture and Insert One Measure"
msgstr "捕获并插入一小节"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CaptureScore/InsertCaptureMeasure.xml.h:2
msgid "Capture the image of a single measure (as screenshot) inserting at the current measure."
msgstr "捕获单个小节的图像并插入到当前小节。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CheckForIncompleteMeasures.scm:21
msgid "All measures appear complete."
msgstr "已完成所有小节。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CheckForIncompleteMeasures.scm:25
msgid "This measure has the wrong duration."
msgstr "此小节的时值有误。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CheckForIncompleteMeasures.xml.h:1
msgid "Check for Irregular Measures"
msgstr "检查不规则小节"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CheckForIncompleteMeasures.xml.h:2
msgid "Checks each Denemo measure in the current movement for complete number of beats. Unless you explicitly set otherwise, on typesetting the notes will be re-distributed to the correct measures, which can lead to strange effects."
msgstr "检查当前乐谱中的每个 Denemo 小节，以确保节拍数正确。除非显式指定，否则会按正常的小节时值来划分音符所属区域，这有可能导致非预期的结果。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CheckTimeSignatures.scm:17
msgid "Time Signature does not match "
msgstr "时值记号不匹配 "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CheckTimeSignatures.scm:36
msgid "Time Signature not at start of measure"
msgstr "时值记号不位于小节开始"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CheckTimeSignatures.scm:54
msgid "Polymetric Staffs not checked"
msgstr "未检查复音谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CheckTimeSignatures.scm:54
msgid "No problem detected with time signature changes"
msgstr "时值变更没有问题"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CheckTimeSignatures.xml.h:1
msgid "Check Time Signatures"
msgstr "检查时值"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CheckTimeSignatures.xml.h:2
msgid "Checks the movement for miss-matched or miss-placed time signature changes."
msgstr "检查小节中不匹配或位置错误的时值变更记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CreateIntro.scm:36
msgid "Non Empty Intro staff"
msgstr "非空提示谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CreateIntro.xml.h:1
msgid "Create Intro"
msgstr "创建提示"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CreateIntro.xml.h:2
msgid "Creates a new staff with a bar for nothing (an intro of the right number of beats)"
msgstr "创建仅包含小节线的空谱表（作为正确节拍数的提示）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DisplayEffects/AllStaffsHidden.xml.h:1
msgid "Hide All Staffs"
msgstr "隐藏所有谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DisplayEffects/AllStaffsHidden.xml.h:2
msgid "Makes all the staffs hidden in the display except for the one with the cursor."
msgstr "除了当前光标所在的谱表外，隐藏其他所有谱表。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DisplayEffects/AllStaffsVisible.xml.h:1
msgid "Show All Staffs"
msgstr "显示所有谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DisplayEffects/AllStaffsVisible.xml.h:2
msgid "Makes all the staffs visible in the display."
msgstr "将所有谱表设为可见。"

#. ChoseMinimumStaffSpacing
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DisplayEffects/ChooseMinimumStaffSpacing.scm:2
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DisplayEffects/ChooseMinimumStaffSpacing.xml.h:1
#, fuzzy
msgid "Minimum Staff Spacing"
msgstr "谱表间距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DisplayEffects/ChooseMinimumStaffSpacing.scm:2
#, fuzzy
msgid "Give Value "
msgstr "设置数值 "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DisplayEffects/ChooseMinimumStaffSpacing.scm:5
msgid "Staffs in the Display will be at least "
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DisplayEffects/ChooseMinimumStaffSpacing.scm:5
#, fuzzy
msgid " pixels apart"
msgstr " 提示片段"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DisplayEffects/ChooseMinimumStaffSpacing.xml.h:2
msgid "Sets the minimum distance in pixels between adjacent staffs in the Denemo Display. Staffs move further apart to accomodate leger lines where needed, unless fixed staff spacing is turned on. No effect on typesetting."
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DuplicateOrMergeMovements.scm:5
msgid "Duplicate Movement"
msgstr "复制小节"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DuplicateOrMergeMovements.scm:5
msgid "Merge with Previous Movement"
msgstr "与前一乐章合并"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DuplicateOrMergeMovements.scm:27
msgid "No Movement Before"
msgstr "前面没有乐章"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DuplicateOrMergeMovements.xml.h:1
msgid "Duplicate or Merge"
msgstr "复制或合并"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DuplicateOrMergeMovements.xml.h:2
msgid "Offers choice to duplicate the current movement or merge this movement with the previous one."
msgstr "复制当前乐谱，或将此乐谱与前一乐谱合并。"

#.
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/EvenOutStaffLengths.xml.h:1
msgid "Even Up the Staffs"
msgstr "谱表补齐"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/EvenOutStaffLengths.xml.h:2
msgid "Appends empty measures to any staffs that are too short."
msgstr "向所有过短谱表中追加空小节。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/HideMovement.scm:11
msgid "This movement is a sketch - it will not be typeset with the default layout. You must have at least one movement that is typeset"
msgstr "此乐章为梗概乐章，无法参与排版。你至少需要将一个乐章设为可打印乐章"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/HideMovement.scm:12
msgid "Movement will be typeset normally"
msgstr "将会正常排版乐章"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/HideMovement.xml.h:1
msgid "Hide Movement as Sketch (Off/On)"
msgstr "隐藏谱表为梗概（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/HideMovement.xml.h:2
msgid "Stops the current movement from being typeset (use for fragments of music, sketches etc). At least one movement must be typeset."
msgstr "停止排版当前乐章（用于标注音乐片段、梗概等）。至少需要有一个乐谱是可排版的。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/InsertMovement/AddMovement.xml.h:2
msgid "Adds a new movement with new time signature and titles."
msgstr "添加一个新的乐章，并设置新的时值记号和标题。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/MvntComment.scm:6
msgid "Click to edit comment"
msgstr "点击以编辑注释"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/MvntComment.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChordComment.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreComment.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffComment.xml.h:1
msgid "Comment"
msgstr "注释"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/MvntComment.xml.h:2
msgid "Stores textual comments for this movement"
msgstr "保存此乐章的文本文本注释"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Playback/MuteStaffs.scm:12
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose Staffs to Mute"
msgstr "选择要打印的谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Playback/SetMovementTempo.scm:3
msgid "Tempo of Movement"
msgstr "乐章速度"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Playback/SetMovementTempo.scm:3
msgid "Give quarter notes per minute:"
msgstr "设置每分钟的四分音符数："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Playback/SetMovementTempo.xml.h:1
msgid "MIDI Tempo"
msgstr "MIDI 速度"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Playback/SetMovementTempo.xml.h:2
msgid "Sets the (initial) tempo in quarter notes per minute."
msgstr "设置（起始的）每分钟的四分音符数。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Playback/TransposeOnPlayback.scm:10
#, fuzzy
msgid "Playback Transposition"
msgstr "转调："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Playback/TransposeOnPlayback.scm:10
#, fuzzy
msgid "Give semitones (+/-)"
msgstr "设置要插入的间隔 +/- "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Playback/TransposeOnPlayback.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Playback/TransposeScoreOnPlayback.scm:5
#, fuzzy
msgid "Transpose on Playback"
msgstr "打印时转调"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Playback/TransposeOnPlayback.xml.h:2
msgid "Sets the MIDI transpose on each staff of the current movement up or down by the number of semitones given."
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:25
msgid ""
"There are unclosed tuplets in this bar.\n"
" Please fix - see CheckTuplets command."
msgstr ""
"此小节中有未终止的连音。\n"
"请解决此问题 - 见检查连音命令。"

#. query the user: should we split the note, or let him/her do it?
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:333
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:336
msgid "Split This Note"
msgstr "分割此音符"

#. need to stop if we hit cancel
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:333
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:335
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:336
msgid "Split All"
msgstr "分割全部"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:333
msgid "Stop Here"
msgstr "于此处停止"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:365
msgid ""
"This measure's discrepancy requires a tuplet.\n"
"Please adjust manually and run this script again."
msgstr ""
"此小节中需要含有连音。\n"
"请手动进行调整，然后再次运行此脚本。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:385
msgid "Search for under/overfull bars"
msgstr "查找时值超额/不足的小节"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:386
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:389
msgid "Pad underfull bars with rests"
msgstr "用休止符填充时值不足的小节"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:386
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:388
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:389
msgid "Pad underfull bars with blank rests"
msgstr "用空休止符填充时值不足的小节"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:387
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:390
msgid "Rebar-Merge underfull, split overfull bars"
msgstr "重划分/合并时值不足的小节，分割时值超额的小节"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:391
msgid "Entire Staff"
msgstr "整个谱表"

#. let's try to return cursor to here when done.
#. Start at top staff, top voice
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:391
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:398
msgid "This Point Onwards"
msgstr "此后"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:391
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:395
msgid "Entire Movement"
msgstr "整个乐章"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:422
msgid "Problem with measure length"
msgstr "小节长度有问题"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.xml.h:1
msgid "Adjust the Measure Lengths"
msgstr "调整小节长度"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.xml.h:2
msgid "Removes gaps in duration of measures, redistributes the notes according to the time signature."
msgstr "移除小节之间的时值空隙，并根据时值记号重新划分音符所属小节。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/SplitMovementAtCursor.xml.h:1
msgid "Split Movement"
msgstr "分割乐章"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/SplitMovementAtCursor.xml.h:2
msgid "Splits the movement at the cursor. Place the cursor after any time signature or key signature change that applies to the split-off movement."
msgstr "分割光标处的乐章。将光标移至分割出的乐章中，并置于任意时值记号或调号变更记号上。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:3
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:3
msgid ""
"Wait for your vector graphics editor to start.\n"
"It will open an SVG file of the same name, if available,\n"
"but be sure to save as encapsulated postscript (eps).\n"
"You will need to refresh the print view to see your changes.\n"
"When saving your eps it is good to save as SVG file format as well, \n"
"as this will give better editing later.  \n"
"Quit your graphics editor before quitting this dialog\n"
"to return to work in Denemo."
msgstr ""
"等待矢量图形编辑器启动。\n"
"若可能，将会打开一个同名的 SVG 文件，\n"
"请保存为封装的 postscript（eps）格式。\n"
"你需要刷新打印视图来查看更改。\n"
"在保存 eps 文件时，最好也将其另存为 SVG 格式，\n"
"以便于后续编辑。\n"
"请在关闭此对话框前先退出图形编辑器程序。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:21
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:75
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:20
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:76
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:23
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:136
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:22
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:79
msgid "Edit the file "
msgstr "编辑文件 "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:21
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:20
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:22
msgid "Edit width and position "
msgstr "编辑宽度和位置 "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:26
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:27
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:28
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:71
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:93
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/InsertSpaceBeforeMovement.scm:8
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:25
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:26
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:27
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:70
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:73
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:74
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:75
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:94
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:32
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:124
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:132
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:156
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:27
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:28
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:29
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:75
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:91
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:106
msgid "Encapsulated Postscript File"
msgstr "封装的 Postscript 文件"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:26
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:25
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:73
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:32
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:27
msgid "Give width required:"
msgstr "设置所需宽度："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:27
msgid "Give space above required:"
msgstr "设置所需间距："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:28
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:27
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:75
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:29
msgid "Give space to the left required:"
msgstr "设置所需左间距："

#. (if filename
#. (d-WarningDialog (_ "This will replace the current definition")))
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:61
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:60
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:114
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:63
msgid "Start From Template"
msgstr "从模板开始"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:75
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:76
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:136
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:79
msgid "Use the file unedited"
msgstr "使用未编辑的文件"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:91
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:92
msgid "The file "
msgstr "文件 "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:91
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:92
msgid ""
"does not exist\n"
"Perhaps you saved to a different directory?"
msgstr ""
"不存在\n"
"你是否将它保存到了不同的目录？"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:93
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:94
msgid "Delete prepended postscript?"
msgstr "删除前置 postscript？"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:96
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:97
msgid "Prepended Postscript Deleted"
msgstr "已删除前置 postscript"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.xml.h:1
msgid "Append Encapsulated Postscript"
msgstr "附加封装的 Postscript 文件"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.xml.h:2
msgid "Places text/graphics from an encapsulated postscript file at the end of the current movement. Use this for columns of text or images, fancy titles etc. prepared in other programs which are to appear after the music."
msgstr "将封装的 postscript 文件中的文本/图像插入至当前乐章末尾。用于将其他程序中制作的文本/图像列、标题艺术字等插入到此音乐后。"

#. Chapter
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/Chapter.scm:2
msgid "Give heading or blank out to delete: "
msgstr "设置标题（留空将会被删除）："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/Chapter.xml.h:1
msgid "Heading"
msgstr "标题"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/Chapter.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints a heading the current movement"
msgstr "在当前乐谱中打印一个标题"

#. Piece
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/Piece.scm:2
msgid "Give name for this piece of the current movement or blank out to delete: "
msgstr "设置当前乐章中此片段名称（留空将会被删除）："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/Piece.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementPiece.xml.h:1
msgid "Piece"
msgstr "片段"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/Piece.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints a piece name for the Movement"
msgstr "在乐章中打印片段名称"

#. Section
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/Section.scm:2
msgid "Give name for movement sub-title or blank out to delete: "
msgstr "设置当前乐章的子标题名称（留空将会被删除）："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/Section.xml.h:1
msgid "Sub-Title"
msgstr "子标题"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/Section.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints a subtitle for the Movement"
msgstr "在乐章中打印子标题"

#. TitledPiece
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/TitledPiece.scm:2
msgid "Give title for the movement or blank out to delete: "
msgstr "设置当前乐章的标题名称（留空将会被删除）："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/TitledPiece.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementTitle.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookTitle.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreTitle.xml.h:1
msgid "Title"
msgstr "标题"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/TitledPiece.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints title for the current movement"
msgstr "在当前乐谱中打印标题"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/InsertSpaceBeforeMovement.scm:8
msgid "Give space between title and score:"
msgstr "设置标题和乐谱之间的间距："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/InsertSpaceBeforeMovement.scm:15
msgid "Delete spacer?"
msgstr "删除间距吗？"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/InsertSpaceBeforeMovement.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:221
msgid "Inserts blank space above the movement."
msgstr "在乐谱山管插入空白。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/MarkupAtEnd.scm:6
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/MarkupAtEnd.scm:15
msgid "Markup At End"
msgstr "末尾标记"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/MarkupAtEnd.scm:15
msgid "Edit markup:"
msgstr "编辑标记："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/MarkupAtEnd.xml.h:1
msgid "Text after Movement"
msgstr "乐章后的文本"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/MarkupAtEnd.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts the given Lilypond markup syntax after the current movement."
msgstr "在当前乐章后插入 Lilypond 标记语法。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:26
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:74
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:28
msgid "Give space below required:"
msgstr "设置下方所需间距："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.xml.h:1
msgid "Prepend Encapsulated Postscript"
msgstr "在前面插入封装的 Postscript 文件"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.xml.h:2
msgid "Places text/graphics from an encapsulated postscript file at the start of the current movement. Use this for columns of text or images, fancy titles etc. prepared in other programs which are to appear before the music."
msgstr "将封装的 postscript 文件中的文本/图像插入至当前乐章开头。用于将其他程序中制作的文本/图像列、标题艺术字等插入到此音乐后。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementComposer.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookComposer.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreComposer.xml.h:1
msgid "Composer"
msgstr "作曲人"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementComposer.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints a composer name for current movement."
msgstr "在当前乐章中显示作曲人姓名。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementPiece.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints the name given above and to the left at the start of the movement."
msgstr "将设置的名称显示在乐章的左上方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementSubtitle.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreSubtitle.xml.h:1
msgid "Subtitle"
msgstr "子标题"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementSubtitle.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints the name given below the title of this movement."
msgstr "将设置的名称显示在乐章的标题下方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementTitles.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreTitles.xml.h:1
msgid "Set Titles"
msgstr "设置标题"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementTitles.xml.h:2
msgid "Set titles for this movement. The names of the various titles are just suggestions, any sort of title can be placed in any field. See the manual for the default positioning of each title."
msgstr "设置此乐章的标题。可以在任意字段中填写任意标题（现有标题仅供参考）。手册中对每个标题的默认位置进行了说明。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementTitle.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints the name given as a title above the current movement."
msgstr "将设置的名称作为标题显示在乐谱上方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/AllowBreakAtBeat.xml.h:1
msgid "Allow Breaks at Beats"
msgstr "允许节拍中换行"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/AllowBreakAtBeat.xml.h:2
msgid "Allows the typesetter to break lines at each beat in a bar, instead of just at the end. Time signature changes must be handled manually (using Allow Page/Line Break command)."
msgstr "排版乐谱时，允许在一个节拍中换行。此时您必须手动调整时值变更记号（使用“允许换页/行”命令）。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/AllowBreakAtHalfBar.xml.h:1
msgid "Allow Breaks at Half Measure"
msgstr "允许不连贯小节"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/AllowBreakAtHalfBar.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a non-printing barline half-way through each bar from the cursor position onwards, which allows the typesetter to choose a line or page break at those places."
msgstr "排版乐谱时，允许在一个小节中换行。Denemo 将在当前光标处插入一个不显示的小节线。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/BlankPage.scm:11
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/BlankPage.scm:20
msgid "Give text to appear on blank page, if any "
msgstr "设置空白页上要显示的文本 "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/BlankPage.scm:11
msgid "This page is intentionally left blank"
msgstr "此页为空白页"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/BlankPage.xml.h:1
msgid "Blank Page Before"
msgstr "在前面插入空白页"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/BlankPage.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a blank page (with optional text) before the current movement."
msgstr "在当前乐章前面插入一个空白页（以及可选文本）。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/Custos.xml.h:1
msgid "Custos (On/Off)"
msgstr "换行标记（开启/关闭）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/Custos.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints a custos at the end of each line for the current movement. Repeat command to turn custos off."
msgstr "在当前乐章的每行末尾显示换行标记。再次执行此命令可以关闭此功能。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/HideBarlines.scm:7
msgid "Hide Barlines"
msgstr "隐藏小节线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/HideBarlines.xml.h:1
msgid "(Print) Hide Barlines"
msgstr "（打印）隐藏小节线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/HideBarlines.xml.h:2
msgid "Omits barlines when printing."
msgstr "打印时忽略小节线。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/HideEmptyStaffsAllSystems.scm:15
msgid "Empty staffs hidden in all systems"
msgstr "隐藏所有谱表组中的空谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/HideEmptyStaffsAllSystems.xml.h:1
msgid "Hide Empty Staffs on All Systems (Off/On)"
msgstr "隐藏所有谱表组空谱表（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/HideEmptyStaffsAllSystems.xml.h:2
msgid "Hides empty staffs on the first and subsequent systems (Off/On). See also the command \"Hide Empty Staffs (Off/On)\" which keeps all staffs for the first system."
msgstr "显示/隐藏当前和随后谱表组中的空小节。参见“隐藏空谱表（关闭/开启）”命令，该命令将保留第一个谱表组中的所有谱表。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/HideEmptyStaffs.scm:9
msgid "Empty Systems Hidden"
msgstr "隐藏空谱表组"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/HideEmptyStaffs.xml.h:1
msgid "Hide Empty Staffs (Off/On)"
msgstr "隐藏空谱表（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/HideEmptyStaffs.xml.h:2
msgid "Controls whether staffs containing only rests are printed in the current movement. All staffs are printed on the first system (line) thereafter any staff that has only rests for a entire system is dropped. Use this in large scores to fit more systems per page."
msgstr "控制是否打印当前乐章中只包含休止符的谱表。将所有谱表组（行）打印在第一行，并丢弃所有只含休止符的谱表。用于在较大的乐谱中调整每页的谱表组数。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/MovementBeamingRules.xml.h:1
msgid "Beaming Rules"
msgstr "符尾规则"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/MovementBeamingRules.xml.h:2
msgid "Add/Replace rules to be used for beaming in the current movement. With no selection gets the beat for beams to be divided for the prevailing time signature at the cursor. If a there is a selection this will be used as the set of rules. In this case indicate the beaming desired using the manual beam commands [ and ], giving all the beaming rules wanted using several measures if needed (no other rules are used). Repeat with different selections to add further rules."
msgstr "添加/替换当前谱表中的符尾规则。若没有选择内容，则获取光标处要拆分为预设时值的符尾的节拍数。若选择了内容，则将其用于设置规则。这种情况下，使用手动符尾命令 [ 和 ] 设置所需符尾，且可以使用多个小节来设置符尾规则。继续选择其他内容来添加更多规则。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/MovementPageBreak.scm:4
msgid "Page Break Removed before Movement Title"
msgstr "移除乐章标题前的换页符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/MovementPageBreak.scm:5
msgid "Page Break Inserted before Movement Title"
msgstr "插入换页符至乐章标题前"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/MovementPageBreak.scm:20
msgid "Make Conditional"
msgstr "设为条件记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/MovementPageBreak.scm:20
msgid "Delete Page Break"
msgstr "删除换页符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/MovementPageBreak.xml.h:1
msgid "Page Break Before"
msgstr "在前面插入换页符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/MovementPageBreak.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints this movement starting on a new page"
msgstr "在新的一页中打印此乐章"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsBaroque.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:5
msgid "Baroque"
msgstr "巴洛克"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsBaroque.xml.h:2
msgid "Baroque note head style for the current movement."
msgstr "当前乐章使用巴洛克式符头类型。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsCross.xml.h:2
msgid "Cross note head style for the current movement."
msgstr "当前乐章使用十字符头类型。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsDefault.xml.h:2
msgid "Default note head style for the current movement."
msgstr "当前乐章使用默认符头类型。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsDelete.xml.h:1
msgid "Delete Movement Notehead Settings"
msgstr "插入乐章符头设置"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsDelete.xml.h:2
msgid "Delete note head style of this movement. Reset to whatever Score or Lilypond has set as default."
msgstr "删除此乐章的符头样式，恢复至乐谱或 LilyPond 的默认值。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsDiamond.xml.h:2
msgid "Diamond note head style for the current movement."
msgstr "当前乐章使用钻石符头类型。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsHarmonic-black.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsHarmonic-mixed.xml.h:1
msgid "Harmonic-black"
msgstr "黑色和声"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsHarmonic-black.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsHarmonic-mixed.xml.h:2
msgid "Harmonic-black note head style for the current movement."
msgstr "当前乐章使用黑色和声符头类型。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsHarmonic.xml.h:2
msgid "Harmonic note head style for the current movement."
msgstr "当前乐章使用和声符头类型。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsMensural.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:7
msgid "Mensural"
msgstr "定值"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsMensural.xml.h:2
msgid "Mensural note head style for the current movement."
msgstr "当前乐章使用定值符头类型。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsNeomensural.xml.h:1
msgid "Neomensural"
msgstr "新定值"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsNeomensural.xml.h:2
msgid "Neomensural note head style for the current movement."
msgstr "当前乐章使用新定值符头类型。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsPetrucci.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:8
msgid "Petrucci"
msgstr "彼得鲁奇"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsPetrucci.xml.h:2
msgid "Petrucci note head style for the current movement."
msgstr "当前乐章使用彼得鲁奇符头类型。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsSlash.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:16
msgid "Slash"
msgstr "斜线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsSlash.xml.h:2
msgid "Slash note head style for the current movement."
msgstr "当前乐章使用斜线式符头类型。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsXcircle.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:15
msgid "Triangle"
msgstr "三角"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsXcircle.xml.h:2
msgid "Triangle note head style for the current movement."
msgstr "当前乐章使用符头类型。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PolymetricStaffs.scm:6
msgid "Polymetric Staffs will no longer typeset"
msgstr "将不会排版复音谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PolymetricStaffs.scm:24
msgid "Staffs can have differing time signatures"
msgstr "不同谱表可以使用不同的时值记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PolymetricStaffs.xml.h:1
msgid "Polymetric Staffs (Off/On)"
msgstr "复音谱表（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PolymetricStaffs.xml.h:2
msgid "Turns on/off independent time signatures and barline on the staffs. Use for polymetric notation."
msgstr "在谱表中开启/关闭独立的时值记号和小节线。用于复音谱表的记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/Indent.scm:6
msgid "Choose indent for Current Movement"
msgstr "设置当前乐章的缩进"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/Indent.scm:6
msgid "Give indent or Cancel to unset movement indent"
msgstr "设置乐章的缩进值，或者点击“取消”来取消缩进"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/Indent.scm:11
msgid "Indent= "
msgstr "缩进= "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/Indent.scm:15
msgid "Movement indent dropped. Score indent will be used for this movement"
msgstr "已取消此乐章的独立缩进。将使用乐谱的缩进值来排版此乐章"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/Indent.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ScoreIndent.xml.h:1
msgid "Indent"
msgstr "缩进"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/Indent.xml.h:2
msgid "Alter the indent of the opening system for the current movement."
msgstr "调整当前乐章中开放谱表组的缩进值。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/RaggedRight.scm:7
msgid "Flush Right"
msgstr "右对齐"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/RaggedRight.xml.h:1
msgid "Ragged Right (On/Off)"
msgstr "左对齐（开启/关闭）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/RaggedRight.xml.h:2
msgid "If the current movement has only one system it will be stretched to the right margin. Run the command again to turn this off."
msgstr "若当前乐章仅含一个谱表组，则将其拉伸至右边界。再次执行此操作可关闭此功能。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SeparateMovement.scm:4
msgid "Cannot use this command with Book Titles"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SeparateMovement.scm:9
msgid "Separated Movement status dropped"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SeparateMovement.scm:13
#, fuzzy
msgid "Movement will be separated from others"
msgstr "将会正常排版乐章"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SeparateMovement.xml.h:1
#, fuzzy
msgid "Separated Movement (On/Off)"
msgstr "装饰音符（开启/关闭）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SeparateMovement.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints this movement on its own page(s). Not for use with Book Titles."
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/ReduceSystemSpacing.scm:4
msgid "Normal System Spacing is restored"
msgstr "已存储正常谱表组间距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/ReduceSystemSpacing.xml.h:1
msgid "Reduce Space Between Systems (On/Off)"
msgstr "减少谱表组间的间距（开启/关闭）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/ReduceSystemSpacing.xml.h:2
msgid "Reduces the gap between the systems of staffs on a page for the current movement."
msgstr "减少当前乐谱中的谱表组间距。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/SwitchMensuralBarlines.xml.h:1
msgid "(Print) Mensural Barlines (On/Off)"
msgstr "（打印）定值小节线（开启/关闭）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/SwitchMensuralBarlines.xml.h:2
msgid "Draw the barlines only between the staves but not inside."
msgstr "仅在谱表间（而不是谱表内部）绘制小节线。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/TransposeMovementPrint.scm:6
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeScorePrint.scm:51
msgid "Set Transpose Interval"
msgstr "设置转调间隔"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/TransposeMovementPrint.scm:6
msgid ""
"Give Interval to transpose by as two note names, \n"
"         for example \"c g\" means transpose 5th up.\n"
"        Note names are in Dutch!!! a,b,c ... are the same but\n"
"        \"es\" = flat, so e.g. bes means b-flat\n"
"        \"is\" = sharp so e.g fis means f-sharp\n"
"        Use commas for octave(s) down, \n"
"        single-quotes for octave(s) up\n"
"        e.g. c c' means octave up.\n"
"        You do not have to start with c\n"
"        e.g. d e means a tone higher.\n"
"        "
msgstr ""
"设置表示转调间隔的两个音符名，\n"
"     例如“c g”表示向上转调 5 个音。\n"
"     注意，音符名使用荷兰语表示法！\n"
"     “es” = 降调，因而 bes 表示降 B\n"
"     “is” = 升调，因而 fis 表示升 F\n"
"     逗号表示向下八度\n"
"     单引号表示向上八度\n"
"     例如 c c’ 表示升高八度。\n"
"     第一个音可以不为为 c\n"
"     例如 d e 表示升高一个音。\n"
"     "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/TransposeMovementPrint.xml.h:1
msgid "Transpose on Print"
msgstr "打印时转调"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/TransposeMovementPrint.xml.h:2
msgid "The current movement will be printed transposed by the interval given."
msgstr "将会根据设定值对当前乐章进行转调。"

#. (d-MoveCursorRight)
#. (d-RefreshDisplay)))
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/Beam1234.xml.h:1
msgid "Beam 4 Beats"
msgstr "符干 4 拍"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/Beam1234.xml.h:2
msgid "Beams end on each quarter note (up to 4)."
msgstr "组合四分音符的符尾（最多含 4 个四分音符）。"

#. BeamLeftNone
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamLeftNone.xml.h:1
msgid "No Beam Left"
msgstr "无朝左符尾"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamLeftNone.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:147
msgid "Typeset the note at the cursor with no beam to the left."
msgstr "使用不朝左的符尾排版光标处的音符。"

#. BeamLeftOne
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamLeftOne.xml.h:1
msgid "One Beam Left"
msgstr "一个符尾朝左"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamLeftOne.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:149
msgid "Prints with just one beam linking to left."
msgstr "仅允许一个符尾朝左。"

#. BeamLeftThree
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamLeftThree.xml.h:1
msgid "Three Beams Left"
msgstr "三个符尾朝左"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamLeftThree.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:153
msgid "Prints with just three beams linking to the left."
msgstr "仅允许三个符尾朝左。"

#. BeamLeftTwo
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamLeftTwo.xml.h:1
msgid "Two Beams Left"
msgstr "两个符尾朝左"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamLeftTwo.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:151
msgid "Prints with just two beams linking to the left."
msgstr "仅允许两个符尾朝左。"

#. BeamRightNone
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamRightNone.xml.h:1
msgid "No Beam Right"
msgstr "无朝右符尾"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamRightNone.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:146
msgid "Typeset the note at the cursor with no beam to the right."
msgstr "使用不朝右的符尾排版光标处的音符。"

#. BeamRightOne
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamRightOne.xml.h:1
msgid "One Beam Right"
msgstr "一个符尾朝右"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamRightOne.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:148
msgid "Prints with just one beam linking to the right."
msgstr "仅允许一个符尾朝右。"

#. BeamRightThree
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamRightThree.xml.h:1
msgid "Three Beams Right"
msgstr "三个符尾朝右"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamRightThree.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:152
msgid "Prints with just three beams linking to the right."
msgstr "仅允许三个符尾朝右。"

#. BeamRightTwo
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamRightTwo.xml.h:1
msgid "Two Beams Right"
msgstr "两个符尾朝右"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamRightTwo.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:150
msgid "Prints with just two beams linking to the right."
msgstr "仅允许两个符尾朝右。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/DeleteBeamingDirective.xml.h:1
msgid "Delete Beaming Directive"
msgstr "删除符尾记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/DeleteBeamingDirective.xml.h:2
msgid "Deletes a ] or [ (end or start beam) directive on the current chord."
msgstr "删除当前和弦上的 ] 或 [ （符尾起始或终止）记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/EndBeam.xml.h:1
msgid "End Beam"
msgstr "符尾终止"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/EndBeam.xml.h:2
msgid "Instructs LilyPond engraver to stop previously started manual beaming. Print effect only."
msgstr "控制 LilyPond 停止手动符尾控制。仅影响打印。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/NoBeam.scm:13
msgid "No beam possible here"
msgstr "此处不可能有符尾"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/NoBeam.xml.h:1
msgid "No Beam"
msgstr "无符尾"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/NoBeam.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:154
msgid "(Print) Removes beam from current note"
msgstr "（打印）移除当前音符的符尾"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/ReplicateManualBeams.scm:144
msgid "Selection must start and end in the same bar"
msgstr "选取必须以相同的小节线开头和结尾"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/ReplicateManualBeams.xml.h:1
msgid "Replicate Beams from Selection"
msgstr "从选区中复制符尾"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/ReplicateManualBeams.xml.h:2
msgid "Copies the manual beams set in the current selection to occurrences of the same rhythmic pattern at the same beat (in the same time signature) in the rest of the staff. Include rests if they are part of the pattern."
msgstr "将当前选区中手动设定的符尾方向复制到谱表中其他相同节奏组合中相同的节拍上（时值记号应相同）。如果节奏组合中含有休止符，也会将它们一并复制。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/StartBeam.xml.h:1
msgid "Start Beam"
msgstr "符尾起始"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/StartBeam.xml.h:2
msgid "Instructs the LilyPond engraver to start a beam here. (Print effect only)"
msgstr "控制 LilyPond 在此处开始显示符尾。（仅影响打印）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/Augment.xml.h:1
msgid "Augment"
msgstr "增加"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/Augment.xml.h:2
msgid "Doubles the duration of the note/chord/rest at the cursor or the selection. E.g. Quarter Note becomes Half Note."
msgstr "将光标或选区中的音符/和弦/休止符时值加倍。如四分音符变为二分音符。"

#. not music
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeBreve.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Breve.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration/InsertBreve.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/SelectDuration/SetBreve.xml.h:1
msgid "Breve"
msgstr "双全音符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeBreve.xml.h:2
msgid "Change current note duration to Breve"
msgstr "将当前音符的时值改为双全音符"

#. not a chord
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeLonga.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Longa.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration/InsertLonga.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/SelectDuration/SetLonga.xml.h:1
msgid "Longa"
msgstr "四全音符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeLonga.xml.h:2
msgid "Change current note duration to Longa"
msgstr "将当前音符的时值改为四全音符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo0.xml.h:1
msgid "Change Duration To 𝅝"
msgstr "设置时值为 𝅝"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo0.xml.h:2
msgid "Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅝 duration. Works also in appending position."
msgstr "将光标处的音符或休止符的时值改为 𝅝。位于附加位置时也同样有效。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo1.xml.h:1
msgid "Change Duration To 𝅗𝅥"
msgstr "设置时值为 𝅗𝅥"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo1.xml.h:2
msgid "Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅗𝅥 duration. Works also in appending position."
msgstr "将光标处的音符或休止符的时值改为 𝅗𝅥。位于附加位置时也同样有效。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo2.xml.h:1
msgid "Change Duration To 𝅘𝅥"
msgstr "设置时值为 𝅘𝅥"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo2.xml.h:2
msgid "Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅘𝅥 duration. Works also in appending position."
msgstr "将光标处的音符或休止符的时值改为 𝅘𝅥。位于附加位置时也同样有效。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo3.xml.h:1
msgid "Change Duration To 𝅘𝅥𝅮"
msgstr "设置时值为 𝅘𝅥𝅮"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo3.xml.h:2
msgid "Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅘𝅥𝅮 duration. Works also in appending position."
msgstr "将光标处的音符或休止符的时值改为 𝅘𝅥𝅮。位于附加位置时也同样有效。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo4.xml.h:1
msgid "Change Duration To 𝅘𝅥𝅯"
msgstr "设置时值为 𝅘𝅥𝅯"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo4.xml.h:2
msgid "Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅘𝅥𝅯 duration. Works also in appending position."
msgstr "将光标处的音符或休止符的时值改为 𝅘𝅥𝅯。位于附加位置时也同样有效。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo5.xml.h:1
msgid "Change Duration To 𝅘𝅥𝅰"
msgstr "设置时值为 𝅘𝅥𝅰"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo5.xml.h:2
msgid "Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅘𝅥𝅰 duration. Works also in appending position."
msgstr "将光标处的音符或休止符的时值改为 𝅘𝅥𝅰。位于附加位置时也同样有效。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo6.xml.h:1
msgid "Change Duration To 𝅘𝅥𝅱"
msgstr "设置时值为 𝅘𝅥𝅱"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo6.xml.h:2
msgid "Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅘𝅥𝅱 duration. Works also in appending position."
msgstr "将光标处的音符或休止符的时值改为 𝅘𝅥𝅱。位于附加位置时也同样有效。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo7.xml.h:1
msgid "Change Duration To 𝅘𝅥𝅲"
msgstr "设置时值为 𝅘𝅥𝅲"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo7.xml.h:2
msgid "Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅘𝅥𝅲 duration. Works also in appending position."
msgstr "将光标处的音符或休止符的时值改为 𝅘𝅥𝅲。位于附加位置时也同样有效。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/Diminish.xml.h:1
msgid "Diminish"
msgstr "减少"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/Diminish.xml.h:2
msgid "Halves the duration of the note/chord/rest at the cursor or the selection. E.g. Quarter Note becomes Eighth Note."
msgstr "将光标或选区中的音符/和弦/休止符时值减半。如四分音符变为八分音符。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/DotDoubleDotNoDot.scm:11
msgid "Cursor must be on a chord/note/rest"
msgstr "光标必须位于和弦/音符/休止符上"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/DotDoubleDotNoDot.xml.h:1
msgid "Dot"
msgstr "附点"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/DotDoubleDotNoDot.xml.h:2
msgid "Adds a dot to the note/rest/chord at the cursor, or removes them if double dotted."
msgstr "向光标处的音符/休止符/和弦添加附点，或移除添加的附点。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/DottedRhythmSlurred.xml.h:1
msgid "Create Slurred, Dotted Rhythm"
msgstr "创建连音并形成附点节奏"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/DottedRhythmSlurred.xml.h:2
msgid "In appending position, dots the note or rest at the cursor and appends a note of half the duration so as to create a dotted rhythm. Slurs the two notes together."
msgstr "在附加位置，向光标处的音符或休止符添加附点，再附加一个时值为其一半的音符以形成附点节奏。两音符之间用连音线连接。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/DottedRhythm.xml.h:1
msgid "Create Dotted Rhythm"
msgstr "创建附点节奏"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/DottedRhythm.xml.h:2
msgid "In appending position, dots the note or rest at the cursor and appends a note of half the duration so as to create a dotted rhythm."
msgstr "在附加位置，向光标处的音符或休止符添加附点，再附加一个时值为其一半的音符以形成附点节奏。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/Dottify2.xml.h:1
msgid "Dottify2"
msgstr "加附点2"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/Dottify2.xml.h:2
msgid "As Dottify command but dotted rhythm created is dotted note plus two notes of a quarter the duration. Total duration is unchanged."
msgstr "与加附点命令相同，但使用两个附点来添加四分之一时值的音符。不改变总时长。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/Dottify.xml.h:1
msgid "Dottify"
msgstr "加附点"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/Dottify.xml.h:2
msgid "Turns the note on or before the cursor into a dotted rhythm with the same total duration."
msgstr "将光标前或光标后的音符变为附点节奏，但保证总时值不变。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/JoinChordsToMergedChord.xml.h:1
msgid "Join music objects to new chord"
msgstr "整合音乐对象为新和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/JoinChordsToMergedChord.xml.h:2
msgid "Joins all notes, chords and rests in the selection and inserts all selected notes as chord. May create tied notes."
msgstr "将选区中的所有音符、和弦和休止符合并，并作为新和弦插入。可能会产生延音音符。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/JoinChords.xml.h:1
msgid "Join music objects"
msgstr "整合音乐对象"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/JoinChords.xml.h:2
msgid "Joins all notes, chords and rests in the selection and inserts a new, longer note instead. May create tied notes. Uses the cursor position as pitch."
msgstr "将选区中的所有音符、和弦和休止符合并为更长的新音符。可能会产生延音音符。新音符的音高与光标位置相同。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/SplitChord.xml.h:1
msgid "Split Note/Chord"
msgstr "分割音符/和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/SplitChord.xml.h:2
msgid "Split a chord into a specific amount of smaller notes while preserving original duration, generating tuplets if necessary. Not for rests."
msgstr "将和弦分割为特定数量的音符，并保留原始时值，必要时生成连音。不用于休止符。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChordComment.scm:5
msgid "Comment this chord"
msgstr "添加注释到和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChordComment.xml.h:2
msgid "Attach a textual comment to the chord at the cursor"
msgstr "向光标处的和弦附加文本注释"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveForAllLayouts.scm:19
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveNotForLayout.scm:23
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveOnlyForLayout.scm:24
msgid "Directive "
msgstr "记号 "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveForAllLayouts.scm:19
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveNotForLayout.scm:23
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveOnlyForLayout.scm:24
msgid " on "
msgstr " 于 "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveForAllLayouts.scm:19
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveNotForLayout.scm:23
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveOnlyForLayout.scm:24
msgid "Note"
msgstr "音符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveForAllLayouts.scm:19
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveNotForLayout.scm:23
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveOnlyForLayout.scm:24
msgid "Chord"
msgstr "和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveForAllLayouts.xml.h:2
msgid "Makes a (chosen) directive on the note/chord at the cursor be typeset normally, i.e for all layouts. The cursor should be positioned at the note height if a directive attached to the note is intended."
msgstr "在所有布局中正常排版光标处音符/和弦上（选中）的记号。若要将记号附加到音符上，光标应当位于音符所在高度。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveNotForLayout.xml.h:2
msgid "Makes a (chosen) directive on the note/chord at the cursor be ignored for typesetting the current layout. The cursor should be positioned at the note height if a directive attached to the note is intended."
msgstr "在当前布局中正常排版光标处音符/和弦上（选中）的记号。若要将记号附加到音符上，光标应当位于音符所在高度。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveOnlyForLayout.xml.h:1
msgid "Allow for Current Layout"
msgstr "在当前布局中启用"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveOnlyForLayout.xml.h:2
#, fuzzy
msgid "Makes a (chosen) directive on the note/chord at the cursor take effect for typesetting the current layout. The cursor should be positioned at the note height if a directive attached to the note is intended."
msgstr "在当前布局中正常排版光标处音符/和弦上（选中）的记号。若要将记号附加到音符上，光标应当位于音符所在高度。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/DeleteLilyPondOnNote.xml.h:1
msgid "Delete LilyPond on Note"
msgstr "删除音符的 LilyPond"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/DeleteLilyPondOnNote.xml.h:2
msgid "Deletes the LilyPond attached to the note where the cursor is."
msgstr "删除附加到光标处音符的 LilyPond。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/InsertNoteDirective.xml.h:1
msgid "Attach/Edit LilyPond to Note"
msgstr "附加/编辑 LilyPond 到音符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/InsertNoteDirective.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts LilyPond syntax you give before and after the note at the cursor height, also allows editing/deleting."
msgstr "插入指定的 LilyPond 语法至光标处的音符前后，允许编辑/删除操作。"

#. DisplaceRestHorizontally
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/DisplaceHorizontally.scm:5
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/DisplaceRestHorizontally.scm:2
msgid "Horizontal shift"
msgstr "水平位移"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/DisplaceHorizontally.xml.h:1
#, fuzzy
msgid "(Print) Displace Horizontally"
msgstr "水平方向位移"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/DisplaceHorizontally.xml.h:2
msgid "Shifts the next note, chord or rest and its markings horizontally by the amount given. Use this to refine the positioning, but be aware that notes in other staffs will not be affected. For polyphony, see NoteColumnShift under the Voices menu"
msgstr "在水平方向上使用设定值位移下一个音符、和弦或休止符。可以使用此功能来改变位置，但注意其他谱表中的音符不受影响。若要操作复音，请见声部菜单中的音符列位移"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Breve.xml.h:2
msgid "Append/Insert Breve. N.B. turns off spillover to next measure if set in preferences."
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Longa.xml.h:2
msgid "Append/Insert Longa. N.B. turns off spillover to next measure if set in preferences."
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur0.xml.h:1
msgid "⏜ 𝅝"
msgstr "⏜ 𝅝"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur0.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a 𝅝 and slurs to it, extending previous slur."
msgstr "插入一个 𝅝，若并扩展之前的连音。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur1.xml.h:1
msgid "⏜ 𝅗𝅥"
msgstr "⏜ 𝅗𝅥"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur1.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a 𝅗𝅥 and slurs to it, extending previous slur."
msgstr "插入一个 𝅗𝅥，若并扩展之前的连音。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur2.xml.h:1
msgid "⏜ 𝅘𝅥"
msgstr "⏜ 𝅘𝅥"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur2.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a 𝅘𝅥 and slurs to it, extending previous slur."
msgstr "插入一个 𝅘𝅥，若并扩展之前的连音。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur3.xml.h:1
msgid "⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅮"
msgstr "⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅮"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur3.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅮 and slurs to it, extending previous slur."
msgstr "插入一个 𝅘𝅥𝅮，若并扩展之前的连音。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur4.xml.h:1
msgid "⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅯"
msgstr "⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅯"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur4.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅯 and slurs to it, extending previous slur."
msgstr "插入一个 𝅘𝅥𝅯，若并扩展之前的连音。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur5.xml.h:1
msgid "⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅰"
msgstr "⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅰"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur5.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅰 and slurs to it, extending previous slur."
msgstr "插入一个 𝅘𝅥𝅰，若并扩展之前的连音。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur6.xml.h:1
msgid "⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅱"
msgstr "⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅱"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur6.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅱 and slurs to it, extending previous slur."
msgstr "插入一个 𝅘𝅥𝅱，若并扩展之前的连音。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur7.xml.h:1
msgid "⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅲"
msgstr "⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅲"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur7.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅲 and slurs to it, extending previous slur."
msgstr "插入一个 𝅘𝅥𝅲，若并扩展之前的连音。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/SlurBreve.xml.h:1
msgid "⏜ 𝅜"
msgstr "⏜ 𝅜"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/SlurBreve.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a 𝅜 and slurs to it, extending previous slur."
msgstr "插入一个 𝅜，若并扩展之前的连音。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/SlurLonga.xml.h:1
msgid "⏜ 𝅛"
msgstr "⏜ 𝅛"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/SlurLonga.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a 𝅛 and slurs to it, extending previous slur."
msgstr "插入一个 𝅛，若并扩展之前的连音。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/AddDotSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2
msgid "Adds dots"
msgstr "添加附点"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/CautionaryAccidental.xml.h:1
msgid "Cautionary Accidental"
msgstr "变音提示"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/CautionaryAccidental.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:71
msgid "Forces the accidental on the note to be printed."
msgstr "强制显示音符的变音记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/ChangeNoteEnharmonicDown.xml.h:1
msgid "Change Note Enharmonic -"
msgstr "音符等音 -"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/ChangeNoteEnharmonicDown.xml.h:2
msgid "Changes the note at the cursor to its enharmonic equivalent one step lower. Use for individual notes in chords."
msgstr "改变光标处的音符为较低的等音音符。用于和弦中的单个音符。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/ChangeNoteEnharmonicUp.xml.h:1
msgid "Change Note Enharmonic +"
msgstr "音符等音 +"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/ChangeNoteEnharmonicUp.xml.h:2
msgid "Changes the note at the cursor to its enharmonic equivalent one step higher. Use for individual notes in chords."
msgstr "改变光标处的音符为较高的等音音符。用于和弦中的单个音符。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/Ficta.xml.h:1
msgid "Ficta Accidental"
msgstr "伪变音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/Ficta.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints the accidental above rather than before the note. In European music from before about 1600, singers were expected to chromatically alter notes at their own initiative according to certain rules. This is called musica ficta. In modern transcriptions, these accidentals are usually printed over the note."
msgstr "在音符上方而非音符前显示变音记号。1600 年前的欧洲，演唱家需要自己判断是否要对某个音符升调或降调，这被称为伪音。在现代记谱法中，这种变音记号被写在音符上方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/FlattenNote.xml.h:1
msgid "Flatten or Append Flattened"
msgstr "降调或附加降调"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/FlattenNote.xml.h:2
msgid "Flatten note at cursor, or if appending flatten next note entered."
msgstr "将光标处音符降低半音，或将此后输入的音符降低半音。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/HideAccidental.xml.h:1
msgid "Hide Accidental"
msgstr "隐藏变音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/HideAccidental.xml.h:2
msgid "Hides the accidental on the note at the cursor on printing. Does not affect the pitch."
msgstr "打印时隐藏光标处音符的变音记号。不影响音高。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/MoveNoteToCursor.xml.h:1
msgid "To Cursor"
msgstr "至光标"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/MoveNoteToCursor.xml.h:2
msgid "Moves the nearest note to join the cursor"
msgstr "将最近的音符整合至光标处"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/ReminderAccidental.xml.h:1
msgid "Reminder Accidental"
msgstr "提示变音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/ReminderAccidental.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:72
msgid "Prints the accidental in ()."
msgstr "将变音记号显示在 () 中。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/RemoveDotSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2
msgid "Remove one dot for each note in the selection or single note"
msgstr "移除单个音符或选区中所有音符的附点"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/SharpenNote.xml.h:1
msgid "Sharpen or Append Sharpened"
msgstr "升调或附加升调"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/SharpenNote.xml.h:2
msgid "Sharpens the note at the cursor, or if appending sharpen next entered note."
msgstr "将光标处音符升高半音，或将此后输入的音符升高半音。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/SuggestFlat.xml.h:1
msgid "Suggest Flat"
msgstr "建议降调"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/SuggestFlat.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints flat sign over note"
msgstr "在音符上显示降调记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/SuggestNatural.xml.h:1
msgid "Suggest Natural"
msgstr "建议还原"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/SuggestNatural.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints a natural over the note at the cursor"
msgstr "在音符上显示还原记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/SuggestSharp.xml.h:1
msgid "Suggest Sharp"
msgstr "建议升调"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/SuggestSharp.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints a sharp above the note/chord"
msgstr "在音符/和弦上显示升调记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/FingeringsDoublestroke.xml.h:2
msgid "Place a fingerin instruction on a note"
msgstr "在和弦上显示指法提示"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/GraceAfter.scm:7
msgid "GraceAfter"
msgstr "后装饰音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/GraceAfter.xml.h:1
msgid "Grace After (Off/On)"
msgstr "后装饰音符（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/GraceAfter.xml.h:2
msgid "The grace note(s) following the current note will be typeset attached to the current note, rather than the note that follows them."
msgstr "将当前音符后面的音符作为关联装饰音。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/GraceNoteSwitcher.xml.h:1
msgid "Grace Note (On/Off)"
msgstr "装饰音符（开启/关闭）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/GraceNoteSwitcher.xml.h:2
msgid "Transforms the current selected notes into grace notes."
msgstr "将当前所选音符转换为装饰音。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/GraceTermination.xml.h:1
msgid "Termination"
msgstr "终止"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/GraceTermination.xml.h:2
msgid "Appends two grace notes, slurred to current note. Follow with a duration key to set duration of grace notes to be appended."
msgstr "添加两个装饰音，并连音至当前音符。之后需要使用时长按键来设置装饰音的时值。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/InsertTwoGraceNotesBeamed.scm:4
msgid "Press a duration key to get two, beamed, grace notes"
msgstr "请按时长按键来插入两个符尾相连的装饰音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/InsertTwoGraceNotesBeamed.scm:33
msgid ""
"To use this function correctly you need to give a duration.\n"
"This will insert two grace notes, beamed together if needed, with the given duration"
msgstr ""
"要正确使用此功能，你需要指定一个时值。\n"
"将会使用所给时值插入两个符尾相连的装饰音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/InsertTwoGraceNotesBeamed.xml.h:1
msgid "Insert Two"
msgstr "插入两个装饰音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/InsertTwoGraceNotesBeamed.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts two grace notes at the cursor beaming them together. Follow with a duration key."
msgstr "在光标处插入两个符尾相连的装饰音。之后需要使用时长按键进行设置。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/InstallGraceNoteHints.scm:65
msgid "Grace note hints installed"
msgstr "已设置装饰音提示"

#.
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/InstallGraceNoteHints.xml.h:1
msgid "Install Grace Note Hints"
msgstr "设置装饰音提示"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/InstallGraceNoteHints.xml.h:2
msgid "Where a grace note occurs at a boundary the LilyPond typesetter requires extra hints about positioning. This command installs them for the whole movement. It is usually run in the Check Score routine."
msgstr "当装饰音位于边界时，需要为 LilyPond 排版器指定额外的位置信息。此命令设置整个乐谱中的装饰音定位。通常在检查乐谱操作时运行。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/MakeGrace.xml.h:1
msgid "Grace/UnGrace"
msgstr "设置/取消装饰音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/MakeGrace.xml.h:2
msgid "Changes the note at the cursor to/from being a grace note. Gives audio feedback."
msgstr "将光标处的音符设为装饰音，或取消装饰音。提供试听反馈。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/UnGraceAfter.scm:29
msgid "The cursor is not on a grace note after a main note or chord\n"
msgstr "光标不在主音符/和弦后的装饰音上\n"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/UnGraceAfter.xml.h:1
msgid "Un-Grace After"
msgstr "取消后装饰音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/UnGraceAfter.xml.h:2
msgid "Remove grace after created with Denemo versions before 2.4"
msgstr "取消由 2.4 以前版本的Denemo创建的“后装饰音”记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/DuplicateChord.xml.h:1
msgid "Duplicate Note/Chord"
msgstr "复制音符/和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/DuplicateChord.xml.h:2
msgid "Duplicates the current note or chord at the cursor. Not for rests."
msgstr "复制光标处的音符或和弦。不用于休止符。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/DuplicateRestNoteChord.xml.h:1
msgid "Duplicate Rest, Note, Chord"
msgstr "复制休止符、音符、和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/DuplicateRestNoteChord.xml.h:2
msgid "Duplicates the rest, note or chord at or before the cursor."
msgstr "复制光标处的休止符、音符或和弦。"

#.
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/FillMeasure.xml.h:1
msgid "Fill Measure"
msgstr "填充小节"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/FillMeasure.xml.h:2
msgid "Duplicates the note/chord/rest at or before the cursor until the measure is full or over-full. In a full measure duplicates the measure, in an empty measure insert the current duration."
msgstr "复制光标前后的音符/和弦/休止符，直到小节被填满或时值超额。若小节已满，则复制整个小节；若小节为空，则插入当前时值。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/FillUpMeasure.xml.h:1
msgid "Duplicate to Fill Measure"
msgstr "复制并填充小节"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/FillUpMeasure.xml.h:2
msgid "Duplicates the notes in the current measure until the measure is full or over-full. If already full, duplicates the previous and current measure."
msgstr "复制光标前后的音符/和弦/休止符，直到小节被填满或时值超额。若小节已满，则复制当前小节和前一个小节。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration/InsertBreve.xml.h:2
msgid "Insert Breve"
msgstr "插入双全音符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration/InsertLonga.xml.h:2
msgid "Insert a Longa"
msgstr "插入四全音符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration/InsertOneNote.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a note in the prevailing duration."
msgstr "插入预设时值的音符。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/PercentRepeat.scm:4
msgid "This Denemo Directive is part of a set of four creating a \"Percent Repeat\". Be sure to delete them all if you delete one of them."
msgstr "此 Denemo 记号是用于创建”小节反复“系列记号的一部分。若需删除该，请确保将该系列的所有记号均删除。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/PercentRepeat.scm:6
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/PercentRepeat.scm:11
msgid "Percent Repeat"
msgstr "小节反复"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/PercentRepeat.scm:6
msgid "Give number of further repeats 1,2,..."
msgstr "设置后续的重复数 1、2、……"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/PercentRepeat.scm:11
msgid "Give frequency of numbering 0, 1,..."
msgstr "设置第 0、1、…… 片段的反复频率"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/PercentRepeat.xml.h:1
msgid "Insert Percent Style Repeat"
msgstr "插入百分号形状的反复记号（小节反复记号）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/PercentRepeat.xml.h:2
msgid "Creates a repeat from the selection, typeset in \\\"percent\\\" style."
msgstr "根据选区创建一个反复，并以 \\\"percent\\\" 的形式排版。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/AccentSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleAccent.xml.h:1
msgid "Accent (Off/On)"
msgstr "重音（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/AccentSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2
msgid "Adds the &gt; accent"
msgstr "添加 &gt; 重音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ArpeggioSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleArpeggio.xml.h:1
msgid "Arpeggio (Off/On)"
msgstr "琶音（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ArpeggioSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:87
msgid "Mark/Unmark the selected notes arpeggio"
msgstr "设置/取消所选音符的琶音标记"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ArticulationOutsideSlur.xml.h:1
msgid "Articulation Outside Slur (Off/On)"
msgstr "发音于连音外（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ArticulationOutsideSlur.xml.h:2
msgid "The articulation(s) on this note will be placed outside the slur (furthest from the note). Repeat the command to return the slur to the outside."
msgstr "此音符的发音将被置于（离此音符最远的）连音外。重复执行此操作将使连音恢复至原位。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/DownbowSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleDownBow.xml.h:1
msgid "DownBow (Off/On)"
msgstr "下弓"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/DownbowSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:85
msgid "Mark/Unmark selection or current object"
msgstr "设置/取消标记选区或当前对象"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/FermataSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleFermata.xml.h:1
msgid "Fermata (Off/On)"
msgstr "延音（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/FermataSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:118
msgid "Mark/Unmark current selection or object with a fermata"
msgstr "设置/取消选区或当前对象的延音记号"

#. (d-DirectivePut-chord-gy "Flageolet" 12)
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/FlageoletSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleFlageolet.xml.h:1
msgid "Flageolet (Off/On)"
msgstr "竖笛（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/FlageoletSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2
msgid "Mark/Unmark current selection of object with a Flageolet"
msgstr "设置/取消选区或当前对象的竖笛记号"

#. (d-DirectivePut-chord-gy "Harmonic" 12)
#. (d-DirectivePut-chord-gx "Harmonic" -2)
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/HarmonicSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleHarmonic.xml.h:1
msgid "Harmonic (Off/On)"
msgstr "和声（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/HarmonicSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:86
msgid "Mark/Unmark current selection or object with a harmonic"
msgstr "设置/取消选区或当前对象的和声记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/LheelSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleLheel.xml.h:1
msgid "Lheel (Off/On)"
msgstr "左脚跟（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/LheelSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2
msgid "Marks/Unmaks the selection with the Lheel"
msgstr "设置/取消所选区域的左脚跟标记"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/LtoeSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleLtoe.xml.h:1
msgid "Ltoe (Off/On)"
msgstr "左脚趾（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/LtoeSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2
msgid "Marks/Unmaks the selection with the Ltoe"
msgstr "设置/取消所选区域的左脚趾标记"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/MarcatoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleMarcato.xml.h:1
msgid "Marcato (Off/On)"
msgstr "着重音（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/MarcatoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:123
msgid "Mark/Unmark the selected notes marcato"
msgstr "设置/取消所选音符的着重音记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/PortatoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/TogglePortato.xml.h:1
msgid "Portato (Off/On)"
msgstr "次断音（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/PortatoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:88
msgid "Marks/Unmaks the selection with the Portato"
msgstr "设置/取消所选区域的次断音记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/RheelSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleRheel.xml.h:1
msgid "Rheel (Off/On)"
msgstr "右脚跟（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/RheelSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2
msgid "Marks/Unmaks the selection with the Rheel"
msgstr "设置/取消所选区域的右脚跟"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/RtoeSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleRtoe.xml.h:1
msgid "Rtoe (Off/On)"
msgstr "右脚趾（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/RtoeSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2
msgid "Marks/Unmaks the selection with the Rtoe"
msgstr "设置/取消所选区域的右脚趾标记"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/SignumcongruentiaeSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleSignumcongruentiae.xml.h:1
msgid "Signumcongruentiae (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/SignumcongruentiaeSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2
msgid "Mark/Unmark the selected notes signumcongruentiae"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/StaccatissimoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleStaccatissimo.xml.h:1
msgid "Staccatissimo (Off/On)"
msgstr "特断音（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/StaccatissimoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:120
msgid "Toggles Staccatissimo"
msgstr "切换特断音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/StaccatoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleStaccato.xml.h:1
msgid "Staccato (Off/On)"
msgstr "断奏"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/StaccatoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:119
msgid "Adds the staccato dot or removes it"
msgstr "添加或移除断奏"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/StoppedSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleStopped.xml.h:1
msgid "Stopped (Off/On)"
msgstr "闭奏音（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/StoppedSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:89
msgid "Mark/Unmark the selected notes stopped"
msgstr "设置/取消所选音符的闭奏音记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/TenutoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleTenuto.xml.h:1
msgid "Tenuto (Off/On)"
msgstr "持续音（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/TenutoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:121
msgid "Toggles the Tenuto Line _ On/Off"
msgstr "切换持续音行 _ 开启/关闭"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ThumbSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleThumb.xml.h:1
msgid "Thumb (Off/On)"
msgstr "缩略图"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ThumbSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2
msgid "Marks/Unmaks the selection with the Thumb"
msgstr "设置/取消所选区域的缩略图"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleAccent.xml.h:2
msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord accented"
msgstr "设置/取消标记当前和弦的重音记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleArpeggio.xml.h:2
msgid "Mark/Unmark chord with an arpeggio"
msgstr "设置/取消和弦的琶音记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleDownBow.xml.h:2
msgid "Mark/Unmark chord with a Down Bow"
msgstr "设置/取消和弦的下弓记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleFermata.xml.h:2
msgid "Mark/Unmark the chord with a fermata"
msgstr "设置/取消和弦的延音记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleFlageolet.xml.h:2
msgid "Mark/Unmark chord with a Flageolet"
msgstr "设置/取消和弦的竖笛记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleHarmonic.xml.h:2
msgid "Mark/Unmark chord with a harmonic"
msgstr "设置/取消和弦的和声记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleLheel.xml.h:2
msgid "Mark/Unmark the current note lheel"
msgstr "设置/取消标记当前音符的左脚跟标记"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleLongFermata.xml.h:1
msgid "LongFermata (Off/On)"
msgstr "长延音（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleLongFermata.xml.h:2
msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord longfermata"
msgstr "设置/取消标记当前和弦的长延音记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleLtoe.xml.h:2
msgid "Mark/Unmark the current note ltoe"
msgstr "设置/取消标记当前音符的左脚趾标记"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleMarcato.xml.h:2
msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord marcato"
msgstr "设置/取消标记当前和弦的着重音记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/TogglePortato.xml.h:2
msgid "Mark/Unmark the chord Portato"
msgstr "设置/取消和弦的次断音记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleRheel.xml.h:2
msgid "Mark/Unmark the current note rheel"
msgstr "设置/取消标记当前音符的右脚跟标记"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleRtoe.xml.h:2
msgid "Mark/Unmark the current note rtoe"
msgstr "设置/取消标记当前音符的右脚趾标记"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleShortFermata.xml.h:1
msgid "ShortFermata (Off/On)"
msgstr "短延音（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleShortFermata.xml.h:2
msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord shortfermata"
msgstr "设置/取消标记当前和弦的短延音记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleSignumcongruentiae.xml.h:2
msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord signumcongruentiae"
msgstr "设置/取消标记当前和弦的特断音记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleStaccatissimo.xml.h:2
msgid "Mark/Unmark chord as Staccatissimo"
msgstr "设置/取消和弦的特断音记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleStaccato.xml.h:2
msgid "Mark/Unmark the chord staccato"
msgstr "设置/取消和弦的断音记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleStopped.xml.h:2
msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord stopped"
msgstr "设置/取消标记当前和弦的闭奏音记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleTenuto.xml.h:2
msgid "Mark/Unmark the chord Tenuto"
msgstr "设置/取消和弦的持续音记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleThumb.xml.h:2
msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord thumb"
msgstr "设置/取消标记当前和弦的缩略图"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleUpBow.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/UpBowSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1
msgid "UpBow (Off/On)"
msgstr "上弓"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleUpBow.xml.h:2
msgid "Mark/Unmark chord with an Up Bow"
msgstr "设置/取消和弦的上弓记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleVeryLongFermata.xml.h:1
msgid "VeryLongFermata (Off/On)"
msgstr "超长延音（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleVeryLongFermata.xml.h:2
msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord with very long fermata"
msgstr "设置/取消标记当前和弦的超长延音记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/Tongue.scm:24
msgid "Tonguing Indication"
msgstr "运舌指示"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/Tongue.scm:24
msgid "Give number of dots required: "
msgstr "设置所需点的个数："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/Tongue.xml.h:1
msgid "Tongue"
msgstr "运舌"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/Tongue.xml.h:2
msgid "Adds a tonguing indication, (a number of staccato dots) to the current note."
msgstr "在当前音符上添加一个运舌提示（一系列断续的点）。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/UpBowSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:84
msgid "Mark/Unmark current selection or note with UpBow"
msgstr "设置/取消标记当前选区或音符的上弓标记"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.scm:27
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.scm:30
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.scm:31
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.scm:42
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.scm:45
msgid "Chord Symbol"
msgstr "和弦符号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.scm:27
msgid "Give text of chord symbol"
msgstr "设置和弦符号的文本"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.scm:30
msgid "Give horizontal scale"
msgstr "设置水平缩放"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.scm:31
msgid "Give vertical scale"
msgstr "设置垂直缩放"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.scm:42
msgid "Give horizontal shift"
msgstr "设置水平位移"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.scm:45
msgid "Give vertical shift"
msgstr "设置垂直位移"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.scm:57
msgid "Insert Root note of chord for symbol to attach to"
msgstr "向要附加的记号中插入和弦根音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.xml.h:1
msgid "Chord Chart Symbol"
msgstr "和弦图表符号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.xml.h:2
msgid "Creates an arbitrary chord symbol text for the root note at the cursor - used in compact chord charts for uncommon chords."
msgstr "为光标处的根音设置任意文本形式的和弦符号 - 用于不常见和弦的指示图表。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/CrescendoTextSpanner.scm:3
#, fuzzy
msgid "\\bold cresc. (or poco if continuing the cresc.)"
msgstr "\\bold cresc.（若逐步渐强，则为 poco）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/CrescendoTextSpanner.scm:13
msgid "Sorry, this operation needs to be applied to the start of the crescendo."
msgstr "抱歉，此操作必须应用与渐强开始。"

#. End of scheme script
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/CrescendoTextSpanner.scm:31
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/CrescendoTextSpanner.xml.h:1
msgid "Crescendo Text Spanner"
msgstr "渐强文本"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/CrescendoTextSpanner.scm:31
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DecrescendoTextSpanner.scm:31
msgid "Give text for start or continuation"
msgstr "设置起始处或中间的文本"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/CrescendoTextSpanner.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints text to start or continue a crescendo extending over a passage. Use for cresc. poco a poco, for example. Terminate with End Crescendo marking or a dynamic mark, else nothing will be printed. LilyPond markup, such as \\\\bold can be used."
msgstr "显示一个渐强片段中开始处或中间的文本。例如用于逐步渐强（cresc. poco a poco）。请使用相应的渐强终止记号或力度记号来终止此效果，否则将不会显示此记号。可以使用 \\\\bold 等 LilyPond 标记。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/Cresc.scm:11
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/Dim.scm:11
msgid "Not yet implemented"
msgstr "此功能尚未实现"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/Cresc.scm:14
msgid "cresc. start deleted. The end crescendo should also be deleted ..."
msgstr "已删除渐强起始记号。相应的渐强终止记号也应被删除。"

#. End of scheme script
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/Cresc.xml.h:1
msgid "Cresc (Off/On)"
msgstr "渐强（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/Cresc.xml.h:2
msgid "Starts textual cresc. (or deletes one already present at cursor). Terminate with End Crescendo or with a dynamic."
msgstr "渐强文本起始记号（或删除光标处已有的记号）。应当与相应的渐强终止或力度记号配对。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DecrescendoTextSpanner.scm:3
#, fuzzy
msgid "\\bold cresc. (or poco if continuing the dim.)"
msgstr "\\bold cresc.（若逐步渐弱，则为 poco）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DecrescendoTextSpanner.scm:13
msgid "Sorry, this operation needs to be applied to the start of the Decrescendo."
msgstr "抱歉，此操作必须应用与渐弱开始。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DecrescendoTextSpanner.scm:31
msgid "Decrescendo Text Spanner"
msgstr "渐弱文本"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DecrescendoTextSpanner.xml.h:1
msgid "Diminuendo Text Spanner"
msgstr "渐弱文本"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DecrescendoTextSpanner.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints text to start or continue a crescendo extending over a passage. Use for cresc. poco a poco, for example. Terminate with End Diminuendo marking or a dynamic mark, else nothing will be printed. LilyPond markup, such as \\\\bold can be used."
msgstr "显示一个渐强片段中开始处或中间的文本。例如用于逐步渐强（cresc. poco a poco）。请使用相应的渐弱终止记号或力度记号来终止此效果，否则将不会显示此记号。可以使用 \\\\bold 等 LilyPond 标记。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/Dim.scm:14
msgid "dim. start deleted. The end diminuendo should also be deleted ..."
msgstr "已删除渐弱起始记号。相应的渐弱终止记号也应被删除。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/Dim.xml.h:1
msgid "Dim (Off/On)"
msgstr "渐弱（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/Dim.xml.h:2
msgid "Starts a textual diminuendo. Terminate with End Diminuendo or a dynamic."
msgstr "渐弱文本起始记号（或删除光标处已有的标记）。应当与相应的渐弱终止或力度记号配对。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DynamicsExtraSpace.scm:4
msgid "Dynamics Spacing"
msgstr "力度记号间距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DynamicsExtraSpace.scm:4
msgid "Give extra spacing required"
msgstr "设置所需的额外间距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DynamicsExtraSpace.xml.h:1
msgid "Extra Spacing"
msgstr "额外间距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DynamicsExtraSpace.xml.h:2
msgid "Music is spaced out by the extra amount given to avoid textual dynamic markings colliding. Not for hairpins."
msgstr "使用指定的额外间距来分隔音乐，以避免力度记号相互冲突。不用于逐渐渐强/渐弱记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/LengthenHairpin.scm:4
msgid "Hairpin Length"
msgstr "逐步渐弱（渐强）记号长度"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/LengthenHairpin.scm:4
msgid "Give extra length required"
msgstr "设置所需的额外长度"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/LengthenHairpin.xml.h:1
msgid "Lengthen Hairpin"
msgstr "设置逐步渐弱（渐强）记号长度"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/LengthenHairpin.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a directive to lengthen the following cresc or dim hairpin."
msgstr "插入记号以设置逐步渐弱（渐强）记号的长度。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/TerminateHairpinAtBarline.scm:5
msgid "End Hairpin"
msgstr "逐步渐弱（渐强）结束"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/TerminateHairpinAtBarline.xml.h:1
msgid "Terminate Hairpin at Barline"
msgstr "在小节线处终止减弱（减强）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/TerminateHairpinAtBarline.xml.h:2
msgid "Ends a cresc. or dim, hairpin at the barline following the current note/chord. This command inserts a standalone Denemo Directive after the note/chord at the cursor."
msgstr "在当前音符/和弦之后的小节线处终止减弱或减强。此命令将光标出的音符/和弦处插入一个独立的 Denemo 记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustBassFigureHeight.scm:12
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustFiguredBassHeights.scm:3
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustFiguredBassHeights.scm:12
msgid "Figured Bass Height"
msgstr "数字低音高度"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustBassFigureHeight.scm:12
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustFiguredBassHeights.scm:12
msgid "Give height adjustment (unit = staff space): "
msgstr "设置高度调整值（单位 = 谱表间距）："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustBassFigureHeight.xml.h:1
msgid "Height of Bass Figure"
msgstr "数字低音的高度"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustBassFigureHeight.xml.h:2
msgid "Sets the height of the bass figure above the note. The unit is the distance between adjacent lines in the staff."
msgstr "设置音符上方的数字低音的高度。单位为谱表相连两线之间的距离。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustFiguredBassHeights.scm:3
msgid "Give number of groups: "
msgstr "组数："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustFiguredBassHeights.xml.h:1
msgid "Heights of Groups"
msgstr "组高度"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustFiguredBassHeights.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:162
msgid "Allows several groups of figures to be individually adjusted for height."
msgstr "分别调整多个组的高度。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AutoBassFigureHeight.xml.h:1
msgid "Adjust All Heights"
msgstr "调整所有组的高度"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AutoBassFigureHeight.xml.h:2
msgid "Sets the heights of the bass figures above the notes throughout the score to avoid ungainly positions. The bass figures must be on the lowest staff"
msgstr "设置音符上方的数字低音的高度，以避免排版时出现重叠。数字低音必须位于最低的谱表上"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/FiguredBassTweak.xml.h:1
msgid "Tweak Default Appearance"
msgstr "调整默认外观"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/FiguredBassTweak.xml.h:2
msgid "Alters the default figured bass appearance to a more 18th c. look."
msgstr "将默认的低音数字记号的外观改为十八世纪的样式。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/OrnamentBassFigureHeight.xml.h:1
msgid "Fix Bass Figure/Marking Clashes."
msgstr "修复低音数字记号/标记冲突。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/OrnamentBassFigureHeight.xml.h:2
msgid "Shifts bass figures up to avoid clashes with markings on the bass note."
msgstr "将低音数字记号上移，避免它们与低音音符上的记号重叠。"

#. PlaceFiguredBassBelow
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/PlaceFiguredBassBelow.xml.h:1
msgid "Place Figures Below Bass Notes"
msgstr "数字低音位于音符下方"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/PlaceFiguredBassBelow.xml.h:2
msgid "Places an instruction (between $ ... $) which tells the engraver to place the figures below from this note on. Any figure for this note should follow the last $"
msgstr "插入指令使得排版器将数字置于音符下方（指令位于 $ ... $ 中）。任何与此音符关联的数字记号都应位于第二个 $ 字符后"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/SingleExtender.scm:4
#, fuzzy
msgid "Figured Bass Extenders"
msgstr "开启数字低音筛选器"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/SingleExtender.scm:4
#, fuzzy
msgid "Give Figure to Extend"
msgstr "设置结束小节线："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/SingleExtender.xml.h:1
#, fuzzy
msgid "Single Extender"
msgstr "单随机音符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/SingleExtender.xml.h:2
msgid "Create a single extender for the group of figures on the previous note. Append |0 to the group and use 0 for the extender to leave a little space between the group and the start of the extender."
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/AdjustCustomOrnament.scm:35
msgid "No Custom Ornaments at cursor position"
msgstr "光标处没有自定义装饰音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/AdjustCustomOrnament.xml.h:1
msgid "Adjust Ornament"
msgstr "调整装饰音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/AdjustCustomOrnament.xml.h:2
msgid "Place the ornament attached to the note at the cursor above/below or adjust padding around it."
msgstr "上移/下移附加到光标处音符的装饰音，或调整其周围的间距。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Claveciniste/TogglePince.xml.h:1
msgid "Pincé"
msgstr "逆涟音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Claveciniste/TogglePince.xml.h:2
msgid "Pincé ornament (Off/On)"
msgstr "逆涟音记号（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Claveciniste/ToggleSuspension.xml.h:1
msgid "Suspension"
msgstr "延留音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Claveciniste/ToggleSuspension.xml.h:2
msgid "Suspension ornament (Off/On)"
msgstr "延留音记号（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Claveciniste/ToggleTremblementAppuye.xml.h:1
msgid "Tremblement Appuyé"
msgstr "震颤音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Claveciniste/ToggleTremblementAppuye.xml.h:2
msgid "Attaches tremblement appuyé to the note/chord at the cursor, or removes it if already present."
msgstr "将震颤音记号附加到光标处的音符/和弦上，或移除已有的震颤音记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Claveciniste/ToggleTremblement.xml.h:1
msgid "Tremblement"
msgstr "震音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Claveciniste/ToggleTremblement.xml.h:2
msgid "Attach a tremblement to the current note/chord or remove it if already present."
msgstr "将震音记号附加到光标处的音符/和弦上，或移除已有的震音记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:4
msgid ""
"Wait for your vector graphics editor to start.\n"
"It will open an SVG file of the same name, if available,\n"
"but be sure to save as encapsulated postscript (eps),\n"
"using the name given.\n"
"You will need to refresh the print view to see your changes.\n"
"When saving your eps it is good to save as SVG file format as well, \n"
"as this will give better editing later.  \n"
"Quit your graphics editor before quitting this dialog\n"
"to return to work in Denemo."
msgstr ""
"等待矢量图形编辑器启动。\n"
"若可能，将会打开一个同名的 SVG 文件，\n"
"请保存为封装的 postscript（eps）格式。\n"
"你需要刷新打印视图来查看更改。\n"
"在保存 eps 文件时，最好也将其另存为 SVG 格式，\n"
"以便于后续编辑。\n"
"请在关闭此对话框前先退出图形编辑器程序。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:23
msgid "Edit width "
msgstr "编辑宽度 "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:53
msgid "No definitions created for this score"
msgstr "尚未为此乐谱创建定义"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:77
msgid "No definitions selected"
msgstr "未选择定义"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:83
msgid "Custom Ornament"
msgstr "自定义装饰音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:83
msgid "Give Ornament Name"
msgstr "设置装饰音名称"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:114
msgid "Choose Custom Template"
msgstr "选择自定义模板"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:147
msgid "Attaches (or removes) this ornament from the current note/chord."
msgstr "附加（或移除）装饰音于当前音符/和弦。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:152
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:102
msgid "The file \""
msgstr "文件“"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:152
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:102
msgid ""
"\"\n"
"does not (yet) exist, or no longer exists.\n"
"Typesetting will silently fail until the file exists.\n"
"Either create the file or delete the Graphic Title Page now"
msgstr ""
"”\n"
"不存在。\n"
"除非文件存在，否则排版会自动停止。\n"
"请先创建文件，或者删除图文标题页"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:156
msgid "Delete Custom Ornament?"
msgstr "删除自定义装饰音吗？"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:159
msgid "Custom Ornament Definition Deleted"
msgstr "已删除自定义装饰音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.xml.h:1
msgid "Create Custom Ornament"
msgstr "创建自定义装饰音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.xml.h:2
msgid "Allows the user to create a customized ornament (or load one previously created) into this score's definitions. Ornament names should be start in lower case and have no numerals. If a standard ornament is used, e.g. trill, then this will replace the standard ornament throughout the score."
msgstr "允许用户创建（或载入之前创建的）自定义装饰音至乐谱定义。装饰音名称必须以小写字母开头，且不能含有数字。若使用了独立的装饰音（如颤音），则会替换乐谱中的标准装饰音。"

#. EditCustomOrnamentDefinition
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/EditCustomOrnamentDefinition.xml.h:1
msgid "Edit Custom Ornament Definition"
msgstr "编辑自定义装饰音定义"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/EditCustomOrnamentDefinition.xml.h:2
msgid "Edit the definition (size or appearance) of a custom ornament definition. The definition must already have been created/loaded in this score."
msgstr "编辑自定义装饰音的定义（大小和外观）。请先创建定义，或将定义载入乐谱，然后再进行编辑。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentAccidentalBelow.xml.h:1
msgid "Accidental Below"
msgstr "变音记号位于下方"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentAccidentalBelow.xml.h:2
msgid "Places the accidental on the ornament below rather than above."
msgstr "将变音记号置于装饰音下方，而不是上方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentFlat.xml.h:1
msgid "Attach ♭ (Off/On)"
msgstr "附加 ♭（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentFlat.xml.h:2
msgid "Places a flat above the ornament on the note at the cursor."
msgstr "在光标处音符的上方插入一个降号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentSharp.xml.h:1
msgid "Attach ♯ (Off/On)"
msgstr "附加 ♯（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentSharp.xml.h:2
msgid "Places a sharp above the ornament on the note at the cursor."
msgstr "在光标处音符的上方插入一个升号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:20
msgid "No accidental above"
msgstr "上方没有变音记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:21
msgid "No accidental below"
msgstr "下方没有变音记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.xml.h:1
msgid "Ornament with Accidentals"
msgstr "变音装饰音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.xml.h:2
msgid "Create an ornament with accidentals above and/or below the ornament."
msgstr "创建一个装饰音，并在上方和/或下方添加变音标记。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleCustomOrnament.scm:21
msgid "Edit this individual ornament"
msgstr "编辑此独立装饰音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleCustomOrnament.scm:22
msgid "Edit the ornament definition"
msgstr "编辑装饰音定义"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleCustomOrnament.scm:24
msgid "Position editing not implemented"
msgstr "尚未实现位置编辑功能"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleCustomOrnament.xml.h:1
msgid "Attach Custom Ornament (Off/On)"
msgstr "附加自定义装饰音（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleCustomOrnament.xml.h:2
msgid "Typesets a custom ornament on the current note/chord. Removes that ornament if already present."
msgstr "对当前音符/和弦的自定义装饰音进行排版。若已有装饰音，则将其移除。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleDownPrall.xml.h:1
msgid "Down Prall (Off/On)"
msgstr "下波音（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleDownPrall.xml.h:2
msgid "Typesets a down prall on the current note/chord. Removes that ornament if already present."
msgstr "对当前音符/和弦的下波音进行排版。若已有装饰音，则将其移除。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleMordent.xml.h:1
msgid "Mordent (Off/On)"
msgstr "波音（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleMordent.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:76
msgid "Adds/Removes a Mordent to the note"
msgstr "添加或移除音符的波音记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/TogglePrallPrall.xml.h:1
msgid "PrallPrall (Off/On)"
msgstr "双波音（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/TogglePrallPrall.xml.h:2
msgid "Adds/Removes a PrallPrall to the note"
msgstr "添加或移除音符的双波音记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/TogglePrall.xml.h:1
msgid "Prall (Off/On)"
msgstr "波音（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/TogglePrall.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:77
msgid "Adds/Removes a prall to the note"
msgstr "添加或移除音符的波音记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleReverseTurn.xml.h:1
msgid "Reverse Turn (Off/On)"
msgstr "反向回旋音（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleReverseTurn.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:80
msgid "Add/Removes a Reverse Turn to the note"
msgstr "添加或移除音符的反向回旋音记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleTrill.xml.h:1
msgid "Trill (Off/On)"
msgstr "颤音（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleTrill.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:23
msgid "Adds/Removes a trill to the note"
msgstr "添加或移除音符的颤音记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleTurn.xml.h:1
msgid "Turn (Off/On)"
msgstr "回旋音（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleTurn.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:79
msgid "Add/Removes a Turn to the note"
msgstr "添加或移除音符的回旋音记号"

#. (d-DirectivePut-chord-gy "UpPrall" -100)
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleUpPrall.xml.h:1
msgid "Up Prall (Off/On)"
msgstr "上波音（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleUpPrall.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:78
msgid "Adds/Removes Up Prall ornament"
msgstr "添加或移除音符的上波音记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Trill+Above.xml.h:1
msgid "18th c. Trill Above"
msgstr "18 世纪颤音于上方"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Trill+Above.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts 18th c style trill above note"
msgstr "在音符上方插入 18 世纪的颤音记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Trill+Below.xml.h:1
msgid "18th c Trill Below"
msgstr "18 世纪颤音于下方"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Trill+Below.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts 18th c style trill below note"
msgstr "在音符下方插入 18 世纪的颤音记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.scm:46
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/AttachedText.scm:19
msgid "Above"
msgstr "上方"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.scm:46
msgid "Places the fingering above the chord"
msgstr "将指法标记置于和弦上方"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.scm:47
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/AttachedText.scm:19
msgid "Below"
msgstr "下方"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.scm:47
msgid "Places the fingering below the chord"
msgstr "将指法标记置于和弦下方"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.scm:48
msgid "Places the fingering to the left of the chord"
msgstr "将指法标记置于和弦左侧"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.scm:49
msgid "Places the fingering to the right of the chord"
msgstr "将指法标记置于和弦右侧"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/TweakFingeringPosition.scm:12
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/TweakFingeringPosition.scm:18
msgid "Fingering Position"
msgstr "指法位置"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.xml.h:2
msgid "Allows you to specify the position of the fingering relative to the note at the cursor."
msgstr "设定与光标处音符关联的指法说明的显示位置。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger0.xml.h:1
msgid "Finger 0"
msgstr "0 指"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger0.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:90
msgid "Inserts fingering for open string"
msgstr "插入空弦指法"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger1.xml.h:1
msgid "Finger 1"
msgstr "1 指"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger1.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:91
msgid "Inserts fingering for finger 1"
msgstr "插入 1 指指法"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger2.xml.h:1
msgid "Finger 2"
msgstr "2 指"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger2.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:92
msgid "Inserts fingering for finger 2"
msgstr "插入 2 指指法"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger3.xml.h:1
msgid "Finger 3"
msgstr "3 指"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger3.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:93
msgid "Inserts fingering for finger 3"
msgstr "插入 3 指指法"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger4.xml.h:1
msgid "Finger 4"
msgstr "4 指"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger4.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:94
msgid "Inserts fingering for finger 4"
msgstr "插入 4 指指法"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger5.xml.h:1
msgid "Finger 5"
msgstr "5 指"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger5.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:95
msgid "Inserts fingering for finger 5"
msgstr "插入 5 指指法"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Fingering.scm:3
msgid "Give finger number"
msgstr "设置指法记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Fingering.scm:11
msgid "Delete this fingering?"
msgstr "删除此指法记号吗？"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/FingeringSwap.scm:2
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/FingeringSwap.scm:5
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/FingeringSwap.xml.h:1
msgid "Fingering Swap"
msgstr "换指"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/FingeringSwap.scm:2
msgid "Give first fingering"
msgstr "设置第一指"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/FingeringSwap.scm:5
msgid "Give second fingering"
msgstr "设置第二指"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/FingeringSwap.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints two fingerings joined to indicate a change of fingering on one note."
msgstr "显示某个音符的换指提示。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Fingering.xml.h:1
msgid "Set Finger"
msgstr "设置指法"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Fingering.xml.h:2
msgid "Attaches a fingering to the note at the cursor. Blank deletes the fingering."
msgstr "附加指法到光标处的音符。若留空，则会被自动删除。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/ToggleFingeringVisibility.scm:6
msgid "No fingering on note at cursor"
msgstr "光标处的音符没有关联指法"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/ToggleFingeringVisibility.xml.h:1
msgid "Hide/Show Fingering"
msgstr "隐藏/显示指法"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/ToggleFingeringVisibility.xml.h:2
msgid "Hides/Shows the fingering on the note at the cursor height in the typeset score."
msgstr "在乐谱排版中隐藏/显示光标处音符的指法。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/TweakFingeringPosition.scm:8
msgid "Give finger number: "
msgstr "设置指号："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/TweakFingeringPosition.scm:12
msgid "Give horizontal shift required: "
msgstr "设置水平方向的位移值："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/TweakFingeringPosition.scm:18
msgid "Give vertical shift required: "
msgstr "设置垂直方向的位移值："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/TweakFingeringPosition.xml.h:1
msgid "Tweak Position"
msgstr "位置调整"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/TweakFingeringPosition.xml.h:2
msgid "Shifts the position of the fingering indication by the amounts given."
msgstr "根据设定值调整指法记号的显示位置。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/RHFinger.xml.h:1
msgid "Right Hand Fingering"
msgstr "右手指法"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/RHFinger.xml.h:2
msgid "Asks for a finger number and typesets p,m,i as appropriate. Use cancel to delete."
msgstr "设置指号并适当地排版为 p、m、i。点击取消来删除此记号。"

#. d-StringNum
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/StringNum.xml.h:1
msgid "String Number"
msgstr "弦号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/StringNum.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:97
msgid "Followed by a number, places string number on note."
msgstr "将指定的弦号插入到音符上。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/ToggleStemSupport.xml.h:1
msgid "Avoid Collisions with Stems"
msgstr "避免与符干冲突"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/ToggleStemSupport.xml.h:2
msgid "Fingerings and String numbers will be moved to avoid colliding with stems on typesetting."
msgstr "排版时将会自动调整指法和弦号的位置，以避免与符干位置相冲突。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ArbitraryTextAbove.scm:3
msgid "Give string"
msgstr "设置弦"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ArbitraryTextAbove.scm:3
msgid "give your text"
msgstr "设置文本"

#. End of scheme script
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ArbitraryTextAbove.xml.h:1
msgid "Arbitrary Text Above"
msgstr "任意文本于上方"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ArbitraryTextAbove.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints the text you give above the chord."
msgstr "将指定文本插入到和弦上方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/AttachedText.scm:24
msgid ""
"Give text to appear with note/chord:\n"
"The characters \\, \", §, { and } have a special meaning in the text,\n"
"the backslash \\ starts some LilyPond syntax, the others must be paired.\n"
"To apply italic or bold to a group of words enclose them in {}, e.g. \\bold {These words are bold}.\n"
"Other markup commands \\super, \\tiny etc, see LilyPond documentation."
msgstr ""
"设置与音符/和弦关联的文本：\n"
"文本中的 \\、\"、§、{ 和 } 字符有特殊意义：\n"
"反斜杠 \\ 标志着某些 LilyPond 语法的开始，其他字符则必须成对出现。\n"
"若要将一组字符设为斜体或粗体，请将它们包含在 {} 中，例如 \\blod {要加粗的文本}。\n"
"有关其他标记命令 \\super、\\tiny 等的使用方法，请参见 LilyPond 文档。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/AttachedText.xml.h:2
msgid "Attaches multi-line text which can include music snippets, transposing note/chord names, fret-diagrams, with control over bold, italic font size and more. Double quotes and {} must be paired - check with the Preview button before okaying the markup. Newlines are triggered by the paragraph sign."
msgstr "插入多行文本对象，其中可以包含音乐片段、转调音符/和弦名、音品图以及粗体、斜体、字体大小控制等。双引号和 {} 必须成对 - 在确认标记之前请使用预览按钮进行检查。可以使用段落符号来换行。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Congruentia.xml.h:1
msgid "Congruentia"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Congruentia.xml.h:2
msgid "Print congruentia / canon symbol"
msgstr ""

#. End of scheme script
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DalSegno.xml.h:1
msgid "Dal Segno"
msgstr "Dal Segno"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DalSegno.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints Dal Segno below the chord at the cursor."
msgstr "在光标处和弦的下方插入 Dal Segno（D.S.）。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DCAlFine.scm:9
msgid "Replacing Text"
msgstr "替换文本"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DCAlFine.scm:9
msgid "Give new text"
msgstr "设置新文本"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DCAlFine.scm:9
msgid "D.C. Al Fine"
msgstr "D.C. Al Fine"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DCAlFine.scm:51
msgid "No note or rest at cursor"
msgstr "光标处没有音符或休止符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DCAlFine.xml.h:1
msgid "D. C. al fine"
msgstr "D. C. al fine"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DCAlFine.xml.h:2
msgid "Puts Da Capo al fine over the chord at the cursor."
msgstr "在光标处和弦的下方插入 Da Capo（D.C.）。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/DeleteDynamic.xml.h:2
msgid "Deletes a dynamic attached to the chord at the cursor."
msgstr "删除附加到光标处和弦的力度记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/Forte.xml.h:1
msgid "Forte"
msgstr "Forte"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/Forte.xml.h:2
msgid "Attaches Forte to chord and MIDI volume"
msgstr "附加 Forte（f）到和弦，并调整 MIDI 音量"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/Fortissimo.xml.h:1
msgid "Fortissimo"
msgstr "Fortissimo"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/Fortissimo.xml.h:2
msgid "Places a ff sign on the chord at the cursor"
msgstr "插入 ff 记号至光标处的和弦"

#. End of scheme script
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/Largo.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/Largo.xml.h:1
msgid "Largo"
msgstr "Largo"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/Largo.xml.h:2
msgid "Print Largo above note at cursor"
msgstr "在光标处音符的上方插入 Largo 记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/MezzoForte.xml.h:1
msgid "Mezzo Forte"
msgstr "Mezzo Forte"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/MezzoForte.xml.h:2
msgid "Attach mf indication to a chord."
msgstr "附加 mf 记号至和弦。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/MezzoPiano.xml.h:1
msgid "Mezzo Piano"
msgstr "Mezzo Piano"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/MezzoPiano.xml.h:2
msgid "prints mp and outputs MIDI vol change#"
msgstr "显示 mp 记号，并调整输出 MIDI 音量"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:9
msgid "Fn"
msgstr "Fn"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:20
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:23
msgid "Footnote Mark"
msgstr "脚注标记"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:20
msgid "Give horizontal offset for the marker"
msgstr "设置标记的水平位移"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:23
msgid "Give vertical offset for the marker"
msgstr "设置标记的垂直位移"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:65
msgid "No note or chord at cursor to attach footnote to"
msgstr "光标处没有可附加脚注标记的音符或和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints a footnote at the bottom of the current page. The mark is placed above the note at the cursor."
msgstr "在当前页的底部显示一个脚注标记。标记被插入至光标处音符的上方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Glissando.scm:4
msgid "Minimum Length"
msgstr "最小宽度"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Glissando.scm:10
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Glissando.xml.h:1
msgid "Glissando"
msgstr "滑音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Glissando.scm:10
msgid "Give minimum length for glissando line: "
msgstr "设置滑音线的最小宽度："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Glissando.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a glissando (portamento, slide), a line joining the notehead of this and the next note. You may need to displace the following note horizontally to make the gliss marking visible enough."
msgstr "插入一个滑音记号，将一个音符的符头与下一个音符相连。为了避免滑音记号被遮挡，您可能需要水平移动后续的音符。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ParenthesizeChord.xml.h:1
msgid "Parenthesize Chord"
msgstr "和弦外加括号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ParenthesizeNote.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ParenthesizeNote.xml.h:1
msgid "Parenthesize Note"
msgstr "音符外加括号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ParenthesizeNote.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ParenthesizeNote.xml.h:2
msgid "Enclose the note at the cursor in ( ) when printed."
msgstr "打印时将光标处音符置于 () 内。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Spanning/TextSpanStart.scm:16
msgid "Sorry, not yet implemented"
msgstr "抱歉，此功能尚未实现"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Spanning/TextSpanStart.scm:29
msgid "Text Span Start deleted. The end text span later should also be deleted ..."
msgstr "已删除文本段起始记号。其后的文本段结束记号也应被删除。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Spanning/TextSpanStart.scm:33
msgid "Text Spanner"
msgstr "文本段"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Spanning/TextSpanStart.scm:33
msgid "Give text "
msgstr "设置文本 "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Spanning/TextSpanStart.xml.h:1
msgid "Text Span Start"
msgstr "文本段起始"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Spanning/TextSpanStart.xml.h:2
msgid "Starts text which spans several notes, e.g. rallentando poco a poco. Terminate with Stop Text Span command."
msgstr "属于多个音符（如 rallentando，poco a poco 等记号）的文本的起始位置。应当与相应的文本段终止记号配对使用。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Spanning/TextSpanStop.xml.h:1
msgid "Text Span Stop"
msgstr "文本段终止"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Spanning/TextSpanStop.xml.h:2
msgid "Stops the spanning text started earlier."
msgstr "文本段的终止位置。"

#. End of scheme script
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/AllegroAssai.xml.h:1
msgid "Allegro Assai"
msgstr "Allegro Assai"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/AllegroAssai.xml.h:2
msgid "Gives Allegro Assai tempo indication"
msgstr "显示超快板（Allegro Assai）速度提示"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/Allegro.xml.h:1
msgid "Allegro"
msgstr "Allegro"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/Allegro.xml.h:2
msgid "Print Allegro in bold italics above the chord."
msgstr "在和弦上显示黑斜体的快板记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/Andante.xml.h:1
msgid "Andante"
msgstr "Andante"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/Andante.xml.h:2
msgid "Print Andante in bold italics above the chord."
msgstr "在和弦上显示黑斜体的行板记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/Largo.xml.h:2
msgid "Attaches Largo to chord"
msgstr "附加 Largo 记号至和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/Presto.xml.h:1
msgid "Presto"
msgstr "急板"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/Presto.xml.h:2
msgid "Print Presto in bold italics above the chord."
msgstr "在和弦上显示黑斜体的急板记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TextAbove.scm:6
msgid "Give text to appear above music: "
msgstr "设置音乐上方的文本："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TextAbove.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints your text above the music at this point"
msgstr "在此处的音乐上方显示设定文本"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ToggleCoda.xml.h:1
msgid "Coda (Off/On)"
msgstr "Coda（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ToggleCoda.xml.h:2
msgid "Adds/Removes a Coda to the note"
msgstr ""
"添加/移除音符的反复结束\n"
"（Coda）记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ToggleFine.xml.h:1
msgid "Fine (end). (Off/On)"
msgstr "Fine（终止）（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ToggleFine.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints the musical instruction \"fine\", in italics."
msgstr "显示斜体的音乐提示记号“fine”。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ToggleSegno.xml.h:1
msgid "Segno (Off/On)"
msgstr "Segno（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ToggleSegno.xml.h:2
msgid "Adds/Removes a Segno to the note"
msgstr "添加或移除音符的 Segno 记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.scm:3
msgid "Start a vibrato"
msgstr "颤音起始"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.scm:3
msgid "Stop a vibrato"
msgstr "颤音终止"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.scm:14
msgid "Vibrato End"
msgstr "颤音结束"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.scm:20
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.scm:29
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.scm:32
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.xml.h:1
msgid "Vibrato"
msgstr "颤音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.scm:20
msgid "Give amplitude or 0 to finish giving amplitudes"
msgstr "设置振幅，设为 0 表示停止设置"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.scm:29
msgid "Give wavelength for wavy line "
msgstr "设置波浪线的波长 "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.scm:32
msgid "Give thickness for wavy line "
msgstr "设置波浪线的粗细 "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.xml.h:2
msgid "Start or Stop a wavy line above the notes. The waves can be made longer/shorter via the wavelength given and can be made to swell and or diminish, several times if desired by giving one or more amplitudes."
msgstr "在音符上开始或停止绘制波浪线。可以通过设置波长来控制波浪线的长度，通过（多次）设置振幅来控制波浪线的高度。"

#. InsertMarkedMidi
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/MIDI/InsertMarkedMidi.xml.h:1
msgid "Insert Marked MIDI"
msgstr "插入标记的 MIDI"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/MIDI/InsertMarkedMidi.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts the marked MIDI note from the current track, using the duration suggested. Use duration keys to insert the same note with a different duration."
msgstr "使用建议时长从当前音轨中插入标记的 MIDI 音符。可以使用时长按键来改变所插入音符的时值。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ArtificialHarmonic.scm:8
msgid ""
"This note will typeset with a diamond notehead, to indicate a harmonic\n"
"You can sharpen or flatten this note using the standard commands."
msgstr ""
"将以钻石形符头排版此音符，以表示它是一个和声\n"
"你可以使用标准命令来对其进行升调或降调操作。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ArtificialHarmonic.xml.h:1
msgid "Artificial Harmonic"
msgstr "人工和声"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ArtificialHarmonic.xml.h:2
msgid "Places a diamond shape notehead at the cursor. Invoke this command with the cursor above the note to be fingered/fretted to notate an artificial harmonic."
msgstr "在光标处插入一个钻石形符头。当光标位于多指/有品的音符上时，调用此命令来将其标注为人工和声。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:6
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/NeoMensuralNotehead.xml.h:1
msgid "Neo-mensural"
msgstr "新定值"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:10
msgid "Harmonic Black"
msgstr "黑色和声"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:11
msgid "Harmonic Mixed"
msgstr "人工和声"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:14
msgid "XCircle"
msgstr "圈叉"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:18
msgid "AltDefault"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.xml.h:1
msgid "Choose Notehead"
msgstr "选择符头"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.xml.h:2
msgid "(Print) Gives a choice between all the notehead types available."
msgstr "（打印）可用于选择的符头。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/IndividualNoteheadSize.scm:10
msgid "Notehead Font Magnification"
msgstr "符头字体缩放"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/IndividualNoteheadSize.scm:10
msgid "Give size required: "
msgstr "设置所需大小："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/IndividualNoteheadSize.xml.h:1
msgid "Individual Note Head Size"
msgstr "独立符头大小"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/IndividualNoteheadSize.xml.h:2
msgid "Allows the notehead that the cursor is on to be made larger of smaller than normal."
msgstr "放大或缩小光标处的符头。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/NeoMensuralNotehead.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints note with neomensural style notehead."
msgstr "当前乐章使用新定值符头类型。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadSizes/NormalSizeNotehead.xml.h:1
msgid "(Print) Normal Size"
msgstr "（打印）原始大小"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadSizes/NormalSizeNotehead.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints out note heads in normal size"
msgstr "以正常大小打印符头"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadSizes/SmallNotehead.xml.h:1
msgid "(Print) Small Size"
msgstr "（打印）小尺寸"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadSizes/SmallNotehead.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints out note heads in small size"
msgstr "以较小的尺寸打印符头"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadSizes/TinyNotehead.xml.h:1
msgid "(Print) Tiny Size"
msgstr "（打印）微尺寸"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadSizes/TinyNotehead.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints out note heads in tiny size"
msgstr "以很小的尺寸打印符头"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/OmitChord-Note-Rest.xml.h:1
msgid "Omit (Print)"
msgstr "（打印）忽略"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/OmitChord-Note-Rest.xml.h:2
msgid "Omits the current chord, note or rest when typesetting. By default this will be conditional: exclusive to current layout. Use the Object Editor to change the condition if needed."
msgstr "打印时忽略当前和弦、音符或休止符。默认为条件指令，仅对当前布局生效。您也可以使用对象编辑器来改变这一条件。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ParenthesizeNote.scm:22
msgid "Applies to Note, Chord or Rest"
msgstr "应用到休止符、音符或和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/BassDrum.xml.h:1
msgid "Bass Drum"
msgstr "低音鼓"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/BassDrum.xml.h:2
msgid "Insert Bass Drum in the prevailing duration."
msgstr "以预设时值插入低音鼓记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/DrumGM2Custom.xml.h:1
msgid "Drum GM2 Custom"
msgstr "自定义 GM2 鼓组"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/DrumGM2Custom.xml.h:2
msgid "Convert General Midi drum-staffs to user-notation drum-staffs. Please edit the script to enter your own values."
msgstr "将 GM 鼓组转换为用户自定义符号表示的鼓组。请编辑脚本来输入自定义值。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/HiHatFoot.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/HiHat.xml.h:1
msgid "Hi Hat with Foot"
msgstr "闭镲"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/HiHatFoot.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/HiHat.xml.h:2
msgid "Insert HiHat with foot in the prevailing duration."
msgstr "以预设时值插入踩镲记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/HiTom.xml.h:1
msgid "Hi Tom"
msgstr "高音嗵鼓"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/HiTom.xml.h:2
msgid "Insert Hi Tom in the prevailing duration."
msgstr "以预设时值插入高音通鼓记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/RideBell.xml.h:1
msgid "Ride Bell"
msgstr "浮音镲碗"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/RideBell.xml.h:2
msgid "Insert Ride Bell in the prevailing duration."
msgstr "以预设时值插入浮音镲碗记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/Ride.xml.h:1
msgid "Ride"
msgstr "镲"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/Ride.xml.h:2
msgid "Insert Ride in the prevailing duration."
msgstr "以预设时值插入镲记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/TimbalesStyle.xml.h:1
msgid "Timbales Style Staff"
msgstr "铜鼓样式谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/TimbalesStyle.xml.h:2
msgid "Changes to print as a drum staff in timbales style"
msgstr "以铜鼓记号的样式打印鼓组"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Playback/ChangeSoundingDuration.scm:6
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Playback/ChangeSoundingDuration.xml.h:1
msgid "Change Sounding Duration"
msgstr "改变回放时长"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Playback/ChangeSoundingDuration.scm:7
msgid "Choose a duration in \"ticks\" (𝅘𝅥 = 384 ticks): "
msgstr "设置以“刻（tick）”为单位的时长（𝅘𝅥 = 384 刻）："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Playback/ChangeSoundingDuration.xml.h:2
msgid "Changes the duration of the note a the cursor for playback purposes, typesetting unaffected."
msgstr "改变光标所在的音符的回放时长；不影响排版。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ReplaceChord.xml.h:1
msgid "Replace LilyPond"
msgstr "替换 LilyPond"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ReplaceChord.xml.h:2
msgid "Suppresses the normal LilyPond typesetting for the current note/chord/rest replacing it with syntax provided by user."
msgstr "在排版当前音符/和弦/休止符时，用用户设置的语法来替换通用的 LilyPond 设置。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/ConvertToWholeMeasureRests.xml.h:1
msgid "Convert to Whole Measure Rests"
msgstr "转换为全小节休止符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/ConvertToWholeMeasureRests.xml.h:2
msgid "Changes rests throughout the score that have the duration of the whole measure to whole measure rests (typeset as whole-note rest by convention)"
msgstr "将乐谱中所有时值为全小节的休止符转换为全小节休止符（习惯上会将其排版为一个全音符休止符）。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/DisplaceRestHorizontally.xml.h:1
msgid "Displace Rest Horizontally"
msgstr "水平方向移动休止符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/DisplaceRestHorizontally.xml.h:2
msgid "Asks for a horizontal shift and moves the rest at the cursor by that much when printing."
msgstr "设置光标处休止符在打印时的水平位移。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/EnterRest.xml.h:1
msgid "Insert Rest"
msgstr "插入休止符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/EnterRest.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a rest in the prevailing duration"
msgstr "插入预设时值的休止符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/InsertBreveRest.xml.h:1
msgid "Breve Rest"
msgstr "双全休止符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/InsertBreveRest.xml.h:2
msgid "Insert a rest with breve duration"
msgstr "插入一个具有双全音符时值的休止符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/InsertLongaRest.xml.h:1
msgid "Longa Rest"
msgstr "四全休止符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/InsertLongaRest.xml.h:2
msgid "Insert a rest with longa duration"
msgstr "插入一个具有四全音符时值的休止符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/InsertWholeMeasureRest.xml.h:1
msgid "Insert Whole Measure Rest"
msgstr "插入全小节休止符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/InsertWholeMeasureRest.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts/Appends a rest measure; if the current measure is empty, it simply places the whole measure rest in it."
msgstr "插入/附加一个休止小节；若当前小节为空，则插入全小节休止符。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MoveRest.xml.h:1
msgid "Displace Rest Vertically"
msgstr "垂直方向移动休止符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MoveRest.xml.h:2
msgid "Turns the rest at the cursor into a polyphonic rest at the cursor height."
msgstr "将光标处和弦转变为复音休止符，并移动到光标高度。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRestNumber.xml.h:1
msgid "Multi-Measure Rest Number (Off/On)"
msgstr "多小节休止符数（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRestNumber.xml.h:2
msgid "Turns the printing of the multi-measure rest number off or on. Use this when merging rests to avoid the number appearing twice."
msgstr "关闭/开启显示多小节休止符数。用于在合并休止符时避免二次显示编号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.scm:76
msgid "Grouped in mm rest"
msgstr "组合至多小节休止符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.scm:94
msgid ""
"This whole measure rest is grouped with adjacent ones to form a multi-measure rest.\n"
"The first of the group should be the multi-measure rest itself. Place the cursor on that object to do editing."
msgstr ""
"将此全小节休止符与其相邻的休止符组合，形成多小节休止符。\n"
"组合中的第一个休止符应当是多小节休止符。若要进行编辑，请将光标置于第一个休止符上。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.scm:98
msgid "Recalculate"
msgstr "重新计算"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.scm:98
msgid "Un-group"
msgstr "取消组合"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.scm:101
msgid ""
"This represents a number of whole measure rests.\n"
"The following measure rests are grouped with this one when typeset on their own. In full score they are typeset separately to match the other parts.\n"
"If you add further grouped whole measure rests, this Directive will need re-calculating.\n"
"The check score routine that is run before printing will do this for you."
msgstr ""
"表示一系列全小节休止符。\n"
"在排版时，将会把随后的小节休止符与此休止符组合棋路。在整个乐谱中，将会分别对其排版以匹配其他片段。\n"
"若之后添加了更多的全小节休止符，则需要重新计数此记号。\n"
"打印前的检查乐谱功能将会自动进行重新计算的工作。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.scm:106
msgid "Creating Multi-Measure Rests"
msgstr "创建多小节休止符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.scm:106
msgid "Give number of whole measure rests to insert"
msgstr "设置要插入的全小节休止符的个数"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.xml.h:2
#, fuzzy
msgid "Creates a multi-measure rest from the whole measure rests after the cursor, or inserts the number of rests you specify after the cursor, making them a multi-measure rest. Multi-measure rests will be typeset as individual whole measure rests if any other part being typeset has music during them. Note: Whole measure rests to be converted must be unbroken by any other objects such as links to source, rehearsal marks etc. else they will be split into separate groups on multi-measure rests."
msgstr "在光标后使用全小节休止符创建一个多小节休止符，或插入指定数量的休止符来组成一个多小节休止符。在与其他含有音符的谱表共同排版时，将会把多小节休止符作为多个独立的全小节休止符来处理。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/WholeMeasureRest.scm:7
msgid "Duration of whole measure rest has been re-calculated"
msgstr "已重新计算全小节休止符的时值"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/WholeMeasureRest.xml.h:1
msgid "Whole Measure Rest"
msgstr "全小节休止符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/WholeMeasureRest.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a whole measure rest at the cursor"
msgstr "在光标处插入一个全小节休止符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/WholeMeasureSpacer.xml.h:1
msgid "Insert Whole Measure Spacer"
msgstr "插入全小节间隔"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/WholeMeasureSpacer.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a non-printing whole measure after the current measure with a directive to omit the barline. This gives a one measure spacer."
msgstr "在当前小节后插入一个小节，以及忽略小节线的记号。生成一个小节宽度的空白。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/SelectDuration/SetBreve.xml.h:2
msgid "Sets Prevailing Duration to Breve"
msgstr "设置时值为双全音符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/SelectDuration/SetLonga.xml.h:2
msgid "Sets Longa as the prevailing duration, installing it as a musical snippet."
msgstr "将预设时值设为四全音符，并将其设为音乐片段。"

#. ShiftDot
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ShiftDot.scm:2
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ShiftDot.scm:3
msgid "Dot Position"
msgstr "附点位置"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ShiftDot.xml.h:1
msgid "(Print) Move Dot"
msgstr "（打印）移动附点"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ShiftDot.xml.h:2
msgid "Adjust the position of the dot on the current note by the amounts given (in units of staff line spaces)."
msgstr "将当前音符上的附点位置移动指定距离（单位为谱表行间距）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/AvoidSlurAccidentalCollision.scm:7
msgid "Slur/Accidental avoidance removed"
msgstr "已移除连音/变音冲突控制"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/AvoidSlurAccidentalCollision.scm:17
msgid "Use only on a slur start to make the slur avoid accidentals on following notes"
msgstr "仅用于连音起始处，以避免连音与随后音符上的变音记号冲突"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/AvoidSlurAccidentalCollision.xml.h:1
msgid "Avoid Slur Collision"
msgstr "避免连音冲突"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/AvoidSlurAccidentalCollision.xml.h:2
msgid "Avoids slur colliding with accidental (Print)"
msgstr "避免连音线与变音记号冲突（用于打印）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/BeginPhrasingSlur.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ToggleBeginPhrasingSlur.xml.h:1
msgid "Begin Phrasing Slur"
msgstr "乐句连音起始"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/BeginPhrasingSlur.xml.h:2
msgid "Begins a phrasing slur (which can have slurs within it)"
msgstr "乐句连音的起始处（可以包含其他连音）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/DeleteSlur.scm:5
msgid "Slur Deleted"
msgstr "已删除连音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/DeleteSlur.scm:10
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/DeleteSlur.scm:17
msgid "Not on a slur"
msgstr "不在连音上"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/DeleteSlur.xml.h:2
msgid "Deletes the slur that includes the current cursor position."
msgstr "删除包含当前光标位置的连音。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/EndPhrasingSlur.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ToggleEndPhrasingSlur.xml.h:1
msgid "End Phrasing Slur"
msgstr "乐句连音终止"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/EndPhrasingSlur.xml.h:2
msgid "Ends a phrasing slur (which can have slurs within it)"
msgstr "乐句连音的结束处（可以包含其他连音）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ExtendSlur.xml.h:1
msgid "Extend Slur"
msgstr "扩展连音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ExtendSlur.xml.h:2
msgid "Extends the slur finishing at the cursor."
msgstr "将连音结束位置扩展至光标处。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/LaterSlurStart.xml.h:1
msgid "Shorten Slur from Start"
msgstr "从开头缩短连音线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/LaterSlurStart.xml.h:2
msgid "Moves the Slur start from the note at the cursor to the following note."
msgstr "将连音线起始位置向后移动一个音符。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/MarkingInsideSlur.scm:5
msgid "This makes the next marking on a note etc move inside the slur."
msgstr "将下一个（音符上的）记号移至连音线内。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/MarkingInsideSlur.scm:10
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/TextInsideSlur.scm:10
msgid "Inside Slur "
msgstr "连音线内 "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/MarkingInsideSlur.xml.h:1
msgid "Marking Inside Slur"
msgstr "记号于连音线内"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/MarkingInsideSlur.xml.h:2
msgid "(Print) Next marking will be placed inside the slur."
msgstr "（打印）下一个（音符上的）记号将被置于连音线内。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ReduceSlur.xml.h:1
msgid "Shorten Slur"
msgstr "缩短连音线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ReduceSlur.xml.h:2
msgid "Shorten a slur that ends or starts at the cursor."
msgstr "缩短光标处的连音线。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurDown.xml.h:1
msgid "Slur Down"
msgstr "连音线位于下方"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurDown.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints slur below"
msgstr "在下方显示连音线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurNeutral.xml.h:1
msgid "Auto Slur Directions"
msgstr "自动连音线方向"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurNeutral.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints slurs as normal"
msgstr "以正常方式显示连音线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurStyle.scm:4
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/TieStyle.scm:4
msgid "Dashed"
msgstr "虚线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurStyle.scm:5
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/TieStyle.scm:5
msgid "Dotted"
msgstr "点划线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurStyle.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/TieStyle.xml.h:1
msgid "Dashed or Dotted"
msgstr "虚线或点划线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurStyle.xml.h:2
msgid "Make the slur starting from this note dashed or dotted."
msgstr "将此音符上起始的连音线设为虚线或点划线。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurThree.xml.h:1
msgid "Slur with Next Two Notes"
msgstr "连音至后两个音符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurThree.xml.h:2
msgid "Slur over next two notes."
msgstr "将当前音符与后两个音符用连音线连接起来。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurTwo.xml.h:1
msgid "Slur with Next Note"
msgstr "连音至后一个音符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurTwo.xml.h:2
msgid "Creates a slur from current note to next note."
msgstr "创建连接当前音符和下一个音符的连音线。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurUp.xml.h:1
msgid "Slur Up"
msgstr "连音线位于上方"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurUp.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints slurs up"
msgstr "在上方显示连音线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/TextInsideSlur.scm:5
msgid "This makes the next text marking on a note etc move inside the slur."
msgstr "将下一个（音符上的）文本移至连音线内。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/TextInsideSlur.xml.h:1
msgid "Text Inside Slur"
msgstr "文本于连音线内"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/TextInsideSlur.xml.h:2
msgid "(Print) Next text marking will be placed inside the slur."
msgstr "（打印）下一个（音符上的）文本将被置于连音线内。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ToggleBeginDownSlur.xml.h:1
msgid "Begin Slur Below (Off/On)"
msgstr "下方连音起始（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ToggleBeginDownSlur.xml.h:2
msgid "Starts (or deletes) a slur below the chord at the cursor. If deleting be sure to delete the end slur as well."
msgstr "在光标处插入（或删除）一个显示在下方的连音线。若删除连音线起始记号，也需要删除相应的结束记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ToggleBeginPhrasingSlur.xml.h:2
msgid "Begin a phrasing slur on the current note. You can have normal slurs (partially) inside a phrasing slur."
msgstr "在当前音符处开始显示乐句连音线。你可以在乐句连音线中使用（部分）普通连音线。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ToggleBeginUpSlur.xml.h:1
msgid "Begin Slur Up (Off/On)"
msgstr "上方连音起始（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ToggleBeginUpSlur.xml.h:2
msgid "Starts (or deletes) a slur above the chord at the cursor. Follow with End Slur on a later chord."
msgstr "在光标处插入（或删除）一个显示在上方的连音线。需要与相应的结束记号配对使用。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ToggleEndPhrasingSlur.xml.h:2
msgid "End a phrasing slur on the current note."
msgstr "设置乐句连音终止于当前音符上。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:3
msgid "OneVoice:  Default-For a single voice on a staff"
msgstr "单声部：默认 - 一个谱表对应一种声部"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:4
msgid "VoiceOne:  Designate as upper voice"
msgstr "声部一：指定为高音部"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:5
msgid "VoiceTwo:  Designate as lower voice"
msgstr "声部二：指定为低音部"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:5
msgid ""
"VoiceThree: \n"
"Horizontally offset upper voice"
msgstr "声部三：水平方向位移的高音部"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:7
msgid "VoiceFour:  Horizontally offset lower voice"
msgstr "声部四：水平方向位移的低音部"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:13
msgid "Voice1"
msgstr "声部1"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:15
msgid "Voice2"
msgstr "声部2"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:17
msgid "Voice3"
msgstr "声部3"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:19
msgid "Voice4"
msgstr "声部4"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:21
msgid "1Voice"
msgstr "单声部"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.xml.h:1
msgid "Designate Voice"
msgstr "指定声部"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.xml.h:2
msgid "These commands are used when entering several voices per staff. VoiceOne is for the upper voice-it sets the direction of slurs, beams, etc. up to avoid clashes. VoiceTwo is for the lower voice, and it sets the directions down. Additional voices beyond two are offset slightly to the right."
msgstr "用于在每个谱表中设置多个声部。声部一用于高音部，设置连音线，符尾等的方向（以避免冲突）；声部二用于低音部，设置方向反转。其他的声部将会在显示时略微右移。"

#. HelpForStemControl
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/HelpForStemControl.scm:2
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/HelpForStemControl.xml.h:2
msgid "Stem direction (up, down or automatic - depending on the note height on the staff- is normally controlled by selecting the LilyPond voice for the music on the staff. This menu is for primitive commands that force stems in one direction without altering slur, tie, ornament directions. Use right-click More Commands to un-hide these primitives if needed."
msgstr "符干方向（向上、向下或自动 - 取决于谱表中音符的高度，通常可通过设置谱表的 LilyPond 声部来控制。此菜单包含了强制改变符干方向的原始指令，且不会影响音符所关联的连音线、延音线、装饰音方向。如需要，可以右键单击并选择“更多命令”来显示这些原始指令。）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/HelpForStemControl.xml.h:1
msgid "Help for Stem Control"
msgstr "符干控制帮助"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/StartDownStems.xml.h:1
msgid "Stems Down"
msgstr "符干向下"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/StartDownStems.xml.h:2
msgid "Stems from now on point downward."
msgstr "此后的符干将会朝下。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/StartUpStems.xml.h:1
msgid "Stems Up"
msgstr "符干向上"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/StartUpStems.xml.h:2
msgid "Stems from now on point upward."
msgstr "此后的符干将会朝上。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ConvertIncorrectSlursToTies.xml.h:1
msgid "Convert Incorrect Slurs to Ties"
msgstr "将不正确的连音转换为延音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ConvertIncorrectSlursToTies.xml.h:2
msgid "Corrects for the slur/tie error common in imported scores. Scans entire score for pairs of identical notes slurred together as a pair. Changes these to a tied note. Do not use in the unusual case of identical notes slurred (e.g. across strings)."
msgstr "校正导入乐谱中常见的连音/延音错误。扫描整个乐谱中由连音线连接的成对音符，并将连音线转换为延音线。不用于特殊情况下相同音符之间的连音（例如和弦之间的连音）。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/InsertTiedNoteDuration.xml.h:1
msgid "Attach Tied Note"
msgstr "附加延音符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/InsertTiedNoteDuration.xml.h:2
msgid "Toggles a tie on the note at the cursor and moves right for inserting a note to tie to with duration key. Gives audible feedback."
msgstr "使用时长按键插入一个音符，并将其包含至光标处的延音线右端。提供试听反馈。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/LaissezVibrer.scm:15
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/RepeatTie.scm:15
msgid "This command only applies to notes or chords."
msgstr "此命令仅用于音符或和弦。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/LaissezVibrer.xml.h:1
msgid "Laissez Vibrer"
msgstr "自由延音线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/LaissezVibrer.xml.h:2
msgid "Places a tie after the note at the cursor, tying to nothing. Use for laissez vibrer or when a tie comes at a final repeat."
msgstr "在光标处的音符后插入一个延音线，右端留空。用于表示最终反复处使用延音。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/RepeatTie.xml.h:1
msgid "Repeat Tie"
msgstr "重复延音线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/RepeatTie.xml.h:2
msgid "The note at the cursor ends a tie that has begun elsewhere, usually in a first time bar. That is it is a repeat of the tie ending."
msgstr "在光标处音符的音符上终止延音线；一般出现在第一次重复段落中，表示延音线的重复出现。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieFlatter.scm:10
msgid "Convexity of Tie"
msgstr "延音线凹凸"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieFlatter.scm:10
msgid "Give extra to flatten by (+/-):"
msgstr "设置额外的凸起程度（+/-）："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieFlatter.xml.h:1
msgid "Flatter/More Curved"
msgstr "平滑/凸出"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieFlatter.xml.h:2
msgid "Makes the next tie more or less curved depending on the value given. The change is relative to the current shape, not the default shape."
msgstr "根据设定值改变下一个延音线的凹凸程度。将会基于当前形状（而非默认形状）进行改变。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieHigher.scm:10
msgid "Height of Tie"
msgstr "延音线高度"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieHigher.scm:10
msgid "Give amount to raise (unit = staff line space):"
msgstr "设置附加高度值（单位 = 谱表线间距离）："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieHigher.xml.h:1
msgid "Higher/Lower"
msgstr "更高/更低"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieHigher.xml.h:2
msgid "Moves the next tie higher/lower by the amount given from the current position."
msgstr "根据设定值，从当前位置处向上/向下移动延音线。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieWider.scm:14
msgid "Width of Tie"
msgstr "延音线宽度"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieWider.scm:14
msgid "Give additional width (unit = staff line space):"
msgstr "设置附加宽度值（单位 = 谱表线间距离）："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieWider.xml.h:1
msgid "Widen/Make Narrower"
msgstr "更宽/更窄"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieWider.xml.h:2
msgid "Makes the next tie wider/narrower by the amount given. The change is relative to the default value."
msgstr "根据设定值，加宽/缩窄下一个延音线。将会基于默认值进行改变。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/TieShape.scm:4
msgid "Widen/Narrow"
msgstr "加宽/缩窄"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/TieShape.scm:5
msgid "Flatten/Bend More"
msgstr "平滑/弯曲"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/TieShape.scm:6
msgid "Raise/Lower"
msgstr "升高/降低"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/TieShape.xml.h:2
msgid "Gives a choice of modifications to make to the following tie."
msgstr "用于调整后续延音线的选项。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/TieStyle.xml.h:2
msgid "Make the tie on this note dashed or dotted."
msgstr "将此音符上起始的延音线设为虚线或点划线。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleNoteDownTie.scm:16
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleNoteTie.scm:15
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleNoteUpTie.scm:16
msgid "Individual Ties only apply to notes within chords."
msgstr "仅应用到和弦内音符的独立延音。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleNoteDownTie.xml.h:1
msgid "Individual Note Down-Tie (Off/On)"
msgstr "独立的下音符延音（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleNoteDownTie.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:195
msgid "Ties the individual note at the cursor the tie going down; repeat to remove."
msgstr "将延音线关联到光标处独立音符（位于下方）；重复此操作可以将其删除。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleNoteTie.xml.h:1
msgid "Individual Note Tie (Off/On)"
msgstr "独立的音符延音（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleNoteTie.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:193
msgid "Ties the note at the cursor leaving other notes in the current chord unchanged."
msgstr "将延音线关联到光标处的音符，不改变和弦中的其他音符。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleNoteUpTie.xml.h:1
msgid "Individual Note Up-Tie (Off/On)"
msgstr "独立的上音符延音（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleNoteUpTie.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:194
msgid "Ties the individual note in a chord the tie being above; repeat command to remove."
msgstr "将延音线关联到光标处独立音符（位于上方）；重复此操作可以将其删除。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleTieDown.xml.h:1
msgid "Down Tie (Off/On)"
msgstr "下延音（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleTieDown.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:192
msgid "Ties to the following note/chord with tie downwards."
msgstr "用延音线从下方连接后续的音符/和弦。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleTieUp.xml.h:1
msgid "Up Tie (Off/On)"
msgstr "上延音（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleTieUp.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:191
msgid "Ties to next note, tie upwards, or removes tie."
msgstr "用延音线从上方连接后续音符，或者移除已有延音线。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftDown.xml.h:1
msgid "Tonal step down"
msgstr "向下一音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftDown.xml.h:2
msgid "Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one step down, stay in the keysignature."
msgstr "将光标处音符或选区下移一个音，并保持调号关系不变。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealDialogDown.xml.h:1
msgid "Arbitrary transpose down"
msgstr "任意向下转调"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealDialogDown.xml.h:2
msgid "Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection an arbitrary number of tones down. User can specify interval through a dialog."
msgstr "将光标处音符/选区向下移动任意个声调。用户可以在对话框中指定移调间隔。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealDialogUp.xml.h:1
msgid "Arbitrary transpose up"
msgstr "任意向上转调"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealDialogUp.xml.h:2
msgid "Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection an arbitrary number of tones up. User can specify interval through a dialog."
msgstr "将光标处音符/选区向上移动任意个声调。用户可以在对话框中指定移调间隔。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealHalfDown.xml.h:1
msgid "Half tone down"
msgstr "向上半音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealHalfDown.xml.h:2
msgid "Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one half tone down"
msgstr "将光标处音符或选区向下移动半音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealHalfUp.xml.h:1
msgid "Half tone up"
msgstr "向下半音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealHalfUp.xml.h:2
msgid "Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one half tone up"
msgstr "将光标处音符或选区向上移动半音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealOctaveDown.xml.h:2
msgid "Shifts current notes/selection down one octave while preserving accidental status. This means real transposition"
msgstr "将当前音符/选区向下移动一个八度，并保持变音状态。是真正意义上的转调"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealOctaveUp.xml.h:2
msgid "Shifts current notes/selection up one octave while preserving accidental status. This means real transposition"
msgstr "将当前音符/选区向上移动一个八度，并保持变音状态。是真正意义上的转调"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealWholeDown.xml.h:1
msgid "Whole tone down"
msgstr "向下全音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealWholeDown.xml.h:2
msgid "Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one whole tone down"
msgstr "将光标处音符或选区向下移动一个全音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealWholeUp.xml.h:1
msgid "Whole tone up"
msgstr "向上全音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealWholeUp.xml.h:2
msgid "Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one whole tone up"
msgstr "将光标处音符或选区向上移动一个全音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftUp.xml.h:1
msgid "Tonal step up"
msgstr "向上一音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftUp.xml.h:2
msgid "Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one step up, stay in the keysignature."
msgstr "将光标处音符或选区上移一个音，并保持调号关系不变。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TremoloDownward.xml.h:1
msgid "Tremolo Downward"
msgstr "震音线朝下"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TremoloDownward.xml.h:2
msgid "Slopes the tremolo slash downwards instead of upwards."
msgstr "将震音记号的方向改为向下。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.scm:21
msgid "divide 𝅘𝅥𝅮 1/8"
msgstr "分割为 𝅘𝅥𝅮（八分音符）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.scm:22
msgid "divide𝅘𝅥𝅯 1/16"
msgstr "分割为 𝅘𝅥𝅯（十六分音符）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.scm:23
msgid "divide 𝅘𝅥𝅱 1/32 "
msgstr "分割为 𝅘𝅥𝅱（三十二分音符）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.scm:24
msgid "divide 𝅘𝅥𝅱 1/64"
msgstr "分割为 𝅘𝅥𝅱（六十四分音符）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.scm:25
msgid "divide 𝅘𝅥𝅱 1/128"
msgstr "分割为 𝅘𝅥𝅱（一百二十八分音符）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.scm:43
msgid "Cursor must be on a note or chord for tremolo"
msgstr "光标必须位于颤音的音符或和弦上"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TremoloUpward.xml.h:1
msgid "Tremolo Upward"
msgstr "震音线朝上"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TremoloUpward.xml.h:2
msgid "Slopes tremolo mark on stem upward."
msgstr "将震音记号的方向设为向上。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.xml.h:1
msgid "Tremolo"
msgstr "震音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints the note at the cursor with the tremolo marking for the subdivisions specified."
msgstr "用不同的震音记号显示光标处的音符。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/CreateTripletSlurred.xml.h:1
msgid "Create Slurred Triplet"
msgstr "创建三连音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/CreateTripletSlurred.xml.h:2
msgid "If a MIDI controller is active duplicates the current note twice making a triplet and slurring all three notes, otherwise same as Toggle Tripleting command."
msgstr "若启用了 MIDI 控制器，则将当前音符复制两次形成三连音，并将三个音符用连音线连接；否则，和切换三连音的命令效果相同。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/CreateTriplet.xml.h:1
msgid "Create Triplet"
msgstr "创建三连音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/CreateTriplet.xml.h:2
msgid "If a MIDI controller is active takes the current note and appends two more making all three a triplet, otherwise same as Toggle Tripleting command."
msgstr "若启用了 MIDI 控制器，则在当前音符后附加两个音符形成三连音，；否则，和切换三连音的命令效果相同。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/CurvedTupletBrackets.scm:57
msgid "Square Tuplet Brackets re-instated"
msgstr "方形连音括号的形状已改变"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/CurvedTupletBrackets.scm:60
msgid "Tuplet Brackets Curved"
msgstr "弯连音括号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/CurvedTupletBrackets.xml.h:1
msgid "Curved Tuplet Brackets (Off/On)"
msgstr "弯连音括号（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/CurvedTupletBrackets.xml.h:2
msgid "Tuplet brackets will have a curved shape (like a slur) with the tuplet number inside. Note these cannot be re-shaped like slurs, so turn tuplet brackets off and place slurs manually if you need to reshape them."
msgstr "连音括号将会显示为弯曲的括号，连音数显示在括号内部。注意，此类括号的形状无法更改；若您需要更改，请用延音符替代连音符。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/NoTupletNumbers.xml.h:1
msgid "No Tuplet Numbers"
msgstr "不显示连音数"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/NoTupletNumbers.xml.h:2
msgid "Stop the printing of tuplet numbers from this point."
msgstr "从此处开始停止显示连音的数量。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/StartTuplet.scm:7
msgid "Enter tuplet numerator "
msgstr "输入连音记号的分子 "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/StartTuplet.scm:8
msgid ""
"Enter the fraction to multiply the duration by,\n"
"numerator first. E.g., for triplets, enter 2, then 3. \n"
"Numerator:"
msgstr ""
"输入用于表示时值的分数（先输入分子），\n"
"如对于三连音而言，依次输入 2 和 3。\n"
"分子："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/StartTuplet.scm:11
msgid "Enter tuplet denominator"
msgstr "输入连音记号的分母"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/StartTuplet.scm:11
msgid "Enter the fraction's denominator:"
msgstr "输入分数的分母："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/StartTuplet.xml.h:1
msgid "Start Arbitrary Tuplet"
msgstr "任意连音起始"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/StartTuplet.xml.h:2
msgid "Asks for ratio of tuplet and then puts in a start for that. Use EndTuplet command after entering tuplet notes. Note that the Denemo display will not automatically group the tuplet, but it will print with expected beaming etc."
msgstr "输入用于表示连音的分数，然后将此处设为连音起始处。请在之后使用相应的连音终止命令。注意，Denemo 显示窗口不会自动组合连音，但在打印时会用符尾将其连接。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/ToggleTripleting.xml.h:1
msgid "Toggle Triplet Entry (Off/On)"
msgstr "切换连音输入（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/ToggleTripleting.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a start triplet or end tuplet alternately."
msgstr "插入连音起始记号或终止记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/ToggleTupletBracketsIfBeamed.xml.h:1
msgid "Tuplet Brackets if not Beamed"
msgstr "连音括号于异符尾音符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/ToggleTupletBracketsIfBeamed.xml.h:2
msgid "Turns tuplet brackets off for beamed notes. Affects tuplets from the cursor onwards."
msgstr "关闭显示同一符尾上音符的连音括号。作用于光标后的连音。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/ToggleTupletBrackets.xml.h:1
msgid "Tuplet Brackets On/Off"
msgstr "连音括号（开启/关闭）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/ToggleTupletBrackets.xml.h:2
msgid "Turns tuplet brackets off or on."
msgstr "关闭或开启连音括号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/ToggleTupletNumbering.xml.h:1
msgid "Tuplet Numbering On/Off"
msgstr "连音数（开启/关闭）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/ToggleTupletNumbering.xml.h:2
msgid "Control whether tuplet numbers will be printed over tuplets."
msgstr "控制打印时是否在连音上方显示连音数。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/Tripletize.scm:14
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TripletizeSlurred.scm:17
msgid "This command needs a note or chord to turn into a triplet"
msgstr "此命令需要将一个音符或和弦转变为三连音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TripletizeSlurred.xml.h:1
msgid "Triplet-ize (Slurred)"
msgstr "三连音化（连音线连接）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TripletizeSlurred.xml.h:2
msgid "Turns the note at or before the cursor into a triplet of the same total duration, slurring the triplet."
msgstr "将光标前（或后）的音符转变为具有相同时值的三连音，并用连音线连接。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/Tripletize.xml.h:1
msgid "Triplet-ize"
msgstr "三连音化"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/Tripletize.xml.h:2
msgid "Turns the note on or before the cursor into a triplet of notes with the same total duration."
msgstr "将光标前（或后）的音符转变为具有相同时值的三连音。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TupletBrackets.scm:3
msgid "No Brackets"
msgstr "无括号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TupletBrackets.scm:4
msgid "Always Brackets"
msgstr "总有括号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TupletBrackets.scm:5
msgid "Bracket if not beamed"
msgstr "括号于异符尾音符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TupletBrackets.xml.h:1
msgid "Tuplet Brackets"
msgstr "连音括号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TupletBrackets.xml.h:2
msgid "Choose whether tuplets should have brackets. Affects tuplets from the cursor onwards."
msgstr "选择可以含有括号的连音类型。作用于光标后的连音。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TupletPosition.xml.h:1
msgid "Tuplet Position"
msgstr "连音符位置"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TupletPosition.xml.h:2
msgid "Sets the positioning of the following tuplet (up/down/auto) to your choice."
msgstr "设置此后连音符的方向（上方/下方/自动）。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TwoNoteTremolo.scm:4
msgid "This Denemo Directive is part of a set of four creating a \"Two note (or chord) tremolo\". Be sure to delete them all if you delete one of them."
msgstr "此 Denemo 记号是用于创建”复音颤音“系列记号的一部分。若需删除该，请确保将该系列的所有记号均删除。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TwoNoteTremolo.scm:6
msgid "Tremolo Repeat"
msgstr "重复颤音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TwoNoteTremolo.scm:6
msgid ""
"Give number of times the two notes/chords should be sounded 2,4... \n"
"(must total up to proper note duration)"
msgstr ""
"设置两个音符/和弦应当演奏的次数（2,4...）\n"
"（必须为合理的音符时值）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TwoNoteTremolo.scm:49
msgid "The selection must comprise two notes/chords which will sound alternately as a tremolo. The display will show and sound out repetitions, while LilyPond will typeset them using the tremolo notation."
msgstr "选区中必须包括两个音符/和弦，Denemo 将轮流演奏它们以产生颤音效果。Lilypond 在排版时将使用颤音记号来表示它们。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TwoNoteTremolo.xml.h:1
msgid "Two Note (or Chord) Tremolo"
msgstr "复音颤音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TwoNoteTremolo.xml.h:2
msgid "Takes the selected two notes or chords and repeats them to make up the duration of a longer note. This will then be typeset using the tremolo notation (beaming placed between notes), while the Denemo Display will show and sound the repetitions."
msgstr "重复所选的两个音符或和弦，使得它们持续较长的时间。Denemo 将轮流演奏它们以产生颤音效果；Lilypond 在排版时将使用颤音记号（音符间用符尾来连接）来表示它们。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScore.scm:28
#, fuzzy
msgid "Parts in movement "
msgstr "打印乐章"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScore.scm:29
msgid ""
" differ from those in opening movement.\n"
"While this is not an error, be aware that trying to print a part that does not appear in each movement will result in empty movements."
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScore.scm:101
msgid "Incorrect measure duration; If you are trying to create an upbeat (pickup/'anacrusis) use the Anacrusis command"
msgstr "小节时长错误。如果您想创建一个弱起小节，请使用弱起（弱拍）命令"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScore.scm:102
msgid "Incorrect measure duration"
msgstr "小节时值错误"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScore.scm:127
msgid "Final Measures not all equal duration"
msgstr "末尾小节的时长不一致"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScore.scm:142
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScoreSkipping.scm:22
msgid "No problem detected in this score"
msgstr "乐谱中没有问题"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScoreSkipping.scm:4
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScoreSkipping.xml.h:1
msgid "Check Score Skipping Some Errors"
msgstr "检查乐谱时跳过某些错误"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScoreSkipping.scm:4
msgid "Give number of errors to skip"
msgstr "设置跳过的错误数"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScoreSkipping.scm:19
msgid "Error number: "
msgstr "错误数："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScoreSkipping.xml.h:2
msgid "Checks the score ignoring the first so many errors. Use this to skip errors that are ok to leave in."
msgstr "检查乐谱时忽略一定数量的错误。用于跳过不会导致问题的“错误”。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScore.xml.h:1
msgid "Check Score"
msgstr "检查乐谱"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScore.xml.h:2
msgid "Checks score for wrong measure durations, unterminated tuplets, slurs, wrong ties etc."
msgstr "检查乐谱中的小节时值错误，未终止的连音、连音线，延音错误等。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CompareWithNextScore.scm:9
msgid "Only one tab is open"
msgstr "仅打开了一个标签页"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CompareWithNextScore.xml.h:1
msgid "Compare With Next"
msgstr "与下一个比较"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CompareWithNextScore.xml.h:2
msgid "Compares the current score with the score in the next tab, reporting any differences."
msgstr "将当前乐谱与下一个标签页中的乐谱比较，并显示不同之处。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/EditProlog.scm:5
msgid "Edit Score Prolog"
msgstr "编辑乐谱前言"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/EditProlog.scm:6
msgid "Edit LilyPond to apply to whole score"
msgstr "编辑应用至整个乐谱的 LilyPond"

#.
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/EditProlog.xml.h:1
msgid "Edit Prolog"
msgstr "编辑前言"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/EditProlog.xml.h:2
msgid "Allows you to edit the LilyPond score prolog; here you can set transposition for the printed version and much more."
msgstr "编辑 LilyPond 乐谱前言；你可以在这里设置打印时的转调等。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/GenerateMusicSignatureSearchScript.scm:45
msgid "Search for Similar"
msgstr "查找相似"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/GenerateMusicSignatureSearchScript.scm:45
#, fuzzy
msgid "Which movement to search in?"
msgstr "要查找哪个乐章？"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/GenerateMusicSignatureSearchScript.xml.h:1
msgid "Search for Similar Scores"
msgstr "搜索相似乐谱"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/GenerateMusicSignatureSearchScript.xml.h:2
msgid "Creates a music signature from the opening intervals of the current score then searches all the scores below a given folder for one starting with the same intervals as this score. Any score found is opened in a new tab. Use to seek out a lost score in your collection by entering the first few notes of the lost score and invoking this command."
msgstr "根据当前乐谱开头处的音程创建一个签名，并使用这个签名来查找指定文件夹下搜索以相同音程开头的乐谱。找到的乐谱将显示在新标签中。您可以用它来查找遗失的乐谱，只需输入开头的几个音符并执行此命令即可。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondDefinition.scm:8
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondDefinition.scm:10
msgid "Creating LilyPond Definition"
msgstr "创建 LilyPond 定义"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondDefinition.scm:8
msgid "Give name (alphabetical only): "
msgstr "设置名称（仅含字母）："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondDefinition.scm:10
msgid "Give valid LilyPond syntax for this definition: "
msgstr "设置有效的 LilyPond 语法："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondDefinition.xml.h:1
msgid "LilyPond Definition"
msgstr "LilyPond 定义"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondDefinition.xml.h:2
msgid "Create a definition at the head of the LilyPond text. This can then be referenced in the music. See LilyPond documentation."
msgstr "在 LilyPond 文本头部创建一个定义，以便在之后的音乐中引用它。请参见 LilyPond 文档。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondInclude.scm:6
msgid "Included LilyPond Files"
msgstr "包含的 LilyPond 文件"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondInclude.scm:50
msgid "Include LilyPond File"
msgstr "包含 LilyPond 文件"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondInclude.scm:55
msgid "LilyPond include files unchanged"
msgstr "未改变包含的 LilyPond 文件"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondInclude.xml.h:1
msgid "LilyPond Include File"
msgstr "包含的 LilyPond 文件"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondInclude.xml.h:2
msgid "Allows specification of a LilyPond include file from the Denemo provided include files."
msgstr "从 Denemo 提供的文件中选择一个 LilyPond 文件包含至此文件内。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Playback/TransposeScoreOnPlayback.scm:5
#, fuzzy
msgid "Give semitones (+/-): "
msgstr "设置要插入的间隔 +/- "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Playback/TransposeScoreOnPlayback.xml.h:1
#, fuzzy
msgid "Transpose Score On Playback"
msgstr "乐谱转调"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Playback/TransposeScoreOnPlayback.xml.h:2
msgid "Asks for a number of semitones (+/-). Each staff will have its current MIDI transposition value incremented by this amount. This means the whole score will playback transposed with any transposing instruments maintaining their relative transposition."
msgstr ""

#. FIXME there are 13 other types of directive to refresh ,,,
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/RefreshDynamicDirectives.xml.h:1
msgid "Refresh Dynamic Directives"
msgstr "更新动态记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/RefreshDynamicDirectives.xml.h:2
msgid "Re-runs any directives that may have become stale."
msgstr "更新所有可能已过期的记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreBlockProlog.xml.h:1
msgid "LilyPond Score Block Prolog"
msgstr "LilyPond 乐谱块前言"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreBlockProlog.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts LilyPond at the start of every score block (movement)."
msgstr "在每个乐谱块（乐章）前插入 LilyPond。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreComment.scm:6
msgid "Type any notes about the score you are working on here"
msgstr "请在此处输入有关乐谱的任意音符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreComment.xml.h:2
msgid "Stores any textual commentary you may have for this score."
msgstr "保存此乐谱中所有的文本注释。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreHeader.scm:6
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreHeader.xml.h:1
msgid "LilyPond Score Header"
msgstr "LilyPond 乐谱头部"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreHeader.scm:6
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreProlog.scm:7
msgid "Give LilyPond:"
msgstr "设置 LilyPond："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreHeader.scm:13
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreProlog.scm:13
msgid "Prolog unchanged"
msgstr "未改变前言"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreHeader.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts LilyPond syntax at the head of the output."
msgstr "插入 LilyPond 语法 至输出头部。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreProlog.scm:7
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreProlog.xml.h:1
msgid "LilyPond Score Prolog"
msgstr "LilyPond 乐谱前言"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreProlog.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts LilyPond syntax for include files etc at head of score."
msgstr "插入（用于包含文件等操作的）LilyPond 语法至乐谱头部。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookArranger.scm:5
msgid "My Arranger"
msgstr "我的编曲者"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookArranger.scm:5
msgid "Give name for arranger etc or blank out to delete: "
msgstr "设置编曲者的名称（留空将会被删除）："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookArranger.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreArranger.xml.h:1
msgid "Arranger"
msgstr "编曲者"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookArranger.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints the arranger name on title page"
msgstr "在标题页上显示编曲者"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookComposer.scm:5
msgid "My Composer"
msgstr "我的作曲者"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookComposer.scm:5
msgid "Give name for composer etc or blank out to delete: "
msgstr "设置作曲者的名称（留空将会被删除）："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookComposer.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints a composer name on title page"
msgstr "在标题页上显示作曲者"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookCopyright.scm:5
msgid "My Copyright"
msgstr "版权"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookCopyright.scm:5
msgid "Give name for copyright etc or blank out to delete: "
msgstr "设置版权持有者的名称（留空将会被删除）："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookCopyright.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreCopyright.xml.h:1
msgid "Copyright"
msgstr "版权"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookCopyright.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints a copyright notice on title page"
msgstr "在标题页上显示版权声明"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookDate.scm:5
msgid "My Date"
msgstr "日期"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookDate.scm:5
msgid "Give name for date/opus number etc or blank out to delete: "
msgstr "设置日期或作品编号（留空将会被删除）："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookDate.xml.h:1
msgid "Date"
msgstr "日期"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookDate.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints a date on the title page."
msgstr "在标题页上显示日期。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookInstrumentation.scm:5
msgid "Give instrumentation for the default layout or blank out to delete: "
msgstr "设置默认布局的乐器（留空将会被删除）："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookInstrumentation.xml.h:1
msgid "Instrumentation"
msgstr "乐器"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookInstrumentation.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints the instrumentation on the title page. This can be edited for layouts that print just one part or section."
msgstr "在标题页上显示乐器信息。可用于编辑仅含一个谱表或段落的布局。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookPoet.scm:5
msgid "My Poet"
msgstr "诗人"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookPoet.scm:5
msgid "Give name for poet/lyricist/librettist etc or blank out to delete: "
msgstr "设置诗人/词作者（留空将会被删除）："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookPoet.xml.h:1
msgid "Poet/Lyricist"
msgstr "诗人/词作者"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookPoet.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints the poet or lyricist name on title page"
msgstr "在标题页上显示诗人或词作者"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookTitle.scm:9
msgid "My Title"
msgstr "我的标题"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookTitle.scm:9
msgid "Give a title for the whole score or blank out to delete: "
msgstr "设置整个乐谱的标题（留空将会被删除）："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookTitle.scm:13
msgid "Space Above Title"
msgstr "标题上间距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookTitle.scm:13
msgid "Give amount of space at top of title page"
msgstr "设置标题页的顶部间距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookTitle.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints a title on title page"
msgstr "在标题页上显示标题"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentaryIntro.xml.h:1
msgid "Title and Introduction"
msgstr "标题和简介"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentaryIntro.xml.h:2
msgid "A button is created for putting a title and introductory text for a critical commentary at the end of the score."
msgstr "在乐谱末尾创建一个用于插入标题和简介文本（用于评论注释等）的按钮。"

#. (if (equal? (string-ref thecomment 0) #\\)
#. (begin
#. (set! thecomment (substring thecomment 19))
#. (set! thecomment (string-drop-right thecomment 1))))
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentary.scm:54
msgid "At m"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentary.scm:54
msgid " v"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentary.scm:55
msgid " b"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentary.xml.h:1
msgid "(Re)Create Epilog - Critical Commentary"
msgstr "（重新）创建结语 - 评论注释"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentary.xml.h:2
msgid "Collects together any critical comments from the score and places them in an epilog at the end of the music. The Title and text of the Epilog are created with the CriticalCommentaryIntro command, and critical comments are added with the CriticalComment command."
msgstr "查找乐谱中所有的评论注释，并将它们作为结语置于乐谱末尾。结语的标题和文本可以通过 CriticalCommentaryIntro 命令创建，评论注释则可通过 CriticalComment 命令来添加。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:4
msgid ""
"Wait for your vector graphics editor to start.\n"
"It will open an SVG file of the same name, if available,\n"
"but be sure to save as encapsulated postscript (eps).\n"
"When saving your eps it is good to save as SVG file format as well, \n"
"as this will give better editing later.  \n"
"Quit your graphics editor before quitting this dialog\n"
"to return to work in Denemo.\n"
"If you are saving to a new file you will be asked to open it later."
msgstr ""
"等待矢量图形编辑器启动。\n"
"若可能，将会打开一个同名的 SVG 文件，\n"
"请保存为封装的 postscript（eps）格式。\n"
"你需要刷新打印视图来查看更改。\n"
"在保存 eps 文件时，最好也将其另存为 SVG 格式，\n"
"以便于后续编辑。\n"
"请在关闭此对话框前先退出图形编辑器程序。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:90
msgid "Now dismiss this dialog and select the .eps file you have just saved in the graphics editor program."
msgstr "请忽略此对话框，并选择你在图形编辑程序中保存的 .eps 文件。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:106
msgid "Delete Graphic Title Page?"
msgstr "删除图文标题页吗？"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:109
msgid "Graphic Title Page Deleted"
msgstr "已删除图文标题页"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.xml.h:1
msgid "Create or Edit Graphic Title Page"
msgstr "创建或编辑图文标题页"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.xml.h:2
msgid "Places text/graphics from an encapsulated postscript file at the start of the score. Use this for a title page prepared in your vector graphics editor."
msgstr "将封装的 postscript 文件中的文本/图像插入至乐谱开头。用于将其他程序中制作的文本/图像列、标题艺术字等插入到此音乐后。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/IncipitFromSelection.scm:30
msgid "Incipit"
msgstr "导语"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/IncipitFromSelection.xml.h:1
msgid "Incipit from Selection"
msgstr "从选区创建导语"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/IncipitFromSelection.xml.h:2
msgid "Creates an incipit from the selection. This music will be printed on the title page. Only one voice is supported."
msgstr "根据选区内容创建导语。此音乐将会被显示在标题页中。仅支持使用一种声部。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/TocTitle.scm:8
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/TocTitle.xml.h:1
msgid "Table of Contents Title"
msgstr "目录标题"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/TocTitle.scm:8
msgid ""
"Give title for the table of contents\n"
"Blank to delete"
msgstr ""
"设置目录的标题\n"
"（留空将会被删除）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/TocTitle.scm:11
msgid "Page Break before Table of Contents"
msgstr "目录前换页"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/TocTitle.scm:12
msgid "Page Break after Table of Contents"
msgstr "目录后换页"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/TocTitle.scm:13
msgid "Page Break before and after"
msgstr "目录前后换页"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/TocTitle.scm:14
msgid "No page breaks"
msgstr "无换页"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/TocTitle.xml.h:2
msgid "Gives a heading for a table of contents, inserting the table in the book."
msgstr "设置图书目录的标题。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/FilledTitleLine.scm:8
msgid "Extra space above this line: "
msgstr "此线上的额外间距："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/FilledTitleLine.scm:36
msgid ""
"Give text to appear at the left\n"
"LilyPond syntax can be included."
msgstr ""
"设置左侧的文本\n"
"可包含 LilyPond 文本。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/FilledTitleLine.scm:39
msgid ""
"Give text to appear in the center\n"
"LilyPond syntax can be included."
msgstr ""
"设置中间的文本\n"
"可包含 LilyPond 文本。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/FilledTitleLine.scm:42
msgid ""
"Give text to appear at the right\n"
"LilyPond syntax can be included."
msgstr ""
"设置右侧的文本\n"
"可包含 LilyPond 文本。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/FilledTitleLine.xml.h:1
msgid "Filled Title Line"
msgstr "填充标题行"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/FilledTitleLine.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints three pieces of text left, right and centered on a single line. Each field can be a different size etc."
msgstr "在一行中的左、中、右区域分别显示三块文本。每块文本的大小可以不同。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreTagline.xml.h:1
msgid "Tagline"
msgstr "标语"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreTagline.xml.h:2
msgid "Centered at the bottom of the last page."
msgstr "居中于最后一页的底部。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.scm:4
msgid "v 1.0"
msgstr "v 1.0"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.scm:5
msgid "Version"
msgstr "版本"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.scm:5
msgid "Give a version for this edition:"
msgstr "设置此版本的版本号："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.scm:11
msgid "Version number only on first page"
msgstr "仅在第一页显示版本号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.scm:12
msgid "Version number on every page"
msgstr "所有页中显示版本号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.scm:13
msgid "Delete Version Numbering"
msgstr "删除版本号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.scm:18
msgid "Include Layout Name"
msgstr "包含布局名称"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.scm:20
msgid "Do not include Layout Name"
msgstr "不包含布局名称"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.xml.h:1
msgid "Score Version"
msgstr "乐谱版本"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints a tiny text in top left corner of the first page and optionally on subsequent pages. The score layout name can also be optionally included. If only on first page it comes below the title."
msgstr "在首页（或后续页面）的左上角处打印一段小字。可以包含乐谱布局名称。若仅在首页打印，则将其排版于标题下方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreArranger.xml.h:2
msgid "Name of the arranger, flush-right below the composer."
msgstr "编曲者姓名，右对齐显示在作曲者下方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreBreakbefore.xml.h:1
msgid "Breakbefore"
msgstr "在之前换页"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreBreakbefore.xml.h:2
msgid "This forces the title to start on a new page (set to ##t or ##f)."
msgstr "强制在新的一页中显示标题（设置为 ##t 或 ##f）。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreComposer.xml.h:2
msgid "Name of the composer, flush-right below the subsubtitle."
msgstr "作曲者姓名，右对齐显示在小标题下方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreCopyright.xml.h:2
msgid "Copyright notice, centered at the bottom of the first page. To insert the copyright symbol, see Lilypond Text encoding."
msgstr "在第一页的底部居中显示版权声明。若要插入版权符号，请参考 LilyPond 文本编码。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreDedication.xml.h:1
msgid "Dedication"
msgstr "题词"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreDedication.xml.h:2
msgid "The dedicatee of the music, centered at the top of the first page."
msgstr "接受题词者，居中显示在首页顶部。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreInstrument.xml.h:1
msgid "Instrument"
msgstr "乐器"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreInstrument.xml.h:2
msgid "Name of the instrument, centered below the score title. Also centered at the top of pages (other than the first page)."
msgstr "居中显示在乐谱标题下方的乐器名称。也会居中显示在（除了首页以外的）其他页面的顶部。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreMeter.xml.h:1
msgid "Meter"
msgstr "节拍"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreMeter.xml.h:2
msgid "Meter string, flush-left below the poet."
msgstr "节拍字符串，左对齐显示在诗人下方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScorePoet.xml.h:1
msgid "Poet"
msgstr "诗人"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScorePoet.xml.h:2
msgid "Name of the poet, flush-left below the subsubtitle."
msgstr "诗人姓名，左对齐显示在子标题下方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreSubsubtitle.xml.h:1
msgid "Subsubtitle"
msgstr "小标题"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreSubsubtitle.xml.h:2
msgid "Subsubtitle, centered below the subtitle."
msgstr "居中显示在子标题下方的小标题。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreSubtitle.xml.h:2
msgid "Subtitle, centered below the title."
msgstr "居中显示在标题下方的子标题。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreTitles.xml.h:2
msgid "Set titles for whole score."
msgstr "设置此乐谱的标题。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreTitle.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints the name given as a title centered at the start of the score."
msgstr "将所给名称作为标题居中显示在乐谱开头。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.scm:4
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.scm:26
msgid "Chapter"
msgstr "章节"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.scm:4
msgid "Give chapter title::"
msgstr "设置章节标题："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.scm:35
msgid "Setting End Chapter at last movement"
msgstr "将最后一个乐章标记为终止乐章"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.scm:39
msgid "A Chapter start/end is already present at movement #"
msgstr "章起始/终止标记已经存在于乐章 #"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.scm:43
msgid "End Chapter"
msgstr "章节结束"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.scm:55
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.scm:60
msgid "Miss-matched Chapter Start/End, use Movement Properties Editor to fix this"
msgstr "章节起始/终止标记不配对，请使用乐章属性编辑器来修复此问题"

#. procedure starts here
#. already at a chapter start
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.scm:67
msgid "Re-title"
msgstr "改变标题"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.scm:82
msgid "This is the end of a Chapter, start the next chapter on the next movement"
msgstr "此处为章节终止位置，将会在下一乐章开启下一章节"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.scm:86
msgid "Chapter Title"
msgstr "章节标题"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.xml.h:1
msgid "Book Chapter"
msgstr "图书章节"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.xml.h:2
msgid "Asks for a Chapter Title and end movement number. Makes the current movement the start of a chapter which ends at a later movement."
msgstr "设置章节标题和结束位置的乐章编号。该章节将从当前乐章处起始，并在指定的乐章处终止。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/TaglineLink.scm:9
msgid "Source file at http://denemo.org"
msgstr "源文件可以在 http://denemo.org 上找到"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/TaglineLink.scm:12
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/TaglineLink.scm:13
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/TaglineLink.xml.h:1
msgid "Tagline with Link"
msgstr "带链接的标语"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/TaglineLink.scm:12
msgid "Give URL to link to"
msgstr "设置 URL 链接"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/TaglineLink.scm:13
msgid "Give text for tagline"
msgstr "设置标语文本"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/TaglineLink.scm:20
msgid "Tagline deleted"
msgstr "已删除标语"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/TaglineLink.xml.h:2
msgid "Creates a tagline with a link in PDF output."
msgstr "在 PDF 输出中插入一个带有链接的标语。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:12
msgid "Modern Voice"
msgstr "现代声部"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:13
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/PianoStaff.scm:11
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/PianoStaff.scm:16
msgid "Piano"
msgstr "钢琴"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:14
msgid "Piano Cautionary"
msgstr "钢琴（提示）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:16
msgid "Neo-Modern Cautionary"
msgstr "新现代（提示）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:17
msgid "Neo-Modern Voice Cautionary"
msgstr "新现代声部（提示）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:18
msgid "Dodecaphonic"
msgstr "十二音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:20
msgid "No Reset"
msgstr "无复位"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.xml.h:1
msgid "Accidental Style"
msgstr "变音样式"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.xml.h:2
msgid "Choose the style for typesetting accidentals. Determines whether or not an accidental is printed in particular circumstances (such as repeated notes in different measures, octaves, voices etc)."
msgstr "选择用于排版变音记号的样式。用于确定特殊情况下（如不同小节、八度音或声部中的重复音符）是否需要打印变音记号。"

#. AccompanistsScore
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccompanistsScore.xml.h:1
msgid "Accompanist's Score (Off/On)"
msgstr "伴奏乐谱（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccompanistsScore.xml.h:2
msgid "Sets/Unsets the top staff of each movement to a tiny font, with the lower staffs - the accompaniment - at the normal font. Print effect only."
msgstr "设置/取消以小字体显示每个乐章顶部的谱表。仅影响打印。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AllowAmbitus.xml.h:2
msgid "Typesets the Ambitus of each staff at the start of the first system. This can then be turned off by the Inclusion Criterion Ambitus in the Print View."
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AllowVoltaHook.scm:4
msgid "Ending a Repeat Alternative"
msgstr "终止多次反复"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AllowVoltaHook.scm:4
msgid "Give barline to end at: "
msgstr "设置结束小节线："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AllowVoltaHook.xml.h:1
msgid "Barline to end Repeat Alternative"
msgstr "设置多次反复的结束小节线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AllowVoltaHook.xml.h:2
msgid "Choose an additional type of barline to close a second (or n'th) time bar with a downward tick."
msgstr "修改二次（或多次）反复小节终止处的小节线样式，使之含有一个向下的勾。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ConnectArpeggios.scm:11
msgid "Connect Arpeggios"
msgstr "跨谱表琶音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ConnectArpeggios.xml.h:1
msgid "Connect Arpeggios (Off/On)"
msgstr "跨谱表琶音（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ConnectArpeggios.xml.h:2
msgid "Any arpeggios inserted on chords in different voices will be drawn across the voices."
msgstr "以跨谱表琶音所表示的和弦将会贯穿于不同谱表中。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.scm:8
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:51
msgid "Custom Barlines"
msgstr "自定义小节线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.scm:38
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.scm:39
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.scm:40
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.scm:41
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.scm:42
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.xml.h:1
msgid "Custom Barline"
msgstr "自定义小节线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.scm:38
msgid "Give name (blank to re-define a standard barline)"
msgstr "设置名称（留空表示恢复标准小节线）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.scm:39
msgid "Give barline char(s) - | : . [ ] ; etc, for the normal appearance of the barline"
msgstr "设置用于表示常规小节线的字符 - | : . [ ] ; 等等"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.scm:40
msgid "Give char(s) for line start appearance"
msgstr "设置用于表示小节线起始的字符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.scm:41
msgid "Give char(s) for line end appearance"
msgstr "设置用于表示小节线终止的字符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.scm:42
msgid "Give char(s) for appearance when spanning staffs"
msgstr "设置用于表示横跨谱表的小节线的字符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.scm:57
msgid "Custom Bar Lines unchanged"
msgstr "未改变自定义小节线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.xml.h:2
msgid "Create a custom barline. These can be named, or can simply override a standard LilyPond bar line type. A bar line is defined by four forms, which describe 1) the appearance normally (during a line), 2) appearance when the barline is at the beginning or 3) end of a line , and 4) what to show when joining staffs together as with a Piano Staff. Barline forms are made of characters including |,:,.,[,],: and others in the LilyPond documentation."
msgstr "创建一个自定义小节线。可以对其进行命名，或直接覆盖标准的 LilyPond 小节线类型。小节线的定义包括四个部分：（1）常规外观；（2）起始线外观；（3）终止线外观；（4）联合谱表（如钢琴谱表）中的外观。小节线的形状由 |、:、.、[、]、; 等字符表示，详情请见 LilyPond 文档中的相关章节。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/DeactivateTimeSignatureStencil.scm:10
msgid "Time Signatures will not be typeset for this score"
msgstr "将不会排版此乐谱的时值记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/DeactivateTimeSignatureStencil.xml.h:1
msgid "(Print) Don't Engrave Time Signatures"
msgstr "（打印）不排版时值记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/DeactivateTimeSignatureStencil.xml.h:2
msgid "Deactivates the stencil for Time Signatures for the whole score, which prevents them from getting drawn and taking space. But the logic is still active."
msgstr "在整个乐谱中禁用时值记号模板，时值记号将不会被打印且不会占据空间。但时值控制功能仍然有效。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/DenemoBar.scm:5
msgid "Automatic barlines and beaming rules re-instated"
msgstr "已设置自动小节线和符尾规则"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/DenemoBar.scm:9
msgid "Literal Barlines now ON. Execute the command a second time to turn it off. This command is for un-metered music. You will have to manually beam the music. Do not use this for an upbeat (pickup, anacrusis), there is a proper command for that."
msgstr "已开启任意小节线模式。再次执行此命令可以将其关闭。此命令用于无节奏音乐，同时您可能需要手动调整符尾。若要插入弱起小节（或弱拍），请不要使用此功能，而应使用专门的弱起（弱拍）命令。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/DenemoBar.xml.h:1
msgid "Typeset Barlines Literally (Off/On)"
msgstr "任意小节线（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/DenemoBar.xml.h:2
msgid "Advanced: Typesets the Denemo barlines, regardless of the timing. Turns off automatic beaming."
msgstr "高级：排版小节线时忽视时值。同时关闭自动符尾控制。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/NormalBeamEndings.xml.h:1
msgid "Use Normal Beam Endings"
msgstr "使用普通方式终止符尾"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/NormalBeamEndings.xml.h:2
msgid "Ends beams in the expected places (print)."
msgstr "在预期的地方终止符尾（用于打印）。"

#. BarNumberingAlignment
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberAlignment.scm:2
msgid "Center on barline"
msgstr "居中于小节线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberAlignment.scm:2
msgid "Align to right"
msgstr "右对齐"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberAlignment.scm:2
msgid "Align to left"
msgstr "左对齐"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberAlignment.scm:7
msgid "Default bar number alignment restored"
msgstr "已恢复默认的小节编号对齐方式"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberAlignment.xml.h:1
msgid "Bar Number Alignment"
msgstr "小节编号对齐"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberAlignment.xml.h:2
msgid "Allow choice of alignment of bar numbers with the barline."
msgstr "选择小节编号相对于小节线的对齐方式。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberingInterval.scm:15
msgid "Regular Bar Numbering"
msgstr "固定小节编号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberingInterval.scm:16
msgid "Give interval at which to place bar numbers: "
msgstr "设置小节编号之间的间隔："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberingInterval.scm:19
msgid "Default bar numbering restored"
msgstr "已恢复默认的小节编号方式"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberingInterval.xml.h:1
msgid "Bar Numbering Interval"
msgstr "小节编号间隔"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberingInterval.xml.h:2
msgid "Sets the interval at which bar numbers will be printed on typesetting."
msgstr "设置排版时小节编号之间的显示间隔。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumbers.xml.h:1
msgid "Bar Numbers On/Off"
msgstr "小节编号（开启/关闭）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumbers.xml.h:2
msgid "Turns bar numbering on/off in print out."
msgstr "在打印时开启/关闭显示小节编号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/CenterPageNumber.scm:6
msgid "Default page number position reinstated"
msgstr "已恢复页码的默认位置"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/CenterPageNumber.xml.h:1
msgid "Center Page Numbers"
msgstr "页码居中"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/CenterPageNumber.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints page numbers at center bottom of the page, or revert to default positioning."
msgstr "将页码居中显示在页面底部，或恢复默认位置。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/FirstPageNumber.scm:16
msgid "Default First Page Number"
msgstr "默认首页页码"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/FirstPageNumber.scm:18
msgid "First Page Number"
msgstr "首页页码"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/FirstPageNumber.scm:18
msgid "Give number for first page"
msgstr "设置首页页码"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/FirstPageNumber.xml.h:1
msgid "Set/Unset First Page Number"
msgstr "设置/取消首页页码"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/FirstPageNumber.xml.h:2
msgid "Allows setting the first page number."
msgstr "设置首页的编号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/PageNumbersWithInstrument.scm:6
msgid "Default Page Numbering Restored"
msgstr "已恢复默认的页面编号方式"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/PageNumbersWithInstrument.xml.h:1
msgid "Bold Page Numbers"
msgstr "页码加粗"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/PageNumbersWithInstrument.xml.h:2
msgid "Page numbers typeset in a distinct font. The instrumentation is printed too, centered above each page after the first."
msgstr "以不同的字体排版页码。同时在（除首页外的）页面中部打印乐器名称。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/PrintFirstPageNumber.scm:7
msgid "No number will be printed on the first page"
msgstr "不在第一页上显示页页码"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/PrintFirstPageNumber.scm:11
msgid "Page number will be printed on the first page"
msgstr "在第一页上显示页页码"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/PrintFirstPageNumber.xml.h:1
msgid "Print First Page Number (Off/On)"
msgstr "显示首页页面（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/PrintFirstPageNumber.xml.h:2
msgid "Control if the first page number is typeset."
msgstr "控制排版首页的页码。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PaperSize.scm:11
msgid "Paper Size ="
msgstr "纸张大小 ="

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PaperSize.xml.h:1
msgid "Paper Size and Orientation"
msgstr "纸张大小和方向"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PaperSize.xml.h:2
msgid "Specifies how the printed page should be."
msgstr "指定页面的打印方式。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PointAndClick.scm:5
msgid ""
"Point-and-click is now On.\n"
"This means that you will be able to click on the typeset score to move the cursor to a given note, or do editing etc.\n"
"Generated PDF files will be larger though."
msgstr ""
"已开启跟踪模式。\n"
"您可以在排版的乐谱上点击，使得光标移动至指定音符，或者编辑指定对象。\n"
"此时生成的 PDF 文件会略大。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PointAndClick.scm:7
msgid ""
"Point-and-click is now Off.\n"
"This means that you will be not able to click on the typeset score to move the cursor to a given note, or do editing etc.\n"
"Generated PDF files will be smaller. Use this for pdf export"
msgstr ""
"已关闭跟踪模式。\n"
"您将无法在排版的乐谱上点击、移动光标至指定音符，或者编辑指定对象。\n"
"此时生成的 PDF 文件体积较小，可用于导出最终 PDF"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PointAndClick.xml.h:1
msgid "Point and Click (Off/On)"
msgstr "跟踪模式（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PointAndClick.xml.h:2
msgid "When on, clicking on a note in the Print Preview window takes the cursor to that note. This works also for Rehearsal Marks and many other objects in the score. The only reason to turn it off is for export to PDF file via the Export menu or the PDF button in the Print View. However, using print to file is a better way of doing this (if your operating system supports it) as then it is not needed."
msgstr "开启时，在打印预览窗口中点击音符将使编辑窗口中的光标同时移动到对应音符上，可用于跟踪包括排练记号在内的众多 Denemo 对象。在导出为最终 PDF 、或以 PDF 形式预览打印效果时，可以在将其关闭以减小 PDF 体积；在打印到文件时（如果您的操作系统支持的话），则会自动关闭此功能。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/MeasuresPerLine.scm:4
msgid "Revert to Optimal"
msgstr "恢复最佳状态"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/MeasuresPerLine.scm:13
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/MeasuresPerLine.scm:17
msgid "Measures per line"
msgstr "每行小节数"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/MeasuresPerLine.scm:13
msgid "Give required measures per line: "
msgstr "设置每行所需的小节数："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/MeasuresPerLine.xml.h:1
msgid "Measures Per Line"
msgstr "每行小节数"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/MeasuresPerLine.xml.h:2
msgid "Forces a fixed number of measures per line."
msgstr "固定每行显示的小节数。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/MinimumSystemsPerPage.xml.h:1
msgid "Minimum Number of Systems Per Page"
msgstr "每页最小谱表组数"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/MinimumSystemsPerPage.xml.h:2
msgid "The LilyPond typesetter will not typeset less than the given number of systems per page. Use to prevent the last page having an \\\"orphan\\\" line of music, for example."
msgstr "Lilypond 每页排版的谱表组数的最低值。用于避免最后一页中出现“孤立”的行。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/PageBreaksBeforeMovements.xml.h:1
msgid "Page Breaks (On/Off)"
msgstr "换页（开启/关闭）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/PageBreaksBeforeMovements.xml.h:2
msgid "Movements will start on a new page (Off/On)"
msgstr "乐章开始于新的一页（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ProportionalNotation.scm:6
msgid "Proportional Notation"
msgstr "按比例分音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ProportionalNotation.scm:6
msgid "Give base duration: "
msgstr "设置基础时值："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ProportionalNotation.scm:10
msgid "Default music spacing restored."
msgstr "已恢复默认音乐间距。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ProportionalNotation.xml.h:1
msgid "Proportional Note Spacing"
msgstr "按比例分隔音符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ProportionalNotation.xml.h:2
msgid "Spaces notes in proportion to duration, based on the duration given."
msgstr "根据所设定的时值，按比例分隔音符。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/RaggedLast.xml.h:1
msgid "Ragged Last"
msgstr "前对齐"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/RaggedLast.xml.h:2
msgid "When set the last line will not be stretched to fill the line."
msgstr "若设置了此项，则不会拉伸最后一行来填充横向空间。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ScoreIndent.scm:8
msgid "Choose indent of first system"
msgstr "设置首个谱表组的缩进"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ScoreIndent.scm:8
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ScoreShortIndent.scm:8
msgid "Give amount in decimal"
msgstr "设置小数值"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ScoreIndent.scm:15
msgid "indent="
msgstr "缩进 ="

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ScoreIndent.xml.h:2
msgid "Indent the first system of every movement by the given amount."
msgstr "设置每个乐章中第一个谱表组的缩进值。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ScoreShortIndent.scm:8
msgid "Choose indent of subsequent systems"
msgstr "设置后续谱表组的缩进"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ScoreShortIndent.scm:16
msgid "short indent="
msgstr "附加缩进 ="

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ScoreShortIndent.xml.h:1
msgid "Short Indent"
msgstr "附加缩进"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ScoreShortIndent.xml.h:2
msgid "Sets the indent to be used on systems after the first."
msgstr "设置（除首个谱表组外的）其余谱表组的缩进值。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetFontSize.scm:16
#, fuzzy
msgid "Overall Score Sizing"
msgstr "（显示）设置乐谱总体尺寸"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetFontSize.scm:16
#, fuzzy
msgid "Give font size to use"
msgstr "显示脚注文本"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetFontSize.xml.h:1
msgid "(Print)Set Overall Score Size"
msgstr "（显示）设置乐谱总体尺寸"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetFontSize.xml.h:2
msgid "Choose the font size of for the score, and hence how much space it takes up."
msgstr "选择乐谱的字体大小，以及乐谱所占面积的大小。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetFonts.scm:36
msgid "Titles, Lyrics etc."
msgstr "标题、歌词等。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetFonts.scm:37
msgid "Chord Names, etc. (sans serif)"
msgstr "和弦名等。（Sans Serif）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetFonts.scm:38
msgid "Mono-spaced font"
msgstr "等宽字体"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetFonts.xml.h:1
msgid "Set Fonts"
msgstr "设置字体"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetFonts.xml.h:2
msgid "Select the default fonts used for titles, chord names etc. for the whole score."
msgstr "选择用于标题、和弦名等的默认字体。用于整个乐谱。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.scm:39
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.scm:50
msgid "Left Margin"
msgstr "左编辑"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.scm:40
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.scm:49
msgid "Inner Margin"
msgstr "内边距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.scm:41
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.scm:51
msgid "Outer Margin"
msgstr "外边距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.scm:42
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.scm:52
msgid "Right Margin"
msgstr "右边距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.scm:43
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.scm:53
msgid "Top Margin"
msgstr "上边距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.scm:44
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.scm:54
msgid "Bottom Margin"
msgstr "下边距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.xml.h:1
msgid "Adjust Margins"
msgstr "调整边距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.xml.h:2
msgid "Allows the left, right, top and bottom margins to be set to a value in millimeters."
msgstr "设置以毫米为单位的上、下、左、右边距。"

#. SetPageCount
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageCount.scm:2
msgid "Total Page Count"
msgstr "总页数"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageCount.scm:2
msgid ""
"Give Pages Required\n"
"(0 for optimal): "
msgstr ""
"设置所需页数：\n"
"（最佳值为 0）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageCount.scm:6
msgid "Page Count"
msgstr "页数"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageCount.scm:12
#, fuzzy
msgid "Optimal page count restored"
msgstr "已恢复最佳页面数"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageCount.xml.h:1
msgid "Set Total Number of Pages"
msgstr "设置总页数"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageCount.xml.h:2
msgid "Forces the score to be typeset onto the number of pages you choose."
msgstr "将乐谱强制排版为指定数量的页面。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageSize.scm:10
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageSize.scm:13
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageSize.xml.h:1
msgid "Page Size"
msgstr "页面尺寸"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageSize.scm:10
msgid "Give page width in cm "
msgstr "设置页面宽度（cm）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageSize.scm:13
msgid "Give page height in cm "
msgstr "设置页面高度（cm）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageSize.scm:25
msgid "Revert to Default"
msgstr "恢复默认"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageSize.scm:25
msgid "Re-size"
msgstr "改变大小"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageSize.xml.h:2
msgid "Set the page size - this overrides the default page size set in score properties."
msgstr "设置页面尺寸 - 覆盖乐谱属性中的默认页面尺寸。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/TwoSidedMargins.scm:6
msgid "Single-sided margins will be used"
msgstr "将会使用单面页边距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/TwoSidedMargins.xml.h:1
msgid "Two Sided Margins"
msgstr "双面页边距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/TwoSidedMargins.xml.h:2
msgid "Uses different margins for left and right hand pages."
msgstr "为左页和右页应用不同的页边距。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/LastBottomSpacingDist.scm:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/LastBottomSpacingDist.xml.h:1
msgid "Last System to Bottom Spacing"
msgstr "最后一个谱表组至底部间距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/LastBottomSpacingDist.xml.h:2
msgid "Set the distance from the last system or top-level markup on a page to the bottom of the printable area (i.e. the top of the bottom margin)."
msgstr "设置最后一个谱表组或页面的顶级标记与底部可打印区域（即下边距的顶端）的间隔。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/LimitInterSystemSpace.scm:12
msgid "Spacing Between Systems"
msgstr "谱表组间距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/LimitInterSystemSpace.scm:13
msgid "Give spacing limit (1=no extra space)"
msgstr "设置间距的最大值（1 = 无额外间距）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/LimitInterSystemSpace.scm:16
msgid "Customized spacing limit removed"
msgstr "已移除自定义间距限制"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/LimitInterSystemSpace.xml.h:1
msgid "Limit Space Between Systems"
msgstr "谱表组间距的最大值"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/LimitInterSystemSpace.xml.h:2
msgid "Limits the extent to which the lines are spaced apart to fill the page."
msgstr "限制页面填充时谱表之间的间隔距离。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/MarkupMarkupSpacingDist.scm:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/MarkupMarkupSpacingDist.xml.h:1
msgid "Title to Title Spacing"
msgstr "标题间距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/MarkupMarkupSpacingDist.xml.h:2
msgid "Set the distance between two (title or top-level) markups."
msgstr "设置两个（标题或顶级）标记的间距。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/MarkupSystemSpacingDist.scm:1
msgid "Markup to System Spacing"
msgstr "标记至谱表组间距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/MarkupSystemSpacingDist.xml.h:1
msgid "Titling Markup to System Spacing"
msgstr "标题标记至谱表组间距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/MarkupSystemSpacingDist.xml.h:2
msgid "Sets the basic distance between a (title or top-level) markup and the system that follows it."
msgstr "设置一个（标题或顶级）标记与其后谱表组之间的基本间距。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/RaggedBottom.xml.h:1
msgid "Ragged Bottom"
msgstr "上对齐"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/RaggedBottom.xml.h:2
msgid "This turns ragged bottom off/on. If set, systems will not spread vertically down the page. This does not affect the last page. This should be set for pieces that have only two or three systems per page, for example orchestral scores."
msgstr "开启/关闭上对齐。若开启，谱表组将不会纵向排满整个页面。不影响最后一页的排版。可用于每页仅含一个或两个谱表组的片段（例如交响乐乐谱）。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/ScoreMarkupSpacingDist.scm:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/ScoreMarkupSpacingDist.xml.h:1
msgid "Score to Title Spacing"
msgstr "乐谱至标题间距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/ScoreMarkupSpacingDist.xml.h:2
msgid "Set the distance between the last system of a score and the (title or top-level) markup that follows it."
msgstr "设置乐谱中最后一个谱表组与其后的（标题或顶级）标记的间距。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/ScoreSystemSpacingDist.scm:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/ScoreSystemSpacingDist.xml.h:1
msgid "Movement to First System Spacing"
msgstr "乐章至第一个谱表组间距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/ScoreSystemSpacingDist.xml.h:2
msgid "Set the distance between the last system of a movement and the first system of the movement that follows it, when no (title or top-level) markup exists between them."
msgstr "设置上一乐章中最后一个谱表组与当前乐章中第一个谱表组的间距（当二者之间没有标题或顶级标记存在时）。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.scm:3
#, fuzzy
msgid "Last title to start of movement"
msgstr "在当前乐谱中打印标题"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.scm:4
#, fuzzy
msgid "End of movement to next title"
msgstr "乐章终止"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.scm:5
msgid "End of movement to next (untitled) movement"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.scm:6
#, fuzzy
msgid "System to system"
msgstr "谱表组后填充"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.scm:7
#, fuzzy
msgid "Title to title"
msgstr "标题间距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.scm:8
#, fuzzy
msgid "Movement to bottom margin"
msgstr "乐章至第一个谱表组间距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.scm:9
msgid "Top margin to (untitled) movement"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.scm:10
msgid "Top margin to first title"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.scm:12
#, fuzzy
msgid "Basic Distance"
msgstr "默认谱表间距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.scm:13
#, fuzzy
msgid "Minimum Distance"
msgstr "最小谱表间距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.scm:15
#, fuzzy
msgid "Stretchability"
msgstr "允许拉伸"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.xml.h:1
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose Titles and Systems Spacing"
msgstr "谱表组间距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.xml.h:2
msgid "Lets you choose parameters to control the vertical spacing between titles, systems and margins."
msgstr ""

#. StaffToSpacing
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:2
msgid "Spacing for Un-grouped staffs (no braces)"
msgstr "独立（无花括号）谱表间距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:3
msgid "Spacing for Piano Staff"
msgstr "钢琴谱表间距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:4
#, fuzzy
msgid "Spacing for Staff Group"
msgstr "谱表间距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:5
msgid "Spacing for Choir Staff"
msgstr "合唱谱表间距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:6
msgid "Spacing for Grand Staff"
msgstr "大谱表间距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:10
msgid "Basic Distance Apart"
msgstr "默认谱表间距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:11
msgid "Minimum Distance Apart"
msgstr "最小谱表间距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:13
msgid "Stretchabilty"
msgstr "允许拉伸"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:18
msgid "Staff Spacing"
msgstr "谱表间距"

#. grouped staff spacing
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:37
msgid "Spacing between group and other"
msgstr "谱表组之间的距离"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:38
msgid "Spacing within group"
msgstr "谱表组内间距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.xml.h:1
msgid "Spacing between Staffs"
msgstr "谱表之间的距离"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.xml.h:2
msgid "Allows setting of various parameters controlling the space between staffs and between and within staffs grouped with braces."
msgstr "设置间距参数，用于调整谱表之间的距离、谱表组内的间距和谱表组之间的距离。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SystemsPerPage.scm:5
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SystemsPerPage.scm:8
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SystemsPerPage.xml.h:1
msgid "Systems Per Page"
msgstr "每页谱表组数"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SystemsPerPage.scm:5
msgid "Give required systems (lines) per page: "
msgstr "设置每页所需的谱表组（行）数："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SystemsPerPage.xml.h:2
msgid "Forces a specific number of systems (lines of music) per page."
msgstr "强制每页显示一定数量的谱表（音乐行）。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SystemSystemPadding.scm:17
msgid "Padding Between Systems"
msgstr "谱表组填充"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SystemSystemPadding.scm:17
msgid "Give extra padding (1=no extra space, staff units)"
msgstr "设置额外的填充距离（以谱表宽度为单位，1 = 无额外填充）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SystemSystemPadding.xml.h:2
msgid "Allows control over the padding between successive systems down the page. (A system is all the staffs representing the music at one time, sometimes called a \"line\" of music)."
msgstr "控制一个谱表与其后面谱表的间距。（谱表组是同时表达音乐的一系列谱表，也叫做一“行”音乐）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SystemSystemSpacingDist.scm:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SystemSystemSpacingDist.xml.h:1
msgid "System to System Spacing"
msgstr "谱表组间距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SystemSystemSpacingDist.xml.h:2
msgid "Set the distance between systems."
msgstr "设置谱表组的间距。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/TopMarkupSpacingDist.scm:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/TopMarkupSpacingDist.xml.h:1
msgid "Top to Title Spacing"
msgstr "顶部至标题间距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/TopMarkupSpacingDist.xml.h:2
msgid "Set the distance from the top of the printable area (i.e. the bottom of the top margin) to the first (title or top-level) markup on a page, when there is no system between the two."
msgstr "设置顶部可打印区域（即上边距的下端）与第一个页面的顶级标记的间隔（当二者之间没有谱表组时）。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/TopSystemSpacingDist.scm:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/TopSystemSpacingDist.xml.h:1
msgid "Top to System Spacing"
msgstr "顶部至谱表组间距"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/TopSystemSpacingDist.xml.h:2
msgid "Set the distance from the top of the printable area (i.e. the bottom of the top margin) to the first system on a page, when there is no (title or top-level) markup between the two."
msgstr "设置顶部可打印区域（即上边距的下端）与页面中第一个谱表组的间隔（当二者之间没有标题或顶级记号时）。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreChooseNotehead.xml.h:1
msgid "Set Notehead Style"
msgstr "设置符头类型"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreChooseNotehead.xml.h:2
msgid "Sets the type of notehead to be used score-wide."
msgstr "设置用于整个乐谱的符头类型。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreRehearsalMarkFormat.scm:5
msgid "Alphabetic"
msgstr "字母"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreRehearsalMarkFormat.scm:6
msgid "Numeric"
msgstr "数字"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreRehearsalMarkFormat.scm:7
msgid "Boxed alphabetic"
msgstr "带框字母"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreRehearsalMarkFormat.scm:8
msgid "Boxed numeric"
msgstr "带框数字"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreRehearsalMarkFormat.scm:9
msgid "Circled alphabetic"
msgstr "带圈字母"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreRehearsalMarkFormat.scm:10
msgid "Circled numeric"
msgstr "带圈数字"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreRehearsalMarkFormat.xml.h:1
msgid "(Print) Format of rehearsal marks"
msgstr "（打印）排练记号的格式"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreRehearsalMarkFormat.xml.h:2
msgid "Select the format of rehearsal marks (alphabetic, numeric, boxed, etc.)"
msgstr "选择排练记号的格式（字母、数字、方框等）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:101
msgid "Add to current rules"
msgstr "添加到当前规则"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:102
msgid "Replace current rules"
msgstr "替换当前规则"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:103
msgid "Delete (and revert to default rules)"
msgstr "删除（并恢复默认规则）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:125
msgid "Beaming Rules added from the selection"
msgstr "从选区添加符尾规则"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:131
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:152
msgid "Beaming Rules replaced with ones from the selection"
msgstr "从选区添加并替换符尾规则"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:136
msgid "Beaming Rules added from the selections have been dropped"
msgstr "已删除从选区添加的符尾规则"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:154
msgid "Set Beaming rule for "
msgstr "设置符尾规则于 "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:155
msgid "Delete Beaming rule for "
msgstr "删除符尾规则于 "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:156
msgid "Delete All (and revert to default rules)"
msgstr "全部删除（并恢复默认规则）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:162
msgid "Give beat"
msgstr "设置节拍"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:168
msgid "Chosen duration does not fit time signature"
msgstr "所选的时值与时值记号不匹配"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:172
msgid "Beat Structure"
msgstr "节拍结构"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:172
msgid "Give groupings for "
msgstr "组合 "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:172
msgid " beats: "
msgstr " 节拍："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.xml.h:1
msgid "Set Beaming Rules"
msgstr "设置符尾规则"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.xml.h:2
msgid "Sets the rules to be used for beaming. With no selection gets the beat for beams to be divided for the prevailing time signature at the cursor. If a there is a selection this will be used as the set of rules. In this case indicate the beaming desired using the manual beam commands [ and ], giving all the beaming rules wanted using several measures if needed (no other rules are used). Repeat with different selections to add further rules."
msgstr "设置用于符尾的规则。若未选择任何内容，则使用光标处按预设时值进行划分的符尾。若选区不为空，则将其用于设置规则，即使用手动符尾命令 [ 和 ] 设置所需的符尾方向。可以选择多个小节来同时设置多个所需的规则。重复此操作可以添加更多规则。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/StaccatoStaccatissimo.xml.h:1
msgid "Staccato as '"
msgstr "将 staccato 写为 '"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/StaccatoStaccatissimo.xml.h:2
msgid "Typesets staccato in 18th c. style, similar to modern stacattissimo. Applies to whole score."
msgstr "使用 18 世纪风格的断奏记号，类似现代的特断音记号。应用于整个乐谱。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TieWaitForNote.xml.h:1
msgid "Ties Extend to Matching Note"
msgstr "向后延长延音线"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TieWaitForNote.xml.h:2
msgid "Ties will extend over intermediate notes until the note tied to occurs. Use for written-out arpeggio styles."
msgstr "将延音线向后延长，直到遇到下一个延音线。用于书面形式的琶音。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TinyStaffAllMovements.xml.h:1
msgid "Tiny Staff in All Movements"
msgstr "缩小所有乐章的谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TinyStaffAllMovements.xml.h:2
msgid "Gets a staff number 1 ... n from user and makes that staff tiny in all movements."
msgstr "在所有乐章中缩小指定编号（1 ... n）的谱表。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleCurveControl.scm:15
msgid "Curve Control Points On"
msgstr "开启曲线控制点"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleCurveControl.scm:16
msgid ""
"Typeset score will have curves marked with control points\n"
"Use these for accurate reshaping of curves via wysiwyg operations on the typeset score with mouse"
msgstr ""
"排版的谱表中将含有带控制点的曲线\n"
"用于使用鼠标对曲线进行所见即所得的准确调节"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleCurveControl.xml.h:1
msgid "Typeset Curve Control Points (Off/On)"
msgstr "排版曲线控制点（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleCurveControl.xml.h:2
msgid "Typesets with curve control points marked. Use these for accurate tweaking of shape via clicking and dragging with mouse on final typeset score."
msgstr "排版时加入曲线控制点标记。用于通过鼠标点击和拖动来准确调节乐谱中对象的形状。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleFigures.scm:6
msgid "Bass Figures will be typeset"
msgstr "数字低音将被排版"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleFigures.scm:12
msgid "Bass Figures will not be typeset"
msgstr "数字低音将被不被排版"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleFigures.xml.h:1
msgid "Bass Figures (Off/On)"
msgstr "数字低音（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleFigures.xml.h:2
msgid "Turns on/off visibility of figured bass on typesetting for whole score."
msgstr "在排版整个乐谱时开启/关闭显示数字低音。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleFingeringVisibilityInScore.scm:6
msgid "Fingerings will be typeset"
msgstr "指法将被排版"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleFingeringVisibilityInScore.scm:9
msgid "Fingerings will be not typeset"
msgstr "指法将不被排版"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleFingeringVisibilityInScore.xml.h:1
msgid "Fingerings (Off/On)"
msgstr "指法（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleFingeringVisibilityInScore.xml.h:2
msgid "Turns on/off visibility of fingerings on typesetting for whole score."
msgstr "在排版整个乐谱时开启/关闭显示指法记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleWysiwygMarks.scm:16
msgid "Wysiwyg Marks On"
msgstr "开启“所见即所得”标记"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleWysiwygMarks.scm:17
msgid ""
"Typeset score will have graphical objects marked with red dots\n"
"Use these for accurate tweaking of positions via wysiwyg operations on the typeset score with mouse"
msgstr ""
"排版时将会加入有红色点标记的图形对象\n"
"用于通过鼠标点击和拖动来准确调节乐谱中对象的形状"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleWysiwygMarks.xml.h:1
msgid "Typeset Red Dots (Off/On)"
msgstr "排版红色点（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleWysiwygMarks.xml.h:2
msgid "Typesets with red dots on the graphical objects. Use these for accurate tweaking of positions via clicking and dragging with mouse on final typeset score."
msgstr "排版时在图形对象上加入红色的控制点。用于通过鼠标点击和拖动来准确调节乐谱中对象的形状。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeOctaveUp.scm:2
msgid "Print out 8va up"
msgstr "打印时升高八度"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeOctaveUp.xml.h:1
msgid "(Print) Transpose Octave Up"
msgstr "（打印）向上转调八度"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeOctaveUp.xml.h:2
msgid "Instructs the LilyPond Engraver to transpose this score one octave up."
msgstr "使 LilyPond 排版器将乐谱向上转调八度。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeOnPrint.scm:3
msgid "Transpose Score"
msgstr "乐谱转调"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeOnPrint.scm:3
msgid "Transpose Staff"
msgstr "谱表转调"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeOnPrint.scm:5
msgid "--- Transpose to -->"
msgstr "--- 转调为 -->"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeOnPrint.xml.h:1
msgid "Transpose on Print (Graphical Interface)"
msgstr "打印时转调（图形界面）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeOnPrint.xml.h:2
msgid "Gets an interval from the user: the entire score is transposed by this interval on typesetting - key signatures are transposed as well as notes and chord symbols."
msgstr "设置转调值：排版时将使用此值对整个乐谱进行转调 - 音符、和弦和调号均会被改变。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeScorePrint.scm:51
msgid ""
"Give Interval to transpose by as two note names, \n"
"     for example \"c g\" means transpose 5th up.\n"
"    Note names are in Dutch!!! a,b,c ... are the same but\n"
"    \"es\" = flat, so e.g. bes means b-flat\n"
"    \"is\" = sharp so e.g fis means f-sharp\n"
"    Use commas for octave(s) down, \n"
"    single-quotes for octave(s) up\n"
"    e.g. c c' means octave up.\n"
"    You do not have to start with c\n"
"    e.g. d e means a tone higher.\n"
"    "
msgstr ""
"设置表示转调间隔的两个音符名，\n"
"     例如“c g”表示向上转调 5 个音。\n"
"     注意，音符名使用荷兰语表示法！\n"
"     “es” = 降调，因而 bes 表示降 B\n"
"     “is” = 升调，因而 fis 表示升 F\n"
"     逗号表示向上八度\n"
"     单引号表示向下八度\n"
"     例如 c c’ 表示升高八度。\n"
"     第一个音可以不为为 c\n"
"     例如 d e 表示升高一个音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeScorePrint.scm:61
msgid "Will be transposed to:"
msgstr "将会转调为："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeScorePrint.xml.h:1
msgid "Transpose on Print (Text Input)"
msgstr "打印时转调（文本输入）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeScorePrint.xml.h:2
msgid "Typesets the score transposed by the interval you give - key signatures are transposed as well as notes and chord symbols."
msgstr "设置转调值：排版时将使用此间隔对整个乐谱进行转调 - 调号、音符和和弦和均会被改变。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TrillIsPlus.xml.h:1
msgid "Set Trill Style as +"
msgstr "设置颤音样式为 +"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TrillIsPlus.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints trills with the common 18th c. notation: a plus sign."
msgstr "以常规的 18 世纪风格记号显示颤音，即一个加号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CaptureScore/CaptureMeasuresForStaff.xml.h:1
msgid "Capture Measures (one staff)"
msgstr "捕获小节（一个谱表）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CaptureScore/CaptureMeasuresForStaff.xml.h:2
msgid "Creates blank measures one for each measure captured as a screenshot from one of a set of parts. Display the source score on the screen using any program. Click on opposite corners of each measure in turn to capture that measure as an image into Denemo. Right-click or scroll-wheel to switch corners to adjust. Press any key to finish. This command is for capturing in parts form; to capture in full score use CaptureMeasures command"
msgstr "为从一系列片段中捕获的每个小节创建一个空小节。使用任意程序显示谱表。可以点击每个小节的对角来将该小节作为图像捕获至 Denemo。右键单击或滚动鼠标滚轮可以切换对角。按任意键结束操作。此命令用于在片段中进行捕获操作；若要在完整的乐谱中进行捕获，请使用捕获小节命令"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CaptureScore/DeleteCapturedMeasureForStaff.xml.h:1
msgid "Delete Captured Measure."
msgstr "以删除捕获的小节。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CaptureScore/DeleteCapturedMeasureForStaff.xml.h:2
msgid "Deletes the captured measure image for the current measure of the current staff."
msgstr "删除当前小节中捕获的小节图像。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CaptureScore/InsertCaptureMeasureForStaff.xml.h:2
msgid "Capture the image of a single measure (as screenshot) inserting at the current measure in the current staff."
msgstr "捕获单个小节的图像（为截图）并插入到当前小节。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/ChangeStaff.xml.h:1
msgid "Change Staff"
msgstr "改变谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/ChangeStaff.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:36
msgid "(Print) the current voice moves to the staff you name."
msgstr "（打印）将当前声部移动到指定名称的谱表中。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CheckTiesInStaff.scm:20
msgid "Tied notes not the same"
msgstr "延音符不相同"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CheckTiesInStaff.scm:41
msgid "All ties in this staff are correctly placed"
msgstr "谱表中所有的延音线都已被正确放置"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CheckTiesInStaff.xml.h:1
msgid "Check Ties"
msgstr "检查延音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CheckTiesInStaff.xml.h:2
msgid "Checks for wrongly tied notes in the current voice/staff."
msgstr "检查当前声部/谱表中连接错误的延音符。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CreateCuesForStaff.xml.h:1
msgid "Create Cues"
msgstr "创建提示"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CreateCuesForStaff.xml.h:2
msgid "Goes through the staff looking for long rests. Creates a cue in the whole measure rest."
msgstr "查找谱表中的长休止符。在全小节休止符中创建一个提示。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CrossStaffArpeggio.scm:7
msgid "Arpeggios will not cross staffs"
msgstr "琶音不能跨越谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CrossStaffArpeggio.scm:9
msgid "Arpeggios will cross staffs"
msgstr "琶音可以跨越谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CrossStaffArpeggio.scm:10
msgid " Cross Staff Arpeggios "
msgstr " 跨谱表琶音 "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CrossStaffArpeggio.xml.h:1
msgid "Cross Staff Arpeggio"
msgstr "跨谱表琶音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CrossStaffArpeggio.xml.h:2
msgid "(Print) Allow arpeggio sign to extend across staffs. Piano staffs obey this by default, other staff groups need the Span_arpeggio_engraver including in the Score context for it to work."
msgstr "（打印）允许琶音记号跨越多个谱表。默认的钢琴谱表允许此功能，其他谱表组则需要在谱表上下文中包含 Span_arpeggio_engraver 以启用此功能。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteCurrentStaff.xml.h:1
msgid "Delete Current Staff/Voice"
msgstr "删除当前谱表/声部"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteCurrentStaff.xml.h:2
msgid "Deletes current staff (if the action is confirmed by the user)."
msgstr "删除当前谱表。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteFromCursorToEnd.scm:4
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteMeasuresBeforeCursor.scm:4
msgid "All Staffs - Delete all measures from cursor?"
msgstr "在所有谱表中删除光标后的所有小节吗？"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteFromCursorToEnd.scm:4
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteMeasuresBeforeCursor.scm:4
msgid "This Staff/Voice only?"
msgstr "仅此谱表/声部吗？"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteFromCursorToEnd.xml.h:1
msgid "Delete Measures From Cursor"
msgstr "删除光标后的小节"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteFromCursorToEnd.xml.h:2
msgid "Deletes all measures from the cursor to the end, either in one or all staffs."
msgstr "从光标处开始，删除之后所有的小节（于所有谱表，或者仅当前谱表）。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteMeasuresBeforeCursor.xml.h:1
msgid "Delete Measures Before Cursor"
msgstr "删除光标前的小节"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteMeasuresBeforeCursor.xml.h:2
msgid "Deletes all the measures before the measure containing the cursor, either current staff or all staffs as chosen by user."
msgstr "从光标处开始，删除之前所有的小节（于所有谱表，或者仅当前谱表）。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteTextAnnotationsFromCursor.xml.h:1
msgid "Delete Text Annotations"
msgstr "删除文本注释"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteTextAnnotationsFromCursor.xml.h:2
msgid "Deletes standalone text annotations from the cursor to the end of the staff."
msgstr "删除光标后所有的独立文本注释。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DisplayEffects/HideNotSelectedStaffs.xml.h:1
msgid "Hide Non-Selected Staffs."
msgstr "隐藏未选中的谱表。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DisplayEffects/HideNotSelectedStaffs.xml.h:2
msgid "Hides staffs that are not selected in the Denemo Display. Does not affect the typesetting."
msgstr "隐藏 Denemo 显示窗口中未被选中的谱表。不影响排版。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DisplayEffects/HideSelectedStaffs.xml.h:1
msgid "Hides Selected Staffs"
msgstr "隐藏选中谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DisplayEffects/HideSelectedStaffs.xml.h:2
msgid "Hides the selected staffs in the Denemo Display. Does not affect the Typesetting."
msgstr "隐藏 Denemo 显示窗口中未被选中的谱表。不影响排版。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DisplayEffects/ToggleCurrentStaffDisplay.xml.h:1
msgid "Staff Hidden (Off/On)"
msgstr "谱表隐藏（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DisplayEffects/ToggleCurrentStaffDisplay.xml.h:2
msgid "Shows/Hides the current staff in the Denemo Display. Does not affect the typesetting."
msgstr "在 Denemo 显示窗口中显示/隐藏当前谱表。不影响排版。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DisplayEffects/ToggleDisplayAllStaffs.xml.h:1
msgid "Display All (Other) Staffs (Off/On)"
msgstr "显示所有（其他）谱表（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DisplayEffects/ToggleDisplayAllStaffs.xml.h:2
msgid "Show the current staff in the display and hide/show all other staffs. Typesetting is not affected."
msgstr "在显示窗口中显示当前谱表，以及隐藏/显示其他谱表。不影响排版。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/FillEmptyMeasures.xml.h:1
msgid "Fill Empty Measures"
msgstr "填充空小节"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/FillEmptyMeasures.xml.h:2
msgid "Replaces empty measures from the cursor position onwards with non-printing whole measure rests."
msgstr "用非打印的全小节休止符填充光标后的空小节。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/FixSlursInStaff.xml.h:1
msgid "Fix Slurs"
msgstr "修正连音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/FixSlursInStaff.xml.h:2
msgid "Removes incorrectly placed slur start/end markers on current voice/staff."
msgstr "移除当前声部/谱表中放置不正确的连音起始/终止标记。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/AddInstrumentStaff.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Staff for Instrument"
msgstr "添加乐器谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/AddInstrumentStaff.xml.h:2
msgid "Adds a staff at the bottom for the instrument selected from the templates/instruments directory. The name and range of the instrument is set with any transposition for playback if needed."
msgstr "为模板/乐器目录中选择的乐器添加一个谱表，并插入到底部。若需要，可以设置乐器的名称和音域，以及回放时的转调。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/AddMirrorStaff.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Staff (Borrowed/Mirrored Music)"
msgstr "添加谱表（音乐镜像）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/AddMirrorStaff.xml.h:2
msgid "Adds a staff whose music is automatically mirrored from another staff of your choice. Use this e.g. to create a staff with two divisi parts, while keeping the second part as a separate staff, or to typeset both Fret Diagrams and Chord Symbols from the same music. Note that initial clef/key/time are copied not mirrored. Staff number to mirror is chosen interactively or passed as a parameter to the command."
msgstr "添加包含其他谱表中音乐的谱表。用于将一个谱表分为两个片段（第二个片段成为独立谱表），或同时排版同一个音乐中的将音品图和和弦记号等。注意，起始谱号/调号/时值记号为原谱表中的副本，而非镜像。您可以手动选择要镜像的谱表编号，或者将谱表编号作为参数传给此命令。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/CouleStaff.scm:4
msgid "This staff creates notes drawn as a diagonal line. Use these to create a coule between two notes another part."
msgstr "此谱表将音符显示为对角线。用于在两个音符之间创建斜线音符。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/CouleStaff.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Staff for Coulés"
msgstr "添加斜线音符谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/CouleStaff.xml.h:2
msgid "Adds a voice to the current staff which typesets notes as a slanting line - a coulé. The main voice provides the chord notes, and this provides the coulé between them."
msgstr "向当前谱表中添加一个声部，并将音符排版为一条斜线。主声部用于排版和弦音符，此声部则用于排版和弦音符之间的音符。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/CreateClickStaff.scm:8
msgid "Fill in the upbeat in the click track before playing"
msgstr "在播放前填充节拍音轨中的弱起小节"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/CreateClickStaff.scm:51
msgid "Populate with these clicks"
msgstr "填充此节拍"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/CreateClickStaff.scm:51
msgid "Play clicks again"
msgstr "重新播放节拍"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/CreateClickStaff.scm:51
msgid "Edit clicks"
msgstr "编辑节拍"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/CreateClickStaff.scm:61
msgid "Edit the clicks and then re-run this command to populate the subsequent empty measures up to any time signature change. Then repeat for each change of time signature."
msgstr "编辑节拍，然后重新运行此命令来填充后续空小节，直到时值变更记号（如果有的话）。对于每个时值变更记号均重复上述过程。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/CreateClickStaff.xml.h:1
msgid "Create/Populate Click Staff"
msgstr "创建/填充节拍音轨谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/CreateClickStaff.xml.h:2
msgid "Creates a staff at the top as a click track. Suggests a pattern of drum beats for the first bar, and offers to copy these to the following bars. The cursor height determines which drum sounds are suggested from the General MIDI set. Invoked in a click track it will copy your own set of drum beats to subsequent (empty) measures."
msgstr "在顶部创建一个谱表，并将其作为节拍音轨。可以在第一个小节中指定一种鼓点样式，然后将其复制到后续的小节中。光标高度将决定鼓点的声部（根据通用 MIDI 声部集）。在已有的节拍音轨中使用此命令将会把当前小节鼓点复制到后续的（空）小节中。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/DynamicsStaff.scm:32
msgid ""
"This line (\"staff\") is for holding cresc. dim hairpins and dynamic markings so that they can be positioned (using dummy notes, colored blue) and will align with each other. Create this between the staffs for a piano work or on any staff where alignment of hairpins and dynamic marks is needed.\n"
"WARNING: Do not place clef changes or other non-duration items in this staff - it may trigger the creation of a separate staff on typesetting!\n"
"This Dynamics \"staff\" must have the same part name as the staff the dynamics should appear on."
msgstr ""
"此行（谱表）仅用于逐步渐强/渐弱和力度记号，以便（使用伪音符或间隔）将这些记号对齐。可以在钢琴谱表或其他需要对齐逐步渐强/渐弱记号和力度记号的地方创建此谱表。\n"
"警告：不要在此谱表中插入谱号变更或其他非时值对象 - 否则可能在排版时创建多余的谱表！\n"
"此谱表必须与其相关联的谱表具有相同的谱表名。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/DynamicsStaff.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Staff for Dynamics"
msgstr "添加力度谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/DynamicsStaff.xml.h:2
#, fuzzy
msgid "This line (\"staff\") is for holding cresc. dim hairpins and dynamic markings so that they can be positioned (using dummy notes, colored blue) and will align with each other.\\nCreate this between the staffs for a piano work or on any staff where alignment of hairpins and dynamic marks is needed. WARNING: Do not start/end staff-groupings on this staff. Do not place clef changes or other non-duration items in this staff - it may trigger the creation of a separate staff on typesetting! This Dynamics \"staff\" must have the same part name as the staff the dynamics should appear on."
msgstr ""
"此行（谱表）仅用于逐步渐强/渐弱和力度记号，以便（使用伪音符或间隔）将这些记号对齐。可以在钢琴谱表或其他需要对齐逐步渐强/渐弱记号和力度记号的地方创建此谱表。\\n\n"
"警告：不要在此谱表中插入谱号变更或其他非时值对象 - 否则可能在排版时创建多余的谱表！此力度谱表必须与其相关联的谱表具有相同的谱表名。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MarksStaff.scm:22
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This staff is purely for holding marks that should appear once at the top of the system - avoiding having to put the marks in each part. It must have a blank part name, so that it is typeset with every part. The marks should be spaced using either dummy notes or spacers.\n"
"   WARNING: Do not place clef changes or other non-duration items in this staff - it may trigger the creation of a separate staff on typesetting!"
msgstr ""
"此谱表仅用于显示在谱表组顶部的记号，以避免需要在每个片段放置相同记号。此谱表的名称必须为空，以便可以在多处进行排版。谱表中的记号应当以伪音符或间隔来分隔。\n"
"警告：不要在此谱表中插入谱号变更或其他非时值对象 - 否则可能在排版时创建多余的谱表！"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MarksStaff.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Staff for Marks"
msgstr "添加记号谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MarksStaff.xml.h:2
#, fuzzy
msgid "This staff is purely for holding marks that should appear once at the top of the system - avoiding having to put the marks in each part. It must have a blank part name, so that it is typeset with every part. The marks should be spaced using either dummy notes or spacers.\\nWARNING: Do not start/end staff-groupings on this staff. Do not place clef changes etc in this staff - they may trigger the creation of a separate staff on typesetting!"
msgstr ""
"此谱表仅用于显示在谱表组顶部的记号，以避免需要在每个片段放置相同记号。此谱表的名称必须为空，以便可以在多处进行排版。谱表中的记号应当以伪音符或间隔来分隔。\n"
"警告：不要在此谱表中插入谱号变更或其他非时值对象 - 否则可能在排版时创建多余的谱表！"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/CreateClickStaffForMidi.scm:80
msgid "Click Track Creation"
msgstr "创建节拍音轨"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/CreateClickStaffForMidi.scm:80
msgid "Give number of measures required: "
msgstr "时值所需的小节数："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/CreateClickStaffForMidi.xml.h:1
msgid "Create Click Track Staff"
msgstr "创建节拍音轨谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/CreateClickStaffForMidi.xml.h:2
msgid "Creates a staff (a click track) at the top of this score from the imported MIDI file, using tempo and time signature information (if present). The measures are filled with drum beats so that pitches in the MIDI tracks can be displayed above them. When you have finished the import you can delete this staff."
msgstr "使用节奏和时值信息（若存在的话）从导入的 MIDI 文件创建一个（节拍音轨）谱表，并插入到乐谱顶部。将用鼓点节拍填充小节，以便 MIDI 音轨中的音高可以显示在上方。当你完成导入后，可以删除此音轨。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/LoadMidiTrack.scm:11
msgid "MIDI Track Selection"
msgstr "选择 MIDI 音轨"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/LoadMidiTrack.scm:12
msgid "Select track to import"
msgstr "选择要导入的音轨"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/LoadMidiTrack.scm:23
msgid "Out of range"
msgstr "超出范围"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/LoadMidiTrack.scm:25
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/NextMidiTrack.scm:7
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/PreviousMidiTrack.scm:7
msgid "No MIDI file loaded"
msgstr "未加载 MIDI 文件"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/LoadMidiTrack.xml.h:1
msgid "Insert Staff for MIDI Track"
msgstr "从 MIDI 音轨插入谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/LoadMidiTrack.xml.h:2
msgid "Creates a staff below the click track for the MIDI track selected. The staff is empty except for time signature and tempo changes. The MIDI pitches from the track are displayed above the click track and notes can be inserted by double-clicking on a MIDI pitch and entering the rhythm."
msgstr "从所选的 MIDI 音轨创建谱表，并插入到节拍音轨的下方。谱表中仅包含时值和速度变更。音轨中的 MIDI 音高显示在节拍音轨上方，可以通过双击 MIDI 音高并输入节奏来插入音符。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/NextMidiTrack.scm:6
msgid "This is the last track"
msgstr "这是最后一条音轨"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/NextMidiTrack.xml.h:1
msgid "Load Next Midi Track"
msgstr "载入前一条 Midi 音轨"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/NextMidiTrack.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:181
msgid "Creates a staff for the next MIDI track after the current one, making that the current one."
msgstr "从后一条 MIDI 音轨创建新谱表，将其插入到当前音轨后面，并切换到该音轨。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/PreviousMidiTrack.scm:6
msgid "This is the first track"
msgstr "这是最后一条音轨"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/PreviousMidiTrack.xml.h:1
msgid "Load Previous MIDI Track"
msgstr "载入后一条 Midi 音轨"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/PreviousMidiTrack.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:180
msgid "Creates a staff for the imported MIDI track previous to the current one, making that the current one."
msgstr "从前一条 MIDI 音轨创建新谱表，将其插入到当前音轨后面，并切换到该音轨。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/NewStaffAfter.xml.h:1
msgid "New Staff After Current"
msgstr "当前谱表后插入新谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/NewStaffAfter.xml.h:2
msgid "Creates a new staff with the given name, after the current staff. Use the staff to voice command if you want to make this staff a voice on the previous staff."
msgstr "在当前谱表后插入一个指定名称的新谱表。若希望此谱表成为前一个谱表中的一个声部，请使用“谱表至声部”命令。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/NewStaffAllMovements.xml.h:1
msgid "Add in All Movements"
msgstr "添加到所有乐谱"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/NewStaffAllMovements.xml.h:2
msgid "Adds a new structured staff after the current staff in this and succeeding movments."
msgstr "在当前和后续乐章中的当前谱表后插入一个新的谱表。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/NewStaffBefore.xml.h:1
msgid "New Staff Before Current"
msgstr "当前谱表前插入新谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/NewStaffBefore.xml.h:2
msgid "Creates a new staff with the given name, before the current staff."
msgstr "在当前谱表前插入一个指定名称的新谱表。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/NewStructuredStaff.xml.h:1
msgid "New Structured Staff"
msgstr "新结构谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/NewStructuredStaff.xml.h:2
msgid "Creates a new staff below the current staff with the same time signature changes inserted."
msgstr "在当前谱表后插入一个新谱表，新谱表中的时值变更方式与当前谱表相同。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/PianoStaff.scm:8
msgid "Replace Current Staff?"
msgstr "替换当前谱表吗？"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/PianoStaff.scm:9
msgid "Keep Current Staff"
msgstr "保留当前谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/PianoStaff.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Piano Staff"
msgstr "添加钢琴谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/PianoStaff.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:34
msgid "Adds two staff braced together for keyboard instrument."
msgstr "为键盘乐器添加两个由括号相连的谱表。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/MoveStaffToBottom.xml.h:1
msgid "Staff to Bottom"
msgstr "移动谱表至底部"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/MoveStaffToBottom.xml.h:2
msgid "Moves the current staff to become the bottom most staff."
msgstr "将当前谱表移动到底部。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/MoveStaffToTop.xml.h:1
msgid "Staff to Top"
msgstr "移动谱表至顶部"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/MoveStaffToTop.xml.h:2
msgid "Moves the current staff to become the topmost staff."
msgstr "将当前谱表移动到顶部。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/CreateOssiaStaff.xml.h:1
msgid "Create Ossia Staff"
msgstr "创建选奏谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/CreateOssiaStaff.xml.h:2
msgid "Creates a small staff above the current staff for inserting cues, ossia passages etc. Use Show Ossia and Hide Ossia to show specific measures."
msgstr "在当前谱表上方创建一个小谱表，用于插入提示、选奏片段等。可以使用显示选奏和隐藏选奏命令来显示特定小节。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/HideOssia.scm:4
msgid "This marks the end of the passage to be shown on the ossia staff"
msgstr "此记号指示要显示在选奏谱表中的片段的终止位置"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/HideOssia.xml.h:1
msgid "Hide Ossia"
msgstr "隐藏选奏"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/HideOssia.xml.h:2
msgid "Place this at the end of the music to be printed from the Ossia staff"
msgstr "显示在选奏谱表中的片段的终止位置"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/ShowOssia.scm:4
msgid "This marks the start of a passage to be shown on the ossia staff"
msgstr "此记号指示要显示在选奏谱表中的片段的起始位置"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/ShowOssia.scm:8
msgid "Show"
msgstr "显示"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/ShowOssia.xml.h:1
msgid "Show Ossia"
msgstr "显示选奏"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/ShowOssia.xml.h:2
msgid "Place this at the start of the music to be printed from the Ossia staff"
msgstr "显示在选奏谱表中的片段的起始位置"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/MuteStaff.scm:30
msgid ""
"The volume set on this staff is very low, you may not hear it.\n"
"See Staff->Staff Properties->Built-in Staff Properties, MIDI tab."
msgstr ""
"此谱表的音量过小，你可能听不到它。\n"
"请见 谱表->谱表属性->内置谱表属性 中的 MIDI 选项卡。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/MuteStaff.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/SetInitialVolumeToZero.xml.h:1
msgid "Mute"
msgstr "静音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/MuteStaff.xml.h:2
msgid "Mutes the current staff. Affects only playback."
msgstr "将当前谱表静音。仅影响回放。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/SetInitialVolumeToZero.xml.h:2
msgid "Mutes playback on this staff by placing a volume=zero directive at the start."
msgstr "在谱表起始处插入“volume=zero”记号，使得当前谱表在回放时静音。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/StaffRemoveCustomDurations.xml.h:1
msgid "Remove Custom Durations (Swing/Graces)"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/StaffRemoveCustomDurations.xml.h:2
msgid "Removes the special durations applied by swing and sounding grace notes."
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/StaffSoundGraceNotes.xml.h:1
msgid "Sound Grace Notes"
msgstr "为装饰音符计时"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/StaffSoundGraceNotes.xml.h:2
msgid "Grace notes will be played back as appogiature, stealing time from the following note. Not for Playback View which uses LilyPond's MIDI to play back."
msgstr "将装饰音演奏为倚音，并占用后续音符的时值。无法用于以 LilyPond MIDI 作为回放设备的回放视图。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/SwingStaff.scm:31
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/SwingStaff.xml.h:1
msgid "Swing Staff"
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/SwingStaff.scm:31
msgid "Give percentage swing: "
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/SwingStaff.xml.h:2
msgid "Changes the playback duration of pairs of 𝅘𝅥𝅮 notes for swing or notes inègales. Does not affect typesetting."
msgstr ""

#. clears any extras in the staff-prolog
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/PrintEffects/ClearStaffProlog.xml.h:1
msgid "Normal Staff"
msgstr "正常谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/PrintEffects/ClearStaffProlog.xml.h:2
msgid "Deletes the extra staff prolog - restoring the normal staff settings."
msgstr "删除额外的谱表前言 - 恢复正常谱表设置。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/PrintEffects/TransposeStaffOutput.scm:7
msgid "No Transposition Interval"
msgstr "没有转调间隔"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/PrintEffects/TransposeStaffOutput.scm:7
msgid ""
"To use this function you need to place the cursor\n"
"on the first of two notes which define\n"
"the transposition required"
msgstr ""
"要使用此功能，你需要将光标置于\n"
"要定义转调的两个音符的首个音符上"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/PrintEffects/TransposeStaffOutput.scm:7
msgid "Ok"
msgstr "好"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/PrintEffects/TransposeStaffOutput.xml.h:1
msgid "Transpose Output"
msgstr "输出转调"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/PrintEffects/TransposeStaffOutput.xml.h:2
msgid "Transpose this staff in the print out. The cursor must be on the first of two notes that define the interval to use."
msgstr "在打印时对此谱表进行转调。要使用此功能，光标必须位于定义转调间隔的两个音符的首个音符上。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/SimplifyTies.xml.h:1
msgid "Simplify Ties"
msgstr "简化延音"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/SimplifyTies.xml.h:2
msgid "Converts tied notes to longer notes and removes spurious ties."
msgstr "将延音音符转变为更长的音符，并移除错误的延音线。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffDeleteEmptyMeasures.xml.h:2
msgid "Deletes any measures that are empty from the measure after the cursor to end of staff."
msgstr "删除光标后所有的空小节。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/BraceEnd.scm:5
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/BraceEnd.xml.h:1
msgid "Brace End"
msgstr "终止括号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/BraceEnd.scm:10
msgid "Add an End Brace Marker"
msgstr "添加一个括号终止记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/BraceEnd.scm:11
msgid "Delete an End Brace Marker"
msgstr "删除一个括号终止记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/BraceEnd.scm:12
msgid "Move End Brace Marker Up"
msgstr "向上移动括号终止记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/BraceEnd.scm:13
msgid "Move End Brace MarkerDown"
msgstr "向下移动括号终止记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/BraceEnd.scm:34
msgid "No staff above"
msgstr "上方没有谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/BraceEnd.scm:46
msgid "No staff below"
msgstr "下方没有谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/BraceEnd.xml.h:2
msgid "Add or remove end of staff group marks, or move them to an adjacent staff."
msgstr "添加或移除谱表组终止记号，或将其移动到相邻的谱表。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/CheckBraces.scm:39
msgid "Too few staff braces open at staff number "
msgstr "谱表编号处的谱表组起始括号太少 "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/CheckBraces.scm:41
msgid "More staff braces started than are ended."
msgstr "谱表组起始括号多于终止记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/CheckBraces.scm:43
msgid "More staff braces ended than are started."
msgstr "谱表组终止括号多起始止记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/CheckBraces.xml.h:1
msgid "Check Braces"
msgstr "检查括号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/CheckBraces.xml.h:2
msgid "Checks the braces (staff groupings) for this movement."
msgstr "检查此乐章的（谱表组）括号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/ChoirStaffStart.xml.h:1
msgid "ChoirStaff Start"
msgstr "合唱谱表起始"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/ChoirStaffStart.xml.h:2
msgid "Start grouping single staves together in order to form multi-stave systems. In a ChoirStaff, the group starts with a bracket, but bar lines are not connected."
msgstr "将多个谱表组组合为多谱表组。在合唱谱表中，谱表组从花括号处开始，但各谱表的小节线之间并不相连。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/DeleteStaffGroupings.xml.h:1
msgid "Delete all staff groupings"
msgstr "删除所有谱表组"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/DeleteStaffGroupings.xml.h:2
msgid "Clear the staff from all groupings"
msgstr "清除谱表组中的所有谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/GrandStaffStart.xml.h:1
msgid "GrandStaff Start"
msgstr "大谱表起始"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/GrandStaffStart.xml.h:2
msgid "Start grouping single staves together in order to form multi-stave systems. In a GrandStaff, the group begins with a brace, and bar lines are connected between the staves."
msgstr "将多个谱表组组合为多谱表组。在合唱谱表中，谱表组从括号处开始，各谱表的小节线彼此相连。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/GroupStaffStart.xml.h:1
msgid "GroupStaff Start"
msgstr "组谱表起始"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/GroupStaffStart.xml.h:2
msgid "Start grouping single staves together in order to form multi-stave systems. In the GroupStaff context, the group is started with a bracket and bar lines are drawn through all the staves."
msgstr "将多个谱表组组合为多谱表组。在谱表组中，谱表组从花括号处开始，各谱表的小节线彼此相连。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/PianoStaffStart.xml.h:1
msgid "PianoStaff Start"
msgstr "钢琴谱表起始"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/PianoStaffStart.xml.h:2
msgid "Start grouping single staves together in order to form multi-stave systems. The PianoStaff is identical to a GrandStaff, except that it supports printing the instrument name directly."
msgstr "将多个谱表组组合为多谱表组。钢琴谱表与大谱表相同，但可以直接显示乐器名称。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffMultiMeasureRests.xml.h:2
msgid "Groups of whole measure rests of two or more are changed to multi-measure rests for the whole staff."
msgstr "将整个谱表中的两个或多个全小节休止符组合成多小节休止符。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/Ambitus.xml.h:1
msgid "(Print) Ambitus On/Off"
msgstr "（打印）音域（开启/关闭）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/Ambitus.xml.h:2
msgid "Toggle the ambitus engraver for this staff on or off"
msgstr "切换音域显示开启/关闭"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/AssignInstrument.scm:7
msgid "Copy and Paste the music from the old staffs to the new, and then delete the old staffs"
msgstr "请将音乐从旧谱表中复制粘贴到新谱表中，然后删除旧谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/AssignInstrument.scm:16
msgid "Copy and Paste the music from the old staff to the new, and then delete the old staff"
msgstr "请将乐谱内容从旧谱表中复制粘贴到新谱表中，然后删除旧谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/AssignInstrument.xml.h:1
msgid "Assign Instrument"
msgstr "指定乐器"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/AssignInstrument.xml.h:2
msgid "Assigns the current staff to an instrument selected by the user."
msgstr "为当前谱表指定乐器。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:23
msgid "Chord Chart"
msgstr "和弦图表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:56
msgid "Double"
msgstr "二次"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:57
msgid "RepeatStart"
msgstr "反复开始"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:58
msgid "RepeatEnd"
msgstr "反复结束"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:59
msgid "RepeatEndFirstTime"
msgstr "一次反复结束"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:117
msgid "Compact Chord Chart Marker"
msgstr "紧凑和弦图表符号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:126
msgid "Compact Chord Chart"
msgstr "紧凑和弦图表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:126
msgid "Paper Chord Chart"
msgstr "纸和弦图表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:126
msgid "Convert Staff"
msgstr "转换谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:126
msgid "Customizable Chord Chart"
msgstr "自定义和弦图表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.xml.h:1
msgid "Chord Chart Staff"
msgstr "和弦图表谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints Chord symbols separated by bar lines. Repeats, time signatures and text are also printed for this staff."
msgstr "打印由小节线分隔的和弦图表。也会在此谱表中打印反复、时值记号和文本。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordStaff.xml.h:1
msgid "Chord Symbols (Off/On)"
msgstr "和弦记号（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordStaff.xml.h:2
msgid "Typesets the music on this staff as chord symbols (off/on)."
msgstr "将此谱表中的音乐排版为和弦记号（关闭/开启）。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/FretDiagrams/FretBoards.scm:5
msgid "Guitar"
msgstr "吉他"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/FretDiagrams/FretBoards.scm:6
msgid "Mandolin"
msgstr "曼陀林"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/FretDiagrams/FretBoards.scm:7
msgid "Ukulele"
msgstr "乌克丽丽"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/FretDiagrams/FretBoards.scm:16
msgid "This score cannot be typeset until you have entered some chords in this staff (which will then be typeset as fret diagrams)"
msgstr "无法排版乐谱，除非您在此乐谱中输入一些和弦（将作为音品图排版）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/FretDiagrams/FretBoards.xml.h:1
msgid "Fret Diagrams (Off/On)"
msgstr "音品图（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/FretDiagrams/FretBoards.xml.h:2
msgid "Chords on this staff will typeset as fret diagrams (off/on). Choose from several instruments."
msgstr "将此谱表中的和弦排版为音品图（关闭/开启）。可以在多种乐器中选择。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.scm:8
msgid "Instrument Name should not be set on a Dynamics Line or Chord Symbols"
msgstr "力度谱表和和弦谱表中不应包含乐器名"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.scm:24
msgid "InstrumentName"
msgstr "乐器名称"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.scm:24
msgid ""
"Give name of instrument/voice/part\n"
"for current staff:"
msgstr "设置当前谱表的乐器/声部/片段名称："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.scm:44
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/PianoStaffName.scm:5
msgid "Instrument Name"
msgstr "乐器名称"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.scm:44
msgid ""
"This sets the name in Movement 1\n"
"Set this name for the same staff in other movements?"
msgstr ""
"设置乐章 1 的名称\n"
"是否也将其他乐章设为相同名称？"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.xml.h:2
msgid "Print Instrument name before staff at start of score,"
msgstr "在乐谱开头处的谱表前面显示乐器名称，"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/MidiInstrumentName.scm:11
msgid "MIDI Instrument Name"
msgstr "MIDI 乐器名称"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/MidiInstrumentName.scm:11
msgid "Give name of MIDI instrument for current staff:"
msgstr "设置当前谱表的 MIDI 乐器名："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/MidiInstrumentName.xml.h:1
msgid "MIDI Instrument"
msgstr "MIDI 乐器"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/MidiInstrumentName.xml.h:2
msgid "Sets the MIDI instrument for this staff for use in the Playback View"
msgstr "设置此谱表在回放视图中使用的 MIDI 乐器"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/NonPrintingStaff.scm:12
msgid "Staff will be printed"
msgstr "将会打印谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/NonPrintingStaff.xml.h:1
msgid "Non Printing Staff"
msgstr "非打印谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/NonPrintingStaff.xml.h:2
msgid "Turns the on/off whether this staff will be typeset. The staff still displays normally but will be dropped for the print view."
msgstr "在打印时开启/关闭排版此谱表。此功能仅影响打印（预览），但不影响显示。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/PianoStaffName.scm:5
msgid "Give name of instrument for staff group starting here:"
msgstr "设置显示在谱表组起始处的乐器名称："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/PianoStaffName.xml.h:1
msgid "Piano Staff Name"
msgstr "钢琴谱表名称"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/PianoStaffName.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints the name given at the start of the Piano staff which must be where the cursor is. Remove instrument names on the individual staffs by setting them blank."
msgstr "钢琴谱表起始处显示的名称，光标必须位于钢琴谱表中。留空将删除独立谱表的乐器名称。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/RhythmicStaff.xml.h:1
#, fuzzy
msgid "Rhythmic Staff"
msgstr "此谱表："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/RhythmicStaff.xml.h:2
msgid "The staff will display as rhythm only, with pitches being ignored."
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SetStaffLines.scm:3
msgid "Staff Lines"
msgstr "谱表行数"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SetStaffLines.scm:3
msgid "Give Number of Staff Lines for current staff"
msgstr "设置当前谱表的谱表行数"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SetStaffLines.xml.h:1
msgid "Set Staff Lines"
msgstr "设置谱表行数"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SetStaffLines.xml.h:2
msgid "Sets the number of lines for the current staff."
msgstr "设置当前谱表的行数。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SetStaffRangeFromChord.scm:4
msgid "The cursor must be on a chord with the highest note and lowest note set to the range desired."
msgstr "光标必须位于用于设置音域的最高/最低音的和弦上。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SetStaffRangeFromChord.xml.h:1
msgid "Set Staff Range"
msgstr "设置谱表音域"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SetStaffRangeFromChord.xml.h:2
msgid "Sets the highest and lowest notes valid for the current staff to the highest and lowest pitches of the chord at the cursor. Notes outside that range will be typeset but will display as red notes to warn you that you are outside the range of the current instrument."
msgstr "将当前谱表中可播放的最高和最低音分别设为光标处和弦的最高和最低音。超出这一范围的音符会显示为红色音符，以便提醒您它们超出了当前乐器的音域。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ShortInstrumentName.scm:5
msgid "Instrument Name should not be set on a Dynamics Line"
msgstr "力度谱表中不应包含乐器名"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ShortInstrumentName.scm:16
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ShortInstrumentName.xml.h:1
msgid "Short Instrument Name"
msgstr "乐器名称缩写"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ShortInstrumentName.scm:16
msgid "Give Short Instrument Name:"
msgstr "设置乐器名称缩写："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ShortInstrumentName.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints shortened form of instrument name before this staff for second and subsequent systems"
msgstr "在第二个谱表组（及其后的谱表组）中，此谱表前仅显示乐器名称缩写"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SmallerStaff.xml.h:1
msgid "Smaller Staff"
msgstr "小谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SmallerStaff.xml.h:2
msgid "The current staff will print in a smaller size. Use this for the solo part above a piano accompaniment"
msgstr "将以较小的尺寸打印当前谱表。用于钢琴伴奏谱表上的独奏片段"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffComment.scm:4
msgid "comment for this staff"
msgstr "此谱表的注释"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffComment.scm:5
msgid "Staff Comment"
msgstr "谱表注释"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffComment.scm:5
msgid "Give comment text for current staff "
msgstr "设置当前谱表的注释文本 "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffComment.xml.h:2
msgid "Saves textual comments for this staff"
msgstr "保存此谱表的文本文本注释"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffOctaveUp.xml.h:1
msgid "(Print) Octave Up"
msgstr "（打印）高八度"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffOctaveUp.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints out the music of this staff one octave higher."
msgstr "打印时将此谱表向上转调八度。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffSize.scm:4
msgid "Setting Staff Size"
msgstr "设置谱表大小"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffSize.scm:4
msgid "Give Staff Size (for printing), 0 for default"
msgstr "设置谱表大小（用于打印），0 表示使用默认值"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffSize.xml.h:1
msgid "Set Staff Size"
msgstr "设置谱表大小"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffSize.xml.h:2
msgid "Sets the size of the staff on printing relative to the default 0. Value -3 is tiny 3 is large."
msgstr "设置谱表相对于默认尺寸（0）的大小.例如，-3 表示很小，3 表示很大。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SubstituteMusic.scm:37
msgid "There are no other staffs for this one to mirror."
msgstr "没有可以用于镜像的其他谱表。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SubstituteMusic.scm:60
msgid "Right click to update clef/time/key"
msgstr "右键单击以更新谱号/时值/调号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SubstituteMusic.scm:65
msgid "Music here is mirrored from "
msgstr "此处的音乐来自 "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SubstituteMusic.xml.h:1
msgid "Substitute Music (Borrowed/Mirrored)"
msgstr "替换音乐（镜像）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SubstituteMusic.xml.h:2
msgid "Typesets this staff with the music from another staff, ignoring any music entered on this staff. Use this e.g. to create a staff with two divisi parts, while keeping the second part as a separate staff, or to typeset both Fret Diagrams and Chord Symbols from the same music. Note that initial clef/key/time are copied not mirrored. Staff number to mirror is chosen interactively or passed as a parameter to the command."
msgstr "使用其他谱表中的音乐来排版此谱表，同时忽略此谱表中的音乐。用于将一个谱表分为两个片段（第二个片段成为独立谱表），或同时排版同一个音乐中的将音品图和和弦记号等。注意：Denemo 将复制开头的谱号/调号/时值记号，而非引用它们。您可以手动选择要引用的谱表编号，或将谱表编号作为参数传递给此命令。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/Tablature/SetTabStrings.xml.h:1
msgid "Set Open Strings"
msgstr "设置空弦"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/Tablature/SetTabStrings.xml.h:2
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sets the open strings for tablature to the notes of the current chord."
msgstr "将延音线关联到光标处的音符，不改变和弦中的其他音符。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/Tablature/TabStaff.xml.h:1
msgid "Tablature"
msgstr "指法谱"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/Tablature/TabStaff.xml.h:2
msgid "Converts to tablature notation (print only)"
msgstr "转换为指法谱记号（仅影响打印）"

#. TinyStaff
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/TinyStaff.xml.h:1
msgid "Tiny Staff"
msgstr "微谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/TinyStaff.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints current staff in a tiny font."
msgstr "使用很小的字体打印当前谱表。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/TransposeStaffPrint.scm:8
msgid "--> Transpose to -->"
msgstr "--> 转调为 -->"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/TransposeStaffPrint.scm:12
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/TransposeVoices.scm:10
msgid "Print transposed:  "
msgstr "打印转调："

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/TransposeStaffPrint.xml.h:1
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/TransposeVoices.xml.h:1
msgid "(Print) Transpose"
msgstr "（打印）转调"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/TransposeStaffPrint.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints this staff (only) transposed. This is in addition to any score-wide transposition"
msgstr "仅显示转调后的当前谱表。该操作独立于乐谱范围的转调"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/UndotRests.xml.h:1
msgid "Un-dot Rests"
msgstr "展开附点休止符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/UndotRests.xml.h:2
msgid "Changes dotted rests into the equivalent sequence of un-dotted rests in the current staff. Use e.g. in 6/8 time to replace 𝅘𝅥. with 𝄽 𝄾"
msgstr "将带有附点的休止符转换为等时长的无附点休止符。例如：在 6/8 拍的谱表中，将 𝅘𝅥. 替换为 𝄽 𝄾"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/AddMirrorVoice.xml.h:1
msgid "Add Voice (Borrowed/Mirrored Music)"
msgstr "添加声部（音乐镜像）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/AddMirrorVoice.xml.h:2
msgid "Adds a voice whose music is automatically mirrored from another staff of your choice. Use this e.g. to create a staff with two divisi parts, while keeping the second part as a separate staff, or to typeset both Fret Diagrams and Chord Symbols from the same music. Note that initial clef/key/time are copied not mirrored."
msgstr "添加包含其他声部中音乐的谱表。用于将一个谱表分为两个片段（第二个片段成为独立谱表），或同时排版同一个音乐中的将音品图和和弦记号等。注意，起始谱号/调号/时值记号为原谱表中的副本，而非镜像。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/CreatePartsFromTop.xml.h:1
msgid "Create Parts (Treble First)"
msgstr "创建片段（首先包含高音部）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/CreatePartsFromTop.xml.h:2
msgid "Creates a set of parts extracting the highest part first."
msgstr "创建一个片段系列，包含高音部并将其置于首位。"

#. CreateParts
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/CreateParts.scm:2
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/CreateParts.xml.h:1
msgid "Create Parts"
msgstr "创建片段"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/CreateParts.xml.h:2
msgid "Create a number of parts from the current staff which should have chords with that number of notes per chord."
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceAuto.xml.h:1
msgid "Initial Automatic Voice"
msgstr "自动初始声部"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceAuto.xml.h:2
msgid "Undoes the effect of the InitialVoiceOne, Two ... commands. The voice has variable stem direction, slur placement etc."
msgstr "撤销声部一、声部二 ... 等命令的效果。声部将具有可变的符干方向和连音位置等。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceFour.scm:4
msgid "Voice Four"
msgstr "声部四"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceFour.xml.h:1
msgid "Initial Voice Four"
msgstr "初始声部四"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceFour.xml.h:2
msgid "Sets the (initial) voice of the staff to be voice four (this affects stems down, slurs etc on printing)"
msgstr "设置谱表的（初始）声部为声部四（打印时影响朝下的符尾和连音等）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceOne.scm:4
msgid "Voice One"
msgstr "声部一"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceOne.xml.h:1
msgid "Initial Voice One"
msgstr "初始声部一"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceOne.xml.h:2
msgid "Sets the (initial) voice of the staff to be voice one (this affects stems up, slurs etc on printing)"
msgstr "设置谱表的（初始）声部为声部一（打印时影响朝上的符尾和连音等）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceThree.scm:4
msgid "Voice Three"
msgstr "声部三"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceThree.xml.h:1
msgid "Initial Voice Three"
msgstr "初始声部三"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceThree.xml.h:2
msgid "Sets the (initial) voice of the staff to be voice three (this affects stems up, slurs etc on printing)"
msgstr "设置谱表的（初始）声部为声部一（打印时影响朝上的符尾和连音等）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceTwo.scm:4
msgid "Voice Two"
msgstr "声部二"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceTwo.xml.h:1
msgid "Initial Voice Two"
msgstr "初始声部二"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceTwo.xml.h:2
msgid "Sets the (initial) voice of the staff to be voice two (this affects stems down, slurs etc on printing)"
msgstr "设置谱表的（初始）声部为声部四（打印时影响朝下的符尾和连音等）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.xml.h:1
msgid "Choose Initial Voice"
msgstr "选择初始声部"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.xml.h:2
msgid "Choose which voice this staff will initially be set to. To change voice during music see the Directives-&gt;Voices menu."
msgstr "选择此谱表的初始声部。要改变音乐中的声部，见 记号-&gt;声部 菜单。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/MergeDifferentlyDottedOff.xml.h:1
msgid "Merge Differently Dotted Off"
msgstr "关闭合并不同附点"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/MergeDifferentlyDottedOff.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:111
msgid "From this point notes in different voices that begin at the same time will not be merged onto the same stem if they differ in the dotting."
msgstr "从此处开始，不使用符干连接不同声部中同时开始、但附点不同的音符。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/MergeDifferentlyDottedOn.xml.h:1
msgid "Differently Dotted Merge On"
msgstr "开启合并不同附点"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/MergeDifferentlyDottedOn.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:110
msgid "From this point in the music notes in different voices beginning at the same time will be merged onto the same stem even if they differ in the dotting."
msgstr "从此处开始，使用符干连接不同声部中同时开始的音符，即便它们的附点不同。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/MergeRests.scm:6
msgid "Turning off merging of rests, use Merge Rests command to turn it on"
msgstr "停止合并休止符。可以使用合并休止符命令再次开启此功能"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/MergeRests.xml.h:1
msgid "Merge Rests"
msgstr "合并休止符"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/MergeRests.xml.h:2
msgid "Merges rests where two voices have a common rest. Applies to the whole movement. For multi-measure rests you need to additionally suppress one of the multi-measure rest counts."
msgstr "当两个声部有共同的休止符时，将休止符合并。应用于整个乐章。对于多小节休止符而言，你需要额外删除一个多小节休止符的计数。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/NewVoice.xml.h:2
msgid "Adds a voice to the current staff, initially displayed on a staff of its own, for readability. It will print on the staff above, and can be displayed there using Join Voices command if desired."
msgstr "向当前谱表中添加一个声部，并显示在独立的谱表中（为了可读性）。它将被打印在谱表上方，并可通过组合声部命令使之也显示在谱表上方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/NoteColumnShift.scm:5
msgid "Horizontal Shift"
msgstr "水平位移"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/NoteColumnShift.scm:5
msgid "Give amount (staff spaces)"
msgstr "设置值（谱表间距）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/NoteColumnShift.xml.h:1
msgid "Change Note Shift"
msgstr "改变音符位移值"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/NoteColumnShift.xml.h:2
msgid "On printing the current note/chord will be shifted from notes in other voices by the amount you give. Use this to alter which voice is shifted leftwards/rightwards."
msgstr "打印时使用设定值对当前音符/和弦进行位移。用于将指定音符向左/向右移动。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/IgnoreClashingNoteColumns.scm:6
msgid "Clashing Note Columns will generate a warning from the LilyPond typesetter"
msgstr "有冲突的音符列将会使得 LilyPond 排版器发出警告"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/IgnoreClashingNoteColumns.scm:10
msgid "Ignore Clashing Columns"
msgstr "忽略冲突列"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/IgnoreClashingNoteColumns.xml.h:1
msgid "Clashing Note Column Warnings (Off/On)"
msgstr "冲突音符列警告（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/IgnoreClashingNoteColumns.xml.h:2
msgid "Turns warnings from the LilyPond typesetter about clashing note columns off or on. These can be harmless but can cause a warning to check the score."
msgstr "关闭或开启 LilyPond 排版器对碰撞音符列的警告。这种问题可能并无大碍，但会使得排版器发出“检查乐谱”的警告。"

#. partcombineApart
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombineApart.scm:2
msgid ""
"This directive instructs the LilyPond typesetter not to combine notes from the voices when part combining has been set..\n"
"Use with the Part Combine command.\n"
"You can delete the directive as any other object."
msgstr ""
"当设置了片段组合时，此记号控制 LilyPond 排版器不要组合来自不同声部的音符。\n"
"需要结合组合片段命令使用。\n"
"你可以删除此记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombineApart.xml.h:1
msgid "Keep Voices Apart"
msgstr "保持声部分离"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombineApart.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:115
msgid "When part combining, from this point the parts will be kept apart even though they could be combined."
msgstr "在组合片段时，此后的片段将不会参与组合。"

#. partcombineAutomatic
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombineAutomatic.scm:2
msgid ""
"This directive instructs the LilyPond typesetter to combine notes from the voices using the default part combining.\n"
"Use with the Part Combine command.\n"
"You can delete the directive as any other object."
msgstr ""
"此记号控制 LilyPond 排版器使用默认片段组合设置对不同声部中的音符进行组合。\n"
"需要结合组合片段命令使用。\n"
"你可以删除此记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombineAutomatic.xml.h:1
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr "自动"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombineAutomatic.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:114
msgid "Reverts to the default part combining."
msgstr "恢复默认片段组合设置。"

#. partcombineChords
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombineChords.scm:2
msgid ""
"This directive instructs the LilyPond typesetter to combine notes from the voices into chords.\n"
"Use with the Part Combine command.\n"
"You can delete the directive as any other object."
msgstr ""
"此记号控制 LilyPond 排版器将同声部中的音符组合为和弦。\n"
"需要结合组合片段命令使用。\n"
"你可以删除此记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombineChords.xml.h:1
msgid "Part Combine Chords"
msgstr "片段组合为和弦"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombineChords.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:112
msgid "From the cursor onwards chords will be combined from the parts included in the part combine command."
msgstr "此后个片段中的音符将会被“片段组合”命令组合为和弦。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombine.scm:9
msgid "Parts are now uncombined"
msgstr "已取消组合片段"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombine.scm:14
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombine.scm:21
msgid "Part Combine "
msgstr "片段组合 "

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombine.scm:30
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombine.scm:36
msgid "Can only part-combine two voices"
msgstr "只能组合两个声部"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombine.scm:38
msgid "Must be on a staff with two voices"
msgstr "必须位于含有两个声部的谱表"

#. partcombineUnisono
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombineUnisono.scm:2
msgid ""
"This directive instructs the LilyPond typesetter to combine notes from the voices as unison.\n"
"Use with the Part Combine command.\n"
"You can delete the directive as any other object."
msgstr ""
"此记号控制 LilyPond 排版器将同声部中的音符组合为齐奏。\n"
"需要结合组合片段命令使用。\n"
"你可以删除此记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombineUnisono.xml.h:1
msgid "Unisono"
msgstr "齐奏"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombineUnisono.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:113
msgid "Combine parts as unison."
msgstr "将片段组合为齐奏。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombine.xml.h:1
msgid "Part Combine Two Voices"
msgstr "组合两个声部"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombine.xml.h:2
msgid "The two voices will be printed only once when they are the same, otherwise they will be printed as parts. (Off/On)"
msgstr "若两个声部相同，则只会显示一次，否则将它们显示为片段。（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/SetCurrentStaffAsVoice.scm:4
msgid "Current staff is already a voice or not suitable"
msgstr "当前谱表已为单声部，或不适用此操作"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/SetCurrentStaffAsVoice.xml.h:1
msgid "Staff to Voice"
msgstr "转换谱表为声部"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/SetCurrentStaffAsVoice.xml.h:2
msgid "The current staff will be typeset as a voice on the staff above."
msgstr "当前谱表将会被排版为声部，并显示在上一个谱表上方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/SetCurrentVoiceAsStaff.scm:4
msgid "The current staff is not voice"
msgstr "当前谱表不是声部"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/SetCurrentVoiceAsStaff.xml.h:1
msgid "Voice to Staff"
msgstr "转换声部为谱表"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/SetCurrentVoiceAsStaff.xml.h:2
msgid "The current voice will be typeset on its own staff."
msgstr "当前声部将会被排版至其所属的谱表上方。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/ShiftOff.scm:6
msgid "No Shift"
msgstr "无位移"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/ShiftOff.xml.h:1
msgid "No Horizontal Shifts"
msgstr "无水平位移"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/ShiftOff.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:106
msgid "Turns off horizontal displacement of notes (which avoid collisions between parts)"
msgstr "关闭水平位移音符（用于避免片段之间的冲突）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/ShiftOn.scm:6
msgid "Shift"
msgstr "位移"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/ShiftOn.xml.h:1
msgid "Use Horizontal Shifts"
msgstr "使用水平位移"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/ShiftOn.xml.h:2
#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:107
msgid "Turns on horizontal displacements of notes where needed."
msgstr "开启需要时水平位移音符的功能。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/TransposeVoices.scm:6
msgid "<-- Transpose to -->"
msgstr "<-- 转调为 -->"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/TransposeVoices.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints the voices transposed by the interval given. This is in addition to any score-wide transposition and any staff-wide transposition"
msgstr "显示转调后的当前谱表。该操作独立于乐谱范围和谱表范围内的转调"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/ApparentTimeSignature.xml.h:1
msgid "Apparent Time Signature"
msgstr "显式时值符号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/ApparentTimeSignature.xml.h:2
msgid "Typesets a time signature which is not the one actually being used. This is used in polymetric music, often in conjunction with a tuplet spanning the whole staff."
msgstr "排版一个之前未起作用的时值记号。一般用于复音音乐中横跨整个谱表的连音。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/BeamHalfMeasure.scm:5
msgid "Beaming at half measure allowed"
msgstr "允许半小节处符尾"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/BeamHalfMeasure.scm:8
msgid "Beaming breaks at half-measure"
msgstr "符尾中断于半小节处"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/BeamHalfMeasure.xml.h:1
msgid "Beam at Half Measure (Off/On)"
msgstr "半小节处符尾（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/BeamHalfMeasure.xml.h:2
msgid "In time signatures 3/N prevent beaming across the beat. Repeat the command to allow such beaming."
msgstr "在时值为 3/N 的小节中，禁止符尾跨节拍连接音符。再次执行此命令可允许符尾跨节拍连接。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/CadenzaTime.scm:6
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/CadenzaTime.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a non-printing timesignature to indicate a cadenza follows. You must insert any barlines and beaming you require (otherwise none will typeset). End the cadenza by inserting an End Cadenza Time in a new Denemo bar."
msgstr "插入指示华彩段起始的非打印的时值记号。必须将其插入到任何小节线和符尾之前（否则将不会被排版）。之后请在新的 Denemo 小节中插入华彩段终止记号来结束华彩段。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/CadenzaTime.scm:14
msgid "Cadenza"
msgstr "华彩段"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/CadenzaTime.xml.h:1
msgid "Start Cadenza Time"
msgstr "华彩段起始处"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/ChooseTimeSignature.xml.h:1
msgid "Choose Typical Time Signature"
msgstr "选择典型时值记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/ChooseTimeSignature.xml.h:2
msgid "Choose from a set of typical time signatures"
msgstr "选择一个典型的时值记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/ChordChartTimeSignature.xml.h:1
msgid "Chord Chart Time Signature"
msgstr "和弦图表时值符号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/ChordChartTimeSignature.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a time signature (for use in Chord Charts)"
msgstr "插入一个用于和弦图表中的时值记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/EndCadenzaTime.scm:10
msgid "End Cad."
msgstr "华彩段终止。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/EndCadenzaTime.scm:13
msgid "Inserts a time signature to resume normal measured music."
msgstr "插入指示恢复正常小节形式的时值记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/EndCadenzaTime.xml.h:1
msgid "End Cadenza Time"
msgstr "华彩段终止处"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/EndCadenzaTime.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a non-printing time signature to resume normal measured music."
msgstr "插入指示华彩段结束的非打印时值记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/HideTimesig.xml.h:2
msgid "On printing, omit the time signature change at the cursor, or the initial time signature if the cursor is not on a time signature change."
msgstr "在打印时，忽略光标处的时值变更记号；若光标不在时值变更记号上，则忽略起始时值记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/InsertBeamingRule.scm:17
#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/TimesigWithBeatStructure.scm:15
msgid "Beam"
msgstr "符尾"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/InsertBeamingRule.xml.h:1
msgid "Beaming Rule Change"
msgstr "改变符尾规则"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/InsertBeamingRule.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a (hidden) time signature with rules to be used for beaming. With no selection gets the beat for beams to be divided for the prevailing time signature at the cursor. If a there is a selection this will be used as the set of rules. In this case indicate the beaming desired using the manual beam commands [ and ], giving all the beaming rules wanted using several measures if needed (no other rules are used). Repeat with different selections to add further rules."
msgstr "插入一个（隐藏的）时值记号，以及相应的符尾规则。若没有选择内容，则获取光标处要拆分为预设时值的符尾的节拍数。若选择了内容，则将其用于设置规则。这种情况下，使用手动符尾命令 [ 和 ] 设置所需符尾，且可以使用多个小节来设置符尾规则。继续选择其他内容来添加更多规则。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/NumericTimeSig.xml.h:1
msgid "Numeric Time Signature"
msgstr "数值时值记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/NumericTimeSig.xml.h:2
msgid "Typesets common and cut time numerically rather than the traditional C and C cut."
msgstr "排版时使用数值表示的时值记号，而非传统的 C 和 C - 记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/SingleDigitTimeSig.scm:4
msgid "Inspect/Edit Single Digit Directive"
msgstr "检查/编辑单数字时值记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/SingleDigitTimeSig.xml.h:1
msgid "(Print) Single Digit"
msgstr "（打印）单数字"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/SingleDigitTimeSig.xml.h:2
msgid "Makes the time signature at the cursor typeset as a single digit; if no time signature at cursor this applies to initial timesig of staff. Run the command again to delete/inspect the time signature directive."
msgstr "将光标处的时值记号显示为单个数字；若光标处没有时值记号，则应用到谱表的初始时值记号。再次执行此命令可以删除或编辑时值记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/TimesigWithBeatStructure.xml.h:1
msgid "Time Signature with Beaming Rule"
msgstr "时值记号和符尾规则"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/TimesigWithBeatStructure.xml.h:2
msgid "Inserts a time signature with indication for how to beam the notes. Insert at beginning of staff in order to replace the initial time signature."
msgstr "插入用于指示音符符尾连接方式的说这句话。可以插入到谱表开头以替换起始时值记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/TwoTimeSignatures.scm:9
msgid "Double time signature removed"
msgstr "已移除双时值记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/TwoTimeSignatures.xml.h:1
msgid "Two Time Signatures"
msgstr "双时值记号"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/TwoTimeSignatures.xml.h:2
msgid "Prints two time-signatures, the second is active."
msgstr "显示两个时值记号，其中第二个记号为有效记号。"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/Unmeasured.xml.h:1
msgid "Unmeasured Staffs (Off/On)"
msgstr "无小节谱表（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/Unmeasured.xml.h:2
msgid "Makes the staffs accept any duration per Denemo measure and typesets as a cadenza. Equivalent to Cadenza Time from the first bar."
msgstr "将谱表设置为可以接受任意时值的小节，并将其排版为华彩段。等价于在第一个小节处插入华彩段开始记号。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:2
msgid "Selects &#x1D15D; as the duration for inserting notes or rests"
msgstr "选择 &#x1D15D; 作为插入音符或休止符的时值"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:3
msgid "Selects &#x1D15E; as the duration for inserting notes or rests"
msgstr "选择 &#x1D15E; 作为插入音符或休止符的时值"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:4
msgid "Selects &#x1D15F; as the duration for inserting notes or rests"
msgstr "选择 &#x1D15F; 作为插入音符或休止符的时值"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:5
msgid "Selects &#x1D160; as the duration for inserting notes or rests"
msgstr "选择 &#x1D160; 作为插入音符或休止符的时值"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:6
msgid "Selects &#x1D161; as the duration for inserting notes or rests"
msgstr "选择 &#x1D161; 作为插入音符或休止符的时值"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:7
msgid "Selects &#x1D163; as the duration for inserting notes or rests"
msgstr "选择 &#x1D163; 作为插入音符或休止符的时值"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:8
msgid "Alternates inserting start triplet and end triplet markers"
msgstr "插入三连音起始记号或三连音终止记号"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:9
msgid "General"
msgstr "常规"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:10
msgid "Choose any sort of clef.&#10;If the cursor is at the start change initial clef, else insert chosen clef."
msgstr "选择任意一种谱号。&#10;如果光标位于谱号变更的起始处，则插入所选的谱号。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:13
msgid "Add a note to the current chord&#10;The cursor position determines which note to add"
msgstr "向当前和弦中添加一个音符&#10;光标位置将决定添加何种音符"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:14
msgid "Begin Slur from note/chord at cursor, or remove a Begin Slur"
msgstr "在光标处的音符/和弦处开始连音，或移除连音起始记号"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:15
msgid "End Slur at note/chord at cursor, or remove an End Slur"
msgstr "在光标处的音符/和弦处结束连音，或移除连音终止记号"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:16
msgid "Tie/Untie from the note/chord at the cursor - will be ignored by the LilyPond typesetter if next note is not at the same pitch"
msgstr "设置/取消光标处音符/和弦的延音 - 若与下一个音符的音高不同，则会被 LilyPond 排版器忽略"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:17
msgid "Insert a tempo change at cursor"
msgstr "在光标处插入节奏变更记号"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:18
msgid "Insert a Dynamic Marking at the cursor"
msgstr "在光标处插入力度记号"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:19
msgid "Start Crescendo from note/chord at cursor"
msgstr "在光标处的音符/和弦处开始渐强"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:20
msgid "End Crescendo on note/chord at cursor"
msgstr "在光标处的音符/和弦处结束渐强"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:21
msgid "Start Diminuendo from note/chord at cursor "
msgstr "在光标处的音符/和弦处开始渐弱 "

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:22
msgid "End Diminuendo from note/chord at cursor"
msgstr "在光标处的音符/和弦处结束渐弱"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:24
msgid "Choose more palettes of buttons."
msgstr "选择更多的按钮面板。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:26
msgid "Help with chord symbol entry methods."
msgstr "有关和弦符号输入方法的帮助。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:27
msgid "Start Crescrendo from note/chord at cursor"
msgstr "在光标处的音符/和弦处开始渐强"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:28
msgid "Adds a staff to be used purely for dynamic markings, insert after right hand piano staff"
msgstr "创建一个仅用于力度记号的谱表，并插入到右手钢琴谱表后"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:29
msgid "Prints text to start or continue a crescendo extending over a passage.&#10;Use for cresc.&#10;poco a poco, for example.&#10;Terminate with End Crescendo marking or a dynamic mark, else nothing will be printed.&#10;LilyPond markup, such as \\\\bold can be used."
msgstr "显示一个渐强片段中开始处或中间的文本，例如逐步渐强（cresc. poco a poco）。&#10;请使用相应的渐强终止记号或力度记号来终止此效果，否则将不会显示此记号。&#10;可以使用 \\\\bold 等 LilyPond 标记。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:30
msgid "Prints text to start or continue a diminuendo extending over a passage.&#10;Use for dim.&#10;poco a poco, for example.&#10;Terminate with End Diminuendo marking or a dynamic mark, else nothing will be printed.&#10;LilyPond markup, such as \\\\bold can be used."
msgstr "显示一个渐弱片段中开始处或中间的文本，例如逐步渐弱（dim. poco a poco）。&#10;请使用相应的渐弱终止记号或力度记号来终止此效果，否则将不会显示此记号。&#10;可以使用 \\\\bold 等 LilyPond 标记。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:31
msgid "Music is spaced out by the extra amount given to avoid textual dynamic markings colliding.&#10;Not for hairpins."
msgstr "使用指定的额外间距来分隔音乐，以避免力度记号相互冲突。&#10;不用于逐渐渐强/渐弱记号。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:32
msgid "Pianoforte"
msgstr "钢琴"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:37
msgid "Inserts an 8va mark (transposing the notes accordingly) or terminates one already started."
msgstr "插入 8va 记号（对音符进行转调）或终止前面的 8va 起始记号。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:38
msgid "Insert or Append Duration"
msgstr "插入或附加时值"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:39
msgid "When appending, appends a &#x1D15D; &#10;With the cursor on a note inserts a &#x1D15D;  before the current note&#10;If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding)&#10; - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch.&#10;Changes prevailing duration."
msgstr "若处于附加模式，则附加一个 &#x1D15D; &#10;若光标位于某个音符上，则在它前面插入一个 &#x1D15D; &#10;若启用了 MIDI 输入，则音符将不具有音高（显示为黄色，使用打击乐音色），&#10;此时可以用 MIDI 键盘来设置音高。&#10;预设时值将会被改变。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:40
msgid "When appending, appends a &#x1D15E; &#10;With the cursor on a note inserts a &#x1D15E;  before the current note&#10;If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding)&#10; - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch.&#10;Changes prevailing duration."
msgstr "若处于附加模式，则附加一个 &#x1D15E; &#10;若光标位于某个音符上，则在它前面插入一个 &#x1D15E; &#10;若启用了 MIDI 输入，则音符将不具有音高（显示为黄色，使用打击乐音色），&#10;此时可以用 MIDI 键盘来设置音高。&#10;预设时值将会被改变。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:41
msgid "When appending, appends a &#x1D15F; &#10;With the cursor on a note inserts a &#x1D15F;  before the current note&#10;If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding)&#10; - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch.&#10;Changes prevailing duration."
msgstr "若处于附加模式，则附加一个 &#x1D15F; &#10;若光标位于某个音符上，则在它前面插入一个 &#x1D15F; &#10;若启用了 MIDI 输入，则音符将不具有音高（显示为黄色，使用打击乐音色），&#10;此时可以用 MIDI 键盘来设置音高。&#10;预设时值将会被改变。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:42
msgid "When appending, appends a &#x1D160; &#10;With the cursor on a note inserts a &#x1D160;  before the current note&#10;If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding)&#10; - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch.&#10;Changes prevailing duration."
msgstr "若处于附加模式，则附加一个 &#x1D160; &#10;若光标位于某个音符上，则在它前面插入一个 &#x1D160; &#10;若启用了 MIDI 输入，则音符将不具有音高（显示为黄色，使用打击乐音色），&#10;此时可以用 MIDI 键盘来设置音高。&#10;预设时值将会被改变。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:43
msgid "When appending, appends a &#x1D161; &#10;With the cursor on a note inserts a &#x1D161;  before the current note&#10;If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding)&#10; - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch.&#10;Changes prevailing duration."
msgstr "若处于附加模式，则附加一个 &#x1D161; &#10;若光标位于某个音符上，则在它前面插入一个 &#x1D161; &#10;若启用了 MIDI 输入，则音符将不具有音高（显示为黄色，使用打击乐音色），&#10;此时可以用 MIDI 键盘来设置音高。&#10;预设时值将会被改变。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:44
msgid "When appending, appends a &#x1D162; &#10;With the cursor on a note inserts a &#x1D162;  before the current note&#10;If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding)&#10; - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch.&#10;Changes prevailing duration."
msgstr "若处于附加模式，则附加一个 &#x1D162; &#10;若光标位于某个音符上，则在它前面插入一个 &#x1D162; &#10;若启用了 MIDI 输入，则音符将不具有音高（显示为黄色，使用打击乐音色），&#10;此时可以用 MIDI 键盘来设置音高。&#10;预设时值将会被改变。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:45
msgid "Insert &#x1D13B; rest"
msgstr "插入 &#x1D13B; 休止符"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:46
msgid "Insert &#x1D13C; rest"
msgstr "插入 &#x1D13C; 休止符"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:47
msgid "Insert &#x1D13D; rest"
msgstr "插入 &#x1D13D; 休止符"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:48
msgid "Insert &#x1D13E; rest"
msgstr "插入 &#x1D13E; 休止符"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:49
msgid "Insert &#x1D13F; rest"
msgstr "插入 &#x1D13F; 休止符"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:50
msgid "Insert &#x1D140; rest"
msgstr "插入 &#x1D140; 休止符"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:51
msgid "Dot, double dot or undot the note at the cursor"
msgstr "对光标处的音符加附点、双附点，或取消附点"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:53
msgid "Change the current note to a &#x1D15D;"
msgstr "将当前音符改为 &#x1D15D;"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:54
msgid "Change the current note to a &#x1D15E;"
msgstr "将当前音符改为 &#x1D15E;"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:55
msgid "Change the current note to a &#x1D15F;"
msgstr "将当前音符改为 &#x1D15F;"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:56
msgid "Change the current note to a &#x1D160;"
msgstr "将当前音符改为 &#x1D160;"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:57
msgid "Change the current note to a &#x1D161;"
msgstr "将当前音符改为 &#x1D161;"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:58
msgid "Change the current note to a &#x1D162;"
msgstr "将当前音符改为 &#x1D162;"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:59
msgid "Halves the duration of the note/chord/rest at the cursor or the selection.&#10;E.g.&#10;Quarter Note becomes Eighth Note.&#10;"
msgstr "将光标或选区中的音符/和弦/休止符时值减半。&#10;例如：四分音符变为八分音符&#10;"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:60
msgid "Doubles the duration of the note/chord/rest at the cursor or the selection.&#10;E.g.&#10;Quarter Note becomes Half Note."
msgstr "将光标或选区中的音符/和弦/休止符时值加倍。&#10;例如：四分音符变为二分音符。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:61
msgid "Change or Append Notes"
msgstr "改变或附加音符"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:62
msgid "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note A.&#10;If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration."
msgstr "将光标所在音符设置为音符 A。&#10;若光标位于附加位置，则将一个具有预设时值的音符附加至此处。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:63
msgid "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note B.&#10;If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration."
msgstr "将光标所在音符设置为音符 B。&#10;若光标位于附加位置，则将一个具有预设时值的音符附加至此处。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:64
msgid "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note C.&#10;If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration."
msgstr "将光标所在音符设置为音符 C。&#10;若光标位于附加位置，则将一个具有预设时值的音符附加至此处。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:65
msgid "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note D.&#10;If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration."
msgstr "将光标所在音符设置为音符 D。&#10;若光标位于附加位置，则将一个具有预设时值的音符附加至此处。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:66
msgid "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note E.&#10;If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration."
msgstr "将光标所在音符设置为音符 E。&#10;若光标位于附加位置，则将一个具有预设时值的音符附加至此处。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:67
msgid "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note F.&#10;If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration."
msgstr "将光标所在音符设置为音符 F。&#10;若光标位于附加位置，则将一个具有预设时值的音符附加至此处。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:68
msgid "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note G.&#10;If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration."
msgstr "将光标所在音符设置为音符 G。&#10;若光标位于附加位置，则将一个具有预设时值的音符附加至此处。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:73
msgid "Sharpen the note at the cursor or next entered note if the cursor is in the appending position"
msgstr "将光标处音符升高半音，或将此后输入的音符升高半音"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:74
msgid "Flatten the note at the cursor or next entered note if the cursor is in the appending position"
msgstr "将光标处音符降低半音，或将此后输入的音符降低半音"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:83
msgid "Stringed Instruments"
msgstr "弦乐"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:98
msgid "The given number as right hand fingering, using the conventional p,m,i indicators.&#10;Use Cancel to delete"
msgstr "指定右手指法，使用传统的 p、m、i 表示法。&#10;点击取消可将其删除"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:99
msgid "Asks for a finger number and typesets p,m,i as appropriate.&#10;Use cancel to delete."
msgstr "设置指号并适当地排版为 p、m、i。&#10;点击取消来删除此记号。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:100
msgid "Places a diamond shape notehead at the cursor.&#10;Invoke this command with the cursor above the note to be fingered/fretted to notate an artificial harmonic."
msgstr "在光标处插入一个钻石形符头。&#10;当光标位于多指/有品的音符上时，调用此命令来将其标注为人工和声。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:101
msgid "Polyphony"
msgstr "复音"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:102
msgid "Adds a voice to the current staff, initially displayed on a staff of its own, for readability.&#10;It will print on the staff above, and can be displayed there using Join Voices command if desired."
msgstr "向当前谱表中添加一个声部，并显示在独立的谱表中（为了可读性）。&#10;它将被打印在谱表上方，并可通过组合声部命令使之也显示在谱表上方。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:103
msgid "Select a voice for the music following the cursor position.&#10;The Voice 1,2,3,4 choices set up the voices so that first and third voices get stems up, second and fourth voices get stems down, third and fourth voice note heads are horizontally shifted, and rests in the respective voices are automatically moved to avoid collisions.&#10;The Automatic Voice setting returns all the voice settings to the neutral default directions"
msgstr "为光标后面的音乐选择一个声部。&#10;声部命令 1、2、3、4 分别用于设置四类声部，第一和第三个声部的音符符干向上，第二和第四个声部的音符符干向下，第三和第四个声部的音符符头在水平方向上有偏移，休止符则根据布局自动调整以避免谱面拥挤。&#10;自动声部命令将所有的声部设置恢复默认值（中性符头）"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:104
msgid "The two voices will be printed only once when they are the same, otherwise they will be printed as parts.&#10;(Off/On)"
msgstr "若两个声部相同，则只会显示一次，否则将它们显示为片段。&#10;（关闭/开启）"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:105
msgid "(Print) Merges rests where two voices have a common rest.&#10;Not for whole measure or multi-measure rests."
msgstr "（打印）当两个声部有共同的休止符时，将休止符合并。&#10;不用于全小节休止符或多小节休止符。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:108
msgid "On printing the current note/chord will be shifted from notes in other voices by the amount you give.&#10;Use with Voice Presets to ensure this chord is in a different voice."
msgstr "打印时使用设定值对当前音符/和弦进行位移。&#10;请结合预设声部功能来确保此和弦位于不同的声部中。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:109
msgid "Choose which voice this staff will initially be set to.&#10;To change voice during music see the Directives->Voices menu."
msgstr "选择此谱表的初始声部。&#10;要改变音乐中的声部，见 记号->声部 菜单。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:116
msgid "Turns warnings from the LilyPond typesetter about clashing note columns off or on.&#10;These can be harmless but can cause a warning to check the score."
msgstr "关闭或开启 LilyPond 排版器对碰撞音符列的警告。&#10;这种问题可能并无大碍，但会使得排版器发出“检查乐谱”的警告。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:122
msgid "Adds the > accent"
msgstr "添加 > 重音"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:124
msgid "The articulation(s) on this note will be placed outside the slur (furthest from the note).&#10;Repeat the command to return the slur to the outside."
msgstr "此音符的发音将被置于（离此音符最远的）连音外。&#10;重复执行此操作将使连音恢复至原位。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:125
msgid "Barlines"
msgstr "小节线"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:132
msgid "Choose a barline "
msgstr "选择一个小节线 "

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:133
msgid "Create a custom barline.&#10;These can be named, or can simply override a standard LilyPond bar line type.&#10;A bar line is defined by four forms, which describe 1) the appearance normally (during a line), &#10;2) appearance when the barline is at the beginning or &#10;3) end of a line , and &#10;4) what to show when joining staffs together as with a Piano Staff.&#10;Barline forms are made of characters including |,:,.,[,],:&#10;and others in the LilyPond documentation."
msgstr "创建一个自定义小节线。&#10;可以对其进行命名，或直接覆盖标准的 LilyPond 小节线类型。&#10;小节线的定义包括四个部分：&#10;（1）常规外观；&#10;（2）起始线外观；&#10;（3）终止线外观；&#10;（4）联合谱表（如钢琴谱表）中的外观。&#10;小节线的形状由 |、:、.、[、]、; 等字符表示，&#10;详情请见 LilyPond 文档中的相关章节。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:134
msgid "Repeats"
msgstr "反复"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:135
msgid "(Print) start a first time bar, must be followed by EndVolta."
msgstr "（打印）开始一次反复段落，之后必须有相应的终止段落记号。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:136
msgid "(Print) start a second time bar, must be followed by EndVolta"
msgstr "（打印）开始二次反复段落，之后必须有相应的终止段落记号"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:137
msgid "Ends a volta, that is a n'th time bar"
msgstr "终止段落（第 N 个反复段落）"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:138
msgid "Inserts first and second time bars each with a whole measure rest.&#10;You can then edit this to suit your music, e.g by inserting extra bars, deleting the repeat start etc."
msgstr "分别插入包含一个全休止符的一次和二次反复小节。&#10;你可以对其进行编辑，例如插入额外的小节线、删除重复的开头等。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:139
msgid "Start passage to be played on one or more of the repeats as indicated by the text given by the user (e.g.&#10;3 for third time bar).&#10;Finish the passage by placing the End ...&#10;time bar command."
msgstr "设置要演奏一次或多次的段落，由用户设置文本来指定（如 3 表示第三次反复段落）。&#10;请在段落末尾使用结束 ... 次段落命令。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:140
msgid "Allow too few notes/rests in this measure.&#10;LilyPond will engrave this measure (in all staffs) with the short duration given by notes already present when this command was issued."
msgstr "允许此小节中含有的音符/休止符时值不足。&#10;LilyPond 将会根据小节中已有音符的时值来划分小节。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:141
msgid "Enter a number to change the lilypond bar number.&#10;The printout will continue to count up from there."
msgstr "输入乐谱中小节的新编号。&#10;打印时将从此数值重新计数。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:143
msgid "Help with beaming commands."
msgstr "有关符尾命令的帮助。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:144
msgid "Instructs the LilyPond engraver to start a beam here.&#10;(Print effect only)"
msgstr "控制 LilyPond 在此处开始显示符尾。&#10;（仅影响打印）"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:145
msgid "Instructs LilyPond engraver to stop previously started manual beaming.&#10;Print effect only."
msgstr "控制 LilyPond 停止手动符尾控制。&#10;仅影响打印。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:155
msgid "Inserts a time signature with indication for how to beam the notes.&#10;Insert at beginning of staff in order to replace the initial time signature.&#10;Time Signature can be hidden on printing - see Time Signatures menu."
msgstr "插入一个指示音符符尾类型的时值记号。&#10;可以插入到谱表开头以替换起始时值记号。&#10;可以在打印时隐藏时值记号 - 见时值记号菜单。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:156
msgid "Sets the rules to be used for beaming.&#10;With no selection gets the beat for beams to be divided for the prevailing time signature at the cursor.&#10;If a there is a selection this will set exceptions to the regular rule.&#10;In this case indicate the beaming desired using the manual beam commands [ and ]."
msgstr "设置用于符尾的规则。&#10;若未选择任何内容，则使用光标处按预设时值进行划分的符尾。&#10;若选区不为空，则将其用于设置例外规则，即使用手动符尾命令 [ 和 ] 设置所需的符尾方向。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:157
msgid "Add/Replace rules to be used for beaming in the current movement.&#10;With no selection gets the beat for beams to be divided for the prevailing time signature at the cursor.&#10;If a there is a selection this will be used as the set of rules.&#10;In this case indicate the beaming desired using the manual beam commands [ and ], giving all the beaming rules wanted using several measures if needed (no other rules are used).&#10;Repeat with different selections to add further rules."
msgstr "添加/替换当前谱表中的符尾规则。&#10;若没有选择内容，则获取光标处要拆分为预设时值的符尾的节拍数。&#10;若选择了内容，则将其用于设置规则。&#10;这种情况下，使用手动符尾命令 [ 和 ] 设置所需符尾，且可以使用多个小节来设置符尾规则。&#10;继续选择其他内容来添加更多规则。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:158
msgid "Inserts a time signature with indication for how to beam the notes.&#10;Insert at beginning of staff in order to replace the initial time signature."
msgstr "插入用于指示音符符尾连接方式的时值记号。&#10;可以插入到谱表开头以替换起始时值记号。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:160
msgid "Add a bass figure to the current note.&#10;Use | sign to split the duration of a note so as to have multiple figures on one note.&#10;See Lilypond docs for other notation"
msgstr "向当前音符添加一个低音记号。&#10;使用 | 记号来分割音符的时长，以便在同一音符中应用不同的低音记号。&#10;参见 Lilypond 文档中的其他记号"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:161
msgid "Sets the height of the bass figure above the note.&#10;The unit is the distance between adjacent lines in the staff."
msgstr "设置音符上方的数字低音的高度。&#10;单位为谱表相连两线之间的距离。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:163
msgid "Start filtering MIDI events, First note is bass, hold this down while entering notes for figures.&#10;Pedal changes harmony on same bass."
msgstr "开始筛选 MIDI 事件。第一个音符应为低音，请在输入数字记号时按住它。&#10;可用踏板使相同的低音具有不同的和声。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:167
msgid "Mensural Notation"
msgstr "定值记号"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:168
msgid "Set this staff to use mensural notation (on/off)"
msgstr "在此谱表中使用定值记号（开/关）"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:169
msgid "Inserts a whole measure rest in mensural notation."
msgstr "插入定值类型的整小节重复记号。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:170
msgid "Hides dots on the current chord/rest.&#10;Makes it conditional on the current layout."
msgstr "隐藏当前和弦/休止符中的点&#10;将其在当前布局中设为条件记号。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:171
msgid "Chord Symbols or Fake Chords"
msgstr "和弦记号或位和弦"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:172
msgid "Attach a chord symbol to the note at the cursor position.&#10;E.G.cis:dim7 for c-sharp diminished 7th.&#10;See Lilypond docs for notation"
msgstr "向光标处的音符附加一个和弦记号。&#10;例如：cis:dim7 表示升 C 减七和弦。&#10;请参见 LilyPond 文档中有关和弦记号的内容"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:173
msgid "The current staff becomes a chord symbol staff.&#10;The music on this staff will be typeset as chord symbols.&#10;Normally you will make this staff a voice on the melody staff, so that the chord symbols print on the melody staff."
msgstr "当前谱表成为和弦记号谱表。&#10;此谱表中的音乐将被排版为和弦记号。&#10;一般将此谱表置于旋律谱表之上，使得和弦记号能够显示在旋律上方。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:174
msgid "Midi Import"
msgstr "Midi 导入"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:175
msgid "Opens a MIDI file for transcribing.&#10;Load each track in turn and insert the MIDI notes by playing the durations."
msgstr "打开 MIDI 文件进行录制。&#10;依次加载每条音轨，并通过演奏时长来插入 MIDI 音符。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:176
msgid "Starts playing the score from the playhead start (green marker bar) and simultaneously records your playing from MIDI in.&#10;        You can stop the playback at any time and then the first MIDI note you entered is marked.&#10;&#10;        Entering duration keys now enters the notes you played into the score.&#10;&#10;        If you have no click track at the top one is created."
msgstr "从播放起始位置（绿色条）开始（停止）播放乐谱，并自动从 MIDI 输入录制演奏。&#10;        你可以随时停止回放，你所输入的第一个 MIDI 音符将被标记。&#10;&#10;        按下时长按键可以将你所演奏的音符插入到乐谱中。&#10;&#10;        如果顶部没有节拍音轨，则会自动创建它 - 请在开始操作前设置调号/和声范围。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:178
msgid "Creates a staff (a click track) at the top of this score from the imported MIDI using tempo and time signature information (if present).&#10;The measures are filled with drum beats so that pitches in the MIDI tracks can be displayed above them.&#10;When you have finished the import you can delete this staff."
msgstr "使用节奏和时值信息（若存在的话）从导入的 MIDI 文件创建一个（节拍音轨）谱表，并插入到乐谱顶部。&#10;将用鼓点节拍填充小节，以便 MIDI 音轨中的音高可以显示在上方。&#10;当你完成导入后，可以删除此音轨。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:179
msgid "Creates a staff below the click track for the MIDI track selected.&#10;The staff is empty except for time signature and tempo changes.&#10;The MIDI pitches from the track are displayed above the click track and notes can be inserted by double-clicking on a MIDI pitch and entering the rhythm."
msgstr "从所选的 MIDI 音轨创建谱表，并插入到节拍音轨的下方。&#10;谱表中仅包含时值和速度变更。&#10;音轨中的 MIDI 音高显示在节拍音轨上方，可以通过双击 MIDI 音高并输入节奏来插入音符。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:185
msgid "Moves to the next MIDI note onset in the current recorded or imported MIDI track.&#10;Inserted durations will take their pitch from this note."
msgstr "移至当前录制或导入的 MIDI 音轨中的下一个 MIDI 音符起始处。&#10;插入的时长将与起始处的音符具有相同音高。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:186
msgid "Inserts the marked MIDI note from the current track, using the duration suggested.&#10;Use duration keys to insert the same note with a different duration."
msgstr "使用建议时长从当前音轨中插入标记的 MIDI 音符。&#10;可以使用时长按键来改变所插入音符的时值。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:187
msgid "Ties"
msgstr "延音"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:188
msgid "Gives a choice of shape modifications to make to the following tie."
msgstr "用于调整随后连音线形状的选项。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:189
msgid "The note at the cursor ends a tie that has begun elsewhere, usually in a first time bar.&#10;That is it is a repeat of the tie ending."
msgstr "在光标处音符的音符上终止延音线。&#10;这种情况一般出现在第一次重复段落中，表示延音线的重复出现。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:190
msgid "Places a tie after the note at the cursor, tying to nothing.&#10;Use for laissez vibrer or when a tie comes at a final repeat."
msgstr "在光标处的音符后插入一个延音线，右端留空。&#10;用于表示最终反复处使用延音。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:196
msgid "Corrects for the slur/tie error common in imported scores.&#10;Scans entire score for pairs of identical notes slurred together as a pair.&#10;Changes these to a tied note.&#10;Do not use in the unusual case of identical notes slurred (e.g.&#10;across strings)."
msgstr "校正导入乐谱中常见的连音/延音错误。&#10;扫描整个乐谱中由连音线连接的成对音符，并将连音线转换为延音线。&#10;不用于特殊情况下相同音符之间的连音（例如和弦之间的连音）。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:197
msgid "Custom Ornaments"
msgstr "自定义装饰音"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:198
msgid "Allows the user to create a customized ornament (or load one previously created)&#10;into this score's definitions.&#10;Ornament names should be start in lower case&#10;and have no numerals.&#10;If a standard ornament is used, e.g.&#10;trill,&#10;then this will replace the standard ornament throughout the score."
msgstr "允许用户创建（或载入之前创建的）自定义装饰音至乐谱定义。&#10;装饰音名称必须以小写字母开头，且不能含有数字。&#10;若使用了独立的装饰音（如颤音），则会替换乐谱中的标准装饰音。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:199
msgid "Edit the definition (size or appearance) of a custom ornament definition.&#10;The definition must already have been created in this score."
msgstr "编辑自定义装饰音的定义（大小和外观）。&#10;请先创建定义，或将定义载入乐谱，然后再进行编辑。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:200
msgid "Typesets a custom ornament on the current note/chord.&#10;Removes that ornament if already present."
msgstr "对当前音符/和弦的自定义装饰音进行排版。&#10;若已有装饰音，则将其移除。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:201
msgid "Inserts an ornament (or other LilyPond Definition) as a separate object (it will appear on the previous note)"
msgstr "插入一个装饰音（或其他 LilyPond 定义）作为独立对象（显示在前一个音符上）"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:202
msgid "Chord Charts"
msgstr "和弦图表"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:203
msgid "Prints Chord symbols separated by bar lines.&#10;Repeats, time signatures and text are also printed for this staff."
msgstr "打印由小节线分隔的和弦图表。&#10;也会在此谱表中打印反复、时值记号和文本。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:204
msgid "Insert a previously created barline.&#10;(Any other LilyPond definitions  - see Score->LilyPond Definition - are here too)."
msgstr "插入一个之前创建的小节线。&#10;（有关其他 LilyPond 定义，见 乐谱->LilyPond 定义）"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:205
msgid "Start a new line at this measure."
msgstr "在此小节处换行。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:207
msgid "Typeset the chord at the cursor larger or smaller than normal."
msgstr "放大或缩小光标处的和弦。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:209
msgid "Adds a bass note to a chord, while keeping the current lowest note as the root of the chord.&#10;Use this on Chord Symbol staffs to create an inversion of the chord entered."
msgstr "添加一个低音至和弦，并保持当前的最低音为和弦根音。&#10;可在和弦记号谱表中创建一个所输入和弦的转位。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:210
msgid "Use in appending position to flatten the bass note of the next chord (extra to what it would be)."
msgstr "在附加位置时，将下一和弦的低音音符（在当前音高基础上）降低半音。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:211
msgid "Use in appending position to sharpen the bass note of the next chord (extra to what it would be)."
msgstr "在附加位置时，将下一和弦的低音音符（在当前音高基础上）升高半音。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:212
msgid "Set the prevailing duration to &#x1D15D; (subsequent chords entered will have this duration)"
msgstr "将预设时值设为 &#x1D15D;（后续输入的音符将会具有这一时长）"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:213
msgid "Set the prevailing duration to &#x1D15E; (subsequent chords entered will have this duration)"
msgstr "将预设时值设为 &#x1D15E;（后续输入的音符将会具有这一时长）"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:214
msgid "Set the prevailing duration to &#x1D15F; (subsequent chords entered will have this duration)"
msgstr "将预设时值设为 &#x1D15F;（后续输入的音符将会具有这一时长）"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:215
msgid "Insert a repeated chord sign."
msgstr "插入一个重复和弦记号。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:216
msgid "Inserts an arbitrary mark in the score at the cursor.&#10;Any size, font, effect can be chosen.&#10;The text position can be dragged in the print view if needed.&#10;Avoid placing one at the start as it clashes with the time signature - place it after the first note and drag it into position."
msgstr "在光标处插入任意记号。&#10;可以选择任意的大小、字体和显示效果。&#10;可以通过在打印预览中拖动文本来调节位置。&#10;请不要将它插入到乐谱开头，否则会与时值记号冲突 - 可以将其置于第一个音符后，然后通过拖动来调整至合适位置。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:217
msgid "Specify the number of lines you want on the page."
msgstr "指定每页中的行数。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:218
msgid "Inserts a non-printing whole measure after the current measure with a directive to omit the barline.&#10;This gives a one measure spacer."
msgstr "在当前小节后插入一个小节，以及忽略小节线的记号。&#10;生成一个小节宽度的空白。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:220
msgid "Turn the chord at the cursor into an alternate chord, typeset above and colored.&#10;This appears in the display as small notes (a grace note).&#10;Edit the position with the offset chord button."
msgstr "将光标处的和弦转变为可变和弦，并使用彩色将其排版在上方。&#10;在显示窗口中，将以较小的音符（装饰音符）来显示此和弦。&#10;可以使用和弦偏移按钮来编辑它的位置。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:223
msgid "Mutes the current staff.&#10;Affects only playback."
msgstr "将当前谱表静音。&#10;仅影响回放。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:224
msgid "Playback from start marker to end marker (Set these markers in the playback controls)"
msgstr "从起始标记处回放至结束标记处（见回放控制中有关标记的控制）"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:226
msgid "Plays all staffs for the duration of the selection or from the current cursor position to the end of the movement if no selection."
msgstr "回放选区所包含范围内的所有谱表，或从当前光标位置回放所有谱表，直至乐章结尾。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:227
msgid "Gregorian Chant"
msgstr "格力高利圣咏"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:228
msgid "Starts a new Gregorian score."
msgstr "创建一个新的格力高利式乐谱。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:229
msgid "Inserts a Do1 clef."
msgstr "插入 Do1 调号。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:230
msgid "Inserts a Do2 clef."
msgstr "插入 Do2 调号。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:231
msgid "Inserts a Do3 clef."
msgstr "插入 Do3 调号。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:232
msgid "Inserts a Fa1 clef."
msgstr "插入 Fa1 调号。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:233
msgid "Inserts a Fa2 clef."
msgstr "插入 Fa2 调号。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:234
msgid "Inserts (or deletes) a melisma start."
msgstr "插入或删除单音节装饰句起始记号。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:235
msgid "Inserts (or deletes) a melisma end."
msgstr "插入或删除单音节装饰句终止记号。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:236
msgid "Starts a ligature."
msgstr "设置连结线起始位置。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:237
msgid "Ends a ligature."
msgstr "设置连结线终止位置。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:238
msgid "Inserts (or deletes) a flexa."
msgstr "插入或删除转折记号。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:239
msgid "Inserts (or deletes) a pes."
msgstr ""

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:240
msgid "Inserts (or deletes) an ictus."
msgstr "插入或删除拍点记号。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:241
msgid "Inserts (or deletes) an episem initium."
msgstr "插入或删除修饰句起始记号。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:242
msgid "Inserts (or deletes) an episem finis."
msgstr "插入或删除修饰句终止记号。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:243
msgid "Inserts (or deletes) an augmentum dot."
msgstr "插入或删除附点。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:244
msgid "Inserts a Divisio Minor."
msgstr "插入短休止符。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:245
msgid "Inserts a Divisio Maior."
msgstr "插入中休止符。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:246
msgid "Inserts a Divisio Maxima."
msgstr "插入长休止符。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:247
msgid "Inserts a finalis."
msgstr "插入结束记号。"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:248
msgid "Insert or Append Chords"
msgstr "插入或附加和弦"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:249
msgid "c e g"
msgstr "c e g"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:250
msgid "c e&#x266D; g"
msgstr "c e&#x266D; g"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:251
msgid "c e g a"
msgstr "c e g a"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:252
msgid "c e g b&#x266D;"
msgstr "c e g b&#x266D;"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:253
msgid "c e g b"
msgstr "c e g b"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:254
msgid "c e g&#x266D; b&#x266D;"
msgstr "c e g&#x266D; b&#x266D;"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:255
msgid "c e&#x266D; g a"
msgstr "c e&#x266D; g a"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:256
msgid "c e&#x266D; g b&#x266D;"
msgstr "c e&#x266D; g b&#x266D;"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:257
msgid "c e&#x266D; g&#x266D; b&#x1D12B;"
msgstr "c e&#x266D; g&#x266D; b&#x1D12B;"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:258
msgid "c e&#x266D; g&#x266D; b&#x266D;"
msgstr "c e&#x266D; g&#x266D; b&#x266D;"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:259
msgid "c e a d'"
msgstr "c e a d'"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:260
msgid "c e g b&#x266D; d'"
msgstr "c e g b&#x266D; d'"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:261
msgid "c e g b&#x266D; d&#x266D;'"
msgstr "c e g b&#x266D; d&#x266D;'"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:262
msgid "c e g b&#x266D; d&#x266F;'"
msgstr "c e g b&#x266D; d&#x266F;'"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:263
msgid "c e g  b&#x266D; d' f'"
msgstr "c e g  b&#x266D; d' f'"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:264
msgid "c e g b&#x266D; d' f&#x266F;'"
msgstr "c e g b&#x266D; d' f&#x266F;'"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:265
msgid "c e g b&#x266D; d' f' a'"
msgstr "c e g b&#x266D; d' f' a'"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:266
msgid "c e g b&#x266D; d' f' a&#x266D;'"
msgstr "c e g b&#x266D; d' f' a&#x266D;'"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:267
msgid "c e g&#x266F; b&#x266D;"
msgstr "c e g&#x266F; b&#x266D;"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:268
msgid "c f b&#x266D;"
msgstr "c f b&#x266D;"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:269
msgid "c e&#x266D; b&#x266D; d'"
msgstr "c e&#x266D; b&#x266D; d'"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:270
msgid "c e&#x266D; g b&#x266D; d' f'"
msgstr "c e&#x266D; g b&#x266D; d' f'"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:271
msgid "c e&#x266D; g b&#x266D; d' f' a'"
msgstr "c e&#x266D; g b&#x266D; d' f' a'"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:272
msgid "c e&#x266D; g b&#x266D; d&#x266D;'"
msgstr "c e&#x266D; g b&#x266D; d&#x266D;'"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:273
msgid "c e&#x266D; g b"
msgstr "c e&#x266D; g b"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:274
msgid "c e&#x266D; g&#x266D;"
msgstr "c e&#x266D; g&#x266D;"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:275
msgid "c e g&#x266F;"
msgstr "c e g&#x266F;"

#: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:276
msgid "c e g d'"
msgstr "c e g d'"

#: ../actions/Simple.scm:8
msgid "Score Check: Error in this measure"
msgstr "乐谱检查：此小节中有错误"

#: ../actions/Simple.scm:9
msgid "Print Anyway"
msgstr "仍然打印"

#: ../org.denemo.Denemo.appdata.xml.in.h:1
msgid "Create Music Scores"
msgstr "创建乐谱"

#: ../org.denemo.Denemo.appdata.xml.in.h:2
msgid "Denemo is a music notation program that lets you rapidly enter notation. Music can be typed in at the PC-Keyboard, or played in via MIDI controller. The typesetting is done in the background by LilyPond while you work, and is generally flawless publication quality. Any final tweaks to can be done on the final typeset score with the mouse if needed. This represents an enormous practical improvement over the most programs which require you to re-position colliding notation constantly as you enter the music."
msgstr "Denemo 是一款用于快速记谱的音乐软件。你可以通过电脑键盘或 MIDI 控制器来输入音乐。后台的 LilyPond 将会在你输入时对乐谱进行自动排版，且不失排版准确度。允许通过鼠标微调来改变乐谱的最终排版效果。相比于大多数需要不断调整记号位置的程序而言，本程序在实用性方面可谓是一大飞跃。"

#: ../org.denemo.Denemo.appdata.xml.in.h:3
msgid "Unique to Denemo are methods to enter music in a musical, rather than mechanical, manner. You play in a phrase or two of the music using the number keys to indicate the note durations. Audible feedback lets you hear what you have entered; playing the phrase a second time on a real instrument adds the pitches to the rhythm. Again, Denemo gives you audible feedback so that you don’t enter E-flat when you meant D-sharp etc."
msgstr "Denemo 的特别之处还在于，你可以真正使用创作的思路，而非机械的方法来输入音乐。你可以首先使用表示音符时值的数字按键来演奏一段节奏，并通过试听反馈来检查所输入的内容；然后使用真实的乐器音色向节奏中加入音高，并通过试听反馈确保音高输入无误。"

#: ../org.denemo.Denemo.appdata.xml.in.h:4
msgid "Another great feature is the ability to put links in the score to the original source document that you transcribed from. Clicking on such a link opens the document for you and highlights the bar you are looking at. You can use this to continue work from where you left off, or for looking back at the source to check a doubtful bar."
msgstr "此外，Denemo 还可以在乐谱中插入原稿文档（改编自的文档）的链接。点击此链接将会打开该文档，并高亮你所查看的小节。此功能可方便地用于恢复之前暂停的工作，或回查原稿中有疑问的小节。"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Tempo Indications"
#~ msgstr "运舌指示"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Menu:\n"
#~ "Markings showing the tempo"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "菜单：\n"
#~ "移动光标"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Dynamic Markings"
#~ msgstr "力度标记"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Menu:\n"
#~ "Markings for Dynamics"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "菜单：\n"
#~ "用于乐器的乐谱标记"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Recording Menu"
#~ msgstr "录音"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Commands or Shortcuts"
#~ msgstr "查找快捷键命令"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Total Pages: "
#~ msgstr "总页数"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Total Systems: "
#~ msgstr "顶部至谱表组间距"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Destroy Criterion"
#~ msgstr "移除条件："

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Default to:"
#~ msgstr "默认"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Ghostscript"
#~ msgstr "脚本"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "There are no directives present"
#~ msgstr "此处没有记号"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Conditional on current layout"
#~ msgstr "条件记号：依赖于布局"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Conditional on Inclusion Criterion"
#~ msgstr "因设置了忽略条件而忽略"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Unconditional"
#~ msgstr "条件"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "for "
#~ msgstr "用于"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "New Criterion"
#~ msgstr "新建忽略条件"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Existing Criterion"
#~ msgstr "忽略条件："

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Choosing an Inclusion Criterion"
#~ msgstr "因设置了忽略条件而忽略"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Choose Inclusion Criterion"
#~ msgstr "新建忽略条件"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Custom Duration"
#~ msgstr "编辑时长"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Horizontal Spacing Basis"
#~ msgstr "水平位移（+/-）"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Add Current Layout to Book"
#~ msgstr "在当前布局中启用"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Start a new Book"
#~ msgstr "创建一个新行"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "You have a book with "
#~ msgstr "有工作尚未保存"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Create Book"
#~ msgstr "创建目录标题"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Give name for PDF:"
#~ msgstr "设置 面板名称："

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Choose where to save "
#~ msgstr "选择搜索的位置"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Score saved to disk"
#~ msgstr "尚未保存谱表到磁盘"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Trailing Staff Lines"
#~ msgstr "谱表行数"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "The Denemo Directive at the cursor will apply for the current Score Layout (see View-&gt;Score Layout). The current layout will be entered in the list of allowed layouts for this directive, layouts not on that list will ignore it."
#~ msgstr "光标处的 Denemo 记号将仅引用于当前乐谱布局（见 视图-&gt;乐谱布局）"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Conditional Values/Properties"
#~ msgstr "条件记号"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Insert Annotation Markers"
#~ msgstr "下一个注释"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Move & Play Next Annotation"
#~ msgstr "下一个注释"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Delete Annotation"
#~ msgstr "删除文本注释"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Clear Annotation Markers"
#~ msgstr "文本注释"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Finish/Cancel"
#~ msgstr "完成"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Playback Annotation"
#~ msgstr "回放起始"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Give comment for this annotation"
#~ msgstr "此谱表的注释"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Annotate Playback"
#~ msgstr "停止回放"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Ambitus (Off/On)"
#~ msgstr "缩略图"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Prints the ambitus for all staffs in current movement."
#~ msgstr "在当前乐谱中打印标题"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Restrict to layout: "
#~ msgstr "重置所有布局"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "For any Layout"
#~ msgstr "所有布局"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Note Spacing"
#~ msgstr "音符识别"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Makes a (chosen) directive on the note/chord at the cursor take effect when typesetting the current layout. The cursor should be positioned at the note height if a directive attached to the note is intended. The current layout will be entered in the list of allowed layouts for this directive, layouts not on that list will ignore it."
#~ msgstr "在排版当前布局时启用光标处音符/和弦上的（所选）记号。若该记号需要附加到音符上，则应当将光标置于相应的音高上。"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Custom text"
#~ msgstr "自定义谱号"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Cresc/Dim Text Spanner"
#~ msgstr "渐强文本"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Give footnote separator or Cancel for none"
#~ msgstr "档至弦（如果没有，请选择“取消”）"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Footnote Separator"
#~ msgstr "脚注标记"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Begin/End Triplet"
#~ msgstr "连音终止"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Create Music Signature"
#~ msgstr "创建乐谱"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Give number of matching scores to skip (-1 to find all): "
#~ msgstr "设置跳过的错误数"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Give number of notes to match: "
#~ msgstr "设置数量于 "

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "This movement starts with the same intervals"
#~ msgstr "将此乐章与前一个乐章进行交换"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Give Instrumentation"
#~ msgstr "设置乐器 "

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Layout Instrumentation"
#~ msgstr "乐器"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Set Conditional Ambitus"
#~ msgstr "条件记号"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Set Unconditional Ambitus"
#~ msgstr "无条件记号排版"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Delete Ambitus"
#~ msgstr "删除低音记号"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Prints the ambitus of each staff in all the movements."
#~ msgstr "将设置的名称显示在乐章的标题下方。"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ": Page Count"
#~ msgstr "页数"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Page Count (Optimal)"
#~ msgstr "页数"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Default Paper Size (A4)"
#~ msgstr "默认字体大小"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Choose Size"
#~ msgstr "选择文件"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Score Size for Layout"
#~ msgstr "乐谱布局"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Sets the overall score size to use (only) for the current layout."
#~ msgstr "设置当前谱表的行数。"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Total Systems Count"
#~ msgstr "总页数"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Give Systems Required\n"
#~ "(0 for optimal): "
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "设置所需页数：\n"
#~ "（最佳值为 0）"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "System Count"
#~ msgstr "停止计数"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ": System Count"
#~ msgstr "停止计数"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Optimal System Count Set"
#~ msgstr "已恢复最佳页面数"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Set Total Number of Systems"
#~ msgstr "设置总页数"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Open Strings: "
#~ msgstr "设置空弦"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Replaces the current chord with a Denemo Directive that sets the open strings for a tablature staff to the notes of that chord."
#~ msgstr "设置当前和弦中的音符在指法谱中对应空弦。"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Tablature (Off/On)"
#~ msgstr "回旋音（关闭/开启）"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "(Print) Current staff will typeset as TAB."
#~ msgstr "使用很小的字体打印当前谱表。"

#~ msgid "Turned off by omission criterion: "
#~ msgstr "因设置了忽略条件而关闭："

#~ msgid "To allow this directive to apply turn off the omission criterion in the Print View or use the Conditional button in the Score/Movement/Staff/Voice/Object Editor to change the directive's conditionality"
#~ msgstr "若要启用该记号，请在打印视图中开启忽略条件，或者使用 乐谱/乐章/谱表/音色/对象编辑器 中的“条件记号”按钮将它切换为条件记号"

#~ msgid "Re-run the command to edit the Denemo Directive"
#~ msgstr "重新运行命令来编辑 Denemo 记号"

#~ msgid "Print History"
#~ msgstr "打印历史"

#~ msgid "Delete a Directive"
#~ msgstr "删除记号"

#~ msgid "Delete a directive attached to chord/note at cursor."
#~ msgstr "删除附加到光标处和弦/音符的记号。"

#~ msgid "Go to End"
#~ msgstr "转到结尾"

#~ msgid "Stop playing first"
#~ msgstr "先停止演奏"

#~ msgid "MIDI Recording"
#~ msgstr "MIDI 录音"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Moves the playback start point (which shows as a green bar) earlier in time\n"
#~ "The red and green bars do not get drawn until you have started play, or at least created the time base."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "向前移动回放起始点（以绿色条显示）\n"
#~ "在开始播放或创建时间轴之前，红色和绿色条不会显示。"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Moves the playback start point (which shows as a green bar) later in time\n"
#~ "The red and green bars do not get drawn until you have started play, or at least created the time base."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "向后移动回放开始点（以绿色条显示）\n"
#~ "在开始播放或创建时间轴之前，红色和绿色条不会显示。"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Moves the playback end point (which shows as a red bar) earlier in time\n"
#~ "The red and green bars do not get drawn until you have started play, or at least created the time base."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "向前移动回放终止点（以绿色条显示）\n"
#~ "在开始播放或创建时间轴之前，红色和绿色条不会显示。"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Moves the playback end point (which shows as a red bar) later in time\n"
#~ "The red and green bars do not get drawn until you have started play, or at least created the time base."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "向后移动回放终止点（以绿色条显示）\n"
#~ "在开始播放或创建时间轴之前，红色和绿色条不会显示。"

#~ msgid "Tempo:"
#~ msgstr "速度："

#~ msgid "Set the (initial) tempo of the movement"
#~ msgstr "设置乐章的（起始）速度"

#~ msgid "Audio Volume Cut"
#~ msgstr "音频音量衰减"

#~ msgid "Reduce the volume of the source audio relative to the volume of the score"
#~ msgstr "根据乐谱的音量降低音频源的音量"

#~ msgid "Audio Volume Boost"
#~ msgstr "音频音量增强"

#~ msgid "Boost the volume of the source audio relative to the volume of the score"
#~ msgstr "根据乐谱的音量提高音频源的音量"

#~ msgid "Audio Lead In "
#~ msgstr "音频导入 "

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set the number of seconds to clip from the audio, or if negative number of seconds silence before audio plays.\n"
#~ "This is useful when the audio track does not begin on a barline."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "设置音频的起始位置（秒），负值表示在音频开始前插入静音的秒数。\n"
#~ "可用于调整不在整小节处起始的音轨。"

#~ msgid "Delete the MIDI recording you have made."
#~ msgstr "删除 MIDI 录音。"

#~ msgid "Convert the MIDI recording you have made to notation."
#~ msgstr "将 MIDI 录音保存为记号。"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Starts playing and simultaneously records from MIDI in.\n"
#~ "Once a recording is made it is played back with the score when you press Play.\n"
#~ "It can be deleted with the Delete button or converted to notation with the Convert button.\n"
#~ "A MIDI recording is not saved with the Denemo score."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "开始播放，同时录制 MIDI 输入。\n"
#~ "录制结束后，你可以按播放按钮来回放乐谱。\n"
#~ "可以用删除按钮将其删除，或用转换按钮将其转换为记号。\n"
#~ "MIDI 录音不与 Denemo 乐谱保存在一起。"

#~ msgid "Unable to find file: "
#~ msgstr "找不到文件："

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "Choose a directory (below which to search)\n"
#~ "in the next dialog"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "请在下一个对话框中选择一个用于搜索的目录"

#~ msgid "Not transposed"
#~ msgstr "不转调"

#~ msgid "Omit: "
#~ msgstr "忽略："

#~ msgid "No longer use this as an omission criterion for this score"
#~ msgstr "在乐谱中禁用这个忽略条件"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "(c) 1999 - 2010 Matthew Hiller, Adam Tee, and others.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "http://www.denemo.org\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "This program is licensed under the terms of the GNU\n"
#~ "General Public License and is provided with absolutely\n"
#~ "NO WARRANTY; see the file COPYING for details."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "(c) 1999 - 2010 Matthew Hiller，Adam Tee 及其他作者。\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "http://www.denemo.org\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "本程序以 GNU 通用公共许可证授权，不提供任何担保。\n"
#~ "请参见 COPYING 文件以了解相关细节。"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This moves the audio to synchronize the start with the score.\n"
#~ "You can use the Leadin button for this too."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "移动音频，以便同步乐谱的起始位置。\n"
#~ "也可以使用导入按钮进行此操作。"

#~ msgid "Right Drag Note Onset"
#~ msgstr "右键拖动音符起始"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This changes the tempo of the score.\n"
#~ "Use this to synchronize the beat after setting the start"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "改变乐谱速度。\n"
#~ "用于在设置起始位置后使节拍同步"

#~ msgid "Pitch Spelling Program"
#~ msgstr "音高回放程序"

#~ msgid "Allow for the Layout for Part \""
#~ msgstr "仅片段布局 \""

#~ msgid "Ignore for the Layout for Part \""
#~ msgstr "忽略片段布局 \""

#~ msgid "Click Track"
#~ msgstr "节拍音轨"

#~ msgid "Export Audio"
#~ msgstr "导出音频"

#~ msgid "Guided Import"
#~ msgstr "导入向导"

#~ msgid "Automatic Import"
#~ msgstr "自动导入"

#~ msgid "Opens an audio file which will be mixed with the current movement."
#~ msgstr "打开音频文件，并与当前乐章混合。"

#~ msgid "Close Source Audio File"
#~ msgstr "关闭音频源文件"

#~ msgid "Drops the audio track attached to the current movement."
#~ msgstr "丢弃附加到当前乐章的音轨。"

#~ msgid "Choose Staffs to Play"
#~ msgstr "选择要播放的谱表"

#~ msgid "Mute Stafffs"
#~ msgstr "谱表静音"

#~ msgid "Just for this one"
#~ msgstr "仅此处"

#~ msgid "Apply condition to all further cases in this staff"
#~ msgstr "将此条件应用到当前谱表中的所有的情况"

#~ msgid "Standalone Directives "
#~ msgstr "独立记号 "

#~ msgid " in this staff from the cursor onwards will be typeset for all layouts "
#~ msgstr " 此谱表中光标之后的所有记号将被排版于所有布局中 "

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The cursor is not on a Denemo Directive.\n"
#~ "You can place the \"Void\" Denemo Directive before the object you wish to omit\n"
#~ "and then make that directive conditional."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "光标处对象不是 Denemo 记号。\n"
#~ "你可以在需要忽略的对象前插入“空”Denemo 记号\n"
#~ "使之成为条件记号。"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The cursor is not on a Denemo Directive.\n"
#~ "You can place the \"Hide Next\"  Denemo Directive before the object you wish to omit\n"
#~ "and then make that directive conditional."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "光标处对象不是 Denemo 记号。\n"
#~ "你可以在需要忽略的对象前插入“隐藏下一个”Denemo 记号\n"
#~ "使之成为条件记号。"

#~ msgid "Notes"
#~ msgstr "音符"

#~ msgid "Directives "
#~ msgstr "记号 "

#~ msgid "Append/Insert Breve"
#~ msgstr "附加/插入双全音符"

#~ msgid "Append/Insert Longa duration"
#~ msgstr "附加/插入四全音符"

#~ msgid "Spacer/Normal Rest"
#~ msgstr "空白/常规休止符"

#~ msgid "Makes the rest at the cursor a spacer rest/restores it as a printing rest."
#~ msgstr "将光标处的休止符转换为空白休止符，或者将其恢复为可以打印的休止符。"

#~ msgid "Spacing for Group Staff"
#~ msgstr "多声部谱表间距"

#~ msgid "Not exiting the previous MIDI capture loop"
#~ msgstr "前一个 MIDI 捕获回环不存在"

#~ msgid "Give layout duplicate directive is for: "
#~ msgstr "将该记号复制到哪个布局中："

#~ msgid "The duplicate will be typeset only for layout: "
#~ msgstr "仅在以下布局中排版该记号："

#~ msgid "The original directive should be made to ignore that layout even though later directives generally override earlier ones. The duplicate directive will appear at the end of the directives of its type in the editor, tagged with the name of the layout (you can change the conditional behavior regardless of this name though). "
#~ msgstr "一般情况下，后面的记号会自动覆盖前面的记号；即便如此，仍应在此布局中忽略原始的记号。被复制的记号将会出现在同一类型记号的后面，并拥有与此布局相同名称的标签（你可以无视其名称而改变条件记号的属性）。"

#~ msgid "Add/Remove attributes"
#~ msgstr "添加/移除属性"

#~ msgid "Set Mark"
#~ msgstr "设置标记"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Sets the start point for a selection,\n"
#~ "the end point of the selection is unaltered"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "设置选区的起始处，\n"
#~ "但不改变选区终止处"

#~ msgid "Unset Mark"
#~ msgstr "取消标记"

#~ msgid "Set Point"
#~ msgstr "设置位置"

#~ msgid "Output device"
#~ msgstr "输出设备"

#~ msgid "Try to Import a MusicXml file"
#~ msgstr "尝试导入 MusicXML 文件"

#~ msgid "Saves the current score as a template, offering to remove the music if desired."
#~ msgstr "将当前乐谱保存为模板，以便将其用于其他乐谱创作。"

#~ msgid "MIDI Advance on Edit"
#~ msgstr "MIDI 编辑推进"

#~ msgid "Advances the cursor on MIDI note entry. Use in Edit mode."
#~ msgstr "输入 MIDI 音符时推进光标。用于编辑模式。"

#~ msgid "Advances through the current movement as you play the notes, stopping for wrong or missing notes in MIDI in."
#~ msgstr "在演奏音符、于错误处停止或 MIDI 输入音符缺失时跳过当前乐章。"

#~ msgid "Inserts an 8va mark (transposing the notes accordingly) or terminates one already started. Combine with a Print Transposition if you want to see the notes as typeset."
#~ msgstr "插入 8va 记号（音符转调）或终止前面的 8va 起始记号。若希望在排版时音符可见，请结合打印转调来使用。"

#~ msgid "Non-printing Movement"
#~ msgstr "非打印乐章"

#~ msgid "(Print) Hide/Un-hide Movement"
#~ msgstr "（打印）隐藏/显示乐章"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The cursor is not on a grace note after a main note or chord\n"
#~ "First create the main note, then follow it with the grace note(s) then invoke this command with the cursor on the grace note"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "光标不在主音符/和弦后的装饰音上\n"
#~ "请先插入主音符，然后再插入装饰音，最后将光标置于装饰音符上并调用此命令"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The cursor is not on a grace note after a main note or chord\n"
#~ "First create the main note, then then follow it with the grace note(s) then invoke this command with the cursor on the grace note"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "光标不在主音符/和弦后的装饰音上\n"
#~ "请先插入主音符，然后再插入装饰音，最后将光标置于装饰音符上并调用此命令"

#~ msgid "Print the grace note(s) at the cursor attached to the previous note. Beware! You must reissue this command if you change the notes in any way, only the pitch and duration when this command was issued will be printed."
#~ msgstr "将光标处音符作为前一个音符的装饰音。注意！若你改变了音符，则需要重新进行此操作，否则仍会按之前的音高和时值来显示音符。"

#~ msgid "Make the grace note at the cursor closer to the following rather than preceding note."
#~ msgstr "将光标处的装饰音关联至后一个音符，而非前一个音符。"

#~ msgid "Create three parts from the current staff."
#~ msgstr "从当前谱表创建三个片段。"

#~ msgid "Only two voices can be part-combined"
#~ msgstr "只能对两个声部进行组合"

#~ msgid "Set initial time signatures on other staffs as needed. To restore normal time signatures repeat this command (Unmeasured Staff)"
#~ msgstr "在其他谱表上设置初始时值记号。重复此命令可以恢复默认的时值记号（无小节谱表）。"

#~ msgid "Halves the duration of the note/chord/rest at the cursor or the selection. E.g. Quarter Note becomes Eighth Note. "
#~ msgstr "将光标或选区中的音符/和弦/休止符时值减半。如四分音符变为八分音符。"

#~ msgid "Split off voices from this staff first"
#~ msgstr "请先从此谱表中分隔声部"

#~ msgid "Minimum pixel width"
#~ msgstr "最小像素宽度"

#~ msgid "Undoes one (more) step of your edits to the current score."
#~ msgstr "撤销对当前乐谱的一步或多步编辑。"

#~ msgid "Save Selection"
#~ msgstr "保存选择"

#~ msgid "Save the selected music. Not sure if this is working"
#~ msgstr "保存所选音乐。不保证此功能有效"

#~ msgid "Playback End"
#~ msgstr "回放终止"

#~ msgid "Autosave Parts"
#~ msgstr "自动保存片段"

#~ msgid "Virtual MIDI Keyboard"
#~ msgstr "虚拟 MIDI 键盘"

#~ msgid "Key Signature Directives"
#~ msgstr "调号记号"

#~ msgid "Time Signature Directives"
#~ msgstr "时值记号"

#~ msgid "Clef Directives"
#~ msgstr "谱号记号"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "You have unsaved work. Hardware problems may cause the program to exit during this task.\n"
#~ "Please save first."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "有工作尚未保存。硬件问题可能导致处理任务时程序终止。\n"
#~ "请先保存。"

#~ msgid "Denemo XML format (*.dnm)"
#~ msgstr "Denemo XML 格式（(*.dnm）"

#~ msgid "Bass figures are hidden. After printing dismiss this dialog to restore them."
#~ msgstr "已隐藏低音数字。打印后请忽略此对话框来恢复显示它们。"

#~ msgid "Give amount as decimal"
#~ msgstr "设置小数值"

#~ msgid "flatten "
#~ msgstr "降调"

#~ msgid "sharpen"
#~ msgstr "升调"

#~ msgid "Have no way of getting the script, sorry"
#~ msgstr "抱歉，无法获取脚本"

#~ msgid "Browse"
#~ msgstr "浏览"

#~ msgid "Opens a dialog for a new file"
#~ msgstr "打开新文件对话框"

#~ msgid "Shows any lyric verses in the Denemo Display when the cursor is on a staff with verses attached"
#~ msgstr "当光标位于含有诗句的谱表上时，在 Denemo 显示窗口中显示相应诗句"

#~ msgid "Allow Quick Shortcut Edits"
#~ msgstr "启用快速快捷键编辑"

#~ msgid "Enable editing keybindings by pressing a key while hovering over the menu item"
#~ msgstr "启用快速快捷键编辑（鼠标悬停在菜单项上时按下相应的键）功能"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Audible Feedback\n"
#~ "Insert Duration/Edit Note"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "音效反馈\n"
#~ "插入时长/编辑音符"

#~ msgid "Gives feedback as you enter durations. N.B. durations are entered in Edit mode"
#~ msgstr "当插入时反馈相应音效。注意，应在编辑模式中插入时长。"

#~ msgid "Read Only"
#~ msgstr "只读"

#~ msgid "Toggle Rest Mode"
#~ msgstr "切换休止模式"

#~ msgid "Toggle Blank Mode"
#~ msgstr "切换空白模式"

#~ msgid "Toggle Edit Mode"
#~ msgstr "切换编辑模式"

#~ msgid "Toggle between current mode and edit mode"
#~ msgstr "在当前模式和编辑模式之间切换"

#~ msgid "Toggle between note entry and rest entry"
#~ msgstr "在音符和休止符之间切换"

#~ msgid "Toggle Audible Feedback"
#~ msgstr "切换音效反馈"

#~ msgid "Toggle audible feedback on/off"
#~ msgstr "开启/关闭音效反馈模式"

#~ msgid "Insert A"
#~ msgstr "插入 A"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Inserts note A before note at cursor\n"
#~ "Cursor determines which octave\n"
#~ "Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "在光标处的音符前面插入音符 A\n"
#~ "光标高度决定音符所插入的八度范围\n"
#~ "音符的时值与预设节奏相同"

#~ msgid "Insert A After"
#~ msgstr "在后面插入 A"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Inserts note A after note at cursor\n"
#~ "Cursor determines which octave\n"
#~ "Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "在光标处的音符后面插入音符 A\n"
#~ "光标高度决定音符所插入的八度范围\n"
#~ "音符的时值与预设节奏相同"

#~ msgid "Add A"
#~ msgstr "添加 A"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Adds note A to the chord at cursor\n"
#~ "Cursor height determines which octave"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "在光标处的和弦中插入音符 A\n"
#~ "光标高度决定音符所插入的八度范围"

#~ msgid "Change to A"
#~ msgstr "改为 A"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Changes note at cursor to nearest note A\n"
#~ "Rhythm is unchanged"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "将光标处最近的音符改为 A 音符\n"
#~ "不改变时值"

#~ msgid "Move to A"
#~ msgstr "移至 A"

#~ msgid "Moves cursor to nearest note A"
#~ msgstr "将光标移动至最近的 A 音符"

#~ msgid "Insert B"
#~ msgstr "插入 B"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Inserts note B before note at cursor\n"
#~ "Cursor determines which octave\n"
#~ "Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "在光标处的音符前面插入音符 B\n"
#~ "光标高度决定音符所插入的八度范围\n"
#~ "音符的时值与预设节奏相同"

#~ msgid "Insert B After"
#~ msgstr "在后面插入 B"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Inserts note B after note at cursor\n"
#~ "Cursor determines which octave\n"
#~ "Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "在光标处的音符后面插入音符 B\n"
#~ "光标高度决定音符所插入的八度范围\n"
#~ "音符的时值与预设节奏相同"

#~ msgid "Add B"
#~ msgstr "添加 B"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Adds note B to the chord at cursor\n"
#~ "Cursor height determines which octave"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "在光标处的和弦中插入音符 B\n"
#~ "光标高度决定音符所插入的八度范围"

#~ msgid "Change to B"
#~ msgstr "改为 B"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Changes note at cursor to nearest note B\n"
#~ "Rhythm is unchanged"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "将光标处最近的音符改为 B 音符\n"
#~ "不改变时值"

#~ msgid "Move to B"
#~ msgstr "移至 B"

#~ msgid "Moves cursor to nearest note B"
#~ msgstr "将光标移动至最近的音符 B"

#~ msgid "Insert C"
#~ msgstr "插入 C"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Inserts note C before note at cursor\n"
#~ "Cursor determines which octave\n"
#~ "Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "在光标处的音符前面插入音符 C\n"
#~ "光标高度决定音符所插入的八度范围\n"
#~ "音符的时值与预设节奏相同"

#~ msgid "Insert C After"
#~ msgstr "在前面插入 A"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Inserts note C after note at cursor\n"
#~ "Cursor determines which octave\n"
#~ "Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "在光标处的音符后面面插入音符 C\n"
#~ "光标高度决定音符所插入的八度范围\n"
#~ "音符的时值与预设节奏相同"

#~ msgid "Add C"
#~ msgstr "添加 C"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Adds note C to the chord at cursor\n"
#~ "Cursor height determines which octave"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "在光标处的和弦中插入音符 C\n"
#~ "光标高度决定音符所插入的八度范围"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Changes note at cursor to nearest note C\n"
#~ "Rhythm is unchanged"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "将光标处最近的音符改为 C 音符\n"
#~ "不改变时值"

#~ msgid "Move to C"
#~ msgstr "移至 C"

#~ msgid "Moves cursor to nearest note C"
#~ msgstr "将光标移动至最近的 C 音符"

#~ msgid "Insert D"
#~ msgstr "插入 D"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Inserts note D before note at cursor\n"
#~ "Cursor determines which octave\n"
#~ "Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "在光标处的音符前面插入音符 D\n"
#~ "光标高度决定音符所插入的八度范围\n"
#~ "音符的时值与预设节奏相同"

#~ msgid "Insert D After"
#~ msgstr "在后面插入 D"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Inserts note D after note at cursor\n"
#~ "Cursor determines which octave\n"
#~ "Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "在光标处的音符后面插入音符 D\n"
#~ "光标高度决定音符所插入的八度范围\n"
#~ "音符的时值与预设节奏相同"

#~ msgid "Add D"
#~ msgstr "添加 D"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Adds note D to the chord at cursor\n"
#~ "Cursor height determines which octave"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "在光标处的和弦中插入音符 D\n"
#~ "光标高度决定音符所插入的八度范围"

#~ msgid "Change to D"
#~ msgstr "改为 D"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Changes note at cursor to nearest note D\n"
#~ "Rhythm is unchanged"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "将光标处最近的音符改为 D 音符\n"
#~ "不改变时值"

#~ msgid "Move to D"
#~ msgstr "移至 D"

#~ msgid "Moves cursor to nearest note D"
#~ msgstr "将光标移动至最近的音符 D"

#~ msgid "Insert E"
#~ msgstr "插入 E"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Inserts note E before note at cursor\n"
#~ "Cursor determines which octave\n"
#~ "Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "在光标处的音符前面插入音符 E\n"
#~ "光标高度决定音符所插入的八度范围\n"
#~ "音符的时值与预设节奏相同"

#~ msgid "Insert E After"
#~ msgstr "在后面插入 E"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Inserts note E after note at cursor\n"
#~ "Cursor determines which octave\n"
#~ "Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "在光标处的音符后面插入音符 E\n"
#~ "光标高度决定音符所插入的八度范围\n"
#~ "音符的时值与预设节奏相同"

#~ msgid "Add E"
#~ msgstr "添加 E"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Adds note E to the chord at cursor\n"
#~ "Cursor height determines which octave"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "在光标处的和弦中插入音符 E\n"
#~ "光标高度决定音符所插入的八度范围"

#~ msgid "Change to E"
#~ msgstr "改为 E"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Changes note at cursor to nearest note E\n"
#~ "Rhythm is unchanged"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "将光标处最近的音符改为音符 E\n"
#~ "不改变时值"

#~ msgid "Move to E"
#~ msgstr "移至 E"

#~ msgid "Moves cursor to nearest note E"
#~ msgstr "将光标移动至最近的 E 音符"

#~ msgid "Insert F"
#~ msgstr "插入 F"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Inserts note F before note at cursor\n"
#~ "Cursor determines which octave\n"
#~ "Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "在光标处的音符前面插入音符 F\n"
#~ "光标高度决定音符所插入的八度范围\n"
#~ "音符的时值与预设节奏相同"

#~ msgid "Insert F After"
#~ msgstr "在后面插入 F"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Inserts note F after note at cursor\n"
#~ "Cursor determines which octave\n"
#~ "Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "在光标处的音符后面插入音符 F\n"
#~ "光标高度决定音符所插入的八度范围\n"
#~ "音符的时值与预设节奏相同"

#~ msgid "Add F"
#~ msgstr "添加 F"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Adds note F to the chord at cursor\n"
#~ "Cursor height determines which octave"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "在光标处的和弦中插入音符 F\n"
#~ "光标高度决定音符所插入的八度范围"

#~ msgid "Change to F"
#~ msgstr "改为 F"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Changes note at cursor to nearest note F\n"
#~ "Rhythm is unchanged"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "将光标处最近的音符改为 F 音符\n"
#~ "不改变时值"

#~ msgid "Move to F"
#~ msgstr "移至 F"

#~ msgid "Moves cursor to nearest note F"
#~ msgstr "将光标移动至最近的 F 音符"

#~ msgid "Insert G"
#~ msgstr "插入 G"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Inserts note G before note at cursor\n"
#~ "Cursor determines which octave\n"
#~ "Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "在光标处的音符前面插入音符 G\n"
#~ "光标高度决定音符所插入的八度范围\n"
#~ "音符的时值与预设节奏相同"

#~ msgid "Insert G After"
#~ msgstr "在后面插入 G"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Inserts note G after note at cursor\n"
#~ "Cursor determines which octave\n"
#~ "Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "在光标处的音符后面插入音符 G\n"
#~ "光标高度决定音符所插入的八度范围\n"
#~ "音符的时值与预设节奏相同"

#~ msgid "Add G"
#~ msgstr "添加 G"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Adds note G to the chord at cursor\n"
#~ "Cursor height determines which octave"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "在光标处的和弦中插入音符 G\n"
#~ "光标高度决定音符所插入的八度范围"

#~ msgid "Change to G"
#~ msgstr "改为 G"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Changes note at cursor to nearest note G\n"
#~ "Rhythm is unchanged"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "将光标处最近的音符改为 G 音符\n"
#~ "不改变时值"

#~ msgid "Move to G"
#~ msgstr "移至 G"

#~ msgid "Moves cursor to nearest note G"
#~ msgstr "将光标移动至最近的 G 音符"

#~ msgid "Insert/Append a 𝅝"
#~ msgstr "插入/附加 𝅝"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "When appending, appends a 𝅝 \n"
#~ "With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅝  before the current note\n"
#~ "If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding)\n"
#~ " - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "若处于附加模式，则附加一个 𝅝 音符\n"
#~ "若光标位于某个音符上，则在它前面插入一个 𝅝\n"
#~ "若启用了 MIDI 输入，则音符将不具有音高（显示为黄色，使用打击乐音色）\n"
#~ " - 可以用 MIDI 键盘来设置音高。预设时值将会被改变。"

#~ msgid "Change to 𝅝"
#~ msgstr "改为 𝅝"

#~ msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅝"
#~ msgstr "将当前音符改为 𝅝"

#~ msgid "𝅝"
#~ msgstr "𝅝"

#~ msgid "Insert a 𝅝"
#~ msgstr "插入 𝅝"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Inserts a rest at cursor position\n"
#~ "Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅝"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "在光标处插入一个休止符\n"
#~ "将预设节奏设置为 𝅝"

#~ msgid "Set Prevailing Duration to 𝅝"
#~ msgstr "设置预设时值为 𝅝"

#~ msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅝 (subsequent notes entered will have this duration)"
#~ msgstr "将预设时值设为 𝅝（后续输入的音符将会具有这一时长）"

#~ msgid "Insert/Append a 𝅗𝅥"
#~ msgstr "插入/附加 𝅗𝅥"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "When appending, appends a 𝅗𝅥 \n"
#~ "With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅗𝅥  before the current note\n"
#~ "If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding)\n"
#~ " - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "若处于附加模式，则附加一个 𝅗𝅥 音符\n"
#~ "若光标位于某个音符上，则在它前面插入一个 𝅗𝅥\n"
#~ "若启用了 MIDI 输入，则音符将不具有音高（显示为黄色，使用打击乐音色）\n"
#~ " - 可以用 MIDI 键盘来设置音高。预设时值将会被改变。"

#~ msgid "Change to 𝅗𝅥"
#~ msgstr "改为 𝅗𝅥"

#~ msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅗𝅥"
#~ msgstr "将当前音符改为 𝅗𝅥"

#~ msgid "𝅗𝅥"
#~ msgstr "𝅗𝅥"

#~ msgid "Insert a 𝅗𝅥"
#~ msgstr "插入 𝅗𝅥"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Inserts a rest at cursor position\n"
#~ "Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅗𝅥"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "在光标处插入一个休止符\n"
#~ "将预设节奏设置为 𝅗𝅥"

#~ msgid "Set Prevailing Duration to 𝅗𝅥"
#~ msgstr "设置预设时值为 𝅗𝅥"

#~ msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅗𝅥 (subsequent notes entered will have this duration)"
#~ msgstr "将预设时值设为 𝅗𝅥（后续输入的音符将会具有这一时长）"

#~ msgid "Insert/Append a 𝅘𝅥"
#~ msgstr "插入/附加 𝅘𝅥"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥 \n"
#~ "With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥  before the current note\n"
#~ "If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding)\n"
#~ " - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "若处于附加模式，则附加一个 𝅘𝅥 音符\n"
#~ "若光标位于某个音符上，则在它前面插入一个 𝅘𝅥\n"
#~ "若启用了 MIDI 输入，则音符将不具有音高（显示为黄色，使用打击乐音色）\n"
#~ " - 可以用 MIDI 键盘来设置音高。预设时值将会被改变。"

#~ msgid "Change to 𝅘𝅥"
#~ msgstr "改为 𝅘𝅥"

#~ msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥"
#~ msgstr "将当前音符改为 𝅘𝅥"

#~ msgid "𝅘𝅥"
#~ msgstr "𝅘𝅥"

#~ msgid "Insert a 𝅘𝅥"
#~ msgstr "插入 𝅘𝅥"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Inserts a rest at cursor position\n"
#~ "Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "在光标处插入一个休止符\n"
#~ "将预设节奏设置为 𝅘𝅥"

#~ msgid "Set Prevailing Duration to 𝅘𝅥"
#~ msgstr "设置预设时值为 𝅘𝅥"

#~ msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥 (subsequent notes entered will have this duration)"
#~ msgstr "将预设时值设为 𝅘𝅥（后续输入的音符将会具有这一时长）"

#~ msgid "Insert/Append a 𝅘𝅥𝅮"
#~ msgstr "插入/附加 𝅘𝅥𝅮"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅮 \n"
#~ "With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅮  before the current note\n"
#~ "If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding)\n"
#~ " - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "若处于附加模式，则附加一个 𝅘𝅥𝅮 音符\n"
#~ "若光标位于某个音符上，则在它前面插入一个 𝅘𝅥𝅮\n"
#~ "若启用了 MIDI 输入，则音符将不具有音高（显示为黄色，使用打击乐音色）\n"
#~ " - 可以用 MIDI 键盘来设置音高。预设时值将会被改变。"

#~ msgid "Change to 𝅘𝅥𝅮"
#~ msgstr "改为 𝅘𝅥𝅮"

#~ msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥𝅮"
#~ msgstr "将当前音符改为 𝅘𝅥𝅮"

#~ msgid "𝅘𝅥𝅮"
#~ msgstr "𝅘𝅥𝅮"

#~ msgid "Insert a 𝅘𝅥𝅮"
#~ msgstr "插入 𝅘𝅥𝅮"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Inserts a rest at cursor position\n"
#~ "Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅮"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "在光标处插入一个休止符\n"
#~ "将预设节奏设置为 𝅘𝅥𝅮"

#~ msgid "Set Prevailing Duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅮"
#~ msgstr "设置预设时值为 𝅘𝅥𝅮"

#~ msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅮 (subsequent notes entered will have this duration)"
#~ msgstr "将预设时值设为 𝅘𝅥𝅮（后续输入的音符将会具有这一时长）"

#~ msgid "Insert/Append a 𝅘𝅥𝅯"
#~ msgstr "插入/附加 𝅘𝅥𝅯"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅯 \n"
#~ "With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅯  before the current note\n"
#~ "If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding)\n"
#~ " - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "若处于附加模式，则附加一个 𝅘𝅥𝅯 音符\n"
#~ "若光标位于某个音符上，则在它前面插入一个 𝅘𝅥𝅯\n"
#~ "若启用了 MIDI 输入，则音符将不具有音高（显示为黄色，使用打击乐音色）\n"
#~ " - 可以用 MIDI 键盘来设置音高。预设时值将会被改变。"

#~ msgid "Change to 𝅘𝅥𝅯"
#~ msgstr "改为 𝅘𝅥𝅯"

#~ msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥𝅯"
#~ msgstr "将当前音符改为 𝅘𝅥𝅯"

#~ msgid "𝅘𝅥𝅯"
#~ msgstr "𝅘𝅥𝅯"

#~ msgid "Insert a 𝅘𝅥𝅯"
#~ msgstr "插入 𝅘𝅥𝅯"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Inserts a rest at cursor position\n"
#~ "Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅯"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "在光标处插入一个休止符\n"
#~ "将预设节奏设置为 𝅘𝅥𝅯"

#~ msgid "Set Prevailing Duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅯"
#~ msgstr "设置预设时值为 𝅘𝅥𝅯"

#~ msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅯 (subsequent notes entered will have this duration)"
#~ msgstr "将预设时值设为 𝅘𝅥𝅯（后续输入的音符将会具有这一时长）"

#~ msgid "Insert/Append a 𝅘𝅥𝅰"
#~ msgstr "插入/附加 𝅘𝅥𝅰"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅰 \n"
#~ "With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅰  before the current note\n"
#~ "If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding)\n"
#~ " - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "若处于附加模式，则附加一个 𝅘𝅥𝅰 音符\n"
#~ "若光标位于某个音符上，则在它前面插入一个 𝅘𝅥𝅰\n"
#~ "若启用了 MIDI 输入，则音符将不具有音高（显示为黄色，使用打击乐音色）\n"
#~ " - 可以用 MIDI 键盘来设置音高。预设时值将会被改变。"

#~ msgid "Change to 𝅘𝅥𝅰"
#~ msgstr "改为 𝅘𝅥𝅰"

#~ msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥𝅰"
#~ msgstr "将当前音符改为 𝅘𝅥𝅰"

#~ msgid "𝅘𝅥𝅰"
#~ msgstr "𝅘𝅥𝅰"

#~ msgid "Insert a 𝅘𝅥𝅰"
#~ msgstr "插入 𝅘𝅥𝅰"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Inserts a rest at cursor position\n"
#~ "Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅰"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "在光标处插入一个休止符\n"
#~ "将预设节奏设置为 𝅘𝅥𝅰"

#~ msgid "Set Prevailing Duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅰"
#~ msgstr "设置预设时值为 𝅘𝅥𝅰"

#~ msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅰 (subsequent notes entered will have this duration)"
#~ msgstr "将预设时值设为 𝅘𝅥𝅰（后续输入的音符将会具有这一时长）"

#~ msgid "Insert/Append a 𝅘𝅥𝅱"
#~ msgstr "插入/附加 𝅘𝅥𝅱"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅱 \n"
#~ "With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅱  before the current note\n"
#~ "If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding)\n"
#~ " - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "若处于附加模式，则附加一个 𝅘𝅥𝅱 音符\n"
#~ "若光标位于某个音符上，则在它前面插入一个 𝅘𝅥𝅱\n"
#~ "若启用了 MIDI 输入，则音符将不具有音高（显示为黄色，使用打击乐音色）\n"
#~ " - 可以用 MIDI 键盘来设置音高。预设时值将会被改变。"

#~ msgid "Change to 𝅘𝅥𝅱"
#~ msgstr "改为 𝅘𝅥𝅱"

#~ msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥𝅱"
#~ msgstr "将当前音符改为 𝅘𝅥𝅱"

#~ msgid "𝅘𝅥𝅱"
#~ msgstr "𝅘𝅥𝅱"

#~ msgid "Insert a 𝅘𝅥𝅱"
#~ msgstr "插入 𝅘𝅥𝅱"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Inserts a rest at cursor position\n"
#~ "Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅱"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "在光标处插入一个休止符\n"
#~ "将预设节奏设置为 𝅘𝅥𝅱"

#~ msgid "Set Prevailing Duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅱"
#~ msgstr "设置预设时值为 𝅘𝅥𝅱"

#~ msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅱 (subsequent notes entered will have this duration)"
#~ msgstr "将预设时值设为 𝅘𝅥𝅱（后续输入的音符将会具有这一时长）"

#~ msgid "Insert/Append a 𝅘𝅥𝅲"
#~ msgstr "插入/附加 𝅘𝅥𝅲"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅲 \n"
#~ "With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅲  before the current note\n"
#~ "If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding)\n"
#~ " - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "若处于附加模式，则附加一个 𝅘𝅥𝅲 音符\n"
#~ "若光标位于某个音符上，则在它前面插入一个 𝅘𝅥𝅲\n"
#~ "若启用了 MIDI 输入，则音符将不具有音高（显示为黄色，使用打击乐音色）\n"
#~ " - 可以用 MIDI 键盘来设置音高。预设时值将会被改变。"

#~ msgid "Change to 𝅘𝅥𝅲"
#~ msgstr "改为 𝅘𝅥𝅲"

#~ msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥𝅲"
#~ msgstr "将当前音符改为 𝅘𝅥𝅲"

#~ msgid "𝅘𝅥𝅲"
#~ msgstr "𝅘𝅥𝅲"

#~ msgid "Insert a 𝅘𝅥𝅲"
#~ msgstr "插入 𝅘𝅥𝅲"

#~ msgid "Insert a 𝅂"
#~ msgstr "插入 𝅂"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Inserts a rest at cursor position\n"
#~ "Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅲"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "在光标处插入一个休止符\n"
#~ "将预设节奏设置为 𝅘𝅥𝅲"

#~ msgid "Set Prevailing Duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅲"
#~ msgstr "设置预设时值为 𝅘𝅥𝅲"

#~ msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅲 (subsequent notes entered will have this duration)"
#~ msgstr "将预设时值设为 𝅘𝅥𝅲（后续输入的音符将会具有这一时长）"

#~ msgid "Insert/Append a 𝅥"
#~ msgstr "插入/附加 𝅥"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "When appending, appends a 𝅥 \n"
#~ "With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅥  before the current note\n"
#~ "If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding)\n"
#~ " - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "若处于附加模式，则附加一个 𝅥 \n"
#~ "若光标位于某个音符上，则在它前面插入一个 𝅥 \n"
#~ "若启用了 MIDI 输入，则音符将不具有音高（显示为黄色，使用打击乐音色）\n"
#~ " - 可以用 MIDI 键盘来设置音高。预设时值将会被改变。"

#~ msgid "Change to 𝅥"
#~ msgstr "改为 𝅥"

#~ msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅥"
#~ msgstr "将当前音符改为 𝅥"

#~ msgid "𝅥"
#~ msgstr "𝅥"

#~ msgid "Insert a 𝅥"
#~ msgstr "插入 𝅥"

#~ msgid "Insert a 𝅃"
#~ msgstr "插入 𝅃"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Inserts a rest at cursor position\n"
#~ "Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅥"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "在光标处插入一个休止符\n"
#~ "将预设节奏设置为 𝅥"

#~ msgid "Set Prevailing Duration to 𝅥"
#~ msgstr "设置预设时值为 𝅥"

#~ msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅥 (subsequent notes entered will have this duration)"
#~ msgstr "将预设时值设为 𝅥 （后续输入的音符将会具有这一时长）"

#~ msgid "Display lyrics pane"
#~ msgstr "显示歌词窗格"

#~ msgid "Printing"
#~ msgstr "打印"

#~ msgid "Split Word"
#~ msgstr "分割单词"

#~ msgid "Extend Word"
#~ msgstr "扩展单词"

#~ msgid "Inserts a double hyphen or double underscore in the lyrics at the cursor position. Use double hyphen between syllables and double underscore between words which are sung over many notes (a melisma). Hyphens/extender lines will be typeset to continue the syllable/word under the notes."
#~ msgstr "在光标处的歌词中插入一个双连字符或双下划线。用于标记属于多个音符的单词（单音节装饰句）。排版时将会使用连字符/延长线来连接音符下方的音节/单词。"

#~ msgid "Give copyright notice or blank out to delete: "
#~ msgstr "设置版权声明（留空将会被删除）："

#~ msgid "Give date for score or blank out to delete: "
#~ msgstr "设置乐谱日期（留空将会被删除）："

#~ msgid "Force Note Shift"
#~ msgstr "强制音符位移"

#~ msgid "Show scheme script window"
#~ msgstr "显示项目脚本窗口"

#~ msgid "Paste Note Name/Chord Symbol"
#~ msgstr "粘贴音符名/和弦记号"

#~ msgid "“"
#~ msgstr "“"

#~ msgid "”"
#~ msgstr "”"

#~ msgid "size"
#~ msgstr "尺寸"

#~ msgid "⬌"
#~ msgstr "⬌"

#~ msgid "Inserts the markup needed to insert/backup space (+/-) at the cursor."
#~ msgstr "在光标处插入（+）/删除（-）间隔。"

#~ msgid "To edit this palette, dock/undock, hide etc, right click on a button and choose Edit Palette."
#~ msgstr "要编辑此面板，设置/取消停放对象，隐藏对象等，请右键单击某个按钮，然后选择编辑面板。"

#~ msgid "Turns off barlines etc for cadenza"
#~ msgstr "在华彩段中取消显示小节线"

#~ msgid "Returns to normal barlines etc after a cadenza"
#~ msgstr "在华彩段后恢复显示正常小节线"

#~ msgid "Verses will no longer be printed at the end of the piece"
#~ msgstr "不会对音乐末尾的歌词进行排版"

#~ msgid "Prints a tiny text in top right corner of the first page."
#~ msgstr "在第一页的右上角显示一小段文本。"

#~ msgid "⬅Edit the interval and click Transpose button above"
#~ msgstr "⬅编辑间隔，然后点击上方的转调按钮"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Give Interval to transpose by\n"
#~ "e.g. c ees means up minor third.\n"
#~ "es = flat, so e.g. bes means b-flat\n"
#~ "is = sharp so e.g fis means f-sharp\n"
#~ "Use commas for octave(s) down, \n"
#~ "single-quotes for octave(s) up\n"
#~ "e.g. c c' means octave up.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "设置转调间隔\n"
#~ "例如“c ees”表示向上转调小三度。\n"
#~ "“es” = 降调，因而 bes 表示降 B\n"
#~ "“is” = 升调，因而 fis 表示升 F\n"
#~ "逗号表示向上八度\n"
#~ "单引号表示向下八度\n"
#~ "例如 c c’ 表示升高八度。\n"

#~ msgid "Chord Inserts"
#~ msgstr "插入和弦"

#~ msgid "Inserts the chord at the cursor. Cursor height gives bass note. Use pending sharpen/flatten command for sharp/flat bass note."
#~ msgstr "在光标处插入和弦。光标高度决定低音音符的位置。可以使用附加升号/降号命令来升高/降低低音音符。"

#~ msgid "Inserts the chord at the cursor."
#~ msgstr "在光标处插入和弦。"

#~ msgid "Inserts a chord at the cursor. Cursor height gives bass note. Use pending sharpen/flatten command for sharp/flat bass note."
#~ msgstr "在光标处插入一个和弦。光标高度决定低音音符的位置。可以使用附加升号/降号命令来升高/降低低音音符。"

#~ msgid "Attaches an arbitrary chord symbol at the cursor - use for chords not listed."
#~ msgstr "在光标处附加一个任意和弦记号 - 用于插入未列出的和弦。"

#~ msgid "(Print) Show All Staffs"
#~ msgstr "（打印）显示所有谱表"

#~ msgid "(Print) Hide All Staffs"
#~ msgstr "（打印）隐藏所有谱表"

#~ msgid "Inserts blanks for the syllables from the start of the selection to the cursor."
#~ msgstr "在选区起始处和光标之间插入空白音节。"

#~ msgid "All Staffs - Delete all measures before cursor?"
#~ msgstr "在所有谱表中删除光标后的所有小节吗？"

#~ msgid "Ignored by Layout"
#~ msgstr "在布局中忽略"

#~ msgid "Only for one Layout"
#~ msgstr "仅一种布局"

#~ msgid "%d min %.2f sec %.2f %.2f"
#~ msgstr "%d 分 %.2f 秒 %.2f %.2f"

#~ msgid "Current staff is hidden - do not edit!"
#~ msgstr "当前谱表已隐藏 - 请勿编辑！"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "You have book titles created for this score.\n"
#~ "You can delete them in the score and movement editor and then use simple titles."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "你为此乐谱创建了图书标题。\n"
#~ "你可以在乐谱和乐章编辑器中删除它们，然后使用简单标题。"

#~ msgid "Click"
#~ msgstr "点击"

#~ msgid "  in this staff from the cursor onwards will only be typeset for the layout "
#~ msgstr "此谱表中光标之后的所有记号将仅被排版于布局"

#~ msgid " will only be typeset for the layout "
#~ msgstr "将仅被排版于布局"

#~ msgid "(Page Break)"
#~ msgstr "（换页）"

#~ msgid "Reset for All Layours"
#~ msgstr "重置所有布局"

#~ msgid "Invoke this command with the cursor on the first whole measure rest to be grouped"
#~ msgstr "请将光标置于要组合的第一个全小节休止符上，然后执行此命令"

#~ msgid "Creates a multi-measure rest from the whole measure rests after the cursor. You must create the whole measure rests first."
#~ msgstr "从光标后的全小节休止符创建多小节休止符。请先创建一个全小节休止符。"

#~ msgid "\"This line (\\\"staff\\\") is for holding cresc. dim hairpins and dynamic markings so that they can be positioned (using dummy notes, colored blue) and will align with each other.\\nCreate this between the staffs for a piano work or on any staff where alignment of hairpins and dynamic marks is needed.\\nWARNING: Do not place clef changes or other non-duration items in this staff - it may trigger the creation of a separate staff on typesetting!\\nThis Dynamics \\\"staff\\\" must have the same part name as the staff the dynamics should appear on.\""
#~ msgstr "\"此行（谱表）仅用于逐步渐强/渐弱和力度记号，以便（使用伪音符或间隔）将这些记号对齐。可以在钢琴谱表或其他需要对齐逐步渐强/渐弱记号和力度记号的地方创建此谱表。\\n警告：不要在此谱表中插入谱号变更或其他非时值对象 - 否则可能在排版时创建多余的谱表！\\n此谱表必须与其相关联的谱表具有相同的谱表名。\""

#~ msgid "Inserts code for open quotes - leave a space after this code. Note that this is not the \" character which is used for grouping words not to be treated as markup. The \" marks must be paired or LilyPond will not typeset the music."
#~ msgstr "插入左括号 - 请在此记号后保留一个空格。注意，此记号与 \" 字符不同，后者用于组合单词，而不是简单的记号。\" 字符必须成对，否则 LilyPond 无法正确排版音乐。"

#~ msgid "Substituted Music"
#~ msgstr "替换音乐"

#~ msgid "Set From Selection"
#~ msgstr "根据所选区域设置"

#~ msgid "Sets the playback range (green and red bars) to the current selection."
#~ msgstr "将回放范围（绿色和红色条之间）设置为当前选区。"

#~ msgid "Automatic Scrolling"
#~ msgstr "自动滚动"

#~ msgid "Introduction Time (secs)"
#~ msgstr "开始时间（秒）"

#~ msgid "Scroll Rate"
#~ msgstr "滚动速度"

#~ msgid ", Volume: %1.1f%%\n"
#~ msgstr "，音量：%1.1f%%\n"

#~ msgid ".\n"
#~ msgstr "。\n"

#~ msgid "Extend this staff group upwards for customized layout."
#~ msgstr "向上扩展此谱表以便自定义布局。"

#~ msgid "Extend this staff group downwards for customized layout."
#~ msgstr "向下扩展此谱表以便自定义布局。"

#~ msgid "Built-in, see file denemoui.xml for position"
#~ msgstr "内置，见文件 denemoui.xml 中有关的定位信息"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Crescendo end without a corresponding start\n"
#~ "removing the crescendo end"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "渐强只有结束而没有开始\n"
#~ "请移除渐强结束记号"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Diminuendo end without a corresponding start\n"
#~ "removing the diminuendo end"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "渐弱只有结束而没有开始\n"
#~ "请移除渐弱结束记号"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Type search text here. Either the start of a command label,\n"
#~ "or part of the text of a tooltip (if the tooltips flag is set).\n"
#~ "The search is case insensitive."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "在这里输入搜索文本。可以是命令标签的开头几个字，\n"
#~ "或者工具提示文本（如果有的话）的一部分。\n"
#~ "此搜索区分大小写。"

#~ msgid "Search for the next matching command"
#~ msgstr "查找下一个匹配的命令"

#~ msgid "Setting the Cursor Shape for Mouse Ops"
#~ msgstr "设置鼠标的光标形状"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Cursor Shape 0.\n"
#~ "Mouse Operation Right Drag.\n"
#~ "Keyboard: None."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "光标形状 0.\n"
#~ "鼠标操作：右键拖动。\n"
#~ "键盘：无。"

#~ msgid "Right Drag"
#~ msgstr "右键拖动"

#~ msgid "Mouse Move"
#~ msgstr "鼠标移动"

#~ msgid "Left Drag"
#~ msgstr "左键拖动"

#~ msgid "Cursor Shape #"
#~ msgstr "光标形状 #"

#~ msgid "Give LilyPond to be issued"
#~ msgstr "设置要处理的 LilyPond"

#~ msgid "Edits/Deletes all objects of the last searched for type this and all succeeding movements."
#~ msgstr "在此乐章和之后的乐章中编辑/删除所有具有上一次搜索类型的对象。"

#~ msgid "The score has not been saved, so no name or location for the part is defined"
#~ msgstr "乐谱尚未保存，所以无法确定其名称或位置"

#~ msgid "LilyPond After Movement"
#~ msgstr "乐章末 LilyPond"

#~ msgid "Attaches multi-line text which can include music snippets. The snippets are surrounded by section markers \"§\" to distinguish them from ordinary text. These must come in pairs, before and after the LilyPond syntax."
#~ msgstr "附加多行文本（可包含音乐片段）。音乐片段应被包含在“§”记号中，以便与普通文本相区分。“§”记号必须成对，分别置于 LilyPond 语法的前面和后面。"

#~ msgid "Opus"
#~ msgstr "作品"

#~ msgid "Name of the opus, flush-right below the arranger."
#~ msgstr "作品名称，置于编曲者右边。"

#~ msgid "(Print) Transposed"
#~ msgstr "（打印）转调"

#~ msgid "Prints the score transposed by the interval selected by SetTransposeIntervalFromSelection"
#~ msgstr "打印使用所设间隔（SetTransposeIntervalFromSelection）进行转调后的乐谱"

#~ msgid "This staff is purely for holding cresc. dim hairpins and dynamic markings so that they can be positioned (using dummy notes or spacers) and will align with each other. Create this between the staffs for a piano work or on any staff where alignment of hairpins and dynamic marks is needed. WARNING: Do not place clef changes or other non-duration items in this staff - it may trigger the creation of a separate staff on typesetting!\")))"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "此谱表仅用于逐步渐强/渐弱和力度记号，以便（使用伪音符或间隔）将这些记号对齐。可以在钢琴谱表或其他需要对齐逐步渐强/渐弱记号和力度记号的地方创建此谱表。\n"
#~ "警告：不要在此谱表中插入谱号变更或其他非时值对象 - 否则可能在排版时创建多余的谱表！\n"
#~ "此谱表必须与其相关联的谱表具有相同的谱表名。"

#~ msgid "Typesets the music on this staff as chord symbols. Normally you will use this on a voice, so that the chord symbols print on the melody staff."
#~ msgstr "将和弦记号排版在此谱表中。一般用于将和弦记号打印在旋律谱表上方。"
